^0 






> 'f. 



:'Ms^ ' 



#■ ''^p 






•^o 


0^ 


■a ^^ht 


^a'^ 


'^^v^ 


,^^' 


■^■^^ 




Pioo 




^ > ^ 


■ f. 


> 


^^^"^ 






% 


/^% 


^S 




.0 o^. 



mm 



^%- 



9 1 




^l^ 



-^^ 







-V . „ 






\^ 



.ai^^_^, 



%^ 



•x^' 



aV '^.) 






,r 'K.. 



: ..^'-' 






.^^%. 













GRAMMAR 



LATIN LANGUAGE: 

WITH EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES. 



^ BY 

WM. BINGHAM, A.M. 

SUPEBINTENDENT OF THE BINGHAM SCHOOL. 



<^0^'CC>hi>. 






PHILADELPHIA: 

PUBLISHED BY E. H. BUTLER & CO. 

EALEIGH, N.C.: WM. B. SMITH & CO. 

1867. 



^h^ 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1866, by 

WILLIAM BINGHA3I, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Pamlico 
District of North Carolina. 



ELECTEOTTPED BY L. JOHNSON & CO. 

PHILADELPHIA. 

SHERMAN & CO., PRINTEES. 



PEEFACE 

TO THE SECOND EDITION. 



In preparing the accompanying work, it has been the 
aim of the author to supply what he has felt in his own 
experience to be a great desideratum, — a practical first 
book in Latin, suited to the capacity of beginners, and 
yet full enough for a book of reference throughout a 
course of preparation for college. Free use has been made 
of the works of the best German, English, and American 
authors, and no pains has been spared to produce a book 
adapted to the wants of our youth. 

It will be observed that the paradigms have been syllabi- 
cated with reference to the English method of pronuncia- 
tion ; but the teacher can without difficulty use either the 
Roman or the Continental method. 

Madvig's system of gender in the third declension has 
been adopted, as the most philosophical and the shortest, 
all the rules and exceptions occupying but two pages; 
and, though teachers Avill find it inconvenient to have old 
associations broken up, the author is convinced that a 



4 PEEFACE. 

fair trial will satisfy all that this system is the best. The 
gender of nouns is purposely omitted in the vocabularies, 
to compel the pupil to apply the rules, which will be 
found to cover all cases. 

The exercises have been taken, for the most part, from 
classical authors, and are so arranged as to constitute a 
continual review of what precedes. Those teachers who 
prefer the synthetic method of instruction, to the exclu- 
sion of the analytic, can omit the exercises, as the work is 
complete without them. They are intended to supply the 
place of a Latin Eeader ; and it will be found that when 
a pupil has mastered them he is prepared to take up 
Csesar. 

Many facts of the language, which the pupil will readily 
find out for himself, have been omitted; also a number 
which properly pertain to the subject of Latin prose com- 
position, on which subject the author proposes to prepare 
a work for the use of schools. 

In revising for a second edition, great care has been 
taken to remedy all defects discovered in the practical 
working of the book as at first presented to the public ; 
and the author commends it to teachers with the hope 
that they will find it a valuable auxiliary in their noble 
work of developing mind. 

Bingham School, Mebaneville, N.C. 
October 30, 1866. 



1^ 



CONTENTS. 



ETYMOLOGY. 



PAGE 

Letters 9 

Diphthongs 10 

Pronunciation 10 

Syllables 10 

Explanation op Marks 11 

Quantity, Accent 11 

Division op Words 12 

Nouns 12 

Gender 13 

General Rules 13 

Number 14 

Case 14 

Person 14 

Inflection 15 

First Declension 15 

Second Declension 25 

Stems in er 28 

Dative Case 29 

Ablative Case 31 

Third Declension 32 

Class 1 34 

Class II 37 

Class III 41 

Class IV 43 

Class V 45 

Masculine Forms 45 

Neuter Forms 47 

Class VI 48 

Masculine Forms 49 

Feminine Forms 51 

Neuter Forms 53 



PAGE 
. 55 
. 57 
. 57 
. 58 
. 59 
, 59 



Irregular Nouns, Third Decl..., 
Summary of Rules of Gender. 

Masculines , 

Feminines 

Neuters 

Peculiar Case-Endings 

Fourth Declension 64 

Fifth Declension 67 

Vaiiable Nouns 69 

Heterogeneous Nouns 69 

Heteroclites 70 

Defective Nouns 70 

Adjectives 75 

Adjectives of First and Second 

Declension 75 

Adjectives of Third Declension... 80 

Numeral Adjectives 85 

Cardinals 86 

Ordinals, Distributives, and Ad- 
verbs 88 

Comparison of Adjectives 93 

Formation of Comparative and 

Superlative 94 

Irregular Comparison 98 

Defective Comparison 100 

Pronouns 105 

Substantive Personal Pronouns.. 106 
Adjective Personal, or Possessive, 

Pronouns 109 

Demonstrative Pronouns 112 

Is, Idem 114 

Hie, Me, Ille 116 



1* 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Intensive Pronoun 118 

Relative Pronouns 121 

Interrogatives 124 

Indefinites 127 

Correlatives 130 

19,133 

Moods 19, 134 

Tenses 20, 61,134 

Voices 136 

Persons and Numbers 136 

The Indefinite Verb 137 

Conjugation '. 138 

Conjugation of Esse 139 

First Conjugation 20,141 

Second Conjugation 71,149 

Third Conjugation 102,154 

Fourth Conjugation 102, 159 

Table of Endings 164 

Verbs in io of the Third Conju- 
gation 167 

The Passive Construction 169 

Deponent Verbs 170 



PAGE 

Irregular Verbs 174 

Defective Verbs 184 

Impersonal Verbs 187 

Endings of 187 

Particles , 189 

Adverbs 189 

Comparison of Adverbs 193 

Prepositions 193 

Prepositions in Composition... 195 

Conjunctions 197 

Copulative 197 

Disjunctive 198 

Advei'sative 199 

Causal 200 

Conclusive 201 

Final 202 

Conditional 202 

Concessive 202 

Temporal 202 

Comparative 202 

Interjections 203 



SYNTAX. 



Subject and Predicate... 203 

Agreement 204 

Apposition 206 

Adjectives 207 

Relatives 209 

Nominative Case 210 

Genitive Case 211 

Genitive of Quality 212 

Genitive of Property 212 

Partitive Genitive 212 

Objective Genitive with Adjec- 
tives and Verbs 213 

Genitive of Crime 214 

Genitive of Price 215 

Dative Case 220 

Dative of Indirect Object 220 

Dative of Advantage or Disad- 
vantage 220 

Dative of Reference 221 

Dative of Possession 221 



Dative of Purpose or End 221 

Dative of the Agent 222 

Dativus Ethicus 222 

Accusative Case 225 

Direct Object 225 

Accusative of Time and Space ... 227 

Accusative of Place whither 227 

Accusative of Limitation 228 

Vocative Case 231 

Ablative Case 231 

Ablative of Cause, etc 231 

Ablative of Limitation 233 

Ablative of Price 233 

Ablative of Sei^aration 233 

Ablative of Quality 233 

Ablative of Comparison 234 

Ablative of Place where 235 

Ablative of Time when 235 

Ablative of Difference 236 

Ablative with Prepositions 236 

The Passive Construction 241 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

The Indefinite Verb 242 

Infiuitive 242 

Subject Infinitive 242 

Complementary Infinitive 242 

Historical Infinitive 243 

Gerund and Gerundive 243 

Supine 245 

Prepositions, Syntax of 248 

The Moods 249 

Tenses •. 250 

Succession of Tenses 250 

Participial Propositions 251 

Ablative Absolute 252 



PAGE 

Infinitive Propositions 255 

Causal Propositions 259 

Final Propositions 262 

Conditional Propositions 268 

Concessive Propositions 272 

Comparative Propositions 274 

Temporal Propositions ;.... 276 

Relative Propositions 281 

Interrogative Propositions 286 

Oratio Obliqua 289 



APPENDICES. 



I. — Greek Nouns of the First De- 
clension 292 

II. — Greek Nouns of the Second 

Declension 292 

III.— Greek Nouns of the Third De- 
clension 293 

IT. — Derivation of Nouns 293 

Denominative Nouns 294 

Abstract Nouns 294 

Verbal Nouns 294 

Derivation of Adjectives 295 

Denominative Adjectives 296 

Verbal Adjectives 296 

Derivation of Verbs 297 

v.— Analysis of Tense-Formation.... 298 

Personal Endings 299 

Mood-Signs 299 

Tense-Signs 300 

Parts on the Present-Stem... 300, 302 
Parts on the Perfect-Stem.... 301, 302 

VI.— Peculiarities of Tense-Form- 
ation 303 

Tenses formed on the Present- 
Stem 303 

Tenses formed on the Perfect- 
Stem 303 

Compoimd Verbs 304 



VII.— The Various Formations of 
THE Perfect and Supine 

Stems 304 

First Conjugation 304 

Second Conjugation 305 

Third Conjugation 308 

Inceptive Verbs 313 

Deponent Verbs, Third Conju- 
gation 315 

Fourth Conjugation 315 

Deponent Verbs, Fourth Conju- 
gation.. 316 

VIII.— Roman Mode op Reckoning 

Time 317 

IX.— Prosody 318 

Quantity 318 

Increments 321 

Singular Increments 321 

Plural Increments 322 

Increment of Verbs 322 

Penults 323 

Antepenults 326 

Final Syllables 326 

Monosj'llables 326 

Polysyllables 326 

Versification 328 

Metre and Verses 329 

Figures of Prosody 330 

Rhythm 3-31 



CONTENTS. 



Prosody (continued). page 

Dactylic Metre 332 

AnapEestic Metre 334 

Iambic Metre 334 

Trochaic Metre 336 

Choriambic Metre 337 

Ionic Metre 338 

Compound Metres 338 



PAGE 

stanzas 339 

Horatian Metres 339 

Metrical Key to the Odes of 

Horace 341 

-FlGXTRES 342 

Figures of Etymology 342 

Figures of Syntax 343 



VOCABULARIES. 

Latin-Engush 345 I English-Latin 



372 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



§ 1. Latin Geammar is the science of tlie Latin 
language. It treats of the words of the language, and 
of the laws by which they are combined into sentences. 

It is divided into Etymology and Syntax. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

§ 2. Etymology treats — 1. Of the letters which make 
up words, and their pronunciation ; 2. Of the changes 
which words undergo; 3. Of their derivation. 

LETTERS. 

§ 3. A letter is a mark used to represent a sound of 
the human voice. 

In the Latin alphabet there are twenty-five letters. 
They are A, a; B, b; C, c; J), d; E, e; F, f; G, g; 
H, h; I, i; J, j; K,k; L,l; M,m; N,n; 0,o; P,p; 
Q, q; K, r; S, s; T, t; U, u; V, v; X, x; Y, y; Z, z. 

Remark. — I and J were originally the same letter; so also were 
U and V. K, Y, and Z are used only in words derived from the 
Greek. H is a breathing. The Romans used only the capital 
letters. 

§ 4. Letters are divided into vowels and consonants. 
The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, y. 



10 SYLLABLES. 



Of the consonants, 



four are liquids, 1, m, n, r; 
three are c sounds, c, g, q; 
four are p sounds, p, b, f, v; 
two are t sounds, t, d ; 
two are double consonants, x, z. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



§ 5. A diphthong is the union of two vowels in one 
sound. The diphthongs are ae, oe (often written together, 



PROXUXCL^TION. 

§ 6. Continental Method. 

Short a, as in hat. Long o, as in no. 

Long a, as in father. «, as o in do. 

Short e, as in met. ce, and ce, as a in made. 

Long e, as a in made. au, as ou in our. 

Short i, as in sit. eu, as in feud. 

Long I, as in machine. ei, as z in ice. 
Short 0, as in not. 

§ 7. English Method. 

The letters are pronounced as in English. 

Exc. 1. Final a has the broad sound, as in ah. Other final 
vowels have the long sound. 

Exc. 2. Es final is pronounced like the English ease. 

Exc. 3. Os final in plural cases is pronounced like ose in dose. 

Exc. 4. C has the sound of 5 before e, i, and y, and the 
diphthongs ce, oe, and eu. Otherwise it has the sound of h. 

Exc. 5. Ch has the sound of k. 

Exc. 6. G has the sound of ^* before e, i, y, ce, and ce. 

SYLLABLES. 

§ 8. There are no silent vowels in Latin ; but every 



QUANTITY, ACCENT. 11 

word has as many syllables as it has vowels or diph- 
thongs: as, ma-re. 

A word of one syllable is called a monosyllable; a 
word of two syllables, a dissyllable; a word of more 
than two, a polysyllable. 

The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate; 
the next to the last, the jpenult; the third from the 
last, the antepenult. 



EXPLANATION OF MAEKS. ^ 

^ 9. The marks of punctuation are the comma (,), used to mark 
the shortest pause; the semicolon (;), used to mark a pause twice 
as long as the comma; the colon (:), used to mark a pause three 
times as long as the comma; the ^period (.), used to mark the 
longest pause; the interrogation point (?), which shows that a 
question is asked; and the exclamation point (!), used to mark 
expressions of surprise, grief, &c. 

The marks of quantity are (-) to indicate a long vowel; [-) to 
indicate a short vowel ; and [-) to indicate that a vowel is some- 
times long and sometimes short. 

The diceresis (") shows that the vowel over which it is placed 
does not form a diphthong with the vowel before it : as, aer. 

The circumjlex (^) marks a contracted syllable: as, quis for 
quibus. 

QUANTITY, ACCENT. 

§ 10. Bute 1. — All diphthongs are long. 

Rule 2. — A vowel before another vowel is short : as, 
d^-iis, U-o. 

Rule 3. — A vowel before two consonants or a double 
consonant is long by position: as, o in propter; a in 
axis. 

Rule Jf. — Dissyllables are accented on the penult: as, 
(iS-us. 



1 2 NOUXS. 

Rule 5. — Polysyllables are accented — 
(a) on the penult if the penult is long : as, le-o-nis ; 
(5) on the antepenult if the penult is short: as, dom- 
i-nus. 

DIVISION OF WOEDS. 

§ 11. I. Words are divided according to their forma- 
tion into — 

1. Primitive; i.e. not derived from other words: as, 
man, king. 

2. Derivative; i.e. derived from other words : as, manly , 
kingdom. 

3. Simple; i.e. not made up of other words: as, man. 

4. Compound; i.e. made up of other words: as, man- 
kind. 

II. AYords are divided according to their meaning 
into eight classes, called parts of speech : viz. the Noun, 
Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Conjunc-^ 
tion. Interjection. 

NOUNS. 
§ 12. 1. A noun is the name of a thing: as, man, city. 

Note. — A thinff is whatever one can think of. {Thing, — think; res, 
— redr.) 

2. A common noun is the name of any one of a class 
of things: as, man, city. 

3. A proper noun is the name of an individual thing : 
as, Ccesar, Pome. 

4. An abstract noun is the name of a quality, action, 
being, or mode of action or being : as, goodness, running, 



GENDEE. 13 

5. A material noun is the name of a substance or 
material : as, gold^ ii'oriy water. 

6. A collective noun is a common noun which in the 
singular denotes more than one : as, multitude. 

GENDER, NUMBER, CASE, PERSON. 

§ 13. 1. To nouns belong gender ^ number y case, and 
person. 

Gender. 

2. Gender means kind, or class. As used by gram- 
marians, it denotes the kind or class of a noun with 
reference to the sex of the thing the noun denotes. 

3. Natural gender is determined by sex: thus, the 
names of males are naturally masculine. 

4. Grammatical gender is determined, not by sex, but 
by declension and termination : thus, mensa, sl table, is 
feminine (though it is the name of a thing without life), 
because it is of the first declension, 

5. General Rules of Gender. 

Rule 1. — Names of male beings, and of most rivers, 
winds, months, mountains, and nations, are masculine. 

Ride 2. — Names oi female beings, cities, countries, trees, 
plants, islands, ships, and gems, are feminine. 

Rule S. — Nouns which are neither masculine nor 
feminine are neuter. 

Rule i. — Some nouns are either masculine or feminine. 
These, if they are names of living beings, are said to 
be of the common gender; if of things without life, of 
the doubtful gender. 



14 PEESON. 

Number, 

§ 14. Number is the variation of form which shows 
whether one thing is meant, or more tlian one. 

The singular number is the form which denotes one 
thing: as, stell-a, a star; the plural is the form which 
denotes more than one: as, stell-ce, stars. 

Case. 

§ 15. Case is the variation of form which shows the 
relation of the noun to other words. 

Latin nouns have six cases : viz. 

(a) The nominativej which answers the question ivho f 
or what? and gives the simple name of the thing 
spoken of. 

{b) The genitive, which marks those relations expressed 
in English by of, or the possessive case: as, umbra, the 
shade (of what f), sylvcB, of the forest. 

(c) The dative, which denotes that to or for which, or 
with reference to which, any thing is, or is done. 

{d) The accusative, which is the object of a transitive 
verb, or of certain prepositions. 

(e) The vocative, which is used when a person is 
addressed. 

(/) The ablative,which marks those relations expressed 
in English hy from, with, in, by. 

Person. 

§ 16. Person means the character which a noun or a 
pronoun has, according as it represents the speaker, the 
person spohen to^ or the thing spoken of. 

A noun or a pronoun representing the speaker is of the 



FIRST DECLENSION. 15 

first person: as, I, Darius, make a decree. Here '' J^' 
and "JDarius'^ are of the first person. 

A noun or a pronoun representing the person spoken 
to is of the second person : as, Do you hear me, Robert f 
Here ^^you^^ and '' Boberf' are of the second person. 

Remark. — Things without life are sometimes addressed, and 
are then said to be personified, or treated as persons. 

A noun or a pronoun representing the thing spoken 
of is of the third person : as, John runs, water freezes. 
Here ^'John" and ^^ water'' are of the third person. 

INFLECTION. 

§ 17. The changes which words undergo to express 
their different relations are called inflection. 

The inflection of nouns is called declension; that of 
verbs, conjugation. 

There are five declensions in Latin, distinguished by 
the endings, of the genitive singular. 

THE FIRST DECLENSION. 

§ 18. Latin nouns which have ce in the genitive 
singular are of the first declension. The terminations 

are — Singular. Plural. 

Nom a, 86, 

Gen. 86, ariim, 

Dat. 86, is. 

Ace. am, as, 

Voc. a, 86, 

Abl. a ; is. 

By adding these terminations to the stem mens-, 

which means a table, we have the following: 



16 NOUNS. 

PARADIGM.* 

Singular. Plural. 

Nom. me?is'-a, a table. mens^-x, tables. 

Gen. mens'-sd, of a table. niens-a'-rum,o/ tables. 

Dat. mens' -2d, to or for a mens'-is, to or for 

table. tables. 

Ace. mens'-Sim, a table. mens'-as, tables. 

Voc. mens' -a, table ! mens' -3d, tables I 

Abl. mens'-2i, with, from, in, mens'-is, with, from, iUf 
a table. by tables. 

Remark 1. — The Latin has no article: therefore mensa may be 
rendered a table, or the table, according to the connection. 

Remark 2. — An old genitive in di sometimes occurs. 

Remark 3. — The noun fdmilid has fdmilids in the genitive 
after pater, mater, fllius, and f ilia: as, pdterfdmUids, the father 
of a family. 

Remark Jf,. — A contracted genitive plural in urn is sometimes 
found, especially in words of Greek origin. 

Remark 5. — Ded, a goddess, equd, a mare, fllid, a daughter, 
and muld, a she-mule, have sometimes dhus in the dative and 
ablative plural. 

Rule of Gender. — Latin nouns of the first declen- 
sion are feminine. 

Exc. 1. Names of male beings, rivers, and mountains pre mascu- 
line by the general rule [l 13); but a few names of rivers, with 
Ossd and (Eta, names of mountains, are sometimes feminine. 

Exc. 2. Hadrid, the Adriatic Sea, is masculine; ddmd, a 
fallow deer, and talpd, a mole, are common. 

For Greek nouns of first declension, see Appen- 
dix I. 

EXERCISE I. 

§ 19. Like mensa decline the following nouns, and com- 
mit to memory their meanings. 

* In all paradigms the accented syllable is italicized. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



17 



aquila, 


eagle. 


epistola, 


letter. 


aqua, 


water. 


nauta,"^ 


sailor. 


columba, 


dove. 


insula. 


island. 


corona, 


crown. 


luna, 


moon. 


ara, ^ ^ 


altar. 


mediclna, 


medicine. 


agncola,* 


farmer. 


poeta, 


poet. 


ala, 


wing. 


reglna, 


queen. 


ancilla, 


maid-servant. 


fiiga, 


flight. 


injuria, 


injury. 


plum a, 


feather. 


Belga, 


a Belgian. 


filia. 


daughter. 



Translate into English. 

Columbse. Coronariim. Aris. Reginam. Filiabtis. 
Injuriis. Belgarum. Fiiga* Alis. Ancillse. Ancillis. 
Injuriarum. Columbis. 

Translate into Latin, 

Of water. For the farmer. Of the maid-servants. 
To the farmers. By wings. Of feathers. To sailors. 
The letter. By the letters. In the island. Of islands. 
Of the moon. 

EXERCISE II. 

§ 20. Rule of Syntax. — A noun in the genitive limits 
the meaning of another noun denoting a different thing. 

Thus, pluma means a feather, any feather ; but when the genitive 
columbse is added, the application of pluma is limited or confined 
to the dove : columbse pluma means a dove's feather, and no other 
sort. Observe that the feather and the dove are different things. 

Rule of Position. — The emphatic word, whether limit- 
ing or limited, stands first. Thus, fllia reginse, the 
daughter (not the son) of the queen ; regmce filia, the 
queen's (not the king's) daughter. 



*See 



18, Exc. 1. 
2«- 



18 SUBJECT AND PEEDICATE. 

Translate into English. 

Columbse pliima. Columbarum plumse. Coliimbse alls. 
Filia agricolse. Agricolse filia. Agricolariim filiabiis. 
Keginarum coronse. Coronse regmarum. Nautse epistola. 
Injuria poetse. Insula Belgarum. Fiiga ancillse. Ancil- 
larum fuga. 

Translate into Latin. 

(Emphatic words are in italics.) 

In tbe island of the Belgians. For tbe altars of tlie 
Belgians. A sailor's letter. The queen's letter. By the 
flight of the farmer. The flight of the farmer's doves. 
The injury of the queen's maid-servants. O daughters 
of the queen's maid-servants ! The water of the island. 

EXERCISE III. 
Subject and 'Predicate. Partial Conjugation of. Verbs. 

§ 21. I. A proposition is a thought expressed in 
words : as, snoiu melts. 

A simple sentence consists of a single proposition ; a 
compound sentence consists of several propositions com- 
bined. 

1. Every proposition consists of — 

(a) A Predicate ; i.e. that which is declared ; 

(b) A Subject; i.e. that of which the declaration is 
made. 

In the proposition '•'■snow melts" the predicate is "mcZ^'s," because 
"melts" is what is declared or asserted about " snoio ;" the subject 
is "snow," because it is the thing about which the declaration is 
made. AVhat melts ? snow. 

2. The Predicate consists of a verb alone (as, melts 
in the above example), or the verb to be with a noun, 
adjective, or participle : as, snoio is cold. 



VERBS. 19 

3. The Subject consists of a noun, or some word or 
phrase used as a noun, and may be known by asking 
the question ivho f or loliai f with the predicate : as, 
John Tiin8. ( Who runs ? John^ To jplay is pleasant. 
( Wiat is pleasant ? To play.) 

4. The subject and predicate may stand alone, or 
each may have other words limiting its meaning : as, 
boi/s rim ; some boys run fast, 

II. A verb is a word which declares or affirms 
something. 

1. Verbs have — 

(a) Hoods, or different forms which express different 
kinds of affirmation. 

(6) Tenses, or different forms to show the time when 
the thing declared .takes place, and whether the action 
is complete or incomplete. 

(c) Voices, or different forms which show whether 
the subject acts (as, John strikes) or is acted upon (as, 
John is struck). 

(d) Persons and Numbers, or different forms which 
correspond to the person and number of the subject. 

2. These various forms are distinguished from one 
another by certain endings ; and the adding of these 
endings to the stem is called Conjugation. 

MOODS. 

III. 1. The Infinitive mood expresses the action of 
the verb simply, without limiting it to any subject: as, 
dm-ctr^, to love. 

2. The Indicative mood declares a thing as a fact, or 
asks a question : as, dmdt, he loves ; dmat-ne f does he 
love f 



20 



ACTIVE TERMINATIONS. 



TENSES. 

IV. 1. The Pi^esent tense expresses incomplete action 
in present time : as, dmOy I love, I am loving. 

2. The Imperfect tense expresses incomplete action 
in past time : as, amdham^ 1 2vas loving. 

3. The Future tense expresses incomplete action 
in future time: as, dmdho, I will love, I will he 
loving. 

CONJUGATIONS. 

V. 1. There are four Conjugations, distinguished 
from one another by the termination of the Infinitive 
Present Active. The Infinitive Present Active of the 
First Conjugation ends in -ctr^. 

Bule. — To find the stem of a verb, strike off the In- 
finitive ending. 



ACTIVE TEEMINATIOXS.* 

INFINITIVE, a'-rg. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. . Imperfect. Future. 

Sinffular. 



1st Person, 


0, 


d'-bam, 


d'-bo, 


2d " 


as. 


d'-bas, 


d'-bis, 


3d " 


at; 


d'-bat ; 
Plural. 


d'-bit ; 


1st Person, 


d'-mus, 


a-5d'-miis, 


dh'-i-mus, 


2d " 


d'-tis, 


a-5d'-tis. 


db'-Uis, 


3d " 


ant. 


d'-bant. 


d'-bunt. 



* Accented syllables are italicized. 



VEKBS. 



21 



By adding these terminations to the stem am- 
ccmdr^f to love, we have the following 



of 



PARTIAL PARADIGM. 
INFINITIVE PRESENT, a-md'-rg, to love, 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

/ love, or am loving, 

thou lovest, or art loving ^ 

he loves, or is loving, 

we love, or are loving, 

ye or you love, or are loving, 

they love, or are loving. 

Imperfect. 

I was loving, 

thou wast loving, 

he was loving, 

we were loving, 

ye or you were loving, 

they were loving. 

Future. 

I shall love, 
thou wilt love, 
he will love, 
we shall love, 
ye or you will love, 
they will love. 

(The principal parts of a verb are the indicative 
present, the infinitive present, the indicative present- 
perfect, and the supine. These will be given in the 
vocabularies, thus : 

amo, Smarg, ^mavi, amattim, to love.) 



Sing. a'-TCLO, 

a'-mas, 

a'-mat, 
Plur. S,-ma' -mus, 

a-md'-tis, 

a'-mant, 

Sing, a-md'-bam, 
a-md'-bas, 
a-md'-bat, 

Plur. am-a-6d'-mus, 
am-a-6d'-tis, 
a-md'-bant, 

Sing, a-md'-bo, 
a-md'-bis, 
a-md'-bit, 

Plur. a-md6'-i-nius, 
a-md6'-i-tis, 
a-md'-bunt, 



22 



VERBS. 



Form the present, imperfect, and future indicative of 



vol-o, Tol-are, 

salt-o, salt-are, 

cant-o, cant-are, 

delect-o, delect-are, 



par-o, 
laud-o, 

YOC-O, 

occup-o, 

arm-o, 

£edific-o, 



par-are, 

laud-are, 

voc-are, 

occtip-are, 

arm-are, 

£edific-are, 



Tol-avi, 

salt-avi, 

cant-avi, 

delect-avi, 

par-aYi, 

laud-avi, 

YOC-aTl, 

occup-avi, 

arm-avi, 

sedific-avi, 



Yol-atum, 

salt-atum, 

cant-atum, 

delect-atum, 

par-atum, 

laud-attim, 

voc-atum, 

occup-atum, 

arm-attim, 

jfidific-atum. 



to fly. . 
to dance, 
to sing, 
to delight, 
to lyrepare. 
to praise, 
to call, 
to seize, 
to arm. 
to build. 



EXERCISE IV. 

1. A Transitive verb is one which requires an object 
to complete the sense : as, poetd regindm lauded, the poet 
praises the queen. 

2. An Intransitive verb is one which does not require 
an object to complete the sense: as, dquild voldt, the 
eagle flies. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — The subject of a finite verb is in 
the nominative. 

4. Rule of Syntax. — The direct object of a transitive 
verb is in the accusative. (Regindmj above, is the direct 
object of lauddt; i.e. the thing to which the praising is 
directed.) 

5. Rule of Syntax. — The verb agrees with its subject 
in number and person. 

6. Rule of Position. — The subject usually stands at 
the beginning of the. sentence. 

7. Rule of Position. — The direct object precedes the 
verb. 

8. To analyze a sentence is to separate it into its parts 
and show their relation to each other. 



ANALYSIS. 23 

9. To analyze or parse a word is to tell its properties, 
and its relation to other words. 

ANALYSIS OF THE SENTENCE. 

Poeta reginam laudat, the poet praises the queen. 

This is a simple sentence, because it consists of but one 
proposition. 

The predicate is laudat, because it is that which is de- 
clared or asserted about the poet. 

The subject is poeta, because it is that of which the 
p)raising is declared. (Who praises f The poet.) 

The predicate is limited by reginam, the direct object 
(i.e. the thing upon which the praising is directly exerted). 

ANALYSIS OF THE WOEDS. 

Poeta is a common noun, masculine, first declension (here 
decline it), found in the nominative singular, subject of 
laudat. Rule, The subject of a finite verb is in the nomina- 
tive. (Here let the teacher ask, "Why called a noun? 
Why a common noun? Why masculine? Why of the 
first declension? Why accented on the penult?" &c.) 

Reginam is a common noun, feminine, first declension 
(here decline it), found in the accusative singular, direct 
object of laudat. Rule, The direct object of a transitive 
verb is in the accusative. 

Laudat is a verb, transitive, first conjugation, laudo, 
laudare, lauddvi, lauddtum, found in the Indicative-Present 
active, third person singular (here inflect the tense), agree- 
ing with poeta as its subject. Rule, The verb agrees with 
its subject in number and person. (Here let the teacher 
ask, " Why called a verb ? Why transitive ? Why of first 
conjugation? Why indicative ?" &c.) 

Translate into English and analyze. 
§ 22. Agricola poetam amat. Aquila volabat. AncilUe 



24 NOUNS. 

mgdicinam parabunt. Belgse aras sedificabant. Nautse 
insulam occupabunt. Corona reginam delectabit. Agri- 
cola filiam vocabat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The maid-servants are preparing the table. The queen 
was calling the farmer's daughter. The poets will 
praise the queen. The sailor's daughter will sing. The 
farmers are building an altar. The moon delights the 
poet. We love the queen. You were calling the maid- 
servants. 

EXERCISE V. 
§ 23. Vocabulary, 

umbra, -se, sTiadoio. puella, -ae, girl. 

terra, -se, earth. copise, -arum, forces, 
incola, -se, inhabitant. (copia, in the singular, means ahun- 

insidise, -arum f ambush, dance ; in the plural, forces.) 

(used only in plural), \ snares. obscur-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to obscure. 

1. The subject, as well as the predicate, may have 
words limiting its meaning. 

2. The pronouns I, thou, we, you, are not usually ex- 
pressed in Latin, as the endings of the verb show the 
person and number. 

3. The words my, thy, his, their, &c. are not expressed 
in Latin, where the relation is obvious. Thus, The 
queen loves her daughter, Regina filiam amat. 



Translate into English and analyze. 

;is of sentences, give the predicate with its 1: 
svith its limiters.) 

Ancilla reginse agricolse filiam vocabit. Terrse umbra 



(In analysis of sentences, give the predicate with its limiters, then 
the subject with its limiters.) 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



25 



lunam obscurut. Fiigii nautarum incolas insulse delectat. 
Copine Belgariim insulam occui^abant. Nautse puellas* 
vocant. Plumas columbarum reginae ancillas delecta- 
bunt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The flight of the queen delights the Belgians. Farmers 
love (their) daughters. The sailor loves the queen's maid- 
servant. The farmer's daughter will prepare the queen's 
table. A dove's feather delights the sailor's daughter ; a 
crown delights the queen's daughter. An eagle's feather 
delights the queen's maid-servant ; a crown delights the 
queen's daughter. 



THE SECOND DECLENSIOK 

§ 24. Latin nouns whose genitive ending is i are of 
the second declension. 

Those ^vhich have um in the nominative are neuter ; 
the rest are masculine. 







ENDINGS. 








Masculine. 




Neuter 






Sing. 


Plur. 




Sing. 


Plur. 


Nom. 


us, 


h 


Nom. 


urn, 


a, 


Gen. 


i, 


oriim, 


Gen. 


1, 


orum, 


Dat. 


Oj 


is, 


Dat. 


0, 


is, 


Ace. 


iim, 


OS, 


Ace. 


iim, 


a. 


Voc. 


e, 


i, 


Yoc. 


iim, 


a, 


Abl. 


o; 


is. 


Abl. 


o; 


is. 



By adding these endings to the stem ddmXn-j 
master, and the stem regn-, kingdom, we obtain the 
following 



26 



NOUNS. 





PARADIGMS. 




* 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Norn, 


. dom'-i-niis, a master. 


dom'-i-m, 


masters. 


Gen. 


dom' -i-ni, of a master. 


dom-i-?io'-riim, of masters. 


Dat. 


dom'-i-no, to or for a 


dom'-i-ms. 


to or for 




master. 




masters. 


Ace. 


dom'-i-num, a master. 


dom'-i-nos. 


masters. 


Voc. 


dom' -i-ne, master! 


dom'-i-m, 


masters ! 


Abl. 


dom'-i-no, with, &c. a 


dom'-i-iils. 


with, &c. 




master. 




masters. 




Singular. 


Ph 


iral. 


Nom, 


. reg'-mim, a kingdom. 


reg'-nsi, 


kingdoms. 


Gen. 


reg'-m, of a kingdom. 


reg-?io'-rum 


, of kingdoms. 


Dat. 


reg^-no, to or for a 


re/-nis, 


to or for king- 




kingdom. 




doms. 


Ace. 


reg'-niim, a kingdom. 


re/-na, 


kingdoms. 


Voc. 


reg'-num, kingdom! 


re^'-na, 


kingdoms ! 


Abl. 


reg'-nb, with, &g. a 


reg'-ms, 


zvith, &G. king- 




kingdom. 




doms. 



Remark 1. — Names of trees, plants, &c. are femmine by the 
general rule. Alvus, helly ; carbasus, linen; colus, distaff; humus, 
ground ; and vannus, fan, are feminine. 

Virus, juice, and pelagtis, sea, are neuter. Vulgiis, common 
people, is neuter, — rarely masculine. 

Remark 2. — In proper names in ius, with filius, son, and genius, 
guardian spirit, the vocative ending e is absorbed : as, Tidlius, 
voc. Tulll. But adjectives and national names in ius retain e in 
the vocative : as, Helvetius, Helvetie. 

Remark 3. — Meus has ml in the vocative, — rarely meus. Deus, 
a god, has deus in the vocative, and in the plural nominative and 
vocative dil or di; genitive deorum; dative and ablative dils, dels, 
dis ; accusative deos. 

Remark 4- — The ending orum of the genitive plural is some- 
times contracted into lim, and il in the genitive singular is 



SECOND DECLENSION. 27 

sometimes contracted into l: as, nummum for nummorum ; ingeni 
for ingenil. 

Remark 5. — Neuter nouns of all declensions have the nomina- 
tive, accusative, and vocative alike ; and these cases in the plural 
end always in a. 

EXERCISE VI. 
§ 25. Vocabulary, 

,„ ^ ^ _ f master (of a famihi), Gallus, -i, a Gaul. 



-' 'Uord. 
servus, -i, slave. 
nuntiiis, -i, messenger. 
Tullius, -I, Tidlij. 
Crassus, -i, Crassns. 


ausilium, -i, aid. 

, , ^ - f ambassador, 
legatus, -1, -^ ,. 
" { lieutenant. 

vicus, -i, village. 

hortus, -i, garden. 


captivus, -1, captive. 
Helvetius, -i, a Heloetian. 


lupus, -i, luolf. 
Germanus, -i, a German. 



re-v6c-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to call hack, recall, {re- means back.) 
con-v6c-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to call together. (co?i- means together.) 
rog-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to entreat, ask for. 
ulul-o, -are, avi, -atum, to hoivl. 

nec-6, -are, -avi, -atum, rarely nectum, to murder, to kill (usually by poi- 
son, hunger, <fec., sometimes loith a iveapon). 



Translate into English and analyze. 

Lupi uliilant. Dominus servos amat. ReginsB filios 
amant. Crassus nuntios Galloxum convocabit. Tullius 
agricolse hortum occupabat. Crassus vicos Helvetiorum 
occiipabit. Galli Germanoriim legates necabunt. Ger- 
man! captivos necant. Helvetii legates rSvocant. Belgse 
insularum inc5las necabant. Tullius serviim vocat. 



Translate into Latin. 

Tully's slaves love (their) master. The master calls 
together (his) slaves. The slaves of Crassus will call the 
queen's maid-servants. The inhabitants of the island are 



28 NOUNS. 

killing tlie cp.ptives. We will call together tlie sons of 
Crassus. Tully's son loves the sailor's daughter. The 
ambassadors of the Helvetians praise the queen. He will 
call together the farmer's sons. The messengers ask-for 
aid. The Belorians will ask-for aid. 



Stems in er. 

§ 26. K'ouns W'hose stems end in ^r drop the endings 
us of the nominative and & of the vocative : as, ghier, 
not generus. Most of them likewise drop the e of the 
stem in the oblique cases : as, dger, genitive agrl, not 
dger-^. 

PARADIGMS. , 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

{A son-in-law.) {Afield.) 



N. ^e'-ner, gen'-Q-vl.- 

G. gen'-&-Yi, gen-e-ro'-rum. 

D. gen'-e-YO, gen-e-ris. 

Ac. gen'-&-Tuni, gen'-e-ios. 

V. ^e'-ner, gen'-e-ri. 

Ab. gm'-Q-Yo, gen'-e-iis. 



N. a'-ger, a'-gri. 

G. ct'-gri, a-^ro'-rum. 

D. a'-gro, a'-gris. 

Ac. a'-grum, «'-gros. 

V. a'-ger, a'-gri. 

Ab. a'-gro, a'-gris. 



Remarlc 1. — The following nouns retain e of the stem in all the 
cases: adulter, adulterer; gener, son-in-law; Liber, Bacchus; 
IVoQvl, children ; puer, hoy; socer, J ather-in-laio ; Tes])er, evening ; 
and compounds of fer and ger ; also, the national names Iber and 
Celtiber. 

Remark 2.. — The solitary noun mr, man, is declined like gener: 
nom. vir ; gen. vir\ &c. 

For Greek nouns of the second declension, see Ap- 
pendix II. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 29 

EXERCISE VII. 

§ 27. Vocabulary, 

puer, -i, hoy. libcri, -orum, children. 

vir, -i, man. equiis, -i, horse, 

socer, -i, father-in-law. belliim, -i, war, 

gener, -i, son-in-law. folium, -i, leaf. 

luagister, -i, master (of a school). ovum, -i, e<jg. 
ager, -i, field. aper, -i, wild hoar, 

infren-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to hridle. 

lani-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to tear in pieces. 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Agricola Sqiiiim filis^ infrenat. Apri generiim reginse 
laniabiint. Folia silvse ancillam reginse delectant. Magis- 
t6r pueros convocabat. Pueri magistrum amant. Tullii 
f ilia socerilm amabit. Germani Gallorum agros occiipa- 
bant. Columbarum ova liberos delectant. Viri equos in- 
frenabunt. Belliim Germanos delectat. Socer genSrum 
amat. Serviis domini equuin infrenat. Nauta liberos 
amat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The poet's children love the queen. Crassus praises the 
fields of the Helvetians. The Germans love war. The 
^Yolves will tear in pieces the farmer's children. Wild 
boars love the shade of the forest. The master will call 
back the boys. Tally's horse loves his master. The 
farmer's slaves are bridling the horses. 

EXERCISE VIII. 
§ 28. The Dative Case. 

1. The Dative expresses that to or for which, or with 
reference to which, any thing is, or is clone. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The indirect object of a verb is 



30 KOUNS. 

in the Dative : as, serviis dumino medXcinam pared., the 
servant prepares medicine for his master. 

Bemark. — The indirect ohject of a verb is the thing to^vards 
•which its action tends without necessarily reaching it. Thus, in 
the above example, the action expressed by parat is exerted 
directly upon tlie medicine, — mcdicinam, — and the point to which 
it tends is the master, — domino, — though it does not necessarily 
reach that point, since it is not implied that the master receives or 
tises the medicine prepared for him. 

3. Hide of Position, — The indirect object precedes the 
direct. 

Vocabulary, 

liber, -i, hooh. agtius, -i, Iamb. 

via, -£e, luai/. haedus, -i, kid. 

taurus, -i, bull. 

monstr-o, -are, -avi, -atiim, to sJimc. 
mact-B, -are, -avi, -atum, to sacrifice. 

d-5, dare, dedi, datum, to give. (The only verb of the first 
conjugation having a in the infinitive present.) 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Magister piiero librilm dat. Puella Crasso viam mon- 
strabat. Agricola diis aram sedificabit. Galli diis tauros 
mactant. Servi reginse hsediiin parant. Lupi agnos lani- 
abunt. Agricolse filiiis puellse ovum dat. Galli Germanis 
insidias parabunt. Crassus copiis Gallorum insidias parat. 
Kegina agricolse equiim dat. Galli nautis insulam mon- 
strant. Reginse ancilla Gallis Germanorum insidias mon- 
strat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The queen's father-in-law will give (to) the poet a field,. 
The queen of the Helvetians is preparing snares for Tully's 
forces. The inhabitants of the island were sacrificing a 
lamb to the gods. The master is preparing a book for the 



SECOND DECLENSION. 31 

boys. . The slaves are preparing a way for their master. 
The master gives (to) his slave a kid. The slave gives (to) 
the farmer's son a dove's egg. 

EXERCISE IX. 

The Ablative Case. 

§ 29. 1. Bule of Syntax. — The Ablative expresses the 
cause, manner', means, or instrument: as, 

CaBcu-; ardrind. Blinded by avarice. [Cause.) 
Hoc mo Jo fecit. He did it in this manner. [Manner.) 
Aquila das volat, The eagle flies with his wings. (Means.) ' 
Csi^n\um gladtO occldit, He kills the captive with a sword. [Instru- 
ment.) 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The Ablative (usually with the 
preposition in) expresses the 2)^(^f^c(^ where. 

3. Rule of Position. — Expressions of cause, manner, 
means, instrument, time, and place precede the predicate. 
Expressions of manner, means, and instrument are 
placed after the direct object ; while those of cause, time, 
and jylace usually precede it. 

Vocabulary. 

in (preposition with abl.), in. veneniim, -I, poison. 

terra, -se, the earth, ground, gladius, -i, aword. 

tuba, -as, tnimpet. Marcus, -i, 3Inrh. 

signum, -i, siijnal, sign. culter, -tri, knife. 

ar-o, -lire, -avi, -atum, to plough. 
vex-5, -Hre, -avi, -atum, to annoy, to trouhle. 
vulner-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to loound. 
ambul-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to loalk. 

Translate into English and analyze. 
Marci filiiis Gallis signiim ttiba dat. {The j^redicate is 



32 is^ou]S"s. 

here limited by Gallis, the indirect object; signiim, the direct 
object; and tuba, the ablative of the instrument.) Agricola 
terram equis arat. Captiviis Tullium cultro vulnerabit. 
Poeta in silvis ambtilat. Marcus Helvetios injuriis vexa- 
bat. Kauta reginse generum gladio nScabit. Germani 
captivos gladiis necant. Aquilse alis volant. Eegina 
filio regnum dat. Ancilla reginse Crassum veneno neca- 
bit. Umbram silvse amamiis. Dominus servos tuba con- 
vocat. Reginse socerf ilium Tullii injuriis vexat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The farmer's sons ^.vill plougb the fields with horses. The 
girls are dancing in the forest. The poet was wall^ing in 
the garden. The slaves of Tully are preparing snares for 
the ambassadors of the Helvetians in the forest. The in- 
habitants of the islands will kill the ambassadors with 
their swords. The Germans were annoying the Gauls with 
injuries. Doves fly with their wings. The farmer will 
give the sailor's daughter a lamb. Wolves are howling in 
the forest. 

THE THIKD DECLENSION. 

S 30. Nouns whose srenitive-enclino: is ts are of the 



thirc 


1 declension. 










CASE-ENDINGS. 






3fasc. and Fern. 




Neuter. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. 


s, 


es, 


-.(«). 


a (ia). 


G. 


is, 


um (iiim), 


is, 


i1m (iiimV 


D. 


i, 


ibus, 


i. 


ibiis, 


Ac. 


em (im), 


es, 


-(6). 


a (ia), 


Y. 


s, 


es, 


— («), 


a (ia), 


Ab. 


e(i); 


ibus. 


«(i); 


ibus. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 33 

Remark 1. — Many masculine and feminine nouns have no 
ending in the nominative, but present the simple stem: as, honor. 
The regular ending. of the accusative singular is an; that of the 
ablative, e ; of the genitive plural, uin. 

Iiemark 2. — But few neuter nouns have a nominative-ending, 
most of them presenting the stem alone in the nominative. The 
regular endings are given in the first column ; the others are oc- 
casional only. 

Remark 3. — An old accusative-ending Is or els is found Avith 
stems that take ium in the genitive plural: as, valUs or vaUcls. 

CLASSES. 

Xouns of the tliird declension are divided into six 
classes, according to the formation of the nominative 
sino^ular : three classes having^ the nominative-endino^ 

o o o 

s;. one, the nominative-ending ^; and two having no 
nominative-ending at all^ but presenting the simple 
stem. 

Class I. — Xouns which add the nominative-ending 
s to the stem without any vowel change : as, iirb-s. 
(Feminine.) 

Class II. — Nouns which add the nominative-endino; 
s to the stem with a connecting vowel e or i : as, stem 
rup-, nominative riqj-e-s, rupes ; stem vail-, nominative 
vall-i-Sj V edits. {Feminine.) 

Class III. — IS'ouns which change the stem-vowel i 
into ^, and add s: as, stem mlitt-, nominative mlM-s, 
miles. [Masculine.) 

Class IV. — Nouns wdiich have the nominative- 
ending e: as, mar-e. (Neuter.) 

Class V. — Nouns which have no nominative-ending, 
but present the unchanged stem : as, honor, consul, 
calcdr. (Masculine and neuter.) 



34 



NOUNS. 



Class YI. — Nouns wliicli have no nominative-ending, 
but present the stem changed in the nominative : as, 
stem virgin-y nominative virgo, [MdSGuline, feminine^ 
and neuter.) 

Rule of Euphony. — A c sound with s makes x : as, 
leg-s, lex ; arc-Sj arx. A t sound with s is dropped : 
as, fonts, fons. 

CLASS I. 

§ 31. Nouns which add the nominative-ending s to 
the stem without vowel change. 

PARADIGMS. 









Singular. 






N. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

Y. 

Abl. 


City. 

Urb-s, 

wr'-bis, 

Mr'-bi, 

wr'-bem, 

urbs, 

nr'-he. 


Law. 

Lex (leg-s 

Ze'-gis, 

Te'-gT, 

Ze'-gem, 

lex, 

Ze'-ge. 


), 


Praise. 

Laus (land-s), 

lau'-dis, 

lau'-di, 

lau'-dem, 

luus, 

lau'-de. 


Art. 

Ars (art-s), 

ar'-tis, 

ar'-ti, 

ar'-tem, 

ars, 

ar'-te. 


Citadel. 

Arx (arc-s), 

a7-'-cis, 

ar'-ci, 

ar'-cem, 

arx, 

ar'-ce. 


Flural. 


Ac.&V. 
Abl. 


ur'-hes, 

Mr'-bi-um, 

Mr'-bi-bus, 

Mr'-bes, 

M?-'-bI-bus. 


Ze'-ges, 

Ze'-gum, 

Ze'-gi-bus, 

le'-ges, 

Ze'-gi-bfis. 


lau'-des, 

lau'-dnva., 

lau'-di-hus, 

lau'-des, 

lau'-di-bus. 


ar'-tes, 

ar'-ti-um, 

ar'-ti-bus, 

ar'-tes, 

ar'-ti-bus. 


ar'-ces, 1 
ar'-ci-um, 1 
ar'-ci-biis, 
ar'-ces, 
ar'-ci-bHs. 



Rule 1. — Stems ending in two consonants, with dos, lis, 
fraus, vis, faux (nom. obs.), nix, compes, strix, have 
imn in the genitive plural. 

Rule '2. — Stems of more than one syllable in nt and 
rt (adding s), with names of nations in as, have iuni 
and sometimes um : as, cliens, clientium or clientum. 

Remark 1. — Other nouns in as, with fornax and pdlus, some- 
times have ium. Quiris and Sanmls have ium. 



THIED DECLENSION. OO 

Remark 2. — Pars, part, and lens, lentil, have sometimes Im 
in the accusative ; and the same, with sors, lot, and tridens, 
trident, have e or I in the ablative. Partim is usually an ad- 
verb. 

Bide of Gender. — Nouns which add the nominative- 
ending s to the stem without vowel change, are feminine ; 
except — 

Masculines. 

1. Dens, tooth, and its compounds ; fons, fountain ; pons, 
bridge; mons, mountain; cliens, client; rudens, rope (rarely 
feminine) ; and compounds of as ; paries, wall ; pes, foot ; 
lapis, stone. 

2. Grex, flock ; Greek nouns in ax and ix, with cdlix, cup ; 
fornix, arch ; perdix, partridge ; trddux, vine-branch. 

Masculine or Feminine, 

Many nouns denoting living beings, with scrohs, ditch ; stirps, 
trunk of a tree ; calx, heel ; calx, lime. 

EXERCISE X. 

§ 32. 1. The ablative is used with prepositions which 
imply rest in a place : as, tn urb^ hdbXtdtj he lives in the 
city ; or motion from a place : as, ex urbe ^quttdt, he 
rides out of the city. 

2. The accusative (the ivhither case) is used with pre- 
positions implying motion to a place : as, hi urbem vhiit, 

. he comes into the city ; dd reghn vhiitj he comes to 
the king. 

3. Caution. — To, when it implies motion, must be 
translated by dd witli the accusative. 

4. Rule of Position, — A preposition with its case pre- 
cedes the predicate. 



36 NOUNS. 

Vocabulary, 

in (with ace.), inio ; dens, dent-is, tooth. 

(with, abl.), in, pes, ped-is, foot. 

ad (prep, with ace.), to, toicards. calx, calc-is, heel. 
e, out of (pvep. with abl., used rex, reg-is, king. 

only with words beginning plebs, pleb-is, common people. 

with a consonant). grex, greg-is, _/Zoc7c. 

ex, out of (prep, with abl., used ferriim, -i, iron, the sword. 

before yowels and consonants). cliens, client-is, client. 
riidens, rudent-is, rope. lapis, lapid-is, a stone. 

antenna, -as, sail-yard. miilus, -i, mast. 

pilum, -i, javelin. libertas, libertat-is, liberty. 

Gallia, -as, ^aul. nobilitas, nobilitat-is, nobility. 

Germania, -Ee, Germany. Orgetorix, Orgetorig-is, Orgetorix. 

equit-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to ride on horseback. 

hiem-O, -are, -avi, -atum, to winter, spend the icinter 

serv-0, -are, -avi, -atum, to preserve, protect. 

vi61-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to dishonor, violate, break (a law, &c.). 

habit-5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to dwell, live. 

mand-6, -are, ravi, -atiim, to intrust. 

destin-O, -are, -avi, -atum, to fasten. 
a or ab, from, by (prep, with abl., a being used only before conso- 
nants, ab before .vowels and consonants). 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Orgetorix leges Helvetiorum violabat. Plebs liberta- 
tern ferro servabit. Nautse antennas ad malos rudentibiis 
destinant. Puer calcem servi lapide vulnerat. Crassiis ex 
urbe ad vicum equitat. Ci3pis8 Germanorum in Gallia 
hiemabunt. Galli in Gallia habitant. Rex nobilitati 
urbem mandat. Crassi f ilius clientes ex agris in urbem 
convocat. Liipi dentibus agnds laniant. Galli Crassum 
pilis necabunt. Germani Gallos bellis vexant. 

Translate into Latin. 

The boys are riding from the village to the city. The 
farmer's sons live in the forest. The doves will fly out of 



TIIIRD DECLENSION. 



37 



the fields into the forest. The king was calling together 
the common peoj)le out of the village into the city. The 
king will give the kingdom to his son. Crassus will break 
the laws of Gaul. The king's son will preserve the liberty 
of the common people. The boys are wounding the king's 
messengers with stones. The inhabitants of Germany will 
winter in the island of the Belgians. Horses walk with 
(their) feet. A flock of doves is flying out of the forest. 
The sailor will fasten the yard to the mast with ropes. 
The king was slaying the nobility with the sword. 

CLASS II. 

§ 33. Nouns Avhicli add the nominative-ending s to 
the stem with a connecting vowel (e or i) : as, rup-e-Sy 
vall-l-s. 







PARADIGMS. 








Singular. 




Nom. 


ru'-pes, a 


rock. 




val'-\\B, a valley. 


Gen. 


rft'-pis, 






^'aZ'-lis, 


Dat. 


riV-pi, 






^a/'-li, 


Ace. 


ru'-])em., 






va/'-lSm, 


Voc. 


riV-pes, 






-yaZ'-lis, 


Abl. 


r^'-pg ; 






wMe; 




• 


Plural. 




Nom. 


ril'-pes, 






-ya/'-les, 


Gen. 


r^'-pi-um, 






I'a/'-li-iim, 


Dat. 


riz'-pi-biis, 






var-li-biis, 


Ace. 


riV-pes, 






-ya/'-les, 


Voc. 


rii'-pes, 






-yaZ'-les, 


Abl. 


riV-pi-bus. 






-ya^'-li-bus. 



38 NOUNS. 

Remarh 1. — The following nouns have im in the accusa- 
tive : — 

(a) Names of places, rivers, and gods in ts : tliese sometinaes also have 
hi in the accusative. Scaldis has In and im ; Llris has Im, In, and em; 
and Llger has Llgerhn. 

(h) Amussis, a mason's rule. Kavis, hoarseness. 

Buris, a plough-tail. Seciiris, an axe. 

Cannabis, hemp. Sinapis, mustard. 

Cucumis {gen. -is), a cucumber. Sitis, thirst. 

Mephitis, foul air, • Tussis, a cough. 

Pelvis, a basin. Vis, strength. 

Remark 2. — The following have wi, and sometimes tm : — 
Febris, a fever. Eestis, a rope. 

Puppis, the stern. Turris, a toicer. 

Bemarl: 3. — The following have em, and rarely im : — 

Bipecnis, a battle-axe. Messis, a harvest. Prassepis, a stall. 

Clavis, a key. Navis, a ship. Sementis, a solving. 

Strigilis, a flesh-brush. 

Remark 4- — Nouns which have im in the accusative, with 
names of months in er and is, have I in the ablative : as, vis, 
vim, VI ; Aprilis, Aprlll. 

But Boetis, carindbis, and shiapis have e or I. 

Remark 5. — Nouns which have em or im in the accusative 
have e or Hn the ablative : as, turris, turre or turri. 

But restis has e only. 

Remark 6, — The following have only em in the accusative, but 
have e or I in the ablative : — 



Amnis, 


Canalis, 


Convallis, 


Ignis, 


Postis, 


Anguis, 


Civis, 


Corbis, 


Mugilis, 


Sordes, 


Avis, 


Classis, 


Finis, 


Orbis, 


Unguis, 


Bills, 


Collis, 


Fustis, 


Ovis, 


Yectis. 



Remark 7.— Nouns of this class (adding s with connecting 
vowel e or i) have ium in the genitive plural. 

Exc. Canis, dog; jiivenis, young man; foris, door; mugilis, 
mullet ;' i[)rQ\es, offspring; strues, ^^7e; \Mes, prophet, have im; 
also, generally, apis, bee; strigilis, jiesh-hrush ; volucris, bird; 
sometimes mensis, and ccedHs. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



39 



Rule of Gender. — Nouns of this class are feminine. 

Exc. 1. Pdlumbes, vdtes, vepres, are masculine or feminine. 
Exc. 2. The following in Is are masculine or feminine : — 
Amnis, river. Canis, docf. Funis, rope. 

Anguis, snake, Clunis, haunch. Scrobis, ditch. 

Callis, path. Corbis, basket. Tigris, tiger. 

Canalis, pipe. Finis {end, f.; boundary, m.). Torquis, chain. 

Fines, boundaries, is always masculine. 
Exc. 3. The followiuo; are masculine : — 



Aqualis, loater-ptot. 
Axis, axle. 
Cassis, net. 
Caulis, stalk. 
Collis, hill. 
Crinis, hair. 
Ensis, sword. 
Fascis, bundle. 



Follis, bellows. 
Fustis, club. 
Ignis, fire. 
Manes, pL, shades. 
Mensis, month. 
Mugilis, mullet. 
Orbis, circle. 
Panis, bread. 



Piscis, fish. 
Postis, post. 
Sentis, brier. 
Sodalis, companion. 
Torris, firebrand. 
Unguis, nail. 
Vectis, lever. 
Vermis, worm. 



EXERCISE XI. 

§ 34. 1. Conjunctions connect words which are in the 
same construction: as, Ccesdr U Brutus, Csssar and 
Brutus ; glddils plllsqu^, with swords and javelins. 

N.B. — Et connects things which are separate and distinct, and of 
equal importance ; que (always written at the end of a word) con- 
nects one thing closely to another as an appendage, the two making 
one complete idea. Thus, the "swords and javelins" above con- 
stitute together offensive armor. Atque generally introduces some- 
thing of greater importance. 

2. If the subject consists of more than one thing, the 
verb must be plural. Hence — 

Bule of Syntax. — A collective noun may have a plural 
verb : as, plebs clamant, the people shout. 



Vocabulary. 



ignis, -is, fire. 
vallis, -is, valley. 



pars, part-is, part. 
pax, pac-is, peace. 



40 NOUNS. 

Athenas, -arum, Alliens. hostis, -is, enemy (^ 13, R. 4). 

cum, xcith, in company with (prep. civis, -is, citizen (^ 13, R. 4). 

with ablative). avis, -is, bird. 

in (prep, with abl.), on, in; (with ovis, -is, sheep. 

ace), upon, into, classis, -is, Jleet. 

per (prep, with ace), through. coUis, -is, hill. 

Grgecia, -£e, Greece. litera, -se, letter (of the alphabet). 

Cecrops, Cecrop-is, Cecrops. amicitia, -se, friendship. 

Cadmus, -i, Cadmus. sitis, -is, thirst. 

port-B, -are, -avi, -atiim, to carry. 

im-port-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry in, import. 

formid-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to dread. 

vigil-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to watch. 

festin-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. 

confirm-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to establish. 

vast-0, -are, -avi, -atum, to lay icaste. 

nidific-O, -are, -avi, -atum, to build a nest. 

lev-o, -are, -avi, -atiim, to relieve. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Cadmus in Grseciam literas importat. Aves in silvis 
nidificant. Aqua sitim levat. Fons in valle poetam 
delectat. Helvetii agros Germanorum ferro ignique vasta- 
bunt. Galli cum Germanis pacem et amicitiam confirmant. 
Crassus ex agro in urbem festinat. Plebs in urbe nobilita- 
tem necat. Crassus copias gladiis pilisque armabat. Cives 
Cecropi claves urbis dant. Lupi oves et hsedos laniant. 
Crassus in collg turrim sedificat. Galli naves St copias 
German5rum formidant. Crassus partem plebis cultris 
lapidibusque armabit. Columbse per silvam volant. Ce- 
crops Atlienas sedificabit. Canes et liipi oves laniant. 
Eex St regina in horto ambiilant. Cives in urbe vigilant. 

Translate into Latin. 

Crassus will lay waste tlie fields of the Belgians with 
fire and sword (^ ferro igmque). The nobility dread the 
fleet of Tullius. The nobility will preserve the liberty of 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



41 



the citizens with the sword. The maid-servant is prepar- 
ing a mullet for her master. The queen will walk in the 
garden with her daughters. The farmer's sons will carry 
sheep and kids to the city. The nobility will arm their 
slaves with stones and knives. The farmer's son will show 
(to) the ambassadors of the Belgians the way through the 
forest. Tullius will take possession of the hill. Medicine 
will relieve fevers. 



CLASS III. 
§ 35. Nouns which change the stem-vowel t into ^, 
and add s. 

PARADIGMS. 

Miles (milet-s), soldier. Princeps (princep-s), chief. 

Singular. 

Nom. j9rMi'-ceps, 



Nom. 7?ii'-les, 
Gen. m~il'-i-i\^, 
Dat. ml/'-i-ti, 
Ace. 7m^'-i-tem, 
Voc. mi'-lSs, 
Abl. mll!-\-iQ\ 

Nom. mlZ'-i-tes, 
Gen. mU'-i-ixwQ., 
Dat. mil-i^-ibus, 
Ace. mil'-i-iQS, 
Voc. 7?il^'-i-tes, 
Abl. mil-it'-ibiis. 



Gen. prm'-ci-pis, 
Dat. prill' -ol-^l, 
Ace. pnV-ci-pem, 
Voc. p?'i?i'-ceps, 
Abl. j)rin' -Qi-^fd ; 



riural. 



Nom. j9rm'-ci-pes, 
Gen. j9H?i'-ci-piim, 
Dat. prin-cip'-ibus, 
Ace. prm'-ci-pes, 
Voc. pr2?i'-ci-pes, 
Abl. prin-cy^'-ibiis. 



Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change the stem-vo^vel 
% into ^, and add s, are masculinCo 

Exc. 1. Feminine, merges, mergitis, sheaf. 

Exc. 2. Masculine or feminine, ddeps, ddlpis, grease ; cortex, 
corticis, bark ; forceps, forcipls, pincers. 

4* 



42 . Nouxs. 

EXERCISE XII. 

§ 36. 1. A noun limiting another, and denoting the 
same thing, is said to be in apposition with it. 

2. Hule of Syntax, — Nouns in apposition agree in 
case : as, Jugurthd rex, Jugurtha the king. 

Remark. — A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is put 
in the plural: as, Jugurthd et Bocclius, reges, Jugurtha and 
Bocchus, kings. 

Vocabulary, 

rirtiis, virtut-is, valor. hospes, hosjiit-is, guest. 

a, or &\i,from, (prep, "with abl.). obses, obsid-is, hostage. 

proelium, -i, battle. eques, eqiiit-is, horseman. - 

NiimJclia, -as, Numidia. pedes, pedit-is, footman. 

Humerus, -i, number. horreum, -i, granary. 

Teles, velit-is, a light-armed sol- merges, mergit-ia, sheaf. 

dier, a skirmisher. comes, comit-is, comjjanion. 

Davus, -i, Davus. c^spes, C£espit-is, turf. 

Balbus, -i, Balbus. trames, tramit-is, by-path, 

Jugurtha, -£e, Jugurtha. 

sec-o, sec-are, see-ui, sectum and sec-atum, to cut. 

postul-O, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand. 

vi6l-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to maltreat, violate. 

d-fiplic-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to double. 

redintegr-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to reneia. 

explor-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to explore, search out. 

crem-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn. 

proflig-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to dash to pieces, to rout, 

fug-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to init to flight, to rout. 



Translate into English and analyze. 

Milites gladiis csespitem sScabant. Agricola in horreum 
mergites portabit. Tulliiis a Germanis obsides postiilat. 
Jugurtha, rex Numidise, Crass5 obsides dat. Davus et 
Balbus, servi agricolse, domini liberos amant. Orgetorix, 
princeps Helvetioriim, ab ^duis obsides postulabit. Hel- 



THIRD DECLENSION. 43 

vetii Orggtorigem igni cremabunt. Equites ^t pedites 
proeliiim redintegrilbunt. Poeta virtutem Jugurthse, regis 
Niimidi^e, laudat. Copi?e Crassi Squites peditesque hostiiim 
profligabant. Velites Tullii tramites per silvam explorant. 
Comites Orgetdrigis, principis Helvetiorum, agros Gal- 
loriim ferro ignique vastant. Jugurtha numeriim obsidiim 
duplicat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The farmer is walking with his sons, Davus and Balbus, 
in the forest. The Gauls dread the ships of Crassus. 
Davus, the king's slave, will show (to) the boys the way 
through the forest. Part of the skirmishers will occupy 
the hill. The Germans will maltreat their guests. Tully 
will give the signal to the king's horsemen with the trumpet. 
The horsemen are bridling their horses. 



CLASS IV. 

§ 37. Nouns w^hich add e to the stem to form the 
nominative. 

Singular. Plural. 

Nom., Ace, and Voc. mar'-Q, the sea, mar'-i-a, 

Gen. mar'-%, mar'-i-nm-j 

Dat. and Abl. mar'-i ; mar'-i-biis. 

Remark. — Nouns of this class have i in the ablative singular, 
id in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural, and ium in 
the genitive plural. • 

Exc. Names of towns in e have e in the ablative. Rete, a net, 
has e or l in the ablative. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns wdiicli have the nominative- 
ending ^ are neuter. 



44 NOUN'S. 

EXERCISE XIII. 
Vocabulary. 

terra marique, hy sea and land. rete, ret-is, net. 

celeritas, ceieritat-is, swiftness. navale^ naval-is, doch-yard. 

crudelitas, crudelitat-is, cruelty. sedile, sedil-is, seat. 

Marcus, -I, Ilarcus, Mark. monile, monil-is, necklace. 

Liicius, 'i, Lucius. Romanus, -i, Roman. 

Cassius, -i, Cassius. Carthaginiensis, -is, Carthaginian. 

Syphax, Syphacxs, SypJiax. dux, due-is, leader. 

ciibile, cubil-is, couch. Marius, -i, Jlarius. 

oppiduui, -i, town. Caius, -i, Cains. 

dormito, -are, -avi, -atum, to fall asleep. 

exjjugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to storm. 

Translate into English and analyze. 
Reginse filia in ciibili dormitabit. Deiis cervis St cani- 
biis ceieritatem dat. Marcus €t Lucius, agric6l?e filii (§ 36, 
Bemark), agros equis arabunt. Cassius in navalibus naves 
sedificat. Dux Caid auriim dtit. Syphax, dux Cartbagi- 
niensiiim, Eomanis insidias parabat. Galli crudelitatem 
Germanoriim formidant. Marius^ dux Eomanorum, oj)pida 
Jugurthse expugnabit. Lucius, Eomanorum dux, terra 
marique copias bostium fiigabit. Eegina filiabus monilia 
dabit. Servi in silva domino sedile parant. Daviis apris 
retia parabit. 

Translate into Latin. 
Sypbax, the leader of the Carthaginians, will build ships 
in the dock-yards. The forces of the Gauls will storm the 
city. Jugurtha, king of Numidia, will rout the forces of 
the Eomans by sea and by land. Lucius and Balbus, 
slaves of Marius, will prepare seats for their master The 
queen's daughter gives (to) the poet a necklace. Marius 
will lay waste the fields of ISJ'umidia with fire and sword. 
The foot-soldiers are bridling the horses of the horsemen. 
Orgetorix dreads the cruelty of the Helvetians. 



THIED DECLENSION. 



45 



CLASS V. 

§ 38. Nouns wliicli have no nominative-ending, but 
present the unchanged stem in the nominative. 



Masculine Foems. 



Honor, honor (masc). 



Singular. 

N. Ao'-uor, 
G. ho-?ic>'-ris, 



Plural. 
lio-wo'-res, 



D. ho-?io'-ri, 



h6-?io'-rum, 
h6-?io/-i-biis, 
Ac. h6-?io'-rem, ho-?io'-res, 
V. /lo'-nor, ho-?io' -res, 

Ab. ho-?io'-re; ho-?io?^''-i-bus. 



Pater, father (masc). 



Singular. 
pa'-i^Y, 
poJ-ixis, 
paf-ivi, 
pa'-iY^vd, 
pa'-iQY, 
paf-iYQ ; 



Plural . 
paf-iYQ'&, 
j^a'-trum, 
^a^-ri-bus, 
pa'-tYQSy 
pa'-tYQ^j 
pa^-ri-biis. 



Remark 1. — Nouns in ter and her drop e in the oblique cases : 
as, imber, imhris ; pater, patris. 

Remark 2. — Imber, pugil, and vesper have e or i in the ablative ; 
imber, linter, venter, liter, have ium in the genitive plural ; and 
re/i has um or ium. 

Remark 3. — Some names of tovrns, when denoting the place 
lohere, have i in the ablative: as, Anxurl. 

Ride of Gender. — Nouns which present the unchanged 
stem in the nominative (except stems in cdy ar, and ur) 
are masculine. 

Exc. 1. (or.) Arbor, tree, is feminine. Ador, spelt, aequor, sea, 
and marmor, marble, are neuter. Masculines in or havetJ long 
in the oblique cases ; neuters have o short : as, honoris, marmoris. 

Exc. 2. (er.) Linter, boat, is feminine. Cadaver, corpse; 
spinther, clasp; tuber, swelling; tiber, udder; ver, spring; 
verber, lash; and names of trees and plants in cr, are neuter. 
But laver and tilber, names of trees, are feminine, and siscr is 
masculine in the plural. 

Exc. 3, Alec, alec-is, brine, and vas, vas-is, vessel, are neuter. 



46 Kouxs. 

EXERCISE XIY. 

Vocabulary. 

Ceesar, C£esar-is, Csesar. linter, lintr-is, boat. 

imperator, -or-is, commander. imber, imbr-is, rain. 

consul, consul-is, consul. conjux, conjug-is, husband or wife. 

anser, anser-is, goose. Sagittarius, -i, archer. 

frater, fratr-is, brother. funditor, -or-is, slinger. 

mater, matr-is, mother. pastor, -or-is, shepherd. 

soror, soror-is, sister. venator, -or-is, hunter. 

hiberna, -orum, icinter quarters. mercator, -or-is, merchant. 

in Mberna collocare, to put into telum, -i, dart, 
winter quarters. 

coll6c-S, -are, -avi, -atum, to place, piut together. 

defens-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to defend. 

Translate into English. 

Plebs libertatem ferro servabit. ImpSrator equites 
peditesque convucabat. Csesar ab urbe in Galliam festi- 
nabat. Agricola conjugem liberosque amat. Pastor gregem 
a liipo defensabit. Crassiis consul in naYalibiis naves et 
lintres sedificat. Agricolse anseres in borto habitant. 
Milites imperatorem a gladiis telisque bostium defensabunt. 
Csesar copias in biberna collocat. Venator in silva apris 
retia parat. Csesar cum sagittariis fanditoribusque ad 
niontem festinat. Eex mercatores convocat. Balbiis, 
Lucii gener, fratres sororesque amat. Imbres agricolas 
delectant. 

Translate into Latin. 

The horsemen T^vill rout the archers and slingers of the 
enemy. The shepherds are sacrificing bulls and sheep to 
the gods. The geese are flying into the forest. The sis- 
ters of Orgetorix are dancing in the garden. The brother 
of Lucius was defending his mother and sisters with (his) 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



47 



sword. The common peoj^le intrust their liberty to the 
consul. The hunter will show (to) the shepherd a by-path 
through the forest. Csesar will hasten from the winter- 
quarters into the city. The slingers are w^ounding the 
horsemen of the enemy with stones. 



Neuter Forms. 

§ 39. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in 
al, ctr, ur. 

Animal, an animal (neuter). 



Singular. 



Calciir, a spur (neuter). 



Singular. Plural . 

cal'-GiiT, cal-ca'-ri-a, 

cal-ca'-ris, cal-ca'-ri-um, 

cal-ca'-ri, cal-car'-i-bus, 

ca/'-car, cal-ca'-ri-a, 

ca/'-car, cal-ca'-ri-a, 

cal-cci'-ri : cal-car'-i-bus. 



Plural. 
an-i-ma'-li-a, 
G. an-i-ma'-lis, an-i-??2a'-li-um, 
D. an-i-7?ia'-li, an-i-maZ'-i-bus, 
Ac. a?i'-i-mal, an-i-ma'-li-a, 
V. an'-\-mk\, an-i-ma'-li-a, 
Ab. an-i-??ia'-li ; an-i-??iaZ'-i-bus. 

Note. — Nouns in e, al, ar, were originally adjectives, the adjective- 
ending of those in al and ar having been dropped. Thus, anlm-a, 
breath; neuter adjective amm-dle (^animal), a thing having breath, 
an animal; calc-s [calx), the heel; calc-dre (^calc-ar), a thing per- 
taining to the heel, a spur. 

Remark 1. — Nouns ending in dl and dr have l in the ablative 
singular, ium in the genitive plural, and id in the nominative, 
accusative, and vocative plural. 

Remark 2. — Baccdr, far, juhdr, nectar, par, and sal have e in 
the ablative singular ; and far and Idr have um or ium in the 
genitive plural. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns wdiich present in the nomi- 
native tlie unchanged stem in al, ar, ur, are neuter, 

Exc. Sal, salt, is masculine or neuter in the singular, and 
always masculine in the plural. Fur, thief, furfur, bran, salar, 
trout, turtur, dove, vultur, vulture, are masculine. 



48 xou:xs. 

EXERCISE XV. 
§ 40. Vocabulary, 

jumentura, -i, work -horse, beast of furfur, furfur-is, bran. 

. burden, stimulus, -i, goad. 

jubar, jubar-is, sunshine. tempestas, tempestat-is, temjoest. 

vultiir, vultur-is, vulture. templum de marmore, a temple of 

templum, -i, temple. marble. 

raarmor, marmor-is, marble. de (prep, witli abl.), from, of. 

dic-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to dedicate. 

concit-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to urge on, stir up, arouse. 

rapt-B, -are, -avi, -atum, to snatch aioay, carry off. 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Crassus diis templum de marmore dicabit. Vultures 
agnos et hsedos raptant. Jubar nautas delectat. Agri- 
cola jumenta stimulo concitat. Cecrops, rex Grsecias, 
Squum calcaribiis concitat. Regina in insula aram de 
marmore sedificat. Agricolse jumentis furfurem dant. 
VSlites Csesaris hostitim sagittarios funditoresque fugabunt. 
Tempestates maris hostium classem profligabunt. 

Translate into Latin. 
The boys love the master. Csesar will lay waste the 
fields of the Gauls with fire and sword. Tully will rout 
the forces of the enemy by sea and land. Tully's foot- 
soldiers occupy the hill. Farmers plough their fields with 
work-horses. Eagles and vultures build nests in the rocks. 
Caesar's skirmishers will search out the by-paths through 
the forests. Jugurtha, king of Numidia, was storming 
his brother's towns. Sailors dread tempests. Horsemen 
urge on their horses with spurs. 

CLASS YI. 
§ 41. Xouns which have no nominative-endings but 
present the stem changed in the nominative. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



49 



I. — Masculine Forms of Class VI. 



n of stem dropped. 
Sermo, speech (m.)- 

Singular. 
N. ser'-mO, 
G. ser-m5'-nis, 
D, ser-mo'-ni, 
Ac. ser-mo'-nem, 
V. ser'-mo, 
Ab. ser-mo'-ng; 



^ Plural. 

N. ser-mo'-nes, 

G. ser-mo'-num, 

D. ser-??^o?^'-i-bus, 

Ac. ser-wio'-nes, 
V. 



ser-??io -nes, 



er changed into is. 

Pulvis, dust (m.). 

Singular. 

pid'-Yis, 

pul'-Y^-YlS, 

pul'-Ye-Yi, 
pul'-Ye-rem, 
pul'-\is, 
pul'-Ye-Y^ ; 



r changed into s. 
Flos, flower (m.). 

Singular. 
ilos, 

/o'-ri, 
y?o'-rem, 
flos, 
/a'-re; 

Plural, 
fid'-ves, 
flo-Yiim, 
flor' -1-hu.s, 
flo-Yes, 

flo'-YQSy 

flor'-i-hus. 



Plural. 

pul'-Ye-Yes, 

pul'-Ye-Yiim, 

pul-ver^-i-bus, 

pul'-Ye-Yes, 

pul'-Ye-Yes, 

pul-'yt^r'-i-bus. 

Remark 1. — Two nouns, sanguis, sanguin-is, blood, and pollls, 
poUin-is, fine flour, change n of the stem into s. 

Remark 2. — Some nouns of the fifth class, whose stems end in 
or, have an old form of the nominative in 6s : as, honos, arbos, for 
lionor, arbor. 

Remark 3. — Mas, mdr-is, and glls, gllr-is, have ium in the geni- 
tive plural ; and mUs, milr-is, has um and ium; rfcs, rur-is, has e 
or I in the ablative singular. 

Rule of Gender, — JSTouns which drop n of the stem 
in the nominative are masculine. 

Exc. Abstracts in io (mostly formed by adding io to the supine 
stem of verbs) are feminine. Bubo is masculine and feminine. 

Rule of Gender.- — Nouns which change er of the stem 
into is, r into s, or n into s, are masculine. 

Exc. 1. Crus, jus, pus, rus, ius, and os, mouth, are neuter. 
Tellus is feminine. ( Stems changing ur into us are mostly neuter. ) 



50 nou:N'S. 

Exc. 2. Cinis is masculine or feminine in the singular ; cineres^ 
ashes of the dead, is always masculine. PuMs, dust, is very 
rarely feminine. 

EXERCISE XVI. 
Vocabulary. 

mos, mor-is, manner, custom, Varro, -on-is, Varro. 

centtirio, -on-is, centurion. oratio, -on-is, speech, oration, 

leo, -on-is, lion. Cicero, -on-is, Cicero. 

mens, mont-is (§ 31, Exc. 1), orator, -or-is, orator. 

mountain. more regis, after the manner of a king, 

latro, -on-is, rohber. Spud, among, icith (prep, with ac). 

pirata, -se, pirate. apud Helvetios, among the Helvetians. 

CatB, -on-is, Cato. apud Catonem, at the houae of Cato, 

rebellio, -on-is, rebellion. tcith Cato. 

trucid-o, -are, -ari, -atum, to slay. 

ccen-o, -axQ, -avi, -atum, to sup. 

rebellionem concitare, to excite, raise a rebellion. 

Note. — Rebellio and ordtio, being abstracts in io, are feminine; 
but centurio is the name of a male being, and is, therefore, mascu- 
line. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Csesar, more regis, obsides ab Helvetiis postulat. Cen- 
tiirio turres (§ 33, Remark 2) sedificat. VarrS consul in 
silvis morg latronis habitat. Orgetorix apiid Helvetios 
rgbellionem concitabit. CicerO orator plebSm orationg 
delectat. Oratio Catonis nobilitatem delectat. Pars no- 
bilitatis apud regem coenant. Leones in montibiis et silvis 
habitant. Latrones in silva f ilium reginse trucidabant. 
Kex latrones piratasque triicidabit. Regis filise apiid 
agricolam coenant. Nobilitas rebellionem 2,pud plebgm 
formidat. Cecrops nobilitatem concitat. Nautse pirStas 
formidant. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 61 

Translate into Latin, 

The conversation (sermo) of the poet delights the queen. 
A lion will tear in pieces the children of Cadmus. The 
daughter of Cecrops gives flowers to her father-in-law. 
The common people are breaking the laws of the city. 
Marcus, the brother of Marius, was building a tower upon 
a hill. Crassus will sup at the house of Cicero. Caesar 
dreads a rebellion among the Gauls. Csesar demands host- 
ages of (from) the Germans. The Gauls, after the manner 
of the Germans, burn pirates with fire. Kings slay rob- 
bers and pirates. Part of the nobility dread Cato. The 
poet loves Cato's daughter. 

II. — Feminine Forms of Class VI. 

§ 42. Nouns which change ^n of the stem into 6 to 
form the nominative. 

Virgo, a virgin (feminine ; stem virgin). 

Singular. Plural. 

Nom. vir'-go, -yiV'-gi-nes, 

Gen. -yiV'-gi-nis, -yir'-gi-num, 

Dat. vir'-g\-m., vir-^w'-i-bus, 

Ace. -yzT'-gi-ngm, m/-gi-nes, 

Voc. vir'-go, mV'-gi-nes, 

Abl. mV'-gi-nS ; vir-p'Mz'-i-bus. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change ^n of the 
stem into o are feminine. 

Exc. Ordo, cardo, and turho are masculine. Nemo, homo, and 
margo are masculine or feminine. 

Remark. — Cdro, flesh, has carnis, &c., contracted for cdrmis, 
and has ium in the genitive plural. 



52 Kouxs. 

EXERCISE XYII. 

§ 43. Piule of Position. — Advei-bs usually stand imme- 
diately before the words they limit. 

Pule of Position. — A genitive limiting the object of a 
preposition usually stands between the preposition and 
its case : as^ in Ccescins horto. 

Pule of Syntax. — Adverbs limit verbs, adjectives, and 
other adverbs. 

Vocabulary, 

multitudo, -in-iSj multitude. immortalitas, -at-is, immortality. 

turbo, turbin-is, ichirlwind. non (adverb), not. 

origO, oiSgin-is, origin. de (prep, with abl.), concerning. 

ordo, ordin-is, rank. periculiim, -i, danger. 

consuetiido, -in-is, custom, hahit. animus, -i, soul, mind. 

magnitudo, -in-is, greatness. ex consuetudine, according to custom,. 

disput-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to discuss, debate, dispute. 

turb-o, -are, -avi, -atiim, to con/use, disorder. 

per-turb-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to throw into great confusion, to confound. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Oratio Csesaris multitiidinem delectat. Equites Crassi 
multitiidinem hostium fugabimt. Cato de animi origine 
cum Cicerdne disputat. Magnitudo periculi consulem per- 
turbat. Equites copias hostium turbabunt. Rex ex con- 
suetudine in Crassi hort5 ambulabat. CicerS de animi 
immortalitate disputabat. Pedites ordines n5n servabant. 
Nautse piratas et turbines formidant. Rex captivos non 
necabit. Lucius ex agricolse agro in vicum festinat. Con- 
sul multitiidinem hostium non formidat. Velites in Hel- 
vetiorum agris proelium redintegrabunt. 

Translate ink> Latin. 
The Gauls sacrifice virgins to the gods. The poet, ac- 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



53 



cording to custom, was walking in Tully's field. The king 
of the Belgians is sacrificing bulls and sheep in the 
queen's garden. The Gauls do not debate concerning the 
origin of the soul. The Helvetians will not burn Orge- 
torix with fire. Csesar will not arm the skirmishers with 
javelins. Csesar rides into the city after the manner of a 
king. Tully, according to custom, demands hostages from 
the Belgians. The soldiers will confuse the ranks of the 
enemy. Caesar does not dread the whirlwind. 

III. — Neuter Forms of Class YI. 
§ 44. Nouns which form the nominative by changing 
^n of the stem into ^n, dr into m^, ^r or dr into us, or 
which change the stem otherwise than as stated under 
masculine and feminine forms of Class VI. 

Note. — Thus, cajnli, capU-is, forms the nominative by changing 
it into ut ; cor, cord-is ; fel, fell-ts ; lac, lact-u ; mel, mell-is ; os, oss- 
is ; and as, ass-is, drop the last letter of the stem. 







PARADIGMS. 






Verse. 


Work. 


Head. 




Singular. 


Singular. 


Singular. 


N. 


car'-mgn, 


^'-piis, 


caZ-piit, 


G. 


cai-'-mi-nis. 


op'-g-ris, 


cdp'-Uis, 


D. 


car'-mi-ni, 


dp'-g-ri, 


cdp'4-% 


Ac. 


car'-m&n, 


^'-piis, 


ca'-put. 


V. 


car-men. 


o'-ptis, 


ca'-ptit. 


Ab. 


car'-mi-nS ; 


op'-^-XQ ; 


ccip'-U^ ; 




Plural. 


Plural. 


Plural. 


N. 


car'-mi-na, 


bp'-^-m, 


cap'-i-ta,. 


G. 


car'-mi-niim, 


6p'-&-Yum, 


c&p' -i-tum, 


D. 


car-m^?i'-i-bus, 


6-per'-i-h\is, 


ch-pU'-i-Ms, 


Ac. 


car'-mi-nS, 


6p'-^-Y^, 


cap'-i-t^, 


V. 


car'-ml-n^, 


dp'~^-Y^, 


e&p'-U&, 


Ab. 


car-?)iW-i-bus. 


6-p^r4-hus. 


ca-jj-'^^-i-btis. 



54 NOUNS. 

Bemark. — Occiput has I in the ablative singular; and mel has 
e, sometimes I. Os, bone, has ossiiim in the genitive plural. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change in into ^n,br 
into ur, ^r or or into los, &c., are neuter, 

Exc. ^5, ass-is, pound ; lejjus, Upor-ls^ hare ; and pecten, pec- 
iin-is, comb, are masculine. 

EXERCISE XYIII. 

Vocabulary, 

robur, robor-is, strength. tard-are, to liinder. 

corpus, corpor-is, body. munus, muner-is, gift, 

jus, jur-is, yws^i'ce, law (generally lepus, lepor-is, hare. 

umoritten law, as opposed to lex, foedus, feeder-is, treaty. 

written law). onus, uner-is, burden. 

mils, mur-is, mouse. flunien, flumin-is, river. 

port-are, to carry. tran-are, to sioim across. 

natura, -se, nature. Tiberis, -is, the Tiber (§ ZZ,Rem. 1). 

nemus, nemoris, grove. 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Dominus rdbiir servi laudat. Regina ancillis muner^ 
dabit. Belgge foedus non violabunt. Lepores et inurSs in 
agris habitant. Servi reginse in oppidum onera portant. 
Carmina poetse imperatorem delectant. Crassus Tiberim 
tranabit. Robiir corporis multitudinem delectat. Robur 
animi Catonem delectat. Equites flumen tranant. CicerO 
de jurS Iggibusqug dispiitat. Poeta Csesari carmina dica- 
bit. Magnitiido operis consulem non tardabit. Puellge 
in Csesaris nemore saltant. Cicero de animi gt corporis 
natura disputat. 

Translate into Latin, 

The poet was walking with the king in Csesar's garden. 
The boys and girls are dancing in Tully's grove. The 
soldiers of Orgetorix will swim across the river. Whirl- 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



55 



winds will dash in pieces the fleet of the enemy. The 
commander praises the valor of the soldiers. The consul 
is building ships and boats in the dock-yards of Gaul. 
The enemy violates the treaty. The nature of the work 
hinders the forces of the enemy. Davus and Balbus, 
Tully's slaves, will carry burdens into the city. 



§ 45. IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD 



DECLENSION. 


Singular. 


Singular. 


Nom. Jifc'-pi-tSr, 


VIS, 


Gen. Jo' -Yis, 


vis. 


Dat. Jo'-Yi, 


— 


Ace. Jo'-yem, 


vim, 


Voc. JTZ-pi-tSr, 


vis, 


Abl. Jo'-ve. 


vi; 



Plural. 



vir^-i-htis, 
vl^-res, 
m'-res, 
m/-i-bus. 



ItSr, a journey (neuter). 

Singular. Plural. 

i-thi'-^-YSi, 
i-^m'-e-rtim, 
it-i-ner'-i-bus. 
i-tin'-e-rsL, 
i-tin'-e-ra, 
it-i-?ier'-i-biis. 



j u-ra-j u-ran'-d^., 



Nom. 


I'-tgr, 


Gen. 


i-fm'-^-ris, 


Dat. 


i-im'-e-ri, 


Ace. 


I'-tgr, 


Voc. 


I'-ter, 


Abl. 


Uin'-^-re; 




Jus-jurandun 


Nom. 


jus-ju-ra7i'-dum. 


Gen. 


jii-ris-jii-ravi'-di. 


Dat. 


ju-ri-ju-7^a?i'-d5, 


Ace. 


jus-ju-ra?z'-dum. 


Voc. 


jus-ju-?^a?i'-dum, 


Abl. 


ju-rg-ju-raTi'-dd; 



j u-ra-j u-ra?i'-da, 
j u-ra-j u-r a?i'-da. 



56 



NOUIS^S. 



Materfamilias, mother of a family. 

Singular. 

Nom. ma-ter-fa-??ii/'-i-as, 
Gen. ma-tris-fa-miZ'-i-as, 

Dat. ma-tri-fa-77it^'-i-as, 

Ace. ina-trem-fa-?)i?Z'-i-as, 

Voc. ina-ter-fa-??iiZ'-i-as, 

Abl. ina-tr6-fa-??iir-i-as. 

Plural 

N. ma-tres-fa-mil-i-as or -familiarum, &c. 

In the same mannei* decline paterfamilias. 
Remark 3. 



See § 18, 



Supellex, /itrm^M7^e (fern.). 


Jgciir, liver (neuter). 


Nom. su-^e^'-lex, 


N. Je'-cur, 


Gen. supel-^ec'-ti-lis, 


G. je-ci?i'-6-ris or jec'-6-ris. 


Dat. supel-/ec'-tl-li, 


D. jg-c«i'-o-ri 07' jec' -6-11, 


Ace. supel-/ec'-ti-lgm, 


Ac. je'-ciir. 


Voc. su-pe^-lex, 


v. yg'-ciir. 


Abl. siipel-Zec'-ti-le or -i. 


Ab. je-cm'-6-rgoryec'-o-rg,&c. 


Bos, an ox or coiv (m 


asculine or feminine). 


ISTom. bos, 


bbv'-es, 


Gen. hbv'-is, 


bd'-Hm, 


Dat. h^v'~i, 


6o'-bus or bu-hUs, 


Ace. 6ov'-em, 


bov'-es, 


Voc. bos, 


bov'-es, 


Abl. hov'-^] 


bo'-hus or 6il'-bus. 


EXERC] 


[SE XIX. 


Vocal 


mlary. 


com&d5, -on-is, glutton. 


tent-are, to attempt. 


provincia, -ae, province. 


per vim, hy force. 


aurum, -i, gold. 


decor-are, to adorn. 


argentunij -i, silver. 


vor-are, to devour, gulp down. 


cibus, -I, food. 





THIRD DECLENSION. 57 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Helvetii jurSjurando foediis confirmant. Paterfamilias 
servos tuba convocat. Imperator Jovi oves taurosqug 
mactat. Jugurtha, rex NiimidiEe, Jovi tern plum de mar- 
m6r6 dicabit. Helvetii itgr p6r pr5vinciam per vim tenta- 
bant. Jgcmora anserum c^mgdones delectant. Leones 
incolas insiilse vorabunt. Comedo cibum more canis vorat. 
Galli templa deoriim aur5 et argento decorant. Mater- 
familias ancillis cibiim dat. AgricSla gen^ro siipellectilem 
dabit. Agricola agros biibils arat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The king will not violate his oath. Farmers plough their 
fields with horses and oxen. Gluttons love the liver of 
the goose. The queen of the Belgians will sacrifice a flock 
of sheep to Jupiter. Dumnorix, the chief of the ^duans, 
will attempt a journey through the province by force. 
The Gauls wdll bring sheep and oxen to {ad) Csesar. The 
mother of the family will give food to her children. 
Farmers urge on their oxen with the goad. Robbers 
dread the power {vis) of kings. The soldiers of Marius 
were cutting turf with their swords. The merchants will 
import swords into the villages of the Helvetians. 

§ 46. SUMMARY OF THE RULES OF GENDER, 
AND PECULIAR ENDINGS. 

I. — Masculines. 
1. Nouns w^hich change stem-vowel {i into e) and 
add s: as, iimUs (stem mlltt), jprinceps (stem princ^ijj). 
Class III. 

Exc. Merges, feminine ; ddeps, cortex, and forceps, masculine 
or feminine. 



58 NOUNS. 

2. Nouns which present the stem unchanged in the 
nominative: as, hbnor, consul, anser. Class V. 

Exc. 1. Unchanged stems in dl, dr, iir, with ddor, cequor, mar- 
mor, neuter. 

Exc. 2. Arbor and linter, feminine. Cadaver, spinther, tuber, 
uber, ver, verber, with, names of trees and plants in er, are neuter. 
But laver and tuber (names of trees) are feminine ; and siser 
is masculine, in the plural. Alec and vds^ vdsis, are neuter. 

3. Nouns which drop n of the stem in the nomina- 
tive, without adding s : as, sermo, sermonis. Class VI. 

Exc. Abstracts in- io, all feminine. Bilbo, masculine or femi- 
nine 

4. Nouns which change ^r of the stem into is, r into 
s, 71 into s : as, pulvis, pulv^r-is ; flos, flor-is. 

Exc. Crus,Jus, pus, rus,tus,os (or-zs), neuter ; tellus, feminine. 
Clnis, masculine or feminine in singular, always masculine in 
plural ; pulvis, masculine, rarely feminine. 

II. — Feminines. 

1. Nouns which add s to the stem without vowel 
change : as, urhs, lex {l^g-s), ars (arts), arx (arcs). 
Class I. 

Exc. 1. Masculine, dens and its compounds, fons, pons, mons, 
cliens, rudens (rarely feminine), and compounds of as, panes, 
pes, lapis, grex, Greek nouns in ax and ix, with cdlix, fornix, per- 
dix, trddux. 

Exc. 2. Masculine or feminine, many nouns denoting living 
beings, with scrobs, stirps, calx. 

2. Nouns which insert a vowel (e or i) before adding 
s: as, vall-i-s, rup-e-s. Class II. 

Exc. 1. Masculine and feminine, pdlumhes, vdtes, vepres, 
amnis, anguis, callls, cdndlis, cams, clUnis, corbis, finis (always 
masculine in -^IwcoX), funis, scrobls, tigris, torqiiis. 



PECULIAR CASE-ENDINGS. 59 

Exc. 2. Masculine, axis, dqudlis, caulis, cassis, collls, crlnis, 
eiisis, fascis, follis, fusiis, ignis, manes, mensis, mugilis, orhis, 
pdnis, piscis, posiis, seniis, soddlis, torris, unguis, vectis, vermis. 

3. Nouns which change in into o : as, virgOj virgin-is. 
Class yi. 

Exc. Or do, cardo, turho, masculine. Nemo, homo, mar go, 
masculine or feminine. 

III. — Neutees. 

1. Nonns which add e to the stem ; as, miire^ mar-is, 

2. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in 61^ 
dr, tlr : as, dnimdl, animdl-Xs ; calcdrj calcdr-is ; fulgur, 
fulgur-ts. Class V. 

Exc. Sal, masculine or neuter in the singular, always mascu- 
line in the plural. M-dscuVme, fur, furfur, sdldr, turtiir, vuUur. 

3. Nouns changing in into &n ; 6r into ur ; ^r, (5r, into 
'tis, &c. Class VI. 

Exc. Masculine, as, lepus, pectm. 

N.B. — Many nouns, on account of their meaning, 
vary from these rules. See § 13, Rules. 

IV. — Peculiar Case-Endings. 

Accusative Singular : regular ending Sm. 

Class I. — Pai^s and lens have em or im. 

Class II. — Names of places, rivers, and gods, in is have im, 
sometimes in. Scaldis has in, im ; Liris has im, in, em; Ligtr 
has im. Amussis, hurls, cannabis, ciicumls, mepliitis, yelvis, 
rdvls, securls, sindpis, sitls, tussis, vis, have im. 

Fehris, restls, puppis, turns, have im, and sometimes em,. 

Bipenms, cldvls, messis, ndvis, prcesepis, sementis, strigills, 
have em, sometimes im. 



60 NOUNS. 



Ablative Singular; regular ending e. 

Class I. — Pars, lens, sors, tridens, have e or I. 

Class II. — Nouns which have m in the accusative, with names 
of months in er and is, have I in the ablative. But Boetis, can- 
nabis, slnapts, have e or I. 

Nouns which have etn or hn in the accusative, have e or i in 
the ablative. But restis has e only. 

The following have e or I: amnis, anguis, avis, hills, clvis, 
classls, collis, cojivallis, corhis, finis, fustis, cdndlis, ignis, mugilis, 
orhis, ovls, posiis, sordes, unguis, vectis. 

Class IV. — Nouns of this class have I in the ablative ; but 
names of towns have e, and rete has e or l. 

Class V. — Imber, pugil, vesper, have e or I. 

Nouns in dl and dr have l ; but haccdr, far, jubdr, nectdr, par, 
and sal, have e. 

Class VI. — Occiput has I, and mel and rus have e or I. Names 
of towns denoting the j9Zace w/iere have sometimes I ; as, Carthd- 
ginl, Anxarl. These are probably datives. 



Genitive Plural; regular ending urn. 

Class I. — Stems ending in two consonants, with dos, lis, fraus, 
vis, faux, nix, compes, strix, have iilm. 

Stems of more than one syllable in nt and rt, with national 
names in as, have iilm, and sometimes iim. Other nouns in as, 
with fornax and pdlds, have um, sometimes ium. Quirls and 
Samnis have iilm. 

Class II. — Nouns of this class have iilm ; but cd7iis, jUvenis, 
foris, mUgilis, proles, strues, vdtes, have Um; also, generally, 
dpis, strigilis, volucris ; sometimes mensis and ccedes. 

Class IV. — Nouns of this class have ium. 

Class V. — Imher, linter, venter, uter, have iUm ; ren, fur, and 
Idr, have iXm or iiim. 

Neuters in dl and dr have iUm. 

Class VI. — Mas, glls, and os, bone, have iUm; mUs has Um or 
iHm. Cdro has caimiiim. 



TENSES EXPRESSING COMPLETED ACTION. 61 



Accusative Plural; regular ending es, neuter a. 

Nouns which have ium in the genitive plural have an old form 
of the accusative in ei^; and neuters in e, dl, and dr have id in 
the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. 



TENSES EXPRESSING COMPLETED ACTION. 

§ 47. I. The tenses which express incomplete action 
are the present, imperfect, and future; those which ex- 
press completed action are the present-perfect {perfect), 
p^ast-perfect [pluperfect), and future-perfect. These 
three tenses are always formed on the same stem, called 
the perfect-stem. 

II. TliQ perfect-stem in the first conjugation is formed 
by adding -dv- to the present-stem: as, present-stem, 
dm-; perfect-stem, dm-dv-. 

III. The present-perfect tense expresses completed 
action in present time : as, pres. coeno, I sup ; pres. perf 
coenavi, I have supped. The same form of the verb is 
also used to express an action indefiniteli/ sls past, without 
reference to its continuance or completion. This is 
called the aorist-perfect, or indefinite-perfect; as, coenavi, 
I supped (at some indefinite past time). 

IV. The past-perfect tense expresses completed action 
in past time : as, imp. coenabam, / was supping ; past- 
perf. coenav-6ram, I had supped. 

V. The future-perfect tense expresses action com- 
pleted in future time : as, fut. coenabo, / shall sup ; 
future-perf coenav-6ro, / shall have supped. 



62 



TENSES EXPRESSING COMPLETED ACTION, 



ENDINGS, INDICATIVE MOOD. 




Present-Perf. Past-Perf. 


Future-Perf. 




Singular. 




1st Person, 


i, ^-ram, 


e-rO, 


2d 


is'-ilj g-ras, 


e-ris, 


3d 


it; g-rat; 

Plural. 


g-rit; 


1st Person, 


i-mus, g-m'-mus. 


er'-i-mus, 


2d 


*V-tis, e-ra'-tis. 


er'-i-tis, 


3d 


e'-runt or e'-re. e-rant. 


6-rint. 



By adding tliese endings to tlie perfect stem, am-dv-j 
of amtvrej we obtain the following 



PARTIAL PARADIGM.— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present-Perfect, have loved (Aorist-Perfect, loved). 

Singular. 



Si-ma -VI, 

am-a-vis'-ti, 

a-ma'-vit, 

a-mav'-i-mus, 
am-a-vis'-tis, 
^m-a-ve'-runt or -re. 



Plural. 



I have loved, 
thou hast loved, 
he has loved. 

we have loved, 
ye have loved, 
they have loved. 



Past-Perfect, had. 
Singular. 
2,-?na'y'-S-ram, I had loved, 

^-^nav'-g-ras, thou hadst loved, 

S^-ma-y'-g-rat, he had loved. 



Plural. 



^-mav-S-ra'-mus, 

S,-mav-S-rd'-tis, 

S,-mdv'-6-rant, 



we had loved, 
ye had loved, 
they had loved. 



TENSES EXPRESSING COMPLETED ACTION. 63 

Future-Perfect, shall or will have. 

Singular. 

a-mav'-S-ro, / shall have loved, 

a-jnav'-g-ris, thou ivilt have loved, 

S,-7?iay'-6-rit, he will have loved. 

Plural. 

^m-a-'uer'-i-mus, we shall have loved, 

S-m-a-ver'-i-tis, ye will have loved, 

a-??iaf'-e-rint, they will have loved. 

Remark 1. — A few verbs of the first conjugation form the per- 
fect by adding u to the present-stem; as, sec-cU, he cuts ; sec-u-U, 
he has cut; — or by lengthening the present-stem; SiS, juv-dt [u 
short), he helps ; jdv-it {u long), he has helped. 

Remark 2. — The supine-stem is generally formed in the first 
conjugation by adding -at to the present-stem; as, dmo, dm-dt-um. 
The ending of the supine is -um. 

EXERCISE XX. 
Vocabulary, 

do, dare, ded-i, dat-um, to give. 

nec-o, nec-are, nec-avi, nec-atum {rarely nectum), to kill. 

sec-6, sec-are, sec-u-i, sect-um and sec-atum, to cut. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

German! m flumimbus lavant. Kex f ilio regnum dedit. 
Princeps captivos vSneno nScavit. Milites csespites gladiis 
sScuerant. Orgetorix leges Helvetiorum violavit. Hel- 
vetii itgr per provinciam pSr vim tentaverunt. Principes 
Gallorum Csesiiri obsides dgdSrant. Caesar cum Gallis 
foedCis jurejurando confirmavfirat. Lupi et leones incolas 
insulse voraveriint. Jugurtha morS regis a Romanis ob- 
sides postulaverat. Servi gquos iufreuavSrint. Crassi copise 
m Gallorum agiis hiemavSrant. Latrones tramites pSr 



64 



NOUNS. 



silvam exploraverunt. Equites Csesaris hostium fundi- 
tores fiigaverant, ^t in victim festinabant. Marius numerum 
obsidum duplicavit. Magister puero libriim dSdit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Cicero disputed concerning the origin of the soul. The 
consul had routed the forces of the enemy by land and sea. 
The brother of Cicero the orator called together the com- 
mon people. Balbus, Tully's slave, brought burdens into 
the city. The queen had walked in the farmer's garden. 
The king's son had given (to) his sister a necklace. The 
boys loved the master's children. The ambassadors of 
the ^duans had asked aid. The nobility dreaded a rebel- 
lion among the common people. Csesar hastened into Gaul. 
The Gauls j)repared snares for Crassus. 



THE FOUETH DECLENSION". 

§ 48. Nouns whose genitive-ending is us (long) are 
of the fourth declension. The nominative-endings are 
iis and u. 

Remark 1. — These nouns were originally of the third declen- 
sion, the termination us of the genitive being contracted from 
uis. 



Masculine Endings. 


Neuter Endings. 


Sing. Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. andV. us, us, 


u, 


ua. 


Gen. us, uum. 


us. 


uum. 


Dat. ui, ibiis (ubiis;, 


u. 


ibus (ubils), 


Ace. um, us. 


u. 


ua, 


Abl. u ; ibiis (ubus). 


u; 


ibus (ubils). 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



65 



PARADIGM. 
Trucius, fruit (masc). Cornu, a horn (neut.). 



Siyigular. Plural. 

N. frue'-tvi^f fruc'-tiis, 

G. /rtic'-tus, fr ac'-tw-um, 

D. f rue' -iii-i, fruc' -ii-hus, 

Ac. fruc'-tiim, fruc'-tiis, 

V. fruc-tiis, fruc-tus, 

Ab. fruc'-tu. ; fruc' -ti-hiis. 



Singular. 

co/-nu, 

cor'-nus, 

cor' -nu, 

cor'-nu, 

cor'-nu, 



Plural. 



cor 
cor 
cor 
cor 
cor 
cor 



nu-a, 
-nu-iim, 
-ni-bus, 
-nu-a, 
-nu-a, 
-ni-bus. 



cor -nu ; 

Remark 2. — Some nouns of this declension have likewise the 
inflection of the second declension, especially in the genitive 
singular : as, sencdds, stnCdl. 

Remark 3. — A contracted form of the dative in u sometimes 
occurs. 

Remark 4- — The following nouns have ubus in the dative and 
ablative plural : — 



Actis, a needle. 
Arcus, a how. 



Artus, a joint. 
Lacus, a lake. 



Partus, a birth. 
Pecu, a flock. 



Specus, a 



den. 



Tribiis, a tribe. 

Genu, a knee ; portus, a harbor ; tonitrUs, thunder ; and verU, 
a spit, have ibiis or ubiis. 

Remark 5. — Domtis, a Jioiise, is thus declined : — 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Nom. 


do'-mus, 


do'-mus, 


Gen. 


do'-mus or do'-mi, 


dom'-u-um. or do-nio'-rum, 


Dat. 


dom'-u-l or do'-mo, 


dovi'-i-hus, 


Ace. 


du'-mu.m, 


dd'-m.us or do'-mos, 


Voc. 


do'-mus, 


do'-mus, 


Abl. 


do'-mo; 


dom'-i-hus. 



Domils in the genitive singular generally mea^ns of a house ; 
doml, at home. The ablative dojnu is found. DomOrum and 
domOs are the most common forms of the genitive and accusative 
plural. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns of the fourth declension in 
'tis are masculine ; those in w, neuter. 

6* 



6Q NOUNS. 

Exc. 1. The following are feminine : — 

Acus, needle. Idus, Ides, Manus, hand. TribuS, trihe. 

Domus, house. ■ Ficus, Jig. Porticus, gallery. 

Exc. 2. Penus, storehouse, is. masculine or feminine. Secus, 
sex, is neuter. Sjptcua, den, is masculine, rarely feminine or 
neuter. 

Remark 6. — Names of female beings, etc., are feminine by 
the general rule (g 13, Bule 2). But myrtus, a myrtle-tree, is 
sometimes masculine. 

Remark 7. — Cornus, flcus, laurus, and myrtus, are also of the 
second declension ; and j3e;iw.s is of the second, third, and fourth; 
penus, -us or -I, masculine and feminine; pmus, -oris, neuter. 

EXERCISE XXL' 
VoGabula7^y. 

fluctus, -us, wave. Ehenus, -i, Rhine. 

homo, -in-is, man, exercitus, -us, army. 

Lemannus, -I, Lemannus. adventus, -us, arrival. 

expect-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to aicait. 

cre-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to create. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

AgricSla in pgniim mergites portayerat. Deus fructus 
arborum creavit. Poeta in domo ambulat. Agricola do- 
mum gedificat. Deus tauris cornua dedit. Deiis homini- 
biis animos dedit. Agricola in domiim fructus terrse portat. 
Venator arciim sagittasque parat. Nautse fluctus non for- 
midant. Caesar a lacu Lemanno ad flumen Rheniim festi- 
navit. Csesar adventum legatoriim expectaverat. Impgra- 
toris adventus exercitum delectat. Leones in specubiis 
habitant. 

Translate into Latin. 

The soldiers bathed in the lake. The consul will hasten 
with the army to Lake Lemannus. The master will build 
houses for his slaves in the field. Marcus gave (to) his 



FIFTH DECLENSION. 



67 



son Lucius a bow and arrows. The boys awaited their 
father's arrival. The waves will dash in pieces the enemy's 
ships. The sailors fastened the yards to the masts with 
ropes. Lions do not dread the horns of bulls. The chief 
of the Germans lives in a cave. A hunter wounded the 
consul's son-in-law in the king's forest. 

THE FIFTH DECLENSION. 

§ 49. Nouns which have ei in the genitive from es of 
the nominative are of the fifth declension. They are 
all feminine except dieSj day (masc. or fem. in the 
singular, and always masculine in the plural), and 
mh' idles y midday (masculine). 









ENDINGS. 








Singul 


ar. 




Plural. 




N. and V. 


es, 






es, 




Gen. 




ei, 






erum. 




Dat. 




ei. 






ebus, 




Ace. 




em, 






es. 




Abl. 




e; 






ebus. 










PARADIGM. 








Res 


a thing. 




Dies, a 


day. 




Singular 




Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Nom. 


res, 




res, 


di! 


-es. 


di'-eSj 


Gen. 


re'-i, 




re'-rum, 


di- 


e'-l, 


di-e'-rum. 


Dat. 


re'-l, 




re'-bus, 


di- 


e'-h 


di-e'-bus. 


Ace. 


rem, 




res, 


di' 


-em. 


di'-es, 


Voc. 


res. 




res. 


di' 


-es. 


sdi'-es, 


Abl. 


re; 




re'-bus. 


di' 


-e; 


di-e'-bus. 


Note 


. — A vowel before anoth 


er vowel is short 


as, 7'ci. But 


e between two t"s is 


lonj^: as, di 


■e-l. 







68 



NOUXS. 



BcmarTc 1. — Dies, day, is rarely feminine, and thus only when 
it denotes a fixed day. 

Remark 2. — The genitive and dative singular sometimes end in 
e or I instead of el. 

Remark S. — There are only about eighty nouns of the fifth de- 
clension, and but two of these, res and dies, are complete in the 
plural. Acies, effigies, elUnes, fades, gldcies, progenies, series, 
species, spes, are not found in the genitive, dative, and ablative 
plural ; and the rest are not found in the plural at all. 

Remark 4- — All nouns of this declension, except fides, faith ; 
res, a thing ; spes, hope ; and plebes, the common people, end in 
ies ; and all nouns in les are of this declension, except dbies, 
dines, paries, quies, and regiu'e,?, vrhich are of the third declen- 
sion. 

Remark 5. — The noun respuhlicd, the commonwealth, is com- 
pounded of the noun res and the adjective puhllcd, and is thus 
declined : — 



Singular. 

Nom. and Yoc. res-pu6'-li-ca, 
Gen. and Dat. re-i-^«6'-li-cae, 
Accusative, rem-/)t«&'-li-cani, 
Ablative, v e -puh' -ll-cii. ; 



Plural. 
X. and Y. r^s-pul' -\\-c?e, 
Gen. re-rum-pub-li-ea'-rum, 

Dat. re-bus-/)!<i'-li-cis, 

Ace. res-/3i{6'-li-ca8. 



EXESCISE XXII. 



senatus, -us, senate (§ 48, Eemarh 2). 
plebes, -ei, common people. 
tribunus, -i, tribune. 
acies, -ei, edge, point ; also line of 

battle. 
parens, -ent-is, parent. 
facies, -el, face. 
vultus, -us, countenance. 
salus, salut-is, safety, kealtJi. 
nox, noct-is, night. 



currus, -us, chariot. 
fides, -ei, faith, promise. 
spes, -ei, hope. 
victoria, -se, victory. 
progenies, -ei, offspring. 
effigies, -ei, likeness, image. 
praeda, -se, booty. 
scelus, -er-is, crime. 
dictator, -or-is, dictator. 



Translate into English and analyze. 

Senatus dictator! salutem urbis mandaverat. Animalia 
progeniem ^mant. Leones f^ciem vultumque li6minis 



VARIABLE NOUNS. 69 

formidant. Spes prsedse latrones ad scelSrii concitat. 
Lucius, tribunus plebis, centuriones convocavit. Marcus 
filium acie gladii vulnSravit. Spes victorise exercitiim 
delectavit. Jiigurtha, rex Numidi^e, fideni non servavit. 
Tribuni libertatSm plebei servaverunt. Crassus consul m 
templo effigiem Jovis collocavit. Helvetii exercitiim Cassii 
consiilis fugaverg. Parentes progenigm amant. -Regma 
poetse currum gquosquS d6dit. Turbines classem hostium 
profligaverg. 

Translate into Latin. 

Csesar put his army into winter quarters. The dictator 
will slay robbers and pirates. Crassus the tribune will 
not violate his promise. The hope of victory and booty 
urges the chiefs to {ad) w^ar. The queen's daughter will 
set-up {collocare) an image of Jupiter in the king's garden. 
The queen adorned the image of Jupiter with silver and 
gold. The boy wounded his brother's foot with the point 
of a knife. The senate committed to the tribunes the 
liberty of the common people. God created day and 
night. The waves of the sea dashed in pieces the ships 
of the enemy. The poet's children loved their parents. 

YAEIABLE NOUNS. 

§ 50. Kouns which vary in gender are called hetero- 
geneous ; those which vary in declension are called 
heteroclites, 

1.— HETEROGENEOUS NOUNS. 
[a.) Masculine in the singular, and neuter in the plural : as,. 
Avernus, a Mil in Campania. Pangagiis, a promontory in Thrace. 
Dindymus, a hill in Phnjgia. Tcemirns, a promontory in Laconia. 
Ismarus, a hill in llirace. Tartarus, hell. 

Maenalus, a hill in Arcadia. Taygetus, a hill in Laconia. 



70 



DEFECTIVE KOUXS. 



(&.) Masculine in the singular, masculine and neuter in the 
plural : as, jocus, a j est, plural Joel and Joed ; locus, a place, plural 
loci, passages in books, places ; loccl, places ; sibilus, a hissing, 
plural siblld, rarely sibill. 

(c.) Feminine in the singular, neuter in the plural: as, car- 
hdsus, a sail, plural carbdsd; Pergdmds, the citadel of Troy, plural 
Pergdmd. 

[d.) Neuter in the singular, masculine in the plural: as, Argos, 
Argos, a city in Greece, plural Argl ; Elysium, the Elysian fields, 
plural Elysil ; ccelum, heaven, plural coell. 

Note. — Argos, in the singular, is used only in the nominative and 
the accusative. 

( e.) Neuter in the singular, masculine and neuter in the plural : 
as, frenum, a bridle, plural freiil and frend; rastrum, a rake, 
plural rasti'l and rastrd. 

[f.) Neuter in the singular, feminine in the plural: as, bal- 
neum, a bath, plural balnece, seldom balned ; epuluvi, a banquet, 
plural epulce. 

[g.) Feminine or neuter in the singular, and feminine in the 
plural : as, delicid or deliciiun, plural delicice. 

2.— HETEROCLITES. 

[a.) Second and third declension in the singular, and third in 
the plural : as, Jiigtrum, an acre ; gen. Jagerl or Jugeris ; abl. 
Jugtre or J ugero; plural nom. and ace. J'tgerd; gen. Jugerum; 
abl. Jugeris, and Jugtribus from the obsolete yj(/w5 or JugSr. 

(6.) Third declension in the singular, and second in the plural: 
as, vds, vdsis, a vessel, plural vdsd, -drum. 



DEFECTIVE l^OU^Tg. 

§ 51. Defective nouns want some of their cases. 
The following list contains such nouns as are most 
defective. 

Arcessitu, ahl. ; a sending for. 
Astus, nom.; astu, ahl.; craft; — 

astiis, ace. pi. 
Chaos, nom.y ace. ; chao, ahl. ; chaos. 



Accitu, ahl.; a calling for. 
Admonitu, ahl. ; admonition. 
Ambage, ahl. ; a winding stair ; — pi. 
entire. 



VEEBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



71 



Cassem, ace.; casse, ahl. ; a net : — 
pi. entire. 

Coactu, ahl. ; constraint. 

Compedis, (/cH. / a fetter ; nom. and 
dat. not used ; — -^j^. compedes, 
-ium, -ibus* 

Concessu, ahl.; permission. 

Daps, nom.; scarcely used ; dapis, 
gen. d:c. ; a feast ; — wants gen. pi. 

Datu, ahl. ; a giving. 

Despicatui, dat.; contempt. 

Dicis, gen.: as, dicis gratia, for 
form's sake. 

Ditionis, gen. ; -i, dat. ; -em, ace. ; 
-e, abl. ; power. 

Diu, abl.; in the daytime. 

Divisui, dat. ; a dividing. 

Ebur, ivory ; — not used in the plural. 

EfBagitatu, ahl.; importunity. 

Epoo, nom. and ace. ; an epic poem. 

Ergo, ahl. (or ado.) ; for the sake. 

Essedas, ace. pi. ; ivar-chariots. 

Fas, nom., ace. ; right. 

Fauce, ahl.; the throat; — pi. en- 
tire. 

Feminis, gen. ; -I, dat.; -e, ahl. ; the 
thigh; — pi. femina, -ibus. 

Foris, nom. and gen. ; -em, ace; -e, 
ahl. ; a door; — pi. entire. 

Grates, nom. and ace. pi. ; — grati- 
bus, ahl. ; thanks. 

Ilebdomadam, ace. ; a week. 

Imnetis, gen. ; -e, abl.; a shock. 

Infitias, ace. pi. ; a denial. 

Ingratiis, abl. pi. (used adverbi- 
ally) ; against one's will. 



Tnjussu, abl. ; without command. 
Instar, nom., ace; a likeness. 
Invitatu, ahl. ; an invitation. 
Jugeris, gen.; -e, ahl. ; an acre; — 

pi. jugera, -um, -ibus. 
Jussu, ahl.; command. 
Mandatu, ahl. ; a command. 
Natu, abl. ; by birth. 
Nauci, gen., with non ; rarely nau- 

co, dat.; a trifle. 
Nefas, nom., ace.; wickedness. 
Nemo, nobody, wants the pi. ; gen. 

and abl. rarely used. 
Nihil, or nihilum, nom. and ace. ; -I, 

gen. ; -o, abl. ; nothing. 
Noctii, abl. ; by night. 
Opis, gen. ; opT, dat. ; opem, ace. ; 

ope, abl.; help; — pi. entire. 
Oppositu, abl.; an ojyposing ; — pi. 

oppositiis, ace. 
Opiis, nom., ace. ; need. 
Os, the mouth, wants the gen. pi. 
Pondo, abl. ; in iceight. 
Preci, dat.; -em, ace. ; -e, ahl.; 

prayer ; — pi. entire. 
Promptu, ahl.; readiness. 
Rogatu, ahl.; a request. 
Ros, dew, wants gen. pi. 
Rus, the country, wants gen., dat., 

and abl. pi. 
Spontis, <7en.; -e, ahl. ; will, accord. 
Venui and -o, dat.; -iim, ace. ; -o, 

ahl. ; sale. 
Yicis, gen. ; -i, dat. ; -em, ace. ; -e, 

ahl.; change; — pi. entire, except 

gen. 



VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 



§ 52. 1. All verbs that have er^ (penult long) in the 
Infinitive-Present are of the second conjugation. 



72 



VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



2. The perfect-stem in verbs of this conjugation is 
usually formed by adding u, and the supine-stem by 
adding tt, to the present-stem: as, mon-eo, I advise; 
mon-u-l, I have advised, supine mdn-tt-um. 



ENDINGS OF THE INDICATIVE ACTIVE ON THE 





PRESENT-STEM. 










Singular. 








1st Person. 


2d Person. 


3d Person. 




Present 


e6, 


es, 


et, 




Imperfect 


e'-bam, 


e'-bas, 


e'-bat, 




Future. 


e'-bO; 


e'-bis; 

Plural. 


e'-bit; 






1st Person. 


2d Person. 


3d Person. 




Present 


e'-mus, 


e'-tis, 


ent, 




Imperfect 


e-6a'-mus, 


e-ha'-t\s, 


e'-bant, 




Future. 


e&'-i-mus. 


eh'-i-iis. 


e'-bunt. 






ON THE PEEFECT-STEM. 










Singular. 








1st Person. 


2d Person. 


3d Person. 




Present-perf 


% 


^V-ti, 


% 




Past-perf 


6-ram, 


e-ras, 


g-rat, 




Future-perf. 


e-ro; 


S-ris ; 

Plural. 


6-rit ; 






1st Person. 


2d Person. 


3d Person. 




Present-perf. 


i-miis, 


-iV-tis, 


e'-runt or e' 


-rg, 


Past-perf. 


6-ra'-mus, 


6-ra'-tis,- 


e-rant, 




Future-perf. 


e/-i-mus. 


e/-i-tis. 


e-rint. 





VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



73 



PARTIAL PARADIGM ON THE PRESENT-STEM. 



Present. 
I advise. 
Sing. 7?io'-n60, 



mo -nes, 
mo'-net ; 
.Plur. mo-ne'-mus, 
m6-?ie'-tis, 
mb'-neni. 



Imperfect. Future. 

/ was advising. I shall or will advise. 

S. in6-?ie'-bam, S. mo-?ie'-b6, 
mo-Jie'-bas, ni6-?ie'-bis, 

mo-ne'-bat ; m6-?ie'-bit ; 

P. m6n-e-Z)6i'-mus, P. mo-neb' -i-mu^, 
rQon-e-6a-tis, m6-?ie6'-i-tis, 

in6-?ie'-bant. mo-^ie'-bunt. 



ON THE PEEFECT-STEM. 

Present-perfect. Past-perfect. Future-perfect. 

I advised or have advised. Ihad advised. I shall have advised. 



S. mon' -u-i, 
mon-u-zV-ti, 
mo9i'-u-it ; 

P. nM)-?iiV-i-mus, 
mon-u-is'-tis, 
mon-u-e'-runt or 
-e'-rg. 



S. mo-W-e-ram, S. mo-W-S-rO, 
rao-oiu'-e-raSj mo-?iit'-e-ris, 

mo-W-S-rat ; mo-mt'-e-rit ; 

P. mon-U:e-ra'-mus, P. mon-u-e/-i-mus, 
mon-u-e-m'-tis, mon-u-er'-i-tis, 

mo-?iiV-e-rant. m.6-nu' -e-i'int. 



EXERCISE XXIII. 
§ 53. Vocabulary. 

impetus, -us, attach. castra, -orum, pL, camp. 

frumentum, -i, corii. frenum, -I {pL -i and -a), bit. 

Iegi5, -onis (f.), legion. cornu, -us, hoi'n. 

hab-eo, hab-ere, habu-i, habit-um, to have, hold. 

praeb-eO, {for prae-habeo), prasb-ere, praebu-i, prgebit-um, to furnish, to 

offer. 
lat-eo, lat-ere, latu-i (no sup.), to lie hid. 
terr-eo, terr-ere, terru-i, territ-um, to friyhten. 
per-terr-eo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to frighten thoroughly, terrify. 
tim-eS, tim-ere, timu-i (no ^p.), to fear. 
mov-eo, mov-ere, mov-i, mot-um, to move. 
man-eo, man-ere, mans-I, mans-um, to remain. 

7 



74 VEEBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 

mord-eO, mord-ere, momord-i^ mors-iim, to chamjp, bite. 
tond-eo, tond-ere, totond-i; tons-iim, to shear. 
Tid-eo, vid-ere, vid-i, vis-urn, to see. 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Plebs nobilitatem timuit. Puer taurum cornibiis habe- 
bat. Impetus equitum bostes terrSt. Puer librum in manu 
babet. Agricolse oves totonderant. Canis ancillam mor- 
debit. Pex Germanorum castra moverat. Plebs in regis 
borto reginam vidit. Leones in specubus (§ 48, Remark 
4) latent. Magnitude periculi servos perterrebit. Nautse 
fluctus turbinesque non timent. Exercitus Crassi in hiber- 
nis mansit. Galli Csesaris exercitui frumentiim prsebe- 
bunt. Equi frena momordere. Hostes impettim equitum 
timebant. Marius consul castra ad collem moverat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The cliief of tbe ^duans feared the cruelty of tbe Helve- 
tians. The attack of the cavalry thoroughly frightened 
the enemy's archers and slingers. The skirmishers lay hid 
in the forest. The works of Cicero the orator delight the 
poet. The farmers had not sheared their sheep. The 
horses "were champing their bits. The king and queen 
remained in the temple. The Helvetians had moved their 
camp from the hill to the river. The Gauls furnished 
corn to Cesar's army. 



ADJECTIVES. 



75 



ADJECTIVES. 

§ 54. 1. An adjective is a word which qualifies or 
limits the meaning of a noun. 

2. Adjectives are declined like nouns ; they are either 
of the first and second declension, or of the third only. 



CLASS I.— ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND 
SECOND DECLENSION. 

§ 55. Adjectives of this class have their masculine 
and neuter endings of the second declension, their femi- 
nine endings of the first. 





PARADIGM. 




Bon-iis, 


bon-a, bon-iim, 

Singular. 


good. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


bo'-nus, 


5o'-na, 


bo'-mim, 


bo'-nl, 


feo'-nse, 


bo'-m, 


bo'-no, 


bo'-n^, 


bo'-no, 


5o'-num, 


6o'-nam, 


fco'-ntim, 


bd'-n6, 


bo'-nsi, 


bo'-mimy 


bo'-no; 


bd'-na; 

Plural. 


bo'-no ; 


bo'-m, 


bb'-nije, 


bb'-n^, 


b6-?io'-rum, 


ho-nd'-Yiim, 


b6-72o'-riim, 


bo'-ms, 


bo'-ms, 


bo'-ms. 


bo'-noSf 


bo'-nsiS, 


bb'-nii. 


bo'-m, 


bo'-nsQ, 


55'-na, 


bo'-ms. 


bd'-ms. 


bo'-ms. 



76 ADJECTIVES. 

Remark 1. — Participles and pronouns in us are declined like 
bonus. 

Remark ^.—Adjectives whose stems end in er (short) generally 
drop the ending us in the nominative, and e in the vocative ; and 
most of them drop e of the stem in inflection : as, 
puicher, pulchra, pulchrum, 
pulchri, pulchrse, pulchri, &c. 

Remark 3. — The foUoTring retain e of the stem: — 

Asper, rough ; exter, foreign ; gibber, crook-hacked ; lacer, 
torn; \1\)qt, free ; miser, lor etched ; prosper, _pro5j9e?'OM5 ; tener, 
tender; and compounds oi fer and ger : as, corniger, horned. 
Thus, tener, tenera, tenerum, 

teneri, teneree, teneri, &c. 

Remark 4- — Alter, the other of two, has altera, alterum ; and 
dexter, right, has sometimes dextera, dextertim ; satur, full, has 
satui'a, saturum. 

§ 56. 1. Six adjectives in us, and three in ^r, have 
their genitive singular in uis, and their dative in I, in 
all the genders : — 

Alius, anotlier (of several). TotiiS; icJwle. 

Nullus, no. Ullus, a7iy. 

Solus, alone. Unus, one. 

Alter, -tera, -terum, another (of two). 
Tter, -tra, -trum, which of the two. 
Xeuter, -tra, -trum, neither. 

2. In the same way are declined the other compounds 
of idh'j — namely, iderquS, each of two; idercunique, 
iderhbet, and idervis, which of the two you please, geni- 
tive utriusque, &c. ; also alt^rider, one of two, genitive 
alterutrius^and sometimes alUrius utrlus ; dative alterutri. 
So althnderque and iinusquisque. 

3. The following pronominal genitives end in ius : — 
illius, istiuSj ipsius, ejus (eius), cujus (cuius), hujus 
(Jiuius), 



ADJECTIVES. 



77 



4. Nullas, sdlus, totus, ullus, and unUs are thus de- 



clined : — 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 



Abl. 



Masc. 
u'-niis, 
u-nf-us, 
u'-m, 
u'-num, 
ii'-ne, 
u'-no. 



Siiigular. 
Fern, 
il'-na, 



-ni, 
nam, 
■na, 
•na. 



Neut. 
il'-num, 
u-?if-us, 
tV-ni, 
u'-niim, 
iV-niim, 
it'-no. 



The plural is regular, like that of bonus. 

Bemark 1. — Alius has dliud in the nominative and the accusa- 
tive singular neuter, and in the genitive alms contracted for 
dlilus. 

Remark 2. — When alius is repeated, the first means one; the 
second, another: as, dliud dicit, dliUdfacU, he says one thing, he 
does another. Alius is often repeated with a single predicate, 
where in English we use two propositions : as, dliiis dliud cld- 
mltdbdt, one shouted one thing, another another. Alter is re- 
peated where only two things are referred to : as, alter legit, alter 
scribit, one reads, the other writes. 

Remark 3. — Some of these adjectives occasionally form their 
genitive and dative regularly. 



EXERCISE XXIV. 
§ 57. Vocabulary, 



.ilt-ils, -a, -lim, hicjh, deep. 
long-US, -a, -um, long. 
lut-us, -a, -um, broad. 
magn-us, -a, -um, great, large. 
mult-US, -a, -um, much, many. 
dens-US, -a, -um, thick. 



benign-US, -a, -iim, kind. 
fid-US, -a, -um, faithfxd. 
improb-us, -a, -um, tt^icked. 
iniqu-us, -a, -um, unjust. 
judex, jadic-is, j»c?(/e. 
Tbrax, Thrficis, Thracian. 



1. Rule of Position. — The adjective, unless emphatic, 
usually follows the noun which it limits; as, puSr 
bonus, a good boy. 



7* 



78 ADJECTIVES. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — Adjective words agree with the 
nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case: 
as, puer bonus, a good hoy ; puella pulchrdj a beautiful 
girl; flumen latum, a broad river. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Kex Thraciim m colle turres altas sedificat. Filius im- 
probiis patrem lapidS vulneravSrat. Silvse densse nuncios 
reginse terruerunt. Venator canes f idos amat. Improbi 
homines f aciem vultumque judicis timent. Plebes iniquum 
jiidicem formidat. Nubes densse lunam obsciiraverant. 
Equites hostiiim flumen latum tranabunt. Agricolse f ilii 
bobiis magnis agros aravere. Csesar multa oppida expug- 
navit. Puer cultriim longum in manii habuit. Pueri 
boni parentes amant. Magister benignus bonis pueris 
lib r OS dSdit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The consul slew many robbers. The kind mother gives 
food to her children. The wicked consul killed the tribunes 
of the people. The chief of the Thracians lay hid in the 
king's grove. The shepherd armed his sons with long 
knives. The enemy's skirmishers swam across a broad 
river. The faithful servants defended their master with 
knives and stones. The attack of the enemy did not 
frighten the general. The great commander slew many 
captives. The hunter saw many wolves in the forest. 
Wicked men do not fear the countenance of an unjust 
judge. The kind master, according to custom, was advising 
the boys. 

EXERCISE XXV. 

§ 58. 1. Rule of Position. — When a noun is limited 



ADJECTIVES. 79 

by an adjective and a genitive, the adjective is often 
put first : as, fidiis Tullii servus, Tully^s faithful slave. 

Remark. — The genitive usually follows pars, numerus, multl- 
ttido, etc. : as, magna pars nohllUCdis. 

2. Rule of Position. — An adjective limiting the object 
of a preposition is often put before the preposition : as, 
magno in prGelldj in a great battle. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — With words expressing a part, 
the genitive is used to denote the whole: as, mius 
m'lhtum, one of the soldiers; multl ^quitum, many of the 
horsemen. 

Bemark. — This is usually called the 'partUive genitive. The 
partitive word, if an adjective, agrees in gender vrith the word 
denoting the whole. JJnus mllUUm is equivalent to Unils miles 
mllitdm. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Magnse hostium copise in silva latuerunt. Magna pars 
nobilitatis apiid Crassum ccenabant. Gives multi magna 
in urbe habitant. Consul m hostium castris multos mili- 
tes vidit. Pastor oves multosque agnorum totonderat. 
Imperator magniis iino in prcelio copias hostium fugavit. 
AltSr fratrum magnum ad oppidum festinat. Una Eoma- 
norimi l^gio totum hostium exercitum perterruit. Neutra 
ancillarum canes timet. Germani in prcelio nullum ordinem 
servant. Rex Thractim nullam reipublicse legem viola verat. 
Una in urb6 homines multi habitant. Impetus hostium 
null! lis legionis ordines turbavit. 



"O' 



Translate into Latin. 

The Thracians will furnish corn to the consul's great 
army. One of the skirmishers saw the enemy's horsemen 



80 ADJECTH^ES. 

in the dense forest. The shepherd's faithful dog defended 
the sheep from (a) the wolves. The general, after the 
manner of a king, demanded a great number of hostages. 
The whole army dreaded the cruelty of the general. The 
inhabitants of the whole village feared the farmer's big 
bull. Caesar feared no danger. A great multitude of foot- 
men hastened to the camp. 

CLASS IL— ADJECTIVES OF THE THIED 
DECLENSION. 

§ 59. Adjectives having huo endings in the nominative. 

Adjectives of this class have is in the masculine and 
feminine, and e in the neuter, and are of the third 
declension. 







PARADIGM. 








Brev-is, 


short. 






Singular. 


Plural. 






M. & F. 


N. 


M. & F. 


N. 


K,V. 


brev'-is, 


brev'-e, 


brev'-es, 


brev'-m, 


Gen. 


brev-is, 


brev'-is, 


bi^ev'-iiim, 


brev'-mm, 


Dat. 


brev'-i, 


brev'-i, 


brev' -ihus, 


brev'-ihus, 


Ace. 


brev'-em, 


brev'-&, 


brev'-es, 


brev'-isi. 


Abl. 


brev'-i. 


brev'-l. 


brev'-ihns. 


^'■^%bus. 



Hemarl: 1. — Comparatives may be considered as belonging to 
this class. 

Remark 2. — Adjectives which have e in the nominative neuter 
have I in the ablative singular, ium in the genitive plural, and id 
in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural neuter. Com- 
paratives have um and a. 

Remark 3. — The following have also er in the nominative 
sino'ular masculine : as, deer or acris, acns, acre. 



ADJECTIVES. 



81 



&GCT,.87iarp. 
alacer, cheerful. 
campester, of the 

plain. 
cCler, sioift. 

Remark J^. — CeUr 
plural. 



celcbcr, famous. 
cquester, of a horse. 
paluster, marshy. 
pedester, on foot. 
puter, rotten. 

and volucer have 



Silvester, woody. 
terroster, of the earth. 
volucer, tcimjed. 
saluber, toholesome, 

urn in the genitive 



EXERCISE XXVI. 



§ 60. Vocabulary, 



fort-is, -e, brave. 
agil-is, -e, active. 
crudel-is, -e, cruel. 
grav-is, -e, heavy, severe. 
omn-is, -e, all, every. 
nobil-is, -e, noble. 



adventus, -us, arrival. 
fa tig-are, to iveary. 
civitas, civitat-is, state. 
locus, -i (pi. -i and -a), jylace. 
levis, -e, light, slight. 
piger, -gra, -grum, lazy. 

Remark. — The adjective is often used as a noun, the noun with 
which it agrees being omitted : as, boni, tJie good ; bona, good 
things, property. Masculine adjectives thus used express persons ; 
neuter adjectives,, things. 



Translate into English and analyze, 

Imperator fortis centiiriones omnes convocavit. Magister 
bonus omnes pueros monuerat. Servi agiles tauriim cor- 
nibiis habebant. Onera gravia magnos agricolse boves f ati- 
gant. Materf amilias liberis servisque omnibus cibiim salu- 
brSm dabit. Puer maniim cultro secuit, P^destres Car- 
thagmiensium copise equites fortes fugaverant. Bella 
longa multas civitates ferro ignique vastavere. Princeps 
n5bilis apiid regSm coenaverat. Deus omnia creavit. Boni 
gravia bella formidant. Latrones improbi multos cives 
trilcidaverunt. Velites agiles multos silvarum tramites 
explorabunt. Cams fidiis per totam noctem vigilat. 
Equites palustria loca timent. 



82 ADJECTIVES. 

Translate into Latin, 

The cruel chief has slain all the captives with the sword. 
All the citizens dreaded the great cruelty of the wicked 
king. Lazy slaves love short days and light work. One 
of the swift horsemen is hastening to (ad) the camp of 
Caesar. The active sailors were fastening the yards to the 
masts with long ropes. The arrival of the brave consul 
thoroughly frightened all the chiefs of the Gauls. Lazy 
boys do not love their books. Csesar's army laid waste 
many states of Gaul. The farmer's lazy son loves the 
shade of the thick trees. The brave general fears no 
danger. Csesar put all the legions into winter quarters. 

§ 61. Adjectives of the Third Declension, having mascu- 
line, feminine, and neuter alike in the nominative. 





1.— PARADIGMS. 




Felix, happy. 






Singular. 






Masc. & Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


/e'-lix, 


/6'-lix, 


Gen. 


fe-^r-cis. 


fe-/r-cis. 


Dat. 


fe-Zr-ci, 


fe-r.'-ci, 


Ace. 


9 fe-/I'-cem, 


ye'-lix, 


Voc. 


^'-lix, 


Je'-lix, 


Abl. 


fe-/l'-ci {or -Q ; 

Flural. 


fe-Zt'-ci (or -g) ; 




Masc. & Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


fe-^i'-ces, 


fe-^ic'-ia, 


Gen. 


fe-^7c'-ium, 


fe-^6c'-ium, 


Dat. 


fe-^Ic'-ibus, 


fe-^Ic'-ibus, 


Ace. 


fe-^i'-ces, 


fe-/tc'-ia, 


Voc. 


fe-^i'-ces, 


fe-^rc'-ia, 


Abl. 


fe-Zic'-ibus, 


fe-^Ic'-ibus. 



ADJECTIVES. 83 

Prudens, prudent 

Singular. 
Masc. & Fern. Neut. 

Nom. ^nV-dens, ^rii'-dens, 

Gen. pru-c^e?2i'-is, pru-(ien^'-is, 

Dat. ^Yxa-dent' -I, ^r\\-dent' -l, 

Ace. pru-c?e?2t'-6m, jpriV-dens, . 

Voc. jprii'-dens, j^nV-dens, 

Abl. ^ixi-dent' -^ {or -i) ; ^Yu-deni!-^ (or -i) ; 

Masc. & Fern. Neut. 

Nom. pru-d'e?i'-tes, prii-(ie?2'-ti3,, 

Gen. pru-c?e?i'-tiiim, pru-c^e^i'-tium, 

Dat. pru-c?en'-tibus, pru-c^eTi'-tibiis, 

Ace. pru-c?e7i'-tes, pru-c?e7?.'-tia, 

Voc. prii-(ie7i'-tes, pm-(ie?i'-tia, 

Abl. pru-(ie?i'-tibus. pm-<ie?i'-tibiis. 

2. Present participles are declined like prudens. 
When used as participles, they have e rather than % in 
the ablative singular; but when used as adjectives, 
they have I rather than ^. Comparatives, also, have 
oftener ^ than %. 

3. Adjectives of the third class have either ^ or i in 
the ablative. 

Exc. 1. The folloTving have only e in the ablative : — 
Bicorpor, bipes, cgelebs, compos, deses, discolor, hospes, impos, 

impubes, jtivenis, locuples, pauper, princeps, puber or pubes, 

senex, sospes, superstes, tricorpor, tricuspis, and tripes. 
Exc. 2. The following have only I in the ablative: — 
Anceps, concors, discors, hebes, immemor, iners, ingens, inops, 

memor, par, pr^eceps, recens, repens, vigil, and most adjectives 

in X, especially those in plex. 



84 ADJECTIVES. 

Remark 1. — Inerte, recente, and prcecipe sometimes occur. 
Remark 2. — Prcesefis, when applied to things, makes the abla- 
tive in I ; when used of persons, it has e. 

4. The neuter of the nominative and accusative 
plural ends in ia, and the genitive plural of all 
genders in iu7n; but vHUs, old, and uMr, fertile, have 
d and icm. 

Exc. 1. Those adjectives that have only e in the ablative singu- 
lar have urn in the genitive plural. 

Exc. 2. Compounds of fdcio and cdpio, and of such nouns as 
make iim in their genitive plural, with co7npdr, cicur, dives, memor, 
immemor, prcepes, supplex, and vigil, make their genitive plural 
in um. 

Exc. 3. Dls, locuples, sojis, and insons have either iim or ium; 
and other adjectives have sometimes um instead of ium in the 
poets and later prose writers. 

EXERCISE XXVII, 
§ 62. Vocabulary. 

dives, divit-is, rich. ingens, -ent-is, huge. 

ferax, ac-is, fertile. ferox, feroc-is, loarlik^, Jterce. 

inn6cens,-ent-is, innocent. atrox, atroc-is, terrible, cruel, savage. 

pauper, pauper-is, 2ioor. recens, -ent-is, recent. 

vetus,veter-is, anci'enfy pi. veteres, civilis, -e, cmY. 
the ancients. 

aug-e6, -ere, aux-i, auc-tum, to swell, increase. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Imhres recentes flumma omnia auxerunt. Vir bonus 
pauperibus cibum dahit. Pastor priidens oves agnosque 
a lupis defensabit. OrgStorix, princeps Helvetiorum, co- 
pias auxerat. Veteres Jovi tauros ingentes mactabant. 
Agricolse prudentes m pgnum mergites omnes portant. 
Csesar fortes centuriones laudabat. Mariiis, Komanorum 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 85 

impSrator, fgraces Numidise agros ferro igniquS vastavit. 
Princeps criidelis innocentem plebSm trucidavit. Bella 
civilia nobilitatem et cives divites perterruSrant. Princi- 
pes fgroces atrocia bella amant. Rex fSrox nobilitatem 
ad bellum mao-num St atrox concitavit. 



"&' 



Translate into Latin, 

No prudent (man) will give his slieep to the wolves. 
The happy mother loves her children. The innocent do 
not fear the face and countenance of a judge. The consul 
will preserve the ancient laws of the commonwealth. The 
prudent shepherds had sheared their sheep. A terrible 
lion tore in pieces all the inhabitants of the village. The 
enemy's soldiers had laid waste the whole city with fire 
and sword. The rich dread civil wars. The recent rains 
have swelled the great river. The poor (man) does not 
fear the robber. 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

§ 63. 1. Adjectives expressing number are called 
numeralsj and are divided into three classes, viz. : — 

(a.) Cardinals, which answer the question ^^ How 
manyf as, unus, one; duo, two. 

(b.) Ordinals J which express order or rank : as, pri- 
mus, /rs^/ secundus, second. 

(c.) Distributives J which answer the questions '^ Uoio 
many to each f — " How many apiece f^ as, singuli, one 
to each, one at a time, one apiece ; bini, two apiece. 

2. To these may be added numeral adverbs, which 
answer the question ^' How many times f as, s6mSl, 
once; bis, twice. 



S6 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 



CARDI>fAL. 

One, two, &c. 

1 Uniis, 

2 Duo, 

3 Tres, 

4 Quatuor, 

5 Qumque, 

6 Sex, 

7 Septem, 

8 Octo, 

9 Novem, 

10 Decern, 

11 rndeclm, 

12 Duodecim, 

13 Tredecim, 

14 Quatiiordecim, 

15 Quindecim, 

16 Sexdecim, 

17 Septendecim, 

18 Octodecim, 

19 Novendecim, 

20 TigintI, 
30 Triginta, 

40 Quadraginia, 
50 Quinquaginta, 
60 Sexaginta, 
70 Septuaginta, 
SO Octoginta, 
90 Nonaginta, 
100 Centum, 
200 Ducenti, 
300 TrecentI, 
400 Q.uadringenti, 
500 Quingentr, 
600 Sexcenti, 
700 Septingenti, 
800 Octingenti, 
900 Nongenti, 
1000 Mille; 



Ordis-AL. 

First, second, d:c. 
Primus, 
Secundus, 
Tertius, 
Quartus, 
Quintus, 
Sextus, 
Septimus, 
Octavus, 
Nonus, 
Decimus, 
Undecimus, 
Duudecimus, 
Tertius decimus, 
Quartus decimus, 
Quintus decimiis, 
Sextus decimus, 
Septimus decimus, 
Octavus decimus, 
Xonus decimus, 
Ticesimus, 
TrTcesimus, 
Quadragesimiis, 
Quinquagesimus, 
Sexagesimus, 
Septuagesimtis, 
Octogesimus, 
Xouageslmus, 
Centesimus, 
Ducentesimus, 
Trecentesimiis, 
Quadiingeutesimus, 
Quingentesimus, 
Sexcentesimus, 
Septingentesimua, 
Octingentesimus, 
Nongentesimtls, 
Milleslmus; 



DlSTRIBTJTrVE. 

One hi/ one, &c. 
Sin gull, 
BInl, 
Term, 
Quaterm, 
QuinI, 
Seni, 
Septeni, 
OctonI, 
Noveni, 
Deni, 
Undeni, 
DuodenT, 
Terni deni, 
Quaternl deni, 
Quini deni, 
Sen! deni, 
Septeni deni, 
Octoni deni, 
Noveni deni, 
VicenT, 
TricenT, 
QuadragenT, 
Quinquageni, 
SexagenT, 
Septuagem, 
OctogenT, 
Nonageni, 
Centeni, 
DucentenT, 
Trecenteni, 
Quadringentenl, 
Quingenteni, 
Sexcenteni, 
SeptingentenT, 
OctingentenI, 
Nongenteni, 
Milleni; 



Adverbial. 
Once, twice, &c. 
Semel, 
Bis, 
Ter, 
Quater, 
Quinquies, 
Sexies, 
Septies, 
Octies, 
Novies, 
Decies, 
Undecies, 
DuOdecies, 
Tredecies, 
Quatuordecies, 
Quindecies, 
Sedecies, 
Decies et septies, 
DuodeTicies, 
TIndeTicies, 
Tides, 
Tricies, 
Quadragies, 
Quinquagies, 
Sexagies, 
Septuagies, 
Octogies, 
Nonagies, 
Centies, 
Ducenties, 
Trecenties, 
Quadringenties, 
Quingenties, 
Sexcenties, 
Septingenties, 
Octingenties, 
Nongenties, 
Millies, 



§ 64. Cardinals. 

Remark 1. — The first three cardinal numbers are declined. 
From four to a hundred they are indeclinable ; those denoting 
hundreds are declined like the plural of Ijonus : as, ducenti, -se, 
-E ; -orum, -arum, -ortim, &c. 

Remark 2. — For the declension of unus, see § 56. Tres is 



ADJECTIVES. 87 

declined like the plural of hrcvis ; nominative ires, trid ; geni- 
tive triiim; dative trihus, &c. Duo is thus declined : — 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom, 


. du'-o, 


cZ«'-0e, 


d^l'-O, 


Gen. 


du-o'-rum, 


du-a'-rum, 


du-o'-riimj 


Dat. 


du-o'-bus, 


du-a'-bus, 


du-o'-biis, 


Ace. 


du'-os or du'-o, 


d«'-as, 


du'-o, 


Voc. 


du'-o, 


c?!t'-se, 


du'-o, 


Abl. 


du-o'-bus. 


du-a'-bus. 


du-o'-bus. 



Remark 3. — Duorum and dudrum, especially v^^hen compounded 
with another word, or when joined with millium, are frequently 
contracted into duilm : as, duumvir, duum millium. Ambo, both, 
is declined like duo. 

Remark J^. — JJnus has a plural form — 

(a.) With nouns which have no singular : as, tinge nuptice, one 
marriage. 

{h.) AVith nouns which denote several things considered as one 
whole : as, una vestimentd, one suit of clothes. 

(c. ) In the sense of alone or the same: Q,s,uni Ubii, the Ubians 
alone ; unis moribUs, with the same manners. 

Remark 5. — From thirteen to nineteen, inclusive, instead of 
the compound forms [tredecim, &c.), the simple numerals are 
used, with or without et : as, decern et tres, or decern ires. 

Remark 6. — From twenty to one hundred the greater number 
precedes without et, or the smaller number with et : as, viginti 
unu.s,or unUs et vlgintl. Above one hundred the greater number 
is put first, with or without et ; but et is not twice used in 
designating the same number : as, ducentl quadrdginta quinqiie, 
or ducentl et quadrdginta quinque, two hundred and forty-five. 

Remark 7. — Subtractive forms are more commonly used for 
eighteen, twenty-eight, &c., and for nineteen, twenty-nine, &c.: 
as duodevlginil, duodetrlginta, duodequadrdginta, &c. ; undevl- 
gintl, undetrlginta, &c. Duo is not declined in these combina- 
tions. 

Remark 8. — Thousands are usually expressed by the smaller 
numbers with millid : as, decern millid, ten thousand ; sometimes 



88 ADJECTIVES. 

loy the numeral adverbs with mille: as, decies mille, ten times a 
thousand, ten thousand. 

Bemark 9. — Mille is either an adjective or a noun. As an 
adjective it is indeclinable and plural, and limits the name of the 
things numbered : as, mille homines, a thousand men ; cUm bis 
mille hommibus, v^ith two thousand {twice a tJiousand) men. As 
a noun it is indeclinable in the singular, and in the plural has 
millid, millium, milUbus, and is limited by the name of the 
things numbered in the partitive genitive ; as, mille hominiim, a 
thousand (of) men; trid millid hommum, three thousand men 
{three thousand of men). But if a declined numeral comes 
between, the genitive is not used: as, tind millid et trecentos 
equites circiim se hdbebdt, he had three thousand three hundred 
horsemen around him. 

Remark 10. — The poets sometimes use the numeral adverb to 
express smaller numbers ; as, bis decern for viginti. 

Bemark 11. — Millions are expressed by combinations of cewifena 
millid (a hundred thousand) : as, decies centend millid, one mil- 
lion ; centies centend millid, ten millions. 

§ 65. Ordinals J Distributives ^ and Adverbs, 

1. Prior is used instead of prhnils when only two things are 
spoken of. Alter is often used for secundiis. 

2. Between twelfth and twentieth the smaller number is 
usually put first; but the greater sometimes precedes, with or 
without et : as, decimUs et tertius, or decimus tertius. 

3. In the other intermediate numbers, twenty-first, twenty- 
second, &c., the larger precedes without et, or the smaller with 
et : as, quadrdgesimUs primus, or primus et qiiadrdgesimus : but 
instead of primus and secundus, units and duo are often used, 
duo being undeclined : as, urms et vicesimus, one-and-twentieth ; 
duo et viceslmo anno, in the twenty-second year. 

4. For eiglitlis and ninths in the intermediate numerals, the 
subtractive forms are often used: as, duadevicesimus, undetri- 
cesimus. So, also, in the distributives, and sometimes in the 
adverbs : as, duodevlcenl, undevlcenl ; 

duodetricies, undequadrdgies. 



ADJECTIVES. 89 

5. The poets sometimes use the distributives for cardinals : as, 
bind splculd, two darts. They are used in the same way in 
prose with nouns which have no singular : as, hlnce nuptice. 

6. Some of the distributives have a singular form with a 
multiplicative meaning : as, hlnus, twofold. 

7. In the numeral adverbs the intermediate numbers are ex- 
pressed — 

(a.) Either by putting the smaller first with et: as, semel tt 
vlcies, 

(6.) Or by putting the larger number first, with or without ei: 
as, vlcies semcl, or vlcies et semel. 

EXERCISE XXVIII. 

§ G6. 1. Mule of Syntax. — The point of time at which 
any thing occurs is expressed by the ablative ; as, tertia 
hora, at the third hour, [Ablative of time.) 

2. Rule of Syntax. — Duration of time, and extent of 
space, are expressed by the accusative, sometimes by the 
ablative : as, tres horas mansit, he remained three hours ; 
fossa duos pedes lata, a ditch two feet wide. 

3. Bule of Position. — Designations of time and place 
usually stand near the beginning of the sentence. See 
§ 29, 3. 

Vocabulary. 

fossa, -ge, ditch. hiems, hiem-is, winter. 

hora, -33, hotu: passtis, -lis, 2}ace. 

mensis, -is (§ 33, Exc. 3), month. tempus, -6r-is, time. 

dies, -ei, day. noster, -a, -um, our. 

annus, -i, year. sestas, aestat-is, summer. 

una ex parte, on one aide. 
contin-eo, -ere, continu-i, content-um, to keep, hold in, restrain. 
sustin-eo, -ere, sustinu-i, sustent-um, to sustain, to bear. 

Translate into English and analyze. 
Servi f idi lioras multas vigilavSrant. Nullus agricSl^ 



90 ADJECTIVES. 

prudens oves liiSme tondebit. Csesar, Romanorum imp^ra- 
tor, tres legiones in hibernis* collocavit. Consul multos 
annos in urbe tiabitaverat. Mons altiis una ex parte Hel- 
vetios continuit. Equites nostri bostium impetum duas 
boras sustinuerunt. Pastor prudens sestate oves omnes 
totondit. Legatus fortis decern dies Csesaris adventum 
expectabat. Imperator tertio die castra movit. Princeps 
atrox multos menses ci^atatem perterrebat. Consul fortis 
nullo anni tempore adventum bostium timebat. Rex 
latrones omnes brevi tempore trucidavit. Crassus tria 
millia passuum equitavit. Consul mille passus castra 
movit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The great rains bad kept our soldiers in tbe camp many 
months. In one summer Csesar laid waste many states of 
Gaul with fire and sword. For many years {ace.) the 
Romans routed all their ,enemies by sea and land. Csesar 
moved his camp ten thousand paces from the city. The 
soldiers of the tenth legion had carried heavy burdens for 
many hours (ace). Our skirmishers sustained the attack 
of the Germans three hours. Lake Lemannus held-in 
the Helvetians on one side. The farmer had a ditch 
three feet wide in his field. The farmer will have in 
his fields five ditches, each-three (ternos) feet wide. The 
master gave (to) the boys four books apiece. A ditch 
twelve feet wide and six feet deep had hindered the attack 
of the enemy many days. 

* In hihernis refers to the resting of troops in winter quarters ; in 
hiberna, to the motion of going thither. 



PARADIGM OF ESSE. 



91 



EXERCISE XXIX. 

67. 1. PARTIAL PARADIGM OF ESSF, to ie.— INDICATIVE 
MOOD. 

Present tense. 



Pers. Singular. 

1. sum, I a7n, 

2. Ss, thou artf 

3. est, he is; 



Plural. 
5u'-mus, we are, 
es'-tis, ye or you are, 
sunt, they are. 



1. ^'-ram, I was, 

2. e'-ras, thou wast, 

3. e'-rat, he was; 



Imperfect. 



S-ra'-mus, ive were, 
e-rd'-tis, ye or you were, 
e'-rant, they ivere. 



Future, shall, or will. 

1. e'-ro, I shall be, er'-i-mus, we shall he, 

2. e'-ris, thou tvilt be, er'-i-tis, ye or you will be, 

3. e'-rit, he will be; e'-runt, they will be. 

■^Present-perfect, have been, or was. 

1. fu' -I, I have been, fu'-i-mxis, ive have been, 

2. fu-tV-ti, thou hast beeyi, fu-zV-tis, ye have been, 

3. /ifc'-it, he has been; fu-e'-runt or -xq, they have been. 

Past-perfect. 

1. fu'-e-YSLTH, I had been, fn-e-rd' -m.us, lue had been, 

2. /it'-g-ras, thoio hadst fu-e-7'a'-tis, ye had been, 

been, 

3. /li'-S-rat, he had been; fu'-e-rsmt, they had been. 



* The aorist-perfect is translated, / was, thou wast, he was, we 
were, etc. 



92 PEEDICATE NOMINATIVE. 

Future-perfect, shall or will have. 
Pers. Singular. Plural. 

1. fu'-e-ro, I shall have fn-^r'-i-inus, we shall have been, 

been, 

2. fu'-e-Yis, thou wilt have fu-er'-i-tis, ye will have been, 

been, 

3. fu'-e-vit, he will have fu'-e-iird, they will have been. 

been; 

2. A noun or an adjective may limit tlie predicate as 
well as tlie subject : thus, we may say, Cicgro orator, 
Cicero the orator, and CicSro orator fuit, Cicero was an 
orator; aggr ferax, a fertile field, and agSr ferax est, the 
field is fertile. 

PREDICATE NOMINATIVE. 

3. Hide of Syntax. — A noun in the predicate denoting 
the same thing as the subject, agrees with it in case, and 
is called the predicate nominative : as, Cicero orator fuit, 
Cicero was an orator. 

Remark 1. — If the subject consists of more than one thing, 
the 'predicate nominative is plural. 

Remark 2. — Adjectives in the predicate agree with the subject. 
See I 57, 2. 

EXERCISE XXX. 

Vocabulary. 

integer, -gra, -grum, xmtouched, un- vulnus, vulner-is, loound. 

hurt, fresh. vita, -88, life. 

humanus, -a, iim. human. velox, yeloc-is, sicift. 

incertus, -a, -um, uncertain. cascus, -a, -um. Mind. 

verus, -a, -um, true. mendacium, -i, lie. 

turpis, -e, base. comiger, -a, -um, horned. 

ingens, -ent-is, huge. praeclartis, -a, -um, distinguished. 

duplex, duplic-is, double. acies, -ei, line of battle. 

triples, triplic-is, triple. renunciatio, -on-is, re2Jort. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 93 



Translate into English and analyze. 

Non omnia animalia cornigera sunt. Aquilarum alse 
magnse sunt. Non omnes homines sapientes sunt. Res 
liumanDS incertse sunt. Vita hominum incerta est. Unus 
^quorum caecus fuit. Csesaris milites veloces fortesqu^ 
fuerunt. Caesar fuit impSrator magniis. Mariiis dux fuit 
Romanorum. RSgis filius rex Srit. Renunciatio lega- 
toriim vera fuit. ApSr ingens in silva habitat. Imperator 
in proelio integer fuit. Vulnera militum sunt gravia. 
Consul annos multos csecus fuerat. Csesaris acies triplex 
fuit. Omnes decimse legionis milites integris viribiis (§ 45) 
proeliilm rgdintegravSrant. Mendacia turpia sunt. Cicero 
fuit orator prseclariis. Improborum (§ 60, Hem.) vita 
5nus est gravS. Galloriim acies est duplex. 

Translate into Latin. 

The farmer's oxen are large. Many bulls are horned. 
All generals are not wise. The inhabitants of the villages 
dread the huge lion. Cicero was a wise consul and a great 
man. The wounds of the brave soldiers were severe. 
Many of the swift horsemen were unhurt. Davus, Csesar's 
slave, has been blind many years. Our soldiers in a triple 
line renew the battle. All human things are uncertain. 
The shade of the dense forest will frighten the king's swift 
messenger. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

§ 68. 1. The change which adjectives undergo to 
express different degrees of quality is termed compa^ 
rison. 



94 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

2. Grammarians -generally give three degrees of com- 
parison, — the positive^ the comparative^ and the super- 
lative. 

3. The simple form of the adjective is usually called 
the positive : as, altiis, high. 

4. The comparative expresses a higher degree of the 
quality in one of two things, or sets of things, than in 
the other : as, mons arbore altior est, a mountain is. higher 
than a tree. 

5. The superlative expresses a higher degree of the 
quality in one of several things, or sets of things, than 
in any of the rest : as, triiim montium altissimuSy the 
highest of the three mountains. 

Remark 1. — The comparative does not express a higher degree 
of quaUty than the positive, but represents one thing as having 
more of a given quality than another. Thus, in the example 
mons est arbore altior, we mean, not that the mountain is higher 
than a high mountain, but higher than a tree ; i.e. there is more 
height in a mountain than in a tree. 

Bemarh 2. — When two qualities of the same thing are com- 
pared, the comparative is used: as, Aristldes justior quam 
sapientior fuit, Aristldes loas more just than wise. 

Remarh 3. — The comparative may often be translated by too 
or rather with the positive, especially when one of the things 
compared is omitted : as, rex clementior est, tlie Icing is too 
merciful. 

Remark 4- — The superlative often expresses a high degree of a 
quality : as, mons altissimus, a very high mountain. 

FORMATION OF COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE. 

§ 69. 1. The comparative is formed by adding idr, 
and the superlative by adding isstmus, to the stem of the 
adjective : as, alt-us, ^igh, alt-idr, higher, alt- 
highest. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



95 



2. Superlatives are of the first and second declen- 
sions. Comparatives are of the third declension, and 
are thus declined : — 





Singular. 






Masc. & Fern. 


Neuter. 


Nom. 


du'-T\-OYj 


du'-Ti-us, 


Gen. 


du-ri-o'-ris, 


du-ri-o'-ris, 


Dat. 


du-ri-o'-ri, 


du-ri-o'-ri, 


Ace. 


du-ri-o'-rem, 


diV-ri-us, 


Voc. 


du'-Yl-OY, 


<:?iV-ri-us, 


Abl. 


du-ri-o'-rS or -ri ; 


du-ri-o'-rg or -ri 




Plural. 






Masc. & Fern. 


Neuter. 


Nom. 


du-ri-o'-res, 


du-ri-o'-ra, 


Gen. 


du-ri-o'-riim, 


du-ri-o'-rum, 


Dat. 


du-ri-or'-i-bus, 


du-ri-or'-i-bus, 


Ace. 


du-ri-o'-res, 


du-ri-o'-ra, 


Voc. 


du-ri-o'-res, 


du-ri-o'-ra, 


Abl. 


du-ri-or'-i-biis. 

EXERCISE XXXI. 


du-ri-or'-i-biis. 



§ 70. 1. That with which any thing is compared (the 
complement of the comparative) is connected by the 
conjunction qiiam, than, in the same case, or in the 
nominative, subject of est, fuit, etc., understood: as, 
fortidrgm vidi neminSm quam Marium, / have seen no 
braver man than Marius ; or, fortiorem vidi neminem 
quam Mdrius (est), I have seen no braver man than 
Marius is. . 

2. Quam is sometimes omitted ; then — 



26 COMPASISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

Bule of Syntax. — The ablative is used with the com- 
parative degree, when qua^n is omitted, to express that 
with which something is compared : as, mons est arbdr^ 
alti5r, a mountain is higher than a tree. 



Vocabulary. 

sanctus, -a, -um, sacred; (of a man, fides, -ei, faith, 'promise. 

pure). nihil (indeclinable), nothing. 

durus, -a, -um, hard. regio, -on-is, region. 

nemo, nemin-is, no man. gens, gent-is, race, nation. 



Translate into English and analyze, 

Prudentiorem vidi nemmem qiiam Mariiim, Romanorum 
ducem. Liipi sunt canibus ferociores. Nulla regio est 
Gallia fSracior. Nihil est jurejurando (§ 45) sanctius. 
Equiis est hove velocior. Germani fuerunt Gallis feroci- 
ores. Nullum belliim est bello civili atrocius. Nemo 
Romanorum sanctior fuit quam Cato. Consul gentem 
ferociorem nullam videbit quam Helvetios. Csesar in ex- 
ercitu fortiorem habet neminem quam Lucius. Auriim 
graviiis est quam argenttim. Ferriim est auro durius. 
Nihil incertius est quam vita humana. Agricola canem 
quam liipum fgrociorSm habuit. Equites quam pgdites 
sunt velociores. 

Translate into Latin, 

The general is braver than the soldiers. The consul's 
son will be more prudent than his father. No nation was 
braver than the Helvetians. The king's messengers are 
swifter than horses. Lions are fiercer than dogs. Nothing 
is more sacred than the oath of a good man. A good 
man's promise is more sacred than a wicked man's oath. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 97 

The Belo'ians were a braver race than the Gauls. No 
general was more prudent than Cscsar. The king's garden 
is more fertile than the farmer's field. Iron is harder than 
silver. Silver is not heavier than gold. The general is 
not more prudent than the centurion. 

EXERCISE XXXII. 

§ 71. The partitive genitive is used with compara- 
tives and superlatives : as, fortior duorum fratrum, 
the braver of the two brothers ; fortisstmus militum, the 
bravest of the soldiers. 

Vocabula7'y. 

Jura, -se, (masc.) Jura (« mountain). ix-a, -oe, anger, wratJi. 
Italia, -33, Italy. noster, -tra, -trurn, our. 

Roma, -ae, Rome. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Jura, mons altissimtis (§ 68, Rem. S), Helvetios una 
ex parte contmet. Imperator fortissimos militum laiidavit. 
Jiidex iniquus quum latro est turpi or. Yelitum velocis- 
siml omn^s silvariim tramites exploriiverant. Priidentior 
duorum imperatoriim copias hostiiim fugabit. Fortissimi 
centiirionum magnitudmem periciili timebant. Orgetorix 
fuit Helvetiorum nobilissimiis. Nostroriim (§ 60, Bern.) 
impetus fortissimos hostium perterruerat. Jugurtha, homo 
improbissimus, fratres triicidavit. VulnSra militum fue- 
runt gravissima. 

Translate into Latin. 

The bravest of the enemy did not sustain the attack of 
our horsemen. The Rhine, a very broad river, keeps in 



98 lEEEGULAR COMPARISON. 

the Helvetians on one side. Tlie wicked king had slain 
the noblest of the hostages. The consul will lay waste the 
most fertile states of Gaul. On the third day the general 
moved his camp into the most fertile part of the province. 
The most wicked qf men fear the wrath of God. The 
greatness of the danger frightened the bravest of our 
soldiers. The general is wiser than the king's ambassadors. 
One of the enemy wounded Lucius, a very brave man, with 
a stone. Davus is the most faithful of all the slaves. 
Eome is the noblest city of Italy. 



IREEGULAR COMPARISON. 

§ 72. 1. Adjectives whose stems end in ^r form the 
superlative by adding rimus: as, pit?c/i^r, beautiful, 
pulchrior, pulcherrtmus. 

2. Six adjectives in lis form their superlative by add- 
ing Umus to the stem : — 



Facilis, 


facilior. 


facillimus, 


easy. 


Difficilis, 


difficilior. 


difficilllmils, 


difficult. 


Gracilis, 


gracilior, 


gracillimus, 


slender. 


Humilis, 


humilior. 


hiimillimus, 


lore. 


Similis, 


similior, 


simillimus, 


like. 


Dissimilis, 


dissimilior. 


dissimillimus, 


unlike. 



Imb^ciUus or imbeciUiSj weak, has two forms, imbecil- 
lissimus and imh^GilUmus. 

3. Compound adjectives ending in dicus^ ftcUs, and 
volus form the comparative and superlative by adding 
entidr and entissimUs to the stem : as, heifi&vblus, benevolent, 
hhi^vdlentidry hM^vdlentissimus. 

4. The following have regular comparatives, but ir- 
regular superlatives : — 



IRREGULAK COMPAEISON. 



99 



Dexter, 


dexterior. 


dextimus, 


right. 


Exter, 


exterior, 


extremus o)- extimiis. 


outward. 


Posterus, 


posterior. 


postremus or postumus, 


hind. 


Infer us, 


inferior, 


inf imus or imus. 


below. 


Superus, 


superior. 


supremus or summus. 


above. 



Remark. — The adjectives exter and posterus are very rarely 
found in the nominative singular masculine. 

5. The following form the comparative and super- 
lative on a different stem from that of the positive : — 



Bonus, 

Maliis, 

Magnus, 

Parvlis, 

Multus, 

Multa, 

Multum, 



melior, 
pejor, 
major, 
minor. 



plus. 



optimus, 
pessimtis, 
maximus, 
minimus, 
plurimus, ^ 
plurima, ^ 
plurimum, j 



good, 
bad, 
great, 
little, 

much. 



better, 
worse, 
greater. 



best, 
worst, 
greatest, 
least. 



6. Nequdm, worthless, has nequidVy nequissimus ; and 
frugly frugal, has frugdlidr, frugdlissimUs* 

7. Plus, more, is thus declined : — 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 



Singular. 

Neut. 
plus, 
pla-Yis, 

plus, 



Plural. 
Masc. & Fern. Neut. 

plu' -res, plu'-m, rarely plu' -ri-a, 
^^i^'-ri-iim, ^^iV-ri-iim, 
^^il'-ri-hus, plu^-ii-hiis, 
plu'-ves, plu'-m, rarely plu'-mi-a, 



plu'-x^ {obs.). plu'-Yi-hus ; plu'-Yi-hns. 

Complures, a great many, is found only in the plural, 
and is declined like pliires. 



EXERCISE XXXIII. 
§ 73. The partitive genitive is frequently used with 



100 DEFECTIVE COMPAEISON. 

neuter adjectives, such as multum, plils, minl^munij jplurl- 
as, multum aim, much gold. 



Translate into Miglish and analyze. 

Principes Gallorum Csesaris exercitui plurimum frumen- 
ti prsebuerunt. Cives in domibus multum auri habent. 
Minimum virtiitis est in judice iniquo. Agricolse plus 
frumenti habent quam ami. Iter per Alpes difFicillimum 
est. Magister optimos puerorum laudabit. Caesar maxi- 
mus fuit imperatorum Eomanorum. IMultum cibi comedo-, 
nem delectat. Keginse filia est pulcherrima. Agricolse 
boves pigerrimi sunt. Pastor minim 6s agnorum non to- 
tondit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The great whirlwinds will dash in pieces very many of 
the ships. The poet's daughter is the most beautiful of all 
the girls. The greatest city in Italy is Rome. The soldiers 
will bring much corn into the city. The commander will 
remain in the camj) the whole winter. The consul's soldiers 
demanded gold from the citizens. The citizens gave '(to) 
the consul's soldiers more (of) wounds than (of) gold. 
The general called together the greatest of the chiefs. 
Caesar was a greater general than Crassus. 



DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 

§74. 1. The following adjectives want the positive 

Citerior, citimus, nearer. Prior, primus, former. 

Deterior, deterrimus, worse. Propior, proximiis, nearer. 

Interior, intimiis, inner. Ulterior, VLitlraviS, further. 
Ocior, ocissimus, swifter. 



DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 



101 



2. The following have no terminational comparative, 
but prefix mdgis, more : — 

Constiltus, consultissimus, skilful. 
Inclutus, inclutissimus, renoioned. 
Invietus, invictissimus, invincible. 
Invitus, invitissimus, unwilling. 
Mcritiis, meritissimus (very rare), 
deserving. 

3. The following have no terminational superlative, 
but for the most part prefix maxim^, most : — 



Par, parissimiis (very rare), equal. 
Persuasus, persuasissimiim (neuter), 

pe7'suaded. 
Sacer, sacerriinus, sacred. 



Adolescens, adolescentior, young. 
Agrestis, agrestior, rustic. 
Alacer, alacrior, active. 
Ater, atrior, black. 
Ca;cus, caecior, blind. 
Deses, desidior, inactive. 
Diuturnus, diuturnior, lasting. 
Inf initus, infinitior, tmlimited. 
Ingens, ingentior, great. 
Jcjunus, jejunior, hungry. 
Juvenis, junior, young. 
Licens, licentior, unrestrained. 
Longinquus, longinquior, distant. 
Opimus, opimior, rich. 



Proclivis, proclivior, sloping. 
Pronus, pronior, bending doicn. 
Propinquus, propinquior, near. 
Protervus, protervior, violent. 
Salutaris, salutarior, salutary. 
Satis, sufficient; Sd^iius, preferable. 
Satur, saturi6r,/((^^. 
Sen ex, senior, old. 
Silvestris, silvestrior, looody. 
Sinister, sinisterior, left. 
Supinus, supinior, lying on the back. 
Surdtis, surdior, deaf. 
Teres, teretior, round. 



Remark 1. — The superlative of juvenis and adolescens is sup-, 
plied by minimus ndtu, youngest ; and that of senex by maximus 
ndtU, oldest. The comparatives of mind?- ncitU and major ndtu 
sometimes also occur. 

4. Many adjectives form the comparative and super- 
lative by prefixing mdgts, more, and maxima, most : as, 
piUs, mdg1.s jpius, maxtm^ pius, pious, more pious, most 
pious. This is especially the case with adjectives in 
bunduSy ImuSy mtis, drus, IvuSj and Us with a vowel 
before it. 



9* 



102 INDICATIVE ENDINGS OF VERBS. 

THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 

§ 75. 1. Verbs of the third conjugation have ^r^ (short) 
in the infinitive present; those of the fourth conjuga- 
tion, Ir^. 



2. INDICATIVE 


ENDINGS, 


THIRD CONJUGATION. 




Singular. 






1st Person. 


2d Person. 


3d Person. 


Present, 


-0, 


-is, 


-it. 


Imperfect, 


-e'-bajn, 


-e'-bas, 


-e'-bat, 


Future, 


-am; 


-es; 


-et; 



Plural. 

1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person. 

Present, -i-mus, -i-tis, -unt, 

Imperfect, -e-^a'-mus, -e-ba-tis, -e'-bant, 

Future, -e'-mus, -e'-tis. -ent. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Singular. 

1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person. 

-is, -it, 

-i-e'-bas, -i-e'-bat, 

-i-es ; -i-gt ; 



Present, 


-id, 


Imperfect, 


-i-e'-bam. 


Future, 


-i-am ; 




Plural. 




1st Person. 


Present, 


-I'-mus, 


Imperfect, 


-i-e-bd'-mxLS. 


Future, 


-i-e'-miis. 



2d Person, od Person. 

-I'-tis, -i-unt, 

-i-e-bd'-tis, -i-e'-bant, 

-i-e'-tis. -i-ent. 

4. By adding these endings to the stems r^g-^ rule, 
and aud~j hear, we have the following 



INDICATIVE ENDINGS OF VERBS. 



103 



PARTIAL PARADIGM.— INDICATIVE MOOD, 





THIRD CONJUGATION. 


Present. 


Imperfect. 


Future. 


I rule. 


I was ruling. 

Singular. 


I shall or will rale. 


re'-g6, 


re-^e'-bam, 


re'-gam, 


re'-gis, 


rg-^e'-bas, 


re'-ges, 


re'-git; 


■ rS-^e'-bat ; 

Plural. 


re'-get; 


reg'-\-m\\s, 


x^g-Q-ha'-nms, . 


rg-p-e'-mus, 


reg'-Uis, 


reg-e-5a'-tis, 


re-^/e'-tis, 


re'-gunt. 


re-^e'-bant. 


re'-gent. 



INDICATIVE MOOD, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Present. Imperfect. Future. 

I hear. I was heariiig. 

Singular. 



I shall or will hear. 



au'-dii-o, 


au-di-e'-bam, 


mt'-di-am, 


aw'-dis, 


au-di-e'-bas, 


att'-di-es, 


aw'-dit ; 


au-di-e'-bat ; 

Plural. 


cm'-di-et ; 


au-c/I'-mus, 


au-di-e-6a'-mus, 


au-di-e'-mus, 


au-cZl'-tis, 


au-di-e-6a'-tis, 


au-di-e'-tis, 


ai/-di-unt. 


au-di-e'-bant. 


aw'-di-ent. 



5. The endings of the perfect tenses are the same in 
all conjugations. The perfect-stem is variously formed 
in the third conjugation ; in the fourth it is formed by 
adding -Iv to the present-stem : as^ aud-io, I am hearing ; 
aud-l-v'i^ I have heard. See § 47. 



10-i . ADJECTIVES. 

6. The supine-stem is generally formed, in the third 
conjugation, br adding -t to the present-stem ; in the 
fourth, by adding At: as, duc-6r&; ducf-um; aud-irg, 
aud-It-um. 

EXERCISE XXXIV. 

§ 76. Vocabulary. 

vallum, -i, rampart. tertius, -a, -um, (^ 63,, 1, b), third. 

castelliim, -i, tower. de {prep, with ahl.), about, concerning; 

fur, fur-is, (§ 39, Rera. 2), thief. of time, at, after; de tertia vigilia, 

finis, -is, (§ 33, Eem. 6. Exc. 2), af or after the third icatch. 

boundary, end. ' tergum, -i, back. 

vigilia, -ee, icatch. 

reg-o, reg-ere, rex-i, rect-um, to rule. 

duc-o, duc-ere, dux-i, duct-um, to lead. 

e-duc-5, e-duc-ere, e-dux-i, e-duct-um, to lead out. 

re-duc-0, re-duc-ere, re-dux-i, re-duct-um, to lead back. 

vert-o, vert-ere, vert-i, vers-um, to turn. 

mun-io, mun-ire, muniv-i, mun-itum, to fortify. 

pun-io, pun-ire, puniv-i, piinit-iim., to piunish. 

sc-i6, sc-ire, sciv-i, scit-um, to know. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Deiis omnia regit. Imperator magniis civitates multas 
reiiit. Consul annos multos (§ 66, 2) provinciam rexerat. 
Cousulis frater exercitus reipublicse ducet. Princeps f^rox 
plebem omnem ad belliim ducebat. Csesar de tertia vigilia 
e castris exercitum eduxit. Marius nostros ad victoriam 
duxerat. Hostes terga vertere. Fures latronesque yultiim 
regis- timent. Imperator castra vallo fossaque munivit. 
Princeps prudens omnia Helvetioriim oppida muniet. 
Marius consul exercitum ad urbem reduxit. Principes 
Thracum castella multa munient. Eex fures latronesque 
pimiebat. Dominiis pigros serv(5s punit. Davus nihil scit 
de legibtis reipublicse. 



• PRONOUNS. 105 

Translate into Latin. 

The centurion has led back many of the brave soldiers. 
All the horsemen of the enemy are turning their backs. 
The boy rules his horse with the bridle. Our men knew 
nothing about the journey of the enemy. Caesar was lead- 
ing the whole army through the boundaries of the iEduans. 
The consul will lead out the army from the town after the 
third watch. The great king will punish many thieves 
and robbers. The prudent general had fortified his camp 
with a rampart and ditch. One of the consuls has led the 
Romans to victory. 



PRONOUNS. 

§ 77. 1. A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun. 

2. There are eighteen simple pronouns : — 

EgO, I. Qui, ivho. 

Tu, tliou. Metis, my. 

Sui, of himself, etc. Tuiis, thy. 

Ills, that, the former. Suus, his, hers, its, etc. 

Ips6, himself. Cujiis? ivhosef 

IstS, that, that of yours. Noster, our. 

Hic, this, the latter. VestSr, your. 

Is, that or he. Nostras, of our country. 

Quis? who? ' Cujas? of what country f 

3. Of these, ^go, tu, and sui are called substantive, be- 
cause they are used as nouns ; and personal, because ^go 
ahvays denotes the speaker; ^w, the person spohen to; 
and SUI, the person spoken of. 



106 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

4. From ^go^ tu, and sul are derived meUs, tuus, sufis^ 
noster^ vest^r^ and nostras, which are adjective words. 

5, Illej ips^j iste, hie, and is, are formed on the same 
pronominal root, ^; and quts and qui, on the pronominal 
root u. 



SUBSTANTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

§ 78. The substantive personal pronouns are thus de- 
clined : — 

Sinffular. 
N. e'-gb, I. tu, thou. 



G. me'-i, of me. tu'-i, of thee. 



su'-i, of himself, her- 
self itself 

T). mi'-hi, to me. tih'-i, to thee. sih'-i, to himself, etc. 

Ac. me, me. te, thee. se, himself, etc. 

V. tu, thou. 

Ab. me, with me. te, with thee. se, with himself, etc. 

Plural. 
N. nos, ive. vos, ye or yoic. 



^ { nos -iium ] . -yes-trum] . t- r^i j 

(jr. -i , . \of us. , , _ \oj you. su -1, of themselves, 

[or nos -in, j '^ orves-iri,\ 

D. no' -his, to us. vo'-his, to you. sib'-i, to themselves. 

Ac. n5s, us. vos, you. se, themselves. 

V. vos, ye or you. 

Ab. no'-his, ivith us. -yo'-bis, ivith you. se, with themselves. 

Remark 1. — The nominatives ego, tu, nos, vos, are expressed with 
the verb only for the sake of emphasis or contrast : as, ego equito, 
til amhulas, I am riding, you are walking ; nos vocabdmus, res- 
pondisiis vos, we were calling, ye answered. 

Remark 2. — The syllable met is annexed, for emphasis, to all the 
forms of the substantive personal pronouns, except tu, nostrum. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 107 

and vestrum ; sese is frequently used for se, being more emphatic ; 
also tilte, and tiitemet, for til. 

Remark 3. — The forms nostri and vestrl are properly the geni- 
tive singular neuter of the possessives nosUr and vester, and de- 
note one whole, without reference to its parts : they are almost 
always objective: as, odium vestrl, hatred of you. Nostrum and 
vestrum are generally partitive genitives : as, qiiis vestrum^ They 
are sometimes objective, like nostri and vestrl; as, cupidus ves- 
trum, desirous of you; and sometimes subjective, especially with 
omnium; as, nostrum omnium parens, the parent of us all, — not 
nostri omniUni. 

Remark 4. — Sul is also called reflexive, because it refers to the 
leading subject : as, pner sese lauddt, the boy praises himself. 
But where no ambiguity can arise, sul sometimes refers to some 
other word than the leading subject: as, prcedicant consulem 
sese lauddre. 

Remark 5. — The substantive personals take the gender of the 
nouns for which they stand. 

EXERCISE XXXV. 

§ 79. 1. Rule of Syntax. — If the subject consist of 
more than one, the verb is plural. If the nominatives 
be of different persons, the verb takes the first person 
rather than the second, and the second rather than the 
third : as, ^go et tii [= nos) vcdemus, I and you are well ; 
tu et Cicero (= vos) vdletis, you and Cicero are well. 

2. JRuIe of Position. — The preposition cum is always 
put after the ablative of the substantive personal pro- 
nouns : as, mecum, w^ith me. 

3. Rule of Position. — The substantive personal pro- 
nouns, when connected by conjunctions to other words, 
stand first : as, tu H rex, you and the king. 

Ego always precedes : as, ^go U rex, the king and I ; 
^go U tuj you and I. 



108 PEESONAL PEON'OUNS. 

4. Ride of Position. — Contrasted words are put as 
near together, or as far apart, as possible. Nos gquita- 
miis, ambulatis vds ; or, equitamus nos, vos ambulatis. 

5. Omnes in vied jpueri, all the boys in the village. 
(Observe that in vied is placed between omnes and puh'i^ 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Nos equitabimus, ambiilabitis vos. In urbS magnam 
multitudinem hominiini videbis. Ego et patSr in regis 
horto coenabimus. Tu et Lucius nobiscum manebitis. 
Ego et Cicero pueris libros dabamus. Rex Thracum tibi 
multum auri dabit. Reginse nuncius mihi vittm monstrabit. 
Tu et Tullius mecum ambiilabatis. Ancilla sibi medi- 
cinam paraverat. Imperator fortis multos captivos secum 
ducet. Consul mercatores omnes ad se convocaverat. 
Poetse carmina audiemiis. Sapiens sese non laudat. Ego 
et tu apud Tullitim coenabamus. . Improbi sese timent. 
Puer bonus in urbem nos ducet. Davus, Catonis serviis, 
sese cultro vulneravit. 

Translate into Latin. 

In a great city we see many men. (My) father and I 
sustained the attack of the enemy many hours (§ QQ, 2). 
In a short time Lucius and I will have given books to all 
the boys. I rode, 3^ou'^ walked. You and Tully will re- 
main many days with us. The general has given (to) one 
of the soldiers much silver and gold. Wise men do not 
praise themselves. We shall hear the songs of the great 
poet. We have punished all the thieves in the province. 
I have held the fierce bull by the horns. The wicked 
king does not rule himself. Ye have walked five thou- 
sand paces (§ Q>Q, 2). 

•^ You will be translated bj tu when it refers to one ; by vos when 
it means more than one. 



POSSESSIVE PEONOUNS. 109 



ADJECTIVE-PERSONAL, OR POSSESSIVE, 
PRONOUNS. 

§ 80. From the substantive pronouns are derived 
the adjective-personal, or possessive, pronouns, so called 
because they are adjectives and denote possession. 
They are — 

From mel, meus, mea, meum, my, mine. 

(voc. 7nasc. mi, rarely meiis.) (Like bonus.) 
From till, tuiis, tua, tuiim, thy, thine, your. (Like bonus.') 
From sul, suiis, sua, suiim, his, her, its, their, his own, 

her own, its own, their own. 
From nostrl, noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours. (Like 

pulcher.) 
From vestri, vester, vestra, vestrum, your, yours. (Like 
pulcher.) 

Remark 1. — The emphatic suffixes met and pte are sometimes 
added to the possessive pronouns, especially in the ablative 
singular : as, medmet mdnil, with my ovrn hand. 

Remark 2. — Suiis, like sul, is always reflexive, referring to the 
subject of the sentence in which it stands. But a sentence may 
be so constructed that the natural subject becomes the object: 
thus, instead of hie a clvibas suls ex urbe ejectus est (this man was 
expelled from the city by his own citizens), we find hunc elves sul 
ex urbe ejecerunt (his own citizens expelled this man from the city). 

Remark 3. — While sul refers to the leading subject, suus refers 
to the subject of the sentence in which it stands. Ariovistus 
respondlt neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse, Ariovistus 
replied that no one had contended with him without his own 
destruction. (Here secum refers to Ariovistus, and sua to ne^ 
minem.) 

EXERCISE XXXVI. 
§ 81. 1. Questions expecting the answer yes or no are 

10 



110 POSSESSIVE PEOXOUXS. 

asked in Latin by means of the interrogative particles 
ne, nonne, num. 

2. (a.) The enclitic n^ asks for information, and is 
placed after the verb, usually standing with it at the 
beginning of the sentence. It is not translated. Scri- 
bit-n^ Caius ? is Caius luriting f Patgr tuus tibi gqutim 
d6dit-?ie f has your father given you a horse f 

(b.) N^ stands with any especially emphatic word at 
the beginning of the sentence. Til-n^ scribis ? are yoic 
writing ? 

3. Num stands at the beginning of the sentence, and 
expects the answer no. It is not translated. Kum tu 
patrgm tuum nScavisti? have you murdered your own 
father f 

4. Xonn^ (placed at or near the beginning of the 
sentence) expects the answer yes. NonnS gpistolam 
scripsisti ? have you not written the letter f 

6. The answer yes is expressed in Latin by repeating 
the predicate : as, ^^ Have you seen the king ? Yes.^' 
Vldisti-n^ reghnf V'ldi. No is expressed by repeating 
the predicate with non : " Have you seen the king ? 
Xo.^^ Vidistl-ne regem f Non v'ldi. Hence questions 
expecting the answer yes or no are called predicative 
questions. 

Vocabulary. 

cubiculum, -1, hcdcliamher. salus, salutis, safety. 

cantus, -us, singing. tuas salutis causa, for the sake of 

vox, voc-is, voice. your own safety. 

serlb-B, -ere, scrips-T, script-um, to write. 

con-scrib-o, -ere, conscrips-I, conscript-um, to levy, enroll. 

relinqu-8, -ere, reliqu-i, relict-um, to leave. 

ven-i6, -ire, ven-i, rent-um, to come. 

dorm-io, -ire, dormiv-i, dormit-um, to sleep. 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. Ill 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Audis-nS vocSm patris mei ? Nonng magnitudo opens 
consilium siipieiitSm tardabit ? Nonne f ilii imperatoris in 
castris djormiebant ? Num serviis tuiis totam noctfim in 
silva mansit ? Vidisti-ne magnum oviiim gregem in agro 
meo ? Tii-nS regem nostrum vidisti. Nostri (§ 60, Rem.) 
totdra diem impetum liostium sustinuerant. Yestrse saliitis 
causa vos monui. Tu^e salutis causa in urbSm te duxi. 
Audies-ng cantum avium? TsTum consul tres legiones 
parvo in vico conscripsit ? Pulclira puella manu sua 
gpistolam scribet. Veniet-ne in urbem imperator magniis 
ciim omnibus copiis ? Conscripsit-ne Csesar legiones duas 
in provincia ? Mater improba suam f iliam veneno neca- 
vit. Marius, dux Romanus, omnes copias suas ex hibernis 
eduxgrat. 

Translate into Latin, 

Will the beautiful queen write the whole letter with 
her own hand ? Will a kind father murder his own chil- 
dren? No. Will a wise king break the laws of the 
state ? Shall we sup with (apud) Tully's son-in-law ? 
AVill not the brave general lead the forces of the republic 
to victory? Yes. Has your father seen my slave in his 
garden? Were your slaves carrying heavy burdens 
through the city ? Our kind brother will advise us for 
the sake of our own safety. Will not the good shepherd 
defend all his own sheep from dogs and wolves? Yes. 
Thou shalt sleep in the little bedchamber. Will a brave 
general leave his army in the boundaries of the enemy ? 
We shall hear the voice of the general. 



112 



DEMOXSTEATIYE PEONOUJfS. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PROjS^OUNS. 

§ 82. 1. Demonstratives are so called because they 
are used to j^oint out things : as, ill^ puer, that hoy ; hcEo 
silvd, this forest. 

2. They are ill^, ist^, Mo, 1,s, and their compounds, 
and are thus declined : — 







Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Norn. 


il'-le, 


t7'-la, 


27'-lud, 


Gen. 


il-B'-\is, 


il-Zf-us, 


il'-Zr-us, 


Dat. 


il'-li, 


il'Al, 


il'-\i, 


Ace. 


il'-liim, 


zT-lam, 


i7'-liid, 


Yoc. 









Abl. 


il'-\o ] 


i7'-la ; 

Plural. 


il'-l6) 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


i/'-li, 


il'-ldd, 


iT-la, 


Gen. 


il-/5'-riim, 


il-/a'-rum, 


il-Zo'-riim, 


Dat. 


^7'-lis, 


i7'-lis, 


i7'-lis, 


Ace. 


^7'-los, 


27'-las, 


i7'-la, 


Voc. 








Abl. 


i7'-lis. 


il'-lis. 


t7'-lis. 


?^ is declined like illS. 








Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


hic, 


hsec, 


hoc, 


Gen. 


/iiV-jiis, 


/iiV-jiis, 


Aw'-jtis, 


Dat. 


huic, 


huic, 


huic, 


Ace. 


hunc, 


banc. 


hoc, 


Voc. 








Abl. 


hoc ; 


hac; 


hoc: 



DEMONSTEATIVE PRONOUNS. 113 







Plural. 






Maso. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Norn. 


hi, 


hse, 


hsec, 


Gen. 


hd'-Tiim, 


Aa'-rum, 


Ao'-rum, 


Dat. 


his, 


liis, 


his, 


Ace. 


lios, 


has, 


hsec, 


Yoc. 
Abl. 








liis. 


his. 


his. 






Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


IS, 


e'-a, 


id, 


Gen. 


e'-jils, 


e'-jus, 


e'-jiis, 


Dat. 


6'-i, 


e'-l, 


e'-% 


Ace. 


e'-iim, 


e'-am, 


id, 


Yoc. 














AbL 


e'-o; 


e'-a; 

Plural 


e'-6; 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


i'-i, 


e'-se, 


e'-a. 


Gen. 


e-o'-rum, 


e-a'-rum, 


e-o'-rum. 


Dat. 


i'-is or e 


-is, i'-is or e'-is, 


I'-is or e'-is, 


Ace. 


e'-6s, 


e'-as, 


e'-a, 


Voc. 
Abl. 








i'-is or d 


-is. '^'-is or e'-is. 


i'-is or e'-is. 



3. Jsfic (sometimes written isthie) and iZ^tc are com- 
pounded of ist^ Jug and ill^ hie, and are more emphatic 
than isU and ilU. Isljio is thus declined : — 

Singular. ^ Plural. 

Masc. Fein. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. is'-ilc, w'-tsec, is'toc or u'-tuc, Nom. ^■s'-tiBC, 

Ace. fs'-tunc, is'-tanc, zs'toc or eV~tuc, Ace. «s'-tgec. 

Abl. is'-ioG ; zs'-tac ; is'-ioa ; 

/ZZ^c is declined in the same manner. 
10* 



114 



DEMONSTKATIVE PEONOUNS. 



4. 


The suffix d'&m 


is annexed to is, forming id^mfiy 


'^the 


same/' which is 


thus declined : — 

Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nona. 


i'-dem, 


e'-a-dem, 


I'-dem, 


Gen. 


e-Jits'-dem, 


e-/iis'-dem, 


e-^W-d^m, 


Dat. 


e-i'-dem, 


e-i'-dem, 


e-i'-dem, 


Ace. 


e-«?i'-dem, 


e-a?i'-dem, 


r-dem, 


Voc. 














Abl. 


e-o'-dem ; 


e-a'-d6m ; 

Plural. 


e-5'-dem ; 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


i-i'-dem, 


e-ce'-dem, 


e'-a-dfim, 


Gen. 


e-o-rzm'-dem, 


e-a-nwi'-dSm, 


e-o-rit?i'-dem, 


Dat. 


e-is'-dem or i-is'- 


e-is'-dem or i-is'- 


e-^V-de^l or \-is'- 




dem, 


dem, 


dem, 


Ace. 


e-os'-dem, 


e-as'-dem, 


e'-a-dSm, 


Voc. 














Abl. 


e-is'-dem or i-is'- 


e-zV-dem or i-is'- 


e-is'-dem or i-is'- 




dem. 


dgm. 


dem. 



EXERCISE XXXVII. 

Is^ Idem. 

§ 83. 1. Is, that, is very often used as a substantive- 
personal pronoun {he, she, it, they, them, etc.) of the 
same gender with the noun for which it stands : as, 
Cicero multos lihros scripsit; eos (i.e. libros) libent^r Ugo; 
Cicero has written many books; I read them (i.e. the 
books) with pleasure. 

2. (a.) His, her, its, their, will be translated by suus 
when they refer to the subject ; {b.) if they refer to any 
other word in the sentence, they will be translated by 
the genitive of the demonstrative, is, e&, id. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 115 

(a.) Rex f ilium suum ad se vocat. The king calls his (own) son to him. 

(6.) Rex agricolam et filium ejus The king calls the farmer and his 

ad se vocat, (the farmer's) son to him. 

Helvetii in JEduorum fines copiaS The Helvetians had led over their 

suds trausduxerant, eorumque forces into the country of the 

agros popiilabantiir, jEduans, and loere laying waste 

their {tlie JEduans') fields. 

Bemark 1. — An idea is repeated emphatically by et is or nee is : 
as, una In domo, et ed angustd, in one house, and that a small 
one ; uniim proelium, nee id difficile, one battle, and that not a 
hard one. 

Remark 2. — Idem is often equivalent to also in English : as, 
Cicero erdt ordtbr Idemquc pJiilosophus, Cicero was an orator, and 
also a philosopher [literally, and the same was a philosopher). 

Remark 3. — The demonstratives are adjectives, and can pro- 
perly be cdllQ^i pronouns only when they stand for nouns. 

Vocabulary, 

scriptor, -or-is, ivriter. praestans, -ant-is, excellent, distin- 

Ovidius, -i, Ovid. guished. 

Virgiliiis, -i, Virgil. lihenter {a.dv.), gladly, with pleasure. 

Plato, -on-is, Plato. Dumnorix, -ig-is, Dmnnorix. 

ger-o, ger-ere, gess-i, gest-um, to wage, carry on. 
contend-o, contend-ere, contend-i, content-um, to strive, to fight, to contend. 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Caesar hostes fugavit, et ub iis obsides multos postulavit. 
Romani cum Gallis contenderunt, atque in eorum f inibiis 
bellum gesserunt. Rex mercatores omnes ad se convo- 
cavit, atque iis multum auri (§ 73) dedit. Consulis filia 
pulcherrima est ; earn in urbS vidi. Dumnorix eo (thai) 
temporS (§ 66, 1) in Germania bellum gSrebat. In 
eodgm oppido multi milites fuerunt. Tullius eundem 
servum ad se vocabit. Eodem die impSrator clariis ad 
castra v^nit. Ovidius et Virgiliiis sunt poetse clarissimi ; 
opera eorum libenter legimiis. C?esar Labienum €t ejiis 
filium in Gallia reliquSrat. Poetse gpera sua laudant. 



116 - DEMONSTRATIVE PEONOUNS. 

Poeta clarus imperatorem amat, St ejus virtutem laudabit. 
Pater tuiis filiam suam amat, et ejus liberis multum 
argenti (§ 73) dabit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Cicero is a very distinguished orator ; we shall hear him 
with pleasure. Plato is an excellent writer; have you 
read all his works? Will the queen see her son and his 
daughter in our city ? The king will not leave Tully and 
his (Tully's) son in the city. A wise man does not carry 
all his gold with him. In one day Csesar led the whole 
army through the boundaries of the Helvetians to Lake 
Lemannus ; on the same day he routed very great forces 
of the enemy. At that time the rains had swollen all the 
rivers, and were keeping (^continere) the Germans in their 
own boundaries. The king loved his faithful slave, and 
gave him a golden necklace. Have you seen the centu- 
rion's beautiful daughter ? I saw her in the king's grove. 
Csesar was a famous general, and also {Rem. 2) a dis- 
tinguished writer. 

Hic, IsTE, Ille. 

§ 84. 1. Hic, HiEC, HOC, thisy points out a thing near 
the speaker in place or time, and is sometimes called the 
demonstrative of the first person: as, hio libh^y this 
book (near me) ; hoc die, on this day. 

2. Iste, 1ST a, istijd, this, that, points out a thing 
near the person spoken to, and is sometimes called the 
demonstrative of the second person: as, isf^ lib^r, that 
book (of yours). 

3. Ille, ill a, illud, that, points out a thing remote 
from the speaker, and is often called the demonstrative 
of the third persom : as, ill^ Uher, that book (yonder). 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 117 

Remark 1. — Hlc — ilU, and ille — Mc, are translated tlie former 
— the latter, the one — the other, etc. : as, Caesar erat Ciceroni 
aequalis : hie imperator clarus ; ille praBstans erat orator ; Ccesar 
was co7itempora7^y with Cicero: the former was a famous general ; 
the latter, a distinguished orator. 

Remark 2. — Hie and ille are sometimes used like Is, as substan- 
tive personals (he, him, etc.), though generally more emphatic. 

Remark 3. — R'lc often refers to what follows : as, Gallorum 
oppugndtio est hcec, the mode of attack among the Gauls is as 
follows. Ille is sometimes used in the same way. 

Remark J^, — Isle often expresses contempt : as, iste homo, that 
fellow. 

Remark 5. — Ille often points out something well known or dis- 
tinguished : as, ille PittdcHs, the well-known Pittacus. 

Remark 6. — The emphatic sufl5x ce is added to some of the 
cases of hie: as, hiljusce, hosce. 

EXERCISE XXXVIII. 
Translate into English and analyze, 

Hic servus dominum amat. Hsec gpistola sororSm meam 
delectabit. Hoc bellum civile gravissimum et atrocissi- 
mum est. Hic pugr bonus, ille est improbus. Hic milSs 
omnium est fortissimus. Iste tuus Squus pulchriim animal 
est. Ista tua oratio rempublicam servavit. Iste-ne nos 
puniet? Ille bos magna cornua habet. Illos milites in 
castra ducemiis. Equites omnes ad illud oppidum festi- 
nant. Hic pastor bonus gregem servabit. 

Translate into English, 

Tliis good master gives food to all his slaves. That dove 
of yours will fly through the thick woods. Those dogs of 
yours will frighten all the boys in the village. That fierce 
lion has torn in pieces many sheep and cows. This excelr 
lent orator will delight the common people with his speech. 



118 IXTEXSIVE PEOXOUX. 

That maid-servant of yours will prepare medicine for the 
queen and her (the queen's) daughters. Will you give 
that beautiful horse to my father? Has the king punished 
all the thieves and robbers in this city ? These horsemen 
will urge on their horses with spurs. 

INTENSIVE PRONOUN. 

§ 85. The pronoun ipse, ipsa, ipsum, himself, her- 
self, itself, is called intensive, because it makes the word 
to w^hich it is added more emphatic : as, regem ipsum 
vidi, I have seen the king himself; in ips'is fluminis 
ripis, on the very banks of the river. 

Singular. 





Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


ip'-se, 


^>'-sa, 


^p'-sum, 


Gen. 


ip-s!'-us, 


ip-si'-us, 


ip-s!'-us, 


Dat. 


^p'-si, 


^p'-si, 


ip'-si, 


Ace. 


^p'-siim, 


i}9'-sam, 


ip'-SUIR, 


Voc. 


ip'-se, 


^>'-sa, 


ip'-sum, 


Abl. 


ip'-so; 


^p'-sa ; 
Plural. 


ip' -so ; 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


ip'-si, 


ip'-SSBj 


^>'-sa, 


Gen. 


ip-so'-rum, 


ip-sa'-rum, 


ip-so'-rum. 


Dat. 


«>'-sis, 


^p'-sis, 


^p'-sis. 


Ace. 


^>'-sos, 


^p'-sas, 


ip'-sa, 


Voc. 


ip'-si, 


^p'-s8e, 


ip'-s^, 


Abl. 


ip'-sis. 


ip'-sis. 


ip'-sis. 



Remark 1. — IpsS, when used reflexively, agrees with the sub- 
ject if that is to be made especially prominent: as, ego me ijjse 
laudo (literally), I myself praise me [i.e. I do the praising my- 
self; others do not do it). On the other hand, ipse agrees with 



INTENSIVE PRONOUN. 119 

the object if that is to' be made especially prominent: as, me ip- 
sum laudo, I praise myself {i.e. I do not praise other people). 

Eemark 2. — The oblique cases of ipse are used reflexively for 
the forms of sul and suus, to avoid ambiguity, or for the sake of 
emphasis: as, qui in ip.wrum lingua Celtce appellantur, who in 
their own language are called Celts. 



EXERCISE XXXIX. 

§ 86. 1. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is often 
used as a neuter noun in the nominative or accusative, 
and may be the subject of a verb ; as, grdtum est tecum 
ambuldr^j it is pleasant to walk with you. {Subject In- 
finitive.) 

2. Hule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used as a com- 
plement (filling up) with certain verbs and adjectives 
expressing an incomplete idea : as, pdrdt helium gh^h^^, 
he is preparing to wage war. {Complementary Infini- 
tive.) 

Vocabulary. 

de (prep, witli abl.), ahout, concern- vinculum, -i, chain. 

ing. ferreus, -a, -um, of iron, iron. 

de se ipso, ahout one's self, about iracundia, -se, hasty temper. 

himself. orbis, -is, (^ 33), circle. 

Alexander, -dri, Alexander. orbis terrarum, the world {the circle 

Macedonia, -se, Macedonia. of the countries^. 

inter (prep, with ace.), between, sempSr (adv.), ahoayo. 

among. fScinus, -or-is, deed, crime. 

inter se, among themselves, xcith one sua (^ 60, Rem.), his {own) things, his 
another. {own) property. 

prsedic-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to tell, to boast. 
instru-B, -ere, instrux-i, instruct-um, to draio up. 
constitu-B, -ere, constitu-i, constitut-um, to determine. 
ascend-B,-ere, ascend-i, ascens-um, to ascend. 
vinc-io,-ire, vinx-T, vinct-um, to bind. 
vinc-o,-ere, vic-i, vict-um, to conquer. 



120 INTENSIVE PEONOUN. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Ego ipse totam noctem vigilavi. Kex ipse exercitum 
triplici acie instruxerat. Nonne regina ipsa in hac domo 
dormivit? Decima ipsa legio magnitudinem periciili 
timebat. Tu-n6 te ipse laudabis ? Me ipse non laudabo. 
Poeta se ipse laudabat. Turpe est de se ipso prsedicare. 
Pater ipse et filius suiis de agri finibus contendunt. 
Alexander magnus, rex Macedonise, orbem terrarum 
vincere paraverat. Alexander se ipsum non rexit. Im- 
perator magnus suam iracundiam non regit. Difficillimum 
(§ 67, Rem. 2) est montem altum ascendere. Facinus 
(§ 67, 3) est civem Romanum vincirg. Sapiens semper se 
ipsg regit. Helvetii sua omnia secum portabant. 

Translate into Latin, 

Our king has determined to conquer the whole world. 
Your king is a boy. The common people have bound our 
king with chains. These soldiers are always boasting 
about themselves. It is not very difficult to ascend a 
hill. Nothing is more difficult than to rule a hasty 
temper. Have you read the w^orks of Cicero, the dis- 
tinguished orator ? Will a father and a son contend with 
one another about an eagle's wing ? No. Am I myself 
praising myself? Has not this fellow (§ 84, Rem. 4) 
always praised himself? It is a great crime to kill (one's) 
father. The wicked judge is preparing to bind Roman 
citizens. The common people will bind the judge himself. 
The greatness of this work will hinder Csesar himself. 
The general has determined to put three legions into 
winter quarters. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 121 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

§ 87. 1. The pronoun qui, quce, qubd (ivJio^ ivliicli) 
is called relative, because it refers to some word or 
phrase going before, called the antecedent. 

Singular. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. qui, quae, quod, 

Gen. cii'-jus, cil'-jus, cic^ -jus, 

Dat. GUI, cui, cui, 

Ace. quSm, quam, quod, 
Voc. 
Abl. 



quo; 


qua; 

Plural. 


quo; 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


qui, 

quo'-Tum, 
gtw'-bus, 
quos, 


quse, 

qud'-Yum, 
qui'-hus, 
quas, 


qu^, 

qud'-ruwLf 
qui'-hus, 
quse, 



Norn. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. quf-hus. qul'-hiis. qid'-hus. 

2. The other relatives are qudt, qucdis, quantus, qudtuSj 
and their compounds; with qulcumqu^ or quicunqu^, 
and quisquis, compounds of qui. 

3. The suffix cunqu^ (derived from quisqu^) means- 
ever or soever. QuicunquS, whoever, wJwsoever, what- 
ever, whatsoever, is declined like qui. 

quicunqug, qusecunquS, quodcunquS, 

cujuscunquS, ciijuscunque, cujuscunquS, 
cuicunque, cuicunque, cuicunque, etc. 

4. Quisquis, whoever, is thus declined : — 

11 



Ace. 
Abl. 


Masc. 
quis'-qms, 
quem'-qnem, 
qud'-qu.d, 


Singular 
Fern. 
quis'-qms, 


qud'-qnsi, 



122 EELATIVE PEONOUNS. 



Neut. 
quid'-qmd or quic'-qmd, 
quid' -quid or quic' -quid, 
quo' -quo. 
Plural. 
Masc. 
!N'om. qul'-qm, 
Dat. qui-Z)i(s'-qui-bus. 

Remark 1. — The demonstratives, when used as pronouns at 
all [i.e. when they stand for a noun), have antecedents, v^^ith 
which they agree in gender and number: as, Cicero muUds libros 
s crip sit ; eos [i.e. libros) Ubenter lego. Puelld est pulcherrimd; 
^duVQ. [i.e. puelldm) in liorto ridl. 

Remark 2. — Qui is sometimes used for the ablative singular of 
all genders, and rarely for the ablative plural. 

Remark 3. — Quels (monosyllable) and qiiis are sometimes used 
for quibUs. ' " 

EXERCISE XL. 

1. Propositions are either principal or dependent. 
A princi^^al proposition makes complete sense when 
standing alone ; a dependent proposition does not make 
complete sense alone, but must be connected with 
another proposition. 

2. A proposition introduced by. a relative pronoun is 
called a dependent relative proposition. 

3. Every relative proposition is an adjective, limiting 
the antecedent. Thus, ^^ The hoy who studies^ ^ is equiva- 
lent to '' The studious boy.'' 

4. Eule of Sijntax. —^The relative pronoun agrees with 
the antecedent in gender, number, and person ; but the 
case depends upon the construction of the relative pro- 
position : as, ggo qui scribo,/who write; vos qui scribitis, 
you who write ; puella qudm vldl, the girl whom I saw. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 123 

(Here quam is singular, feminine, third person, because puella is 
the same; but accusative, because it is the object of the transitive 
verb vldl.) 

Remark 1. — The relative takes the case which the antecedent 
■ Tvould have in the same circumstances, and frequently agrees 
with the antecedent repeated: as, puella quam puelldm vldl, the 
girl which girl I saw. 

5. Rule of Position. — The preposition cum is annexed 
to the ablative phiral of the relative qui, and sometimes 
also to the ablative singular : as, qutbusciim. 

6. Rule of Position. — The relative generally stands at 
the beginning of the relative sentence, after the antece- 
dent, and as near the latter as possible ; but for the sake 
of emphasis the relative sentence is often placed first. 

7. In general expressions the forms of is are often used 
merely as the antecedent of a relative clause : as, Is stultus 
est qui de se ipso prcedicdt, he is foolish who boasts of him- 
self. Hie is often used in the same way. Is is emphatic 
when it stands at the beginning of the principal sentence. 

8. When the antecedent is indefinite, it is often 
omitted altogether : as, qui tertidm partem incolunt 
Gain appellantur, (those) who inhabit the third part 
are called Gauls. (Compare the English, " WJio steals 
my purse steals trash,'' i.e. any one who, etc.) 

9. As an adjective, when the noun it limits is omitted, 
becomes a noun (§ 60, Rem.), so an adjective proposi- 
tion becomes a noun when the antecedent is omitted. 
Qui — incolunt, above, is the subject of appellantur. 

Vocabulary, 

ineol-o, -ere, incolu-I, incult-um, to inliahit. 
divid-6, -ere, divis-I, divis-um, to separate, divide. 
continenter (adv.), continually. 
- trans (prep, with ace), across, over, beyond. 



124 INTEEEOGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Omnis Gallise sunt partes tres, quariim unam incolunt 
Belgse. Trans Rlienum incolunt Germani, quibuscum 
Belgse continenter bellum gerunt. Flumgn Rhentis, qui 
agriim Helvetium a Germanis dividit, latissimus est atqu^ 
altissimiis. Jura, qui una ex parte, Helvetios contmet, 
mons est altissimus. Caesar legiones duas, quae in Gallia 
liiemabant, ex hibernis eduxit. Puellse pulchrse, quas 
in horto vidisti, filise sunt CicSronis. Recentes imbres, 
qui flumina omnia auxerunt, opus nostrum tardabunt. 
Puer cui magister librum dedit, optimus est puerorum. 
Agricola cujus canis ancillam terruit, in urbSm venit. 
Helvetii eos qui leges reipublicse violant igni crSmant. Qui 
sua omnia secum portat non sapiens est. Qui sese non 
regit, est-ne is vir magnus ? 

Translate into Latin. 
Caesar will hasten into tbe province with three legions 
which he has levied in Gaul. The centurion has divided 
his field into three parts, one of which he will give to his 
son. Have you showed to your father the letter which the 
queen wrote with her own hand? The general had placed 
in winter quarters the legions Avhich he had levied in the 
province. The great river which we saw is the Rhine. 
Will not the general slay the robber who lives in the 
forest? Is not he (is) a fool who holds (tenere) a fierce 
bull by the horns? The fields through which we were 
walking are very fertile. (He) who boasts about himself 
is a fool. (He) who conquers himself is a brave man. 

INTERROGATIVES. 

§ 88. 1. The interrogatives are used in asking 
questions. Though always called pronouns, they are 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 125 

not properly such, as they do not stand for nouns. 
They are — 

^'''^^1 Tf7toF Which? What? 
Qui? J 

Quisnam ? | (Stronger than qms and qui.) 

Quinam? ) Who then ? Which then? What then f Who pray ? etc. 

Uter? Which of the two ? (§56.) 

Quot? Hoio many ? (Indeclinable.) 

Quotus, -a, -um ? What ? (in number : as, Quota hora ? What o'clock ? 

Qualis, -e ? 0/ tohat kind ? 

Quantiis, -a, -um ? Hoio great ? Hoio large ? 

Quantulus, -a, -um? Hoio small? (Diminutive.) 

Cujus? Whose? 

Cujas (cujatis?) Of tohat country? 

Remark l.— Qul and qu'mdm are declined like the relative qui. 
They are almost alv^ays adjectives, but sometimes substantives. 

Remark 2. — Quis and quisnam are usually substantives, but 
sometimes adjectives. Quid is always a substantive. 

2. Quis is thus declined : — 







Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


quis. 


quse, 


quid. 


Gen. 


cu'-jtis, 


cil'-jus, 


ctV-jus, 


Dat. 


cui. 


cui. 


cui. 


Ace. 


quern, 


quam, 


quid. 


Voc. ■ 








Abl. 


quo; 


qua; 

Plural. 


quo; 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


qui. 


qu^, 


quae, 


Gen. 


quo'-Yum 


, gita'-rtim. 


gito'-rfim. 


Dat. 


qui'-hu^, 


^la'-bus. 


qui'-hu^j 


Ace. 


quos. 


quas. 


quse. 


Voc. 














Abl. 


^m'-biis. 


^m'-biis. 
11* 


^m'-biis. 



126 IXTEEROGATIVE PRO:N^OUJfS. 

3. The genitive cuj us, whose f is sometimes used as 
an adjective, agreeing with the noun which it limits in 
gender, number, and case: as, cujiim p^eUs est hocf 
whose flock is this ? It is thus declined : — • 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fem. Neut. Fem. 

Nom. ciZ'-jiis, eil'-ja, ciV-junij cft'-jse, 

Ace. cii'-jum, ciV-jam, ciV-jas. 

Abl. ciV-ja. 

EXERCISE XLI. 
Translate into English and analyze. 

Quis tecum in horto ambulabat? Quse regio est Gallia 
(§ 70, 2) feracior? Qui consul est Cicerone prudentior? 
Quern hominem vidisti quamBalbum (§ 70,1) turpiorem? 
Qua in terra est poeta Virgilio prsestantior ? Ciija ancilla 
est hsec? Reginse. Qui puer calcem Davi lapide vulne- 
ravit? Quid argenti (§ 73) apud te habes? Quinam rex 
tibi auriim dabit, Dave ? Quisnam te vocavit, Tulli ? (§ 24, 
Rem. 2.') Qui pastor prudens oves hieme tondebit? Cujiis 
canis bovem meum momordit? Qua in civitate imperator 
Iggiones in hibernis collocabit? Uter puerorum Balbiim 
lapide vulneravit ? 

Translate into Latin, 

Who, pray, will show (to) us the way through the king's 
forest? What enemy will sustain the attack of our war- 
like soldiers? What is baser than a lie? Who gave (to) 
you that (^ 83, 2) beautiful horse of yours? What citi- 
zens were with (apud) Cicero ? Who, pray, has called to- 
gether all these merchants? Which of you slept in the 
little bedchamber? What general will leave his army in 



INDEFINITES. 127 

the enemy's country (finis) ? Plow great a war will the 
king wage with the nearest states ? How many legions 
are (there) in the province? 

INDEFINITES. 

§ 89. 1. The indefinites are adjective words, fre- 
quently used as nouns (§ 60, Hem.), but not properly 
pronouns, as they do not stand for nouns. They are — 

Aliquis (as a noun), some one (I do not know who) ; any one; neuter, 
something, any thine/. 
(as an adjective), some (I do not know what); any: — stronger 
than the simple qtiis. 

Quidam (asi a noun), some one, a certain one (implying that I know 
who, though I may not wish to say) ) plural, some ; neuter, 
something, 
(as an adjective), a certain, some. 

Quispiam (nearly equivalent to Ullquls), some one, any one, some, any. 

Quivis, 1 (as a noun), any one (where all are included), any one yovk 

Quilibet J 'please; neuter, any thing you please. 
(as an adjective), any, any yon please. 

Quisquam, any one (where all are excluded); neuter, any thing.- Almost 
always a substantive, and used in negative sentences, or sen- 
tences implying a negative. Any (where all are excluded) 
is expressed adjectivally by idliis. 

Quis, qui (as an adjective), any, some ; (as a noun'), any one, some one r 
neuter, anything, something: — used especially after relatives, 
and si, ne, and the interrogative prefixes ec- and num-, form- 
ing ecquis and numqnis. Aliqids after ne, si, or a relative, is 
more emphatic than qnis. 

Quisque (as an adjective), eacA; (noun), each one, every one. 

UnusquisquS (stronger than quisque), each, each one, every one. 

Aliquot (indeclinable), some, a considerable number. 

Aliquantiis, -a, -um, somewhat great, considerable. 

2. All these (except quisqudm, dhqudt, and dUquanUis) 
have quod and quid in the neuter : the quod forms are 
adjectives; the quid forms, nouns. 

3. The indefinite qiCis is thus declined : — 



128 



INDEFINITES. 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voe. 

Abl. 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

Voc. 
Abl. 



Masc. 
quis or qui, 
ciZ'-jus, 

GUI, 

quern, 



Singular. 
Fern. 

qua or quae, 
cii'-jus, 
cui, 
quam, 



Neut. 
quid or qu5d, 
cit'-jus, 
cui, 
quid or quod. 



quo; 


qua; 

Plural. 


quo; 


-Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


qui, 


quse. 


quae. 


quo'-tvimy 


qua'-vum-j 


quo'-Yumf 


gw^'-bus, 


^m'-bus. 


5^i^'-bus, 


quos. 


quas. 


quse. 



qui'-hus. 



g-m'-bus. 



^m'-bus. 

4. Aliquis is declined in the same way, except that it 
has no quoe in the nominative singular feminine :— 

aliquis, aliqua, aliquid or aliquod;. 

alicujus, etc. 

The nominative form dliqul is rarely used. 

5. Quilib^t, quiviSy and quiddm are declined like the 
relative qui^ with the addition of the quid form in the 
neuter :-— ^ 

quilibet, quselibSt, quodlibSt or quidlibet ; 

cujuslibet, etc. 

In the forms of quiddm, m passes into n before d : as,- 
quenddm, quanddm, quorunddm. 

6. Quisqu^, quispidm, and quisqudm are declined like 
the interrogative quis, the first two having the quod 
form : — 



INDEFINITES. 129 

quisqu^, qusequS, quodquS or quidquS ; 

cujusquS, etc. 

quispiam, qusepiam, quodpiam, quidpiam, and 

cujuspiam, etc. [quippiam. 

Quisqudrrij being almost invariably a substantive, 
wants the feminine, as the masculine includes the femi- 
nine ; but quamquctm is found in Plautus :— 

quisquam, quidquam or quicquam, 

cujusquam, etc. 
7. Unusquisqu^ is used only in the singular, and both 
unus and quisqu^ are declined : — 

unusquisqug, unaquseque, unumquodque or -quidqu5, 
uniuscuj usque, etc. 

a 

EXERCISE XLII. 

§ 90. 1. After quidam, ex with ablative is generally 
used instead of a partitive genitive : as, quidam ex 
militibus, a certain one of the soldiers. 

Vocabulary, 

In urbem pervenire, to reach the Catilina, -a9, Catiline (a Boman 

city. iiohleman). 

neque (conj.)> neither, nor. aliquid novi {gen. sing. neut. of no- 

occasus, -us, setting. vus), some news (§ 73). 

sol, sol-is, sun. hereditas, -tat-is, an inheritance. 

solis occasu (§ 66, 1)^ at sunset. pecunia, -ge, money. 

mitt-o, -ere, mis-i, miss-irm, to send. 

per-ven-io, -ire, perven-i, pervent-um, to come through, arrive, come in. 

defend-o, -ere, defend-i, defens-um, to defend. 

disced-o, -ere, discess-i, discess-um, to depart. 

occid-o, -ere, occid-i, occis-um, to kill, cut down. 

relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictum, to leave. 



130 COEEELATIYES. 

Translate inta English and analyze, 

Cicero quendam Galium ad Csesarem misit. Aliquis 
soils occasu in domum tuam venit. Quidam ex militibus 
se suaquS (§ 60, Rem.) ab hostibus defendebant. Mater 
benigna unicuique liberorum (§ 58, 3) suorum dat cibum. 
Nostri copias hostiiim fugavere, neque quisquam omnium 
(§ 58, 3) in oppidum pervenit. Lucius in urbe aliquid 
novi audiet. Kex filiabus suis aliquam partem regni 
dabit. .Milites Catilinse exercitiim reipublicse non timue- 
runt, neque quisquam ex castris discessit. Nonne quisque 
sese defendit? Quodvis animal cor habSt. Hereditas 
est pecunia, qu2e morte (§ Qi^y 1) alicujus ad quempiam 
pervenit jure. 

Translate into Latin, 

The faithful slaves will watch all night, nor will any- 
one leave his place. Some one has wounded one of our 
horsemen with a javelin. Csesar sent a certain one of 
the Gallic (Gallus) horsemen to Cicero's camp. The 
cruel chiefs will kill some of the p)risoners at sunset. The 
general will hear some news at sunset. The master gave 
(to) each of the boys a beautiful book. Not every one 
{any one you please) will see our king. 



COERELATIVES. 

§ 91. 1. Among the pronouns are usually classed 
the following adjectives, called correlative, because they 
answer to each other. Each set is formed on a single 
root, t- being the demonstrative prefix, qu- the inter- 
rogative and relative, and dli- the indefinite. Thus, 
t-antus, qu-antus, dli-quantus. 



COEHELATIVES. 



131 



C( 




s 


P^ a> 




s 


o< O 

B § 
II 


B 


? s 




§ 



R rt- O r+ 



r 


a' 


J^ 


oc 






-a- 

5^' 


1' 


i'f 


o., 

CO 






, 


^^ 


c 


B 


S' 


•• 


B 



t^' 


H* s 6 


;&- kQ ^c 


a- ^ 


.-. r^§< 


o c c 


o y 


S c c 




s " g 




i £ 
2 S* 


•^ B c 


to '^ 


» ?B 


S .S -" 




?^ 5, 


Of 


^ B i=! 


1 -P< 


B 







^ 


►Q 


«S 


S2 


hQ 




p 


S 


P 


tf 




p 


gs 


1 


pi 


pi 




B 


B 




r^ 














~s 


B 


^ 


2 


B 


"fi 


«5 


►:0 






^ 














r- 


-P* 


P* 
m 


£. 







>4 p 






CO ;~^ B 

/^ a o( 
d. b' p< 



B B 



c E-- 


w 




?3 




Q 


Jr- «< 


(> 


^. •>3 








Si- 


<) 


•<« 


H 



S kO P< 



a s 






^ - a 



^ 


►i2 


s 


pi 


=!- 


r;;- 


a 


S^ 



132 COBRELATIVES. 

EXERCISE XLII. 
§ 92. Vocabulary, 

voluptas, yoluptat-is, pleasure. 

prsemium, -i, reward. 

timor, -6r-is, fear, panic. 

aliquantum agri, a considerable piece of ground. 

sententia, -£e, opinion. 

opera, -se, labor, pains. 

tanta opera, so great labor. 

tantiim operge, so much (of) labor. Tantus, meaning so great, agrees 
with the noun; meaning so much,\t is neuter, and followed by the 
partitive genitive. Quantus is used in the same way. 

Qualis est dominus, talis est servus, as is the master, so is the slave. Or, 
est being omitted, 

Qualis dominus, talis servus, the slave is such as the master is. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Quantum voluptatis virtus prsebet ? Tantus timor cen- 
turiones occiipavit. Quot homines, tot sententise. Quan- 
tus est agricolse taurus? Quanta sunt hujiis bovis cor- 
nua? Quot legiones in castris sunt? Quot homines, 
totidem animi. Qualis est imperator, tales sunt milites. 
Quanta prsemia virtus habet? Quantum opSrse poetsB 
carminibus suis dant ! Rex huic servo aliquantum auri 
dedit. 



VERBS. 133 



VERBS. 

§ 93. 1. A verb is a word which declares or affirms 
something. 

2. That of which the declaration is made is called 
the subject 

3. Verbs have — 

(a.) Moods, or different forms which express different 
kinds of affirmation : as, (imo, I love ; dmdr^m, I might 
love. 

(6.) Tenses, or different forms to show the time when 
the thing declared takes place, and whether the action 
is complete or incomplete : as, dmo, I love, I am loving } 
d^mdbdm, I was loving ; dmdvl, I have loved ; dmdv^rdm, 
I had loved. 

(c.) Voices, or different forms which show whether 
the subject acts (as, John strikes), or is acted upon (as, 
John is struck), 

(d.) Persons and Numbers, or different forms which 
correspond with the person and number of the subject. 

4. These various forms are distinguished from one 
another by certain endings ; and the adding of these 
endings to the stem is called Conjugation. 

5. In respect to meaning, verbs are either transitive 
or intransitive. 

6. A transitive verb is one which requires an object 
to complete the sense : as, "poetd regindm lauddt, the poet 
praises the queen. 

7. An intransitive verb is one which does not require 

12 



134 VERBS. 

an object to complete the sense : as, dquild vbldl, the 
eagle flies. 

8. In respect to form, verbs are either regular or 
irregular. Irregular verbs vary, in some of their parts, 
from the usual rule of formation. 

MOODS. 

§ 94. 1. There are three moods, — the indicative, the 
subjunctive, and the imperative. 

2. The indicative mood declares a thing as a/ad, or asks 
a question : as, dmai, he loves ; G.mat-ne f does he love ? 

3. The subjunctive mood represents a thing not as a 
jact, but as simply conceived in the mind : as, dmdr^m, 
I would love. 

4. The imperative mood is used in commanding, 
exhorting, or entreating : as, hilc v^)ii, come hither. 

5. The indicative, subjunctive, and imperative are 
called by grammarians the finite verb, because they 
limit the action to some particular subject. The infini- 
tive, participles, gerund, and supine are called the inde- 
finite verb, because they express action indefinitely, 
without reference to any subject.^ 

TENSES. 

§ 95. There are three divisions of^time, — i}ie present, 
the past, and the future. In each division there are two 
tenses : one expressing incomplete action ; the other, com- 
pleted action. There are, therefore, six tenses : three for 
incomplete action, viz. : the present, the imperfect, and 
the future ; and three for completed action, viz. : the 
present-perfect, the past-perfect, and the future-perfect. 



Time. 
Pres. Time. 
Past Time. 
Future Time. 

Time. 
Pres. Time. 
Past Time. 
Future Time. 



VERBS. 


13 


Incomplete Action. 


Name. 


amo, I am loving. 


Present. 


amabam, I was loving. 


Imjjerfect. 


amabo, I shall love. 


Future. 


Completed Action. 


Name. 


amavi, Ihave loved. 


Pres. Perf. 


amaveram, I had loved. 


Past Perf. 



amavero, I shall have loved. Fut. Perf. 



I. The present tense expresses incomplete action in 
present time : as, dmOj I love, I am loving. 

jRemarh 1. — This tense also expresses an existing custom or 
general truth : as, Bomdnl signum tubcl dant, the Romans give 
the signal with a trumpet. 

Remark 2. — The present tense is often used for a past to give 
greater animation to the narrative. This is called the historical 
jjresent. 

Remarh 3. — This tense may also express w^hat has existed and 
still exists : as, tot annos helld gero, for so many years I have 
waged war, and am still waging it ; or, for so many years I have 
"been waging Avar. 

II. The imperfect tense expresses incomplete action in 
past time : as, dmdbdm, I was loving. 

Remark 4- — This tense expresses — 

[a.) A customary past action: as, dmabdm, I used to love. 

(6.) What had existed and was still existing in past time: as, 
tot annos helld gerehdm, for so many years I had been carrying, 
on war. 

(c.) The beginning or attempting of a thing in past time. 

[d.) In letters, this tense is sometimes used (in reference to 
their being read) for a present. 

III. The future tense expresses incomplete action in 
future time : as, dmabo, I shall love. 



136 VEEBS. 

IV. The present-perfect tense expresses completed 
action in present time : as, dmdvi, I have loved. 

The same form of the verb is used to express an 
action indefinitely as past, without reference to its con- 
tinuance or completion. This is called the aorist-perfect, 
or indefinite-perfect : as, coendvi, I supped (at some inde- 
finite past time). 

V. The past-perfect tense expresses completed action 
in past time : as, dmdverdm, I had loved. 

YI. The future-perfect tense expresses completed 
action in future time : as, dmdvero^ I shall have loved. 

VOICES. 

§ 96. 1. There are two voices, the active and the passive. 

2. The active voice represents the subject as acting : 
as, dmoy I love. 

3. The passive voice represents the subject as acted 
upon: as, amor, I am loved. 

Remark i. — The same idea may be expressed both in the active 
and the passive form : as, puer lihrum legit, the boy reads the book ; 
or, libtr dpuero legitur, the book is read by the boy. The object 
in the active becomes the subject in the passive, and the subject 
in the active is expressed by the ablative with the preposition 
d or ah. 

Remark 2. — As intransitive verbs have no object in the active, 
they have no personal passive form. (See ^ 114, 4.) 

Remark S. — The passive voice frequently represents the agent 
as acting upon himself: 2iB, feror, I carry myself, I go. This use 
of the passive is common with the poets. 

PERSONS AND NUMBERS. 

§ 97. Verbs have three persons, the first, the second, 
and the third ; and two numbers, the singular and the 



VERBS. 137 

plural. These either correspond to, or indicate, the 
person and number of the subject. 

THE INDEFINITE VERB. 

§ 98. 1. The infinitive, participles, gerund, and supine 
are called the indefinite verb, because they express action 
m(ie/i?ii^e^2/, without reference to any subject. The parti- 
ciple is the adjective-verb ; the infinitive, gerund, and 
supine, the noun-verb, 

2. The infinitive expresses the action of the verb 
simply, without limiting it to aiiy subject. It is an 
abstract noun in the nominative and accusative, the 
simple name of the action. 

Note. — The infinitive has no idea of time connected with it, but 
represents the action as incomplete or completed at the time of the 
leading verb. 

Blclt me scrlhere, He represents me to he loriting ; i.e. 

He says that I am writing. 
Dixit me scrihere, He represented me to he writing ; i.e. 

He said that I loas writing. 
Dicit me scrijjsisse, He represents m© to have loritten ; i.e. 

He says that I have xoritten. 
Dixit me scripsisse, He represented me to have W7-itten , i.e. 

He said that I had loritten. 
The infinitive present and perfect of esse, with the future active 
participle, form what grammarians call the future and future-perfect 
infinitive ; but the futurity is expressed by the participle, not by 
the infinitive. 

DlcU 7ne essS scripturiim, He represents me to be about to write ; i.e. 
He says that I am about to write ; i.e. 
He says that I will ivrite. 

3. Transitive verbs have two participles in the active, 
viz.: the present and th.Q future: as, dmans, loving, dmd- 
turns, about to love ; and two in the passive, viz. : the 
perfect and the future : as, dmdt'Us, loved, having been 

12* 



138 VERBS. 

loved ; amandus, to be loved. The future passive parti- 
ciple is also called the gerundive. 

4. The gerund is a verbal noun of the second declen- 
sion, in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative, 
(the nominative being supplied by the infinitive) : as, 
modus dphxmdiy the manner of working. 

5. The supine is a verbal noun of the fourth declen- 
sion, in the accusative and ablative : as, dmdtum^ to 
love; amdtuj to be loved, or to love. 

CONJUGATION. 

§ 99. 1. There are four conjugations, distinguished 
from each other by the ending of the infinitive-present 
active. 

The infinitive-present active of the 1st conj. ends in a'-re. 



2d 


a 


i( 


e'-rg. 


3d 


a 


(I 


g-re. 


4th 


a 


li 


i'-T6. 



Exception. — Dare, to give, has are [a short). 

2. Every verb-form consists of two parts, the stem 
and the ending, 

3. The present-stem, or general-stem, is found in every 
part of the verb, and may always be obtained by striking 
off the ending of the infinitive-present active or pas- 
sive. 

4. Besides this general stem, there is also a jperfect- 
stem, on which the perfect tenses in the active voice are 
formed ; and a supine-stem, on which the supines, the 
future active participle, and the perfect passive parti- 
ciple, are formed. 



CONJUGATION. 139 

5. The perfect-stem is formed, for the most part — 

In the first conjugation, by adding -dv to the present-stem. 
" second " " -u " 

" fourth " " 'IV " 

^^^ For other modes of formation, see Appendix VII. 

6. The supine-stem is generally formed — 

In the first conjugation, by adding -at to the present-stem. 
" second " " -U " 

a third " " -t " " 

" fourth " " -It " 

For other modes of formation, see Appendix VII. 

§ 100. ESSE, to he. 
PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



Indie. Pres. Infin 


. Pres. Indie. Per/. 


Flit. Part. 


sum, es'- 


-S^, 


/»'-!, 


fu-^i^'-rus. 


INDICATIVE MOOD. 








Present. 




Singular. 




Phcral. 




t-g fl. sum, I am, 




s^'-mus, ive are. 




2 \ 2. es, thou art. 




es'-tis, ye are, 




^ Is. est, he is; 




sunt, they are. 
Imperfect. 




1. e'-ram, I ivas, 




^-m'-miis, ive tvere 


y 


2. e'-ras, thou tvast, 




S-ra'-tis, ye were, 




3. e'-rat, he luas; 




e'-rant, they were. 





Future, shall or will. 

1. e'-ro, I shall he, ' er'-i-mus, we shall he, 

2. e'-ris, thou wilt he, e/-i-tis,. ye will he, 

3. e'-rit, he will he; e'-runt, they will he. 



140 VERBS. 

Present-Perfect, have been; Aorist-Perfect, was. 
Singular. Plural. 

1. fu'-l, I have been, or ivas, fu' -i-mus, we have been, or 

luere, 

2. fu-is'-ti, thou hast been, or fu-^V-tis, ye have been, or 

ivast, ivere, 

3. fu' -it, he has been, or ivas; fu-e'-rimt or -e'-re, they have 

been, or were, 

Past-Perfect. 

1. fu'-e-ram, I had been, fu-g-7T/-nius, we had been, 

2. /w'-g-ras, thou hadst been, fu-e-ra'-tis, ye had been, 

3. /it'-e-rat, /le /lati been; /it'-e-rant, ^Ae?/ Aac? 5ee7i. 

Future-Perfect, shall or itJzYZ Aawe. 

1. fu'-e-YO, I shall have been, fu-er'-i-mus, ive shall have 

been, 

2. fu'-&-Tis, thou luilt have fu-er'-i-tis, ye will have been, 

been, 

3. /it'-g-rit, he will have been; fu' -Q-imi, they will have been. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present, may. 

1. sim, I may be, sl'-miis, we may be, 

2. sis, thou mayst be, si'-tis, ye may be, 

3. sit, he may be; sint, they may be. 

Imperfect, might, would, or should. 

1. es'-sSm, I ivould be, es-se'-miis, ive luould be, 

2. es'-ses, thou wouldst be, es-se'-tfe, ye ivould be, 

3. es'-set, he ivould be; es'-sent, they would be. 



141 

Perfect. 
Singular. Plural. 

1. fu'-^-rim,Imayhaveheen, fu-er'-i-mus, we may have 

been, 

2. fu'-&-Yis, thoii mayst have fu-er'-i-tis, ye may have been, 

been, 

3. fii' -&-vit, he may have been ; /it'-g-rint, they may have been. 

Past-Perfect, might, tvould, or should have. 

1. fu-iV-sem, I would have fu-is-se'-miis, we ivould have 

been, been, 

2. fu-is'-ses, thou wouldst have fu-is-se'-tis, ye would have 

been, been, 

3. fu-iV-set, he would have fu-zV-sent, they would have 

been; been. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 2. ^s, be thou, es'-te, be ye, 

Future. 2. es'-to, thou shalt be, es-to'-te, ye shall be, 
3. es'-to, he shall be ; sun' -to, they shall be, 

INFINITIVE. 
Present, es'-se, to be. 
Perfect. fu-zV-se, to have been. 
Future. fu-^iV-riis (-a, -urn) es'-se, or jo'-i^, to be about to be. 

PARTICIPLE. 

^ Future, fn-tu'-ins, -a, -um, about to be. 



§ 101. FIEST CONJUGATION. 
ACTIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 
Indie. Pres. Infin. Pres. Indie. Perf. Supine. 

h'-mh, ^-md'-rS, a-ma'-vi, a-??ia'-tiim. 



142 VEKBS, FIEST CONJUGATION. 





INDICATiVJi 


\ MOOD. 




Present, love 


, do love, am loving. 


Sing. 


a'-mo, 




I love, 




a' -mas, 




thou lovest, 




a'-mat, 




he loves; 


Plur. 


a-7?ia'-mus, 




lue love, 




a-ma'-tis, 




ye love, 




a'-mant, 




they love. 




Imperfect, was 


loving, loved, did love. 


Sing. 


a-ma'-bam, 




I was loving, 




a-ma'-bas, 




thou wast loving. 




a-md'-bat, 




he ivas loving; 


Plur. 


am-a-Sa'-mus, 




we luere loving. 




ani-a-6a'-tis, 




ye were loving, 




a-md'-bant, 




they were loving. 




Future, shall or will love. 


Sing. 


a-md'-bo, 




I shall love. 




a-md'-bis, 




thou wilt love, 




a-?7id'-bit, 




he will love; 


Plur. 


a-md6'-i-mus, 




tve shall love, 




a-md6'-i-tis, 




ye will love, 




a-md'-bunt, 




they will love. 


Present-Perfect, have loved. 


Aorist-Perfect, love 


Sing. 


a-md'-vi, 




I have loved. 




am-a-viV-ti, 




thou hast loved, 




a-md'-vit, 




he has loved; 


Plur. 


a-md^'-i-miis, 




we have loved, 




am-a-mV-tis, 




ye have loved, 



am-a-ve'-runt or -r^, they have loved. 



VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 143 

Past-Perfect, had loved. 

Sing. ^-mav'-Q-mm, I had loved ^ 

a-7;iay'-S-ras, thou hadst loved, 

a-mav'-g-rat, he had loved; 

Plur. a-mav-S-m'-miis, ive had loved, 

a-mav-g-ra'-tis, ye had loved, 

a-7?iav'-g-rant, they had loved. 

Future-Perfect, shall or will have loved. 

Sing. Si-7ndv'-e-r6, 1 shall have loved, 

a-??iav'-6-rIs, thou tvilt have loved, 

a-mav'-e-rit, he will have loved; 

Plur. am-a-'yer'-i-mus, we shall have loved, 

am-a-t'e/-i-tis, ye will have loved, 

they ivill have loved. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present, may love. 

Sing, a'-mem, I may love, 

a'-mes, thou mayst love, 

a' -met, he may love; 

Plur. a-me'-miis, we may love, 

a-me'-tis, ye may love, 

a'-ment, they may love. 

Imperfect, might, would, or should love. 

Sing. a-77ia'-r6m, I woidd love, 

a-ma'-res, thou woiddst love, 

a-??ia'-rgt, he would love; 

Plur. am-a-re'-mus, we woidd love, > 

am-a-re'-tis, ye woidd love, 

a-??id'-rent, they tvoidd love. 



144 VEEBS, FIEST CONJUGATION. 

Present-Perfect, may have loved. 



Sing. 


a-mav'-S-rim, 


I may have loved. 




a-mav'-e-ris, 


thou mayst have loved, 




a-mav'-S-rit, 


he may have loved; 


FlUT. 


am-a-'yer'-i-mus, 


we may have loved, 




am-a-'yer'-i-tis, 


ye may have loved. 




a-mav'-e-rint, 


they may have loved. 


Past-Perfect, might, would 


or should have loved. 


Sing. 


am-a-'yiV-sem, 


I ivould have loved, 




am-a-^zV-ses, 


thou wouldst have loved, 




am-a-viV-sSt, 


he would have loved ; 


PlUT. 


am-a-vis-se'-mus, 


we would have loved, 




am-a-vis-se'-tis, 


ye woidd have loved, 




am-a-mV-sent, 


they would have loved. 




IMPERATIVE MOOD. 


Pres. Sing. 


a'-ma, 


love thou; 


Flur 


2i-ma'-iQ, 


love ye. 


Fut. Sing. 


a-md'-to, 


thou shall love, 




a-md'-to, 


he shall love ; 


Flur 


am-a-^o'-te, 


ye shall love. 




a-ma?i'-t6, 


they shall love. 




INFINITIVE. 


Present, 


a-md'-re, 


to love, to he loving. 


Perfect, 


am-a-'yiV-sS, 


to have loved. 


Future, 


am-a-j^il'-rus (-a, 





-um) es-'-se, to he ahout to love. 

Fut. Perf. am-a-^ii-'-riis fu-is'-s^, to have heen ahout to love. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Present, a'-mans, loving, 

Future, am-a-^d'-riis, -a, -iim, ahout to love. 



145 



GERUND. 

Gen. ^-man'-di, of loving^ 

Dat. a-man'-do, for loving, 

Ace. Si-inan'-dum, loving, 

Abl. ^-vian'-db, by loving. 

SUPINE. 

^-7nd'-tum, to love. 

^-7naf-iu., to love, to he loved. 

§ 102. PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Indie. Pres. Infin. Perf. Perf. Part. 

^'-mSr, a-ma'-ri, a-ma'-tus. 



Sing. 
Plur. 



Imperfect, was loved. 

Sing. ^-ma'-"bar, I was loved, 

am-a-Sa -ris or -rS, tJioii wast loved, 

am-a-Ja-tiir, he was loved ; 

Plur. am-a-6a'-niur, we were loved, 

^m-a-6a?Ji'-i-ni, ye luere loved, 

^m-SL-ban' -tm, they were loved. 
13 



6r, a-ma'-ri, a- 


INDICATIVE 


MOOD. 


Present, am 


loved. 


a'-m^Y, 


I am loved, 


a-?7id'-ris or -rg, 


thou art loved, 


a-md'-tur, 


he is loved; 


a-md'-mur, 


we are loved, 


a-md?7i'-i-ni, 


ye are loved. 


a-ma?^'-tur, 


they are loved. 



146 



YEEBS^ FIEST COXJUGATIOX, 



Future, shall or luill he loved. 



Sing. a-7?2a'-bor, 

k-mah' -Q-vli or 
k-mah' -i-xvu , 

Plur. k-mah'-l-m.vir, 
am-a-5r/?i'-i-iii, 
am-a-5i//i'-tiir, 



■re. 



I shall be loved, 
thou icilt be loved, 
he will be loved ; 
we shall be loved, 
ye will be loved, 
they IV ill be loved. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



s.-ma 
k-nia 
a-ma 

p.-rna 
k-rna 
8.-rad 



Present -Perfect, have been or was loved. 

I have been loved. 



tus sum or fu'-i, 
-tus es or fu-^V-ti, 
-tiis est or fu'-ix, 
-ti 6'r/'-miis 0/' Ai'-i-miis, 
-ti es'-xii or fu-^N'-tis, 
-ti sunt, fu-e'-runt or -re 



thou had been loved, 
he has been loved ; 
ive Jiave been loved, 
ye have been loved, 
they huve been loved. 



Past-Perfect, had been loved. 

Sing. a-/?K/-tus e'-ram or fu'-e-Tsna, I had been loved, 

a-md'-tas e'-ras or fu'-e-ras, thou hadst been loved, 

a-???a'-tus e'-rat or fu'-e-rat, he had been loved; 
Plur. a-ma-xi e-m'-mus or fn-e-rd- 

miis, we had been loved, 

a-ma-fi e-ra -lis or fii-e-ra-tis, ye had been loved, 

a-ma-ii e'-rant o/\A/'-e-rant, they had been loved. 



Sing, a-rna 
a-md 
a-md 

Plur. a-md 
mus 
a-md 
a-md 



Future-Perfect, shall have been loved. 
-tus e'-TQ or fu'-e-To, I shall have been loved, 



-tus e -ris or ju -e-rls, 
tus e'-rit o?'/»'-^-rit, 
-ti t/-'-i-mus or fu-er'-i- 



thou wilt have been loved, 
he will have been loved ; 



we shall have been loved, 
ti e/''-i-tis or fu-f /-'-i-tis, 7/e will have been loved, 
ti e'-runt o/'/a'-e-rint, they will have been loved. 



VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 147 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

■ Present, may he loved. 

Sing, a'-mer, I may he lovedj 

a-me'-ris or -re, thou mayst be loved, 

a-7?ie'-tiir, he may he loved ; 

Plur. a-7?ie'-niiir, we may he loved, 

2i-mem' -\-m.j ye may he loved, 

2i-men' -tux y they may he loved. 

Imperfect, might, would, or should he loved. 

Sing, ^-md'-rer, I luoidd he loved, 

am-a-re'-ris or -re, thou wouldst he loved, 

am-a-re'-tur, he would he loved; 

Plur. am-a-re'-mur, we woidd he loved, 

am-a-reiJi'-i-ni, ye woiUd he loved, 

am-a-ren'tur, they woidd he loved. 

Past-Perfect, may have heen loved. 

Sing, a-ma'-tus sim or /it'-e-rim, I may have heen loved, 

a-7)ia'-tiis sis or fii'-e-ris, thou mayst have heen loved, 
a-??ia'-tus sit or fu'-e-rit, he may have heen loved ; 

Plur. a-ma'-ti si'-mus or fu-er'-i- 

miis, tve may have heen loved, 

a-ma'-tisi'-tisorfu-er'-i-tis, ye may have heen loved, 
2,-ma! -ii sint or /tt'-S-rint, they may have heen loved. 

Past-Perfect, might, would, or should have heen loved. 
Singular. 
a-?)id'-tus es'-sem or fu-is'-sSm, I would have heen loved, 
a-?7ia'-tus es'-ses or fu-iV-ses, thou wouldd have heen loved, 
a-»ia'-tus es'-set or fu-iV-sSt, he luould have heen loved; 



148 VERBS, FIEST CONJUGATION. 

Plural. 
^-ma'-ti es-se'-mus or fu-is- we would have been loved, 

se'-mus, 
a-ma'-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-se'- ye would have been loved, 

tis, 
a-ma'-ti es'-sent or fu-iV-sent, they would have been loved. 

IMPEEATIYE MOOD. 

Pres. Sing, a-ma'-r^, be thou loved; 

Plur. a-mam'-i-ni, be ye loved. 

Fut. Sing. a-?7ia'-t6r, thou sTialt be loved, 

a-ma'-tor, he shall be loved; 

Plur. (am-a-Sz??/-!-!!!, ye shall be loved), 

a-7?ia?i'-tor, they shall be loved. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present, a-??ia'-ri, to be loved. 

Perfect, a-ma'-tus es'-sS or to have been loved. 

fu-zV-sS, 

Future, a-ma'-tum i'-ri, to be about to be loved. 

Fut. Per/., SL-md'-tus fo'-ie, to be about to have been loved. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Perfect, a-ma'-tiis, loved, or having been loved. 

Future, a-?7ia?i'-dus, to be loved. 

State the mood, tense, voice, person, number, and meaning 
of the following, 

amas, ames, ama, amans, amantj amer, amo, amet, 
amat, amor, amare, amatis, amari, amabas, amarer, amares, 
ametis, amabant, amabis, amabat, amabunt, ameris, amatur, 
amatS, amaris, amavi, amando, amantis, amarent, amabatis, 
amarentiir, amatotS, amabitis, amamur, ^mabimur, amare- 



VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



149 



miis, amavistis, amavSris, amavissSm, amamini, amabimini, 
auiati Gratis, amaverant, amabammi, amavissetis, amaremiis, 
^mavissg, ess^ amaturus, arnatus sim, amemmi, amavSras, 
amaremmi, amati erunt, amatus sit, amatiis essS. 

Translate into Latin. 

We are loved, ye might be loved, they have loved, thou 
wouldst have loved, ye will love, we were loving, ye loved, 
I may have been loved, he shall be loved, be ye loved, to 
have loved, to be about to love, they had loved, he would 
have loved, we have been loved, we shall love, ye might 
be loved, they might love, he would have loved, I would 
have been loved, of loving, to love, ye were loved, he is 
loved. 



§ 103. SECOND 


CONJ 


UGA 


TION. 


ACTIVE VOICE. 




PASSIVE VOICE. 




PRINCIPAL PARTS. 




Incl. Pres. 


7?i^'-ne-o, 


Ind. 


Pres. 


mo'-ne-or, 


Inf. Pres. 


m6-we'-re. 


Inf. Pres. 


m6-?ie'-ri, 


Ind. Perf. 


mon'-w-l, 


Perf 


Part. 


771(5 ?i'-i-tus. 


Supine. 


7?io?i'-i-tum. 










INDICATI 


VE MOOD. 






Pre 


sent. 






I advise. 




I am advised. 


Sing, md' 


■ne-6. 


Sing. 


m'6'- 


ne-5r. 


mo' 


-nes. 




mo- 


?ie'-ris or -rS 


tm' 


-nSt, 




mo-?ie'-tiir ; 


Plur. mo-ne'-mus. 


Plur 


mo-ne'-mur. 


mo-ne'-tis. 




m6-we??i'-i-ni, 


mb' 


-nent. 




m6-?ie?i -tur. 



13* 



150 



VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

I was advising. 
mo-?ie'-bain, 


Imperfect. 
Sing. 


PASSIVE VOICE. 

I was advised. 
mo-ne'-hsiT, 


m6-?ie'-bas, 






mon-e-&a'-ris or -rS, 


mo-ne'-bat ; 






mon-e-^a'-tur ; 


m6n-e-6a'-miis, 




Plur. 


ni6n-e-6a'-mur, 


mon-e-fea'-tis, 






mon-e-^am'-i-ni, 


ino-?ie'-bant. 






mon-e-ban'-tuY. 



Sing. 



Fli 



I shall or will advise. 

Sing. jRO-ne'-ho, 
mo-ne-bis, 
in6-?ie'-bit ; 

Plur. iRO-neb'-i-mns, 
mo-neb' -i-tis, 
in6-?ie'-bunt. 



Future. 



I shall or ivill be advised. 

Sing. Tub-ne'-hoY, 

in6-?ie6'-e-ris or -rS, 
m.6-neb' -i-iViY ; 

Plur. -mo-neb'-i-mxn:, 
mon-e-6m'-i-ni, 
in6n-e-6w7i'-tur. 



Present-Perfect 
I advised or have advised. 
S. mon'-Vi-i, 

mon-u-zV-ti, 

mbn' -Vi-\i ; 
P. ni6-?iit'-i-mus, 

mon-u-iV-tis, 

mSn-u-e'-rimt or -rg. 



I had advised. 

S. mo-ntt'-e-ram, 
m6-?iw'-6-ras, 
m.6-nu'-e-YSit ; 

P. mon-u-g-ra'-mus, 



mon-u-g-ra'-tis, 
ni6-?iw'-S-rant. 



I was or have been advised. 

S. mon' -i-tus siim or Ju'-i, 
mo?i'-i-tus es or fu-is'-ti, 
mo?i' -i-tus est or fu' -it ; 

P. mon' -l-ll siV-miis or /w'-i-mus, 
mo?i'-i-ti es'-tis or fu-iV-tis, 
mon'-i-il sunt, fu-e'-runt or -r^. 
Past-Perfect. 

I had been advised. 

S. mo ?^'-l-tus e'-ram or /w'-S-ram, 
mo?i'-i-tus e'-ras or /w'-e-ras, 
?7io>i'-i-tus e'-rat or /tt'-e-rat ; 



P. 



mus, 
mo?i'-i-ti e-ra'-tis or fu-e-ra'-tis, 
m'6n' -l-ii e'-rant or /w'-^-rant. 



151 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

/ shall have advised. 
S. mo-W-e-ro, 

mo-nit'-S-ris, 

TuiS-nu' -Q-xit ; 
P. mon-u-er'i-mus, 

mon-u-er'-i-tis, 
mo-nw'-e-rint. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



Future-Perfect. 

I shall have been advised. 
S. mbn' -i-i\\s e'-rO or fu'-^-T^^ 
mo?i'-i-tus e'-ris or /tt'-e-ris, 
mon' -i-tuB e'-rit or /tt'-e-rit ; 
P. mbn'-i-il er'-i-miis or fu-er'-i- 
mus, 
mbn'-i-il er -i-tis or fu-er'-i-tis, 
man' -i-ii e'-runt or /it'-e-rint. 



I may advise. 
S. mo'-ne-am, 

md^-ne-aSj 

md'-ne-at ; 
P. mo'-ne-a'-miis, 

m6-ne-d'-tis, 

mo'-ne-ant. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present. 

I may be advised. 

S. mo -ne-Sir, 

mo-ne-a -ris or -re, 
mo-ng-d'-tur ; 

P. mo-ne-a -mur, 
ni5-ne-a)?i'-i-ni, 
mo-ne- an' -tiir. 



I might, would, or 
should advise. 
S. m5-?ie'-r^m, 
in6-?ie'-res, 
-mo-ne'-Y^i ; 
P. m6n-e-re'-mus, 
mSn-e-re'-tis, 
mo-ne'-rent. 



Imperfect. 

I might, ivould, or should 
be advised. 
S. mo-ne'-rgr, 

mon-e-re'-ris or -rS, 
mon-e-re'-tur ; 
P. mon-e-re'-mur, 
mon-e-rem'-i-ni. 



152 



VERBS, SEC02s^D CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 



I may have advised. 

S. mo-mt'-e-rim, 
mo-nu'-e-ris, 
mo-W-e-rit ; 

P. mon-u-er'-i-mus, 
mon-u-er'-i-tis, 
mo-mt'-e-rint. 



I might, would, or 
should have advised. 
S. mon-u-is'-sem, 
mon-u-is'-ses, 
mon-u-is'-set ; 
P. mon-u-is-se'-mus, 
mon-u-is-se'-tis, 
mon-u-is'-sent. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present-Perfect, 

I may have been advised. 
S. m6?i'-i-tus Sim or /^t'-6-rim, 
mon' -i-tus sis or fu'-e-vh, 
7110 n' -i-tus sit or fu'-^-iit ; 
P. 7710 }i'-i-ti si'-mus or f\i-e?^'-i-mus, 
mon'-i-ti si'-tis or fu-er'-i-tis, 
mon' -i-ti sint or fu' -e-iint. 

Past-Perfect. 

I might, woidd, or shoidd have been 
advised. 

S. mon'-i-ixjiS es'-sem or fu-iV-sSm, 
mo?i'-i-tus es'-ses or fii-{/-ses, 
7?io?i'-i-tus es'-set or fu-zV-set ; 

P. mon' -l-ti es-se'-miis or fu-is-se'-miis, 
mon'-i-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-se'-tis, 
mon'-i-ti es'-sent or fu-zs'-sent. 



IMPEKATIVE MOOD. 



Pres. S. mo'-ne, advise thou; 

P. mo-?ze'-te, advise ye. 

Fut. S. m.6-ne'-t6, thou shalt 



mS-ne'-tO, he shall 
advise. 
* P. mon-e-io'-te, ye shall 
advise. 
TCio-nen'-to, they shall 
advise. 



Pres. S. mo-ne'-rg, he thou ad- 
vised ; 
P. i[n.o-nem' -i-m., he ye 
advised. 
Fut. S. m6-?ie'-t5r, thou shalt 
he advised. 
m5-?ie'-t6r, he shall 
he advised. 
P. (mon-e-him' -i-m., ye 
shall he advised.^ 
THo-nen'-toY, they shall 
he advised. 



VEEBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



153 



ACTIVE VOICE. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



INFINITIVE. 



Pres. mo-ne'-rS, to advise. 
Ferf. mon-u-iV-sS, to have 
advised. 

Fid. mon-i-^ft'-rus es'-se, to he 
about to advise. 

Flit. Ferf. mon-i-f iV-rus f\i-is'- 
se, to have been 
about to advise. 



Fres. mo-7ie'-ri, to be advised. 
Ferf. mmi -i-tus es'-se or fu- 

is'-se, to have been 

advised. 
Flit, mbn'-i-ivim ^'-rl, to be 

about to be advised. 
Fut Ferf. mon'-\-ivis fo-re, to 

have been about to 

be advised. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Fres. m^'-nens, advising. 
Fut. m5n-i-^iV-rus, about to 
advise. 



Ferf m6?i^-i-tus, advised. 
Fut. mo-?ie?i'-dus, to be ad- 
vised. 



GERUND. 

Gen. m.6-nen'-di, of advising. 
Dat. mo-nen'-do, for advising. 
Ace. Tii6-ne7i'-diim, advising. 
Ace. mo-n6?i'-do, by advising. 



mM'-i-ti\m, to advise. 



SUPINE. 

mon' -i-ta, to he advised, to advise. 



State the mood, tense, voice, person, number, and meaning 
of the fgllowing. 

monent, monens, mones, mone, monet, m5neas, mone- 
miis, monetur, monetis, moneris, monitis, monere, mone- 
biit, moneat, monerem, monui, monentur, monendi, monu- 
isti, monuSramiis, moneamiis, monete, moneri, monuisse, 
mSnitu, mSnitum iri, monituriis fuissS, moniti eratis, 



154 



monebimini, monueritis, monuistis, monetote, monuerint, 
monuissemus, moneamini, monebamini, moniti fuerimus, 
monitus fuissSt. 

Translate into Latin. 

I advise, thou wast advising, thou wast advised, he 
shall advise, we have been advised, ye are advising, they 
had advised, ye shall have advised, we advised, he has 
been advised, I shall be advised, thou mayest advise, he 
may be advised, we may have advised, ye might have 
advised, they would have been advised, advise thou, be ye 
advised, to have been advised, to advise, advising, about 
to advise, to be advised, of advising. The girls have been 
advised. The boys may have been advised. 



§104. THIRD CONJUGATIOK 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



Ind. Pres. 
Inf. Pres. 
Ind. Perf. 



re'-gO. 
reg'-e-ve. 
rex'-i. 
rec'-tiim. 



Ind. Pres. 
Inf. Pres. 
Perf Part. 



re -gov. 

7^e'-gi. 

rec'-tus. 



I rule. 

Sing. re'gOj 
re'-gis, 
re'-git ; 

Plur. reg'-i-mus, 
reg'-i-tis, 
re'-gunt. . 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 



JSing. 



Plur. 



I am ruled. 



re -gor, 

re^'-e-ris or -re, 
reg'-i-tur ; 
reg'-i-mxiY, 
xe-gim -i-ni, 
XQ-gun-tiw. 



155 



Sing. 



Plur. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

I ivas ruling. 
r&-ge'-ham, 
Ye-ge'-has, 
re-ge'-b^t ; 
leg-e-bd'-mnSy 
reg-e-6a'-tis, 
rS-^e'-bant. 



Imperfect. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

I was ruled. 
re-^e'-biir, 
leg-e-bd' -ris or -re, 
reg-e-6a'-tur ; 
reg-e-bd'-muY, 
reg-e-bdm'-i-iii, 
leg-e-ban-tuY. 



Future. 



I shall or will rule. 
Sing. 7'e'-gam, 

re'-ges, 

re'-gSt ; 
Plur. T^-ge'-miis, 

i^-ge-tis, 



re-gent. 



I ruled or have ruled. 
Sing, rex'-i, 

rex-iV-ti, 

rex' -It ; 
Plur. rea;'-i-miis, 

rex-zV-tis, 

rex-e'-runt or -rS. 

I had ruled. 
Sing. rea;'-g-rain, 

rea;'-e-ras, 

rex'-6-rat ; 
Plur. rex-e-ra'-mus, 

rex-6-m'-tis, 

rex' -Q-x2iQX. 



I shall or will he ruled. 
Sing. 



re -gar, 

re-p'e'-ris or -rS, 
re-^e'-tur ; 
Plur. re-^e'-mtir, 
rg-^/em'-i-ni, 
T^-gen'-iViY. 

Present-Perfect. 

I was or have been ruled. 
S. rec'-tus sum or fu'-i, 
7'ec'-tus es or fu-iV-ti, 
rec'-tiis est or fu' -it ; 
P. rec'-ti siV-mus or /i<'-i-nius, 
rec'-ti es'-tis or fu-iV-tis, 
rec'-ti sunt, fu-e'-runt or -rS. 
Past-Perfect. 

I had been ruled. 
S. rec'-tus e'ram or /w'-S-ram, 
rec'-tus e'-ras or fu'-&-YRS, 
rec'-tus e'-rat or /ti'-6-rat ; 
P. rec'-ti e-ra'-mus or fu-S-ra'-mus, 
rec'-ti S-ra'-tis or fu-g-ra'-tis, 
rec'-ti e'-rant or /u'-S-rant. 



156 



VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

I shall have ruled. 
Sing. rex'-Q-Yo, 

rex'-Q-Tis, 

rex'-e-rit ; 
Plur. rex-e/-i-mus, 

rex-er'-i-tis, 

rex'-Q-xmi. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Future-Perfect. 

I shall have been ruled. 

Sing, rec' -tus e'-ro or Ju'-^-rQ^ 
rec'-tus e'-ris or fu' -e-iis, 
rec' -tus e'-Yit or /u'-e-rit ; 

Plur. rec'-ti er'-i-mus or fu-e/-i-mus, 
rec'-ti er'-i-tis or fii-er'-i-tis, 
rec' -ti e'-runt or fu' -^-lint. 



I may rule. 

Sing, re'-gam, 
re'-gas, 
re' -gat ; 

Plur. Y^-gd'-mxLS, 
Y^-gd'-iiSf 
re'-g&nt. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

I may be ruled. 
Sing, re'-gar, 

i^-gd'-Tis or -rS, 
T^-gd'-iuY ; 
Plur. r^-gd'-mur, 
Y^-gdm' -i-m, 



I might, would, or 
should rule. 

Sing. reg'-^-Y^m., 
reg'-^-Yes, 
reg'-e-Yet ; 

Plur. rfig-g-re'-mus, 
reg-6-re'-tis, 
r^g'-^-Yent. 



Imperfect. 

I might, would, or should 
be ruled. 

Sing. reg'-&-YQY, 

r^g-g-re'-ris or -rg, 
reg-S-re'-tur ; 

Plur. rSg-g-re'-mur, 
3eg-&-r em' -i-ni, 
T&g-e-ren'-iiiY. 



VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



157 



ACTIVE VOICE. 



I may have ruled. 

Sing, rex'-i^-iim, 
rex'-^-vh, 
rex'-^-Yii ; 

Plur. rex-er'-i-miis, 
rex-er'-i-tis, 
rex'-^-xmi. 



I mighty ivould, or 
should have ruled. 
Sing. rex-is'-sSm, 
rex-ts'-ses, 
rex-iV-set ; 
Plur. rex-is-se'-mus, 
rex-is-se'-tis, 
rex-tV-sent. 



PASSIVE VOICE, 

Present-Perfect. 

I may have been ruled. 
S. rec' -tus sim or fu'-^-rim, 
ree'-tiis sis or fu' -^-ris, 
rec'-tus sit or fu'-^-Yit ; 
P. rec'-ti si'-miis or fu-e/-i-mus, 
rec'-ti si'-tis or fu-er'-i-tis, 
rec'-ti sint or fu'-e-Ymt. 

Past-Perfect. 

I might, would, or should have 
been ruled. 
S. red^tns es'-s^m or fu^'s'-sem, 
rec'-tus es'-ses or fu-is'-ses, 
rec'-tus es'-set or fu-is'-set ; 
P. rec'-ti es-se'-miis or fu-is-se'-mus, 
rec'-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-se'-tis, 



rec 



'-ti es'-sent or fu-^V-sent. 



Pres. S. re'-g^, rule thou; 

P. reg'-i-t^, rule ye. 

Put. S. reg'-i-to, thou shalt 
rule, 
reg'-i-to, he shall 
ride ; 
P. rgg-i-^o'-tS, ye shall 
rule, 
T^-gun' -to, they shall 
rule. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Pres. S. reg'-^-r6, be thou 
rided ; 
P. Y^-gim' -i-ni, be ye 
ruled. 
Put. S. reg'-i-toY, thou shalt 
be ruled, 
reg'-i-toY, he shall 
be ruled ; 
P. (Y^-gwi' -\-ii\,ye shall 
be ruled), 
Y^-gun'-ioY, they 
shall be ruled. 

14 



158 



VEEBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



INFINITIVE. 



Pres. reg'-Q-YQ, to rule. 
Perf. rex-is' -se, to have ruled. 

Fut. rec-^iZ'-rus es'-se, to he 
about to rule. 

Fut. Perf. rec-^iV-riis iu-is'- 
se, to have been 
about to rule. 



Pres. re'-gi, to be untied. 
Perf. rec'-tus es'-se or fu-?V- 

se, to have beenruled. 
Fut. rec'-ium. i'-ri, to he about 

to he ruled. 
Fut. Perf. rec'-tiis /o'-re, to 

have been about to be 

ruled. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. re'-gens, riding. 

Fut. rec-iiV-rus, about to ride. 



Perf. rec'-tiis, ruled. 

Fut. re-f/e^i'-dus, to he ruled. 



GERUND. . 
Gen. YQ-gen' -dii, of ruling. 
Dat. YQ-ge7i'-&o, for ruling. 
Ace. re-^e?i'-clum, ruling. 
Abl. YQ-gen'-diQ, by ruling, 

SUPINE. 

rec'-tum, to rule. \ rec'-ixi, to be ruled, to rule. 

State the mood, tense, voice, person, number, and meaning 
% of the following. 

Kexit, regis, rSgat, regunt, reget, regit, reges, rege, 
reges, regi, regant, rSgas, regent, regens, rexi, regS- 
res, regere, regerS, regite, rSgimini, regammi, regemini, 
regentur, reguntur, rSgantur, regetur, regitiir, regatur, 
rSgitis, regatis, regetis, regentis, regendi, regendo, regi- 
miis, regemur, regamiis, regatis, regereris, regeris, rexeris, 
rexeritis, rexisses, rexissetis, regebamini, regimini, rega- 
mini, regemini, regeremini, recti eramus, recti fuissetis, 
recturiis fuisse, rectos, rectu, regitote, rexistis, rexeramus. 



159 



Translate into Latin. 



They may be ruled, ye are ruled, we may rule, he rules, 
I may rule, thou mayst be ruled, they Avere ruling, ye 
would be ruled, we might be ruled, ye were ruled, he was 
ruling, thou wouldst be ruled, I w^as ruled, thou ruledst, 
thou art ruled, thou hast ruled, he has been ruled, the 
king will rule, we had ruled, ye had been ruled, they shall 
be ruled, he will have ruled, ye might have ruled, ye had 
ruled, rule ye, to be ruled, to have ruled, having been 
ruled, for ruling, he would have ruled. 



§ 105. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Ind. Pres. au'-di-o, 
Inf. Pres. Sii\-di'-Y&, 
Ind. Perf. au-dl'-Yi, 
Supine. an-dl'-ium. 



Ind. Pres. au'-di-or. 
Inf. Pres. au-c?t'-ri. 
Pe7f. Part au-c?l'-tus. 



J Jiear. 

Sing. au'-di\-o, 
aii'-dis, 
mt'-dit ; 

Plur. au-t?i'-mus, 
au-(ir-tis, 
azt'-di-unt. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 

I am heard. 
Sing. a-w'-diTor, 

au-<^Z'-ris or -r^, 
au-c?i'-tur ; 
Plur. au-(il'-mur, 
au-c?im'-i-ni, 
au-di-ii?i'-tur. 



Imperfect. 



I was hearing. 
Sing, au-di-e'-bam, 
au-di-e'-bas, 
. au-di-e'-bat : 



I was heard. 
Sing, au-di-e'-bar, 

au-di-e-6(V-ris or -re, 
au-di-e-^a'-tiir ; 



160 



VEEBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

Plur. au-di-e-bd'-Tonus, 
au-di-e-6a'-tis, 
au-di-e'-bant. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Plur. au-di-e-6a'-mur, 
Si\i-di-e-b dm' -i-ni, 
au-di-e-6a?i'-tur. 



Future, 



/ shall or will hear. 
a^^'-di-am, 
au'-di-es, 
aw'-di-et ; 
au-di-e'-mus, 
au-di-e'-tis, 
aw'-di-ent. 



Plw 



I shall or will be heard. 

Sing, ait'-di-ar, 

au-di-e'-ris or -rS, 
au-di-e'-tiir ; 

Plur. au-di-e'-miir, 
au-di-em'-i-ni, 
au-di-e7i'-tur. 



/ heard or have 
heard. 

S. au-c?I'-vi, 

au-di-'yis'-ti, 

au-c?^'-vit ; 
P. au-c?iv'-i-mus, 

au-di-vis'-tis, 

au-di-ve'-runt or -rS. 



Past-Perfect. 

I have been or was heard. 

S. au-c?I'-tus sum or fii'-i, 
au-c^i'-tiis es or fn-is'-ti, 
SiVL-di'-tiis est or fu' -it ; 

P. sm-di-ti siV-miis or fu' -i-m\is, 
au-c?I'-ti es'-tis or fn-is'-tis, 
au-c?^'-ti sunt, fu-e'-runt or -rS. 



I had heard. 

S. au-c^Iv'-e-ram, 
au-div'-e-ras, 
au-div' -e-YSit ; 

P. au-div-e-ra'-miis, 
au-div-S-ra'-tis, 
Siu-div -g-rant. 



Past-Perfect. 

I had been heard. 
S. au-Ji'-tus e'-ram or fu'-e-rsim, 
au-f/I'-tiis e'-ras or fu' -e-rhs, 
au-dl'-tus e'-rat or fu' -&-ia.t ; 
P. au-cZl'-ti e-rd'-mus or fu-e-ra'-miis, 
au-dl'-ti e-rd'-tis or fu-S-m'-tis, 
au-Ji'-ti e'-rant or fu'-^-rsmt. 



161 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

/ shall have heard. 

S. au-c/Iv'-6-r6, 
au-c?iv'-g-ris, 
au-c/Zy'-S-rit ; 

P. au-di-ver'-i-mus, 
au-di-ver'-i-tis, 
au-c^Iv'-S-rint. 



I may hear. 

Sing, ait'-di-am, 
ai/-di-as, 
ai/-di-at ; 

P^it?\ au-di-a'-miis, 
au-di-a'-tis, 
aw'-di-ant. 



I might, ivould, or should 
hear. 
Sing. au-c?Z'-rSm, 
au-<ii-res, 
au-(ii'-r^t ; 
P/«?'. au-di-j-e'-miis, 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Future-Perfect. 

I shall have been heard. 

S. au-f/t'-tiis e'-ro or Ju'-q-yo, 
au-c/i'-tus e'-ris or /it'-6-ris, 
au-(iZ'-tus e'-rit or /it'-S-rit ; 

P. au-dl'-ti er'-i-mus or fu-er'-i-mus, 
2i\x.-di'-ii e/-i-tis or fu-er'-i-tis, 
au-(it'-ti e'-runt or /ti'-S-rint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present. 

I may he heard. 
Sing, ait'-di-ar, 

au-di-a'-ris or -rS, 
au-di-a'-tur ; 
Plur. au-di-a'-mur, 
au-di-am'-i-ni, 
au-di-a?i'-tur. 
Imperfect. 

I might, woidd, or shoidd 
be heard. 
Sing. au-c?t'-r6r, 

au-di-re'-ris or -rS, 
au-di-re'-tur ; 



au-di-re'-tis, 
au-(i^'-rent. 



I may have heard. 

S. au-Q^Iv'-g-rim, 
HM-div'-^-xi^, 
aii-(ilv'-e-rit ; 

P. au-di-i'er'-i-miis, 
au-di-i'er'-i-tis, 
au-cZiv'-S-rint. 



P^i6r. au-di-re'-miir. 



au-di-re??i'-i-ni, 
au-di-re?^'-tur. 
Present-Perfect. 

I may have been heard. 
S. au-c?i'-tus Sim or /li'-e-rim, 
au-c?i'-ttis sis or fu'-^-vh, 
au-c/i'-tus sit or /it'-g-rit ; 
P. au-(il'-ti si'-mus or fu-er'-i-miis, 
&\x-di'-i\ si'-tis or fu-er'-i-tis, 
au-c?i'-ti sint or /i^-S-rint. 

14* 



162 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

I might, would, or should 

have heard. 
S. au-di-'yis'-sem, 

SLU-di-vis'-ses, 

au-di-mV-set ; 
P. au-di-vis-se'-miis, 

au-di-vis-se'-tis, 

au-di-viV-sent. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Past-Perfect. 

I might, ivould, or should have been 

heard. 
S. au-c?i'-tus es'-sem or fu-is'-sgm, 
au-c?^'-tus es'-ses or fu-iV-ses, 
au-c?i'-tus es'-set or fu-iV-set ; 
P. au-di'-ti es-se'-miis or fu-is-se'- 
mus, 
SL\x-di'-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-se'-tis, 
SLM-dl^-ii es'-sent or fu-zV-sent. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Fres. S. au' -di, hear thou; 
P. Siu-dl'-te, hear ye. 
Fut jS. Siu-dl'-ib, thou shalt 
hear, 
au-c?i'-to, he shall 
hear ; 
P. au-di-^o'-te, ye shall 
hear, 
au-di-W-to, they 
shall hear. 



Fres. S. au-(il'-re, he thou 
heard ; 
F. au-c/m'-i-ni, he ye 
heard. 
Fut. S. au-c?i'-tor, thou shalt 
he heard, 
?i\\-di-tov, he shall 
he heard; 
P. (au-di-em'-i-ni, ye 
shall he heard), 
au-di-it?i'-t6r, they 
shall he heard. 



INFINITIVE. 



Fres. 
Ferf. 

Fut. 



au-c?I'-re, to hear. 
avL-di-vis' -se, to have 

heard. 
an-di-tU'-rus e/-se, to 

he ahout to hear. 
Fut. F. au-di-^w'-rus fu-iV-sg, 

to have heen ahout 

to hear. 



Fres. au-c?I'-ri, to he heard. 
Ferf. au-(ii'-tus es'-se or fu- 

?V-sS, to have heen 

heard. 
Fut. au-c^i'-tiim ^'-ri, to he 

ahout to he heard. 



VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 163 

ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. au' -di-ens, hearing. 
Fut. au-di-fiV-riis, about to 



Perf. au-dl'-tns, heard. 
Fut. au-di-e?i'-dus, to be 



hear. heard. 

GERUND. 

Gen. au-di-e?i'-di, of hearing. 
Dat. au-di-e?i'-d6, for hearing. 
Ace. au-di-e?i'-diim, hearing. 
Abl. au-di-6?i'-d6, by hearing. 

SUPINE. 
aii-c?l'-tum, to hear. \ au-di-tu, to be heard, to hear. 

Tell where found, and the meaning, 

Audis, audiat, audiens, audient, audiant, auditis, audi- 
tus, audits, audire, aiidiri, audiris, audires, audivisti, 
audivere, audimur, aiidiemmi, auditote, audivissetis, aiidi- 
vSrint, audivissent, audiremini, audit! fuissent, auditurus 
essS, auditus fuisse, audiebamur,' audiremus, audiebamini, 
audiuutor, audiuntur, audientiir, audientis, audiatis, audi- 
antur, audiverimus, audiverunt, auditi fuissetis. 

Translate into Latin. 

We shall hear, he has been heard, they have heard, thou 
mightest have been heard, ye were heard, ye were hearing, 
they shall hear, ye have heard, he may have been heard, 
ye would have been heard, we might have been heard, be 
ye heard, to hear, to have been heard, by hearing, about to 
hear, to be heard, we hear, they are heard, they are hear- 
ing. The beautiful girl has been heard. Many songs 
had been heard. 



164 TABLE OF ENDINGS. 



•noiivonrNoo 



TABLE OF ENDINGS. 165 

i i i >s* 2 'S i I >§■ J J I I 6B B s^ • 



166 VEKBS. 



§ 106. CONJUGATION OF VERBS.— 

ENDINGS. 

The table on pages 164^ 165, exhibits the endings of 
the active and passive voices in all the conjugations. 

Remark 1. — On the present-stem are formed all the moods of 
the present, imperfect, and future tenses (except the infinitive 
future, active and passive), the gerund, present active participle, 
and future passive participle. 

Remark 2. — On the perfect-stem are formed all the perfect- 
tenses in the active voice. 

Remark 3. — On the supine-stem are formed the supines, and 
the future active and perfect passive participles. 

Remark 4- — The future and future-perfect infinitive active are 
compound tenses, made up of the future active participle and the 
infinitive of the verb sum. The future infinitive passive is made 
up of the supine and the impersonal infinitive Irl. The future- 
perfect infinitive passive is made up of the perfect passive parti- 
ciple and the future infinitive yore. 

Remark 5. — The perfect tenses of the passive are made up of 
the perfect passive participle vrith the forms of the verb sum, 
the latter designating the time, and the participle expressing 
completion passively: as, dmdtus erdm, I existed (at some past 
time) having been (previously) loved; i.e. Iliad been loved. The 
participle, being an adjective in the predicate, agrees with the 
subject. 



VERBS IN -10- 



167 



§ 107. VERBS IN -10 OF THE THIRD 
CONJUGATION. 

Some verbs of the third conjugation insert \ before 
the ending in some of the parts formed on the present 
stem, as shown in the following paradigm of caper ^^ to 
take. 



ACTIVE. 



Pres. 
Iiiiperf. 



cap'- 

c[i\)-i-eb'- 

cclp'-i- 



i-5, 


18, 


it. 


imus, 


itis, 


am, 


as. 


at. 


a'-mus, 


d'-tis, 


am, 


es. 


et, 


e'-mus. 


e'-tis, 



i-unt. 

ant. 

ent. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. cap'-i- 

Imperf. cdj/- 



am, 
erem, 



at, 
eret. 



a'-mus, 
er-e'-mus. 



a'-tis, 
er-e'-tis. 



ant. 
erent. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Pres. 
Fut. 



cap- 
cdp- 



ito. 



ite, 
Uo'-te, 



INFINITIVE. 

cdp'-ere. 



PARTICIPLE, cdp'-i-ens. 



GERUND, cap-i-en'-di. 



PASSIVE. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. 

Imperf. 

Eut. 



cap- 
cap-i-e&'- 

Cd])'-!- 



i-6r. 


eris, 


itur, 


imur, 


ar, 


d'-ris. 


a'-tur, 


a'-rnur, 


ar, 


e'-ris. 


e'-tur, 


e'-mur. 



ini'-im, 
dm'-ini, 
eni'-im, 



i-7m'-tur. 

an'-tiir. 

er/-tur. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. 
Imperf. 



cap'-i- 
cdp'- 



ar, 
erer. 



a'-ris, a'-tur, amtir, 
er-e-'rifs, er-e'-tur, er-e'-mur. 



am'-ini, 
er-e'-niini 



an-tur. 
er-en'-tuT. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Pres. 
Fut. 



caiy- 
cdp- 



ere, 
itur, 



im-im, 
i-cm'-ini. 



PARTICIPLE, cap-i-en'-dtis. 



168 VERBS I2»r is. 

The parts on tlie perfect and supine stems do not vary 
from the usual formation. 

EXERCISE XLIV. 
(Some verbs which insert i.) 

cap-i-5, cap-ere, cep-i, capt-um, to take. 

re-cip-i-6, recip-ere, recep-i, recept-um, to take hack. 

se recipere, to take one's self hack, to retreat. 

ac-cip-i-5, accip-ere, accep-i, accept-iim, to take to one's self, to receive. 

cup-i-o, cup-ere, cupiv-i, cupit-iim, to desire. 

fac-i-o, fac-ere, fec-i, ftict-uin, to do, to make. 

con-fic-i-6, confic-ere, confec-i, confect-um, to finisTi. 

rap-i-B, rap-ere, rapu-i, raptum, to seize, carry off. 

di-rip-i-5, dirip-ere, dirip-ul; dirept-um, to plunder. 

Remark 1. — The imperative present active second singular of 
fdcio is fdc, and the passive is supplied by the irregular verb^o 
(^ 111, 7). The compounds which change a into i have the regular 
passive ; as, conficior, confici, confectus : but those which retain 
the a have the irregular passive : as, pdtefdcio, passive pdtefio, 
pdiefieri, pdUfactiis. The compounds with prepositions change 
a into I ; those with verb-stems retain the d ; compounds with 
noun-stems are mostly of the first conjugation: as, cedifico^ 
nidlfico, etc. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

German! animalia (39) quae hello ceperant diis mac- 
tabant, Nostri in hostes impetum fecerunt, atquS eos 
(§ 83, 1) in fugam dederunt. Helvetii per Sequanorum 
fines iter f aciebant. Hostes, qui per provinciam iter ten- 
taverant, in fines suos se receperunt. Csesar ab Helvetiis 
obsides St arma acceperat. Imperator auriim quod a regS 
acceperat, militibus dedit. Milites proelium facerg cupi- 
verunt. Csesar deeSm diebiis pontem confecit. Komani 
virgines Sabinorum rapuerunt. Hostes atroces totam 
urbfim diripient. 



PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION. 169 

Translate into Latin. 

The enemy will retreat from the mountain to the river. 
The king will lay waste the country (dgros) which he has 
conquered, with fire and sword. Our horsemen had made 
an attack upon the enemy's footmen. The forces of the 
enemy, that were making a journey through our province, 
plundered many villages. The lieutenant, with five 
legions which he had received from Csesar, hastened into 
the boundaries of the ^duans. The consul will not finish 
the bridge in six days. The general desires to make an 
end of the war. 

For peculiarities of tense-formation and conjugation, and composition 
of verbs, see Appendix. 

EXERCISE XLV. 

§ 108. THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION. 

1. The same' idea may be expressed both in the active 
and the passive form : as, Helvetii legdtos mittuntj the 
Helvetians send ambassadors ; or, legdti ah Helvetils 
mittuntuTj ambassadors are sent by the Helvetians. 

2. The object in the active becomes the subject in the 
passive ; and the subject in the active is expressed by 
the ablative with the preposition a or db, (Ablative 
OF the Agent.) 

Remark 1. — If the ablative expresses, not the agent, or doer 
of the action, but only the cause, means, instrument, the preposi- 
tion will not be used : as, stimulus bovem concitdt, the goad urges 
on the ox ; passive, hos stimulo concitdtur, the ox is urged on with 
the goad. 

Remark 2. — As intransitive verbs have no object in the active, 
they are not used personally in the passive, except with a cognate 
or equivalent subject. See ^ 150, Remarks 1, 2. 

15 



170 DEPONENT VERBS. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs whicti in the active take 
another case in addition to the object-accusative, in the 
passive retain that other case : as, magist&' pu^ro libriim 
dat ; passive, liber pu^ro a magistro datur. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Eegina ah ancillis amatiir. Magister bonus ab omnibus 
pueris amabitur. Tuse salutis causa (§ 29, 1) moneris. 
Pater a f ilio su5 amatus est. Templiim de marmorS (§ 40) 
ab imperatore sedificatum est. Leo qui in silva a servis 
visiis est, multos homines laniaverat. Gallia est omnis 
divisa in partes tres, Helvetii una ex parte fluminS Rheno, 
altissimO atque latissimo, continentur. Legiones quae in 
provincia conscriptse sunt, a Csesare ex hibernis educentur. 
Quidam ex militibiis magnitudine pericilli perterriti sunt. 
Castra tribiis diebiis (§ QQ, 2) a consule movebitur. Im- 
probi omnes a deo punientiir. Hsec a nobis audita sunt. 

Translate into Latin. 

(Change each of the foregoing exercises from the passive 
to the active construction.) 

DEPONENT VEEBS. 

§ 109. 1. Deponent verbs are such as have a passive 
form with an active meaning. 

They are called deponent (laying aside) because they 
lay aside their active form and passive meaning. 

2. They are inflected throughout like passive verbs, 
and have also the gerund, participles, and supine of 
the active voice. The perfect and future passive parti- 
ciples, the infinitive-future passive, and the latter supine, 
have also a passive meaning. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 



171 



PARADIGMS. 



First Conj. mir-or, mir-ari, mir-at-iis, to admire. 
Second Conj. fat-eur, fat-eri, fass-us, to confess. 
( ut-or, ut-i, US-US, to use. 
iir Lonj. I pQ^^.i.^p^ pat-i, pass-us, to suffer. 
Fourth Conj. met-ior, met-iri, mens-tis, to measure. 





INDICATIVE. 






Present. 


mir-6r, 
I admire. 


fat-et)r, 
/ confess. 


ut-or, 
/ use. 


pat-i-6r, 
I suffer. 


met-ior, 
I measure. 


Imperf. 


mir-abar, 

Iivas admir- 
ing. 


fat-ebar, 

I was con- 
fessing. 


ut-ebar, 
Iwas using. 


pat-i-ebar, 

Iwas suf- 
fering. 


met-iebar, 
I was measur- 
ing. 


Future. 


mir-abor, 
1 shall ad- 


fat-ebor, 
I shall con- 


ut-ar, 
I shall use. 


pat-i-ar, 
I shall suf- 


met-iar, 
/ shall mea- 




mire. 


fess. 




fer. 


sure. 


Pres.Perf. 


mirat-us sum, 
I have ad- 
mired. 


fass-tis sum, 
I have con- 
fessed. 


us-tls siim, 
I have 
used. 


pass-tis Slim, 
I have suf- 
fered. 


mens-tis sum, 
I have mea- 
sured. 


Past-Perf. 


mIrat-us eram, 
I had ad- 
mired. 


fass-tis eram, 
I had con- 
fessed. 


iis-tls eram, 
I had used. 


pass-tis eram 
I had suf- 
fered. 


mens-tis eram, 
/ had mea- 
sured. 


Fut.Perf. 


rairat-iis grS, 
/ shall have 
admired. 


fass-tis ero, 
I shall have 
confessed. 


us-tis ero, 
IsJiall have 
used. 


pass-tis erS, 
I shall have 
suffered. 


mens-tis ero, 
I shall have 
measured. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Present. 


mir-er, 

/ may ad- 
mire. 


fat-ear, 

Imay con- 
fess. 


ut-ar, 
Imay use. 


pat-i-ar, 

1 may suf- 
fer. 


met-iar, 

I may mea- 
sure. 


Imperf. 


mlr-argr, 

/ might ad- 
mire. 


iat-ergr, 
Imightcon- 
fess. 


tit-erer, 
Imight use. 


pat-erer, 
Imight suf- 
fer. 


met-irer, 

I might mea- 
sure. 


Pres.Perf. 


mirat-us sim, 
I may have 
admired. 


fass-tis sim, 
Imay have 
confessed. 


iis-tis sim, 

Imay have 
used. 


pass-tis sim, 
Imay have 
suffered. 


mens-tis sim, 
I may have 
measured. 


Past-Perf. 

1 


mirat-ils es- 
se m, 
I might have 
admired. 


fass-Qs es- 
sem, 

Imighthavc 
coyifessed: 


tis-us essem, 
Imight have 
used. 


pass-tis es- 
sem, 

Imight have 
suffered. 


mens-tis es- 
sem, 

Imight have 
measured. 

l| 



172 



DEPOK^ENT YEEBS. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Present. 



Future. 



mlr-are, 
adraire thou. 



fat-ere, 
confess thou. 



mir-ator, fat-et6r, 

thou shalt thou shall 
admire. confess. 



ut-ere, 
use thou. 



ut-itor, 
thou shalt 



pat-ere, 
suffer thou. 



pat-itor, 
thoic shalt 



suffer. 



met-ire, 
measure thou. 

met-itor, 

thou shalt 
measure. 



INFIXITIYE. 



Perfect. 



Future. 



Fut. Perf. 



mir-ari, 
to admire. 

mirat-us esse, 
to have ad- 
mired. 

mlrat-urus es- 
se, 

to he about to 
admire. 

mirat-um irl, 
to be about to 
be admired. 



mirat-urus fu- 
isse, 

to have been 
about to ad- 
mire. 



fat-eri, 
to confess. 

fass-us esse, 
to have con- 
fessed. 

fass-urus es- 
se, 

to he about 
to confess. 



to he about 
to be con- 
fessed. 

fass-urHs fu- 
isse, 

to have been 
about to con- 
fess. 



ut-i, 
to use. 



US-US esse, 
tohaveused. 



to he about 
to use' 

us-Hm irl, 

to he about 
to he used. 



us-urus fu- 
isse, 
to have been 
aboidtouse. 



pat-i, 
to suffer. 

pass-US esse, 
to have suf- 
fered. 



to be about 
to suffer. 

pass-Hm irT, 
to be about 
to he suffer- 
ed. 

pass-urus fu- 
isse, 

to have been 
about to suf- 
fer. 



met-iri, 
to measwre. 

mens-tis esse, 
to have mea- 
sured. 

mens-urus es- 
se, 

to he about to 
measure. 

mens-um iri, 
to be about to 
be measured. 



mens-tirils fu- 
isse, 

to have been 
about to Tnea- 
sure. 



PAKTICIPLES. 



Perfect. 



Put. Pass. 



mir-ans, 
admiring. 

mirat-us, 

having ad- 
mired. 

mirat-urus, 
about to adr 



mir-andus, 

to he ad- 
mired. 



fat-ens, 

con ' 



fass-us, 
having con- 
fessed. 

fass-iirus, 

about to 
confess. 

fat-endtis, 

to he con- 
fessed. 



ut-ens, 
using. 



tis-us, 
having 



us-iu-us, 

about to 
use. 

ut-endfis, 
to be used. 



pat-i-ens, 
suffering. 

pass-iis, 
having suf- 
fered. 

pass-urus, 
about to 



pat-i-endus, 
to be suf- 
fered. 



met-iens, 
m£a.suring. 

mens-tis, 

having mea- 
sured. 

mens-urus, 
about tomea- 



met-iendiis, 

to be mea- 
sured. 



GERUND. 



mir-andi, 
ofadmii-ing. 



fat-endi, 

of confess- 
ing. 



ut-endi. 


pat-i-endi. 


met-iendl, 


of using. 


of suffer- 


of measur- 




ing. 


ing. 



SUPINE. 



mirat-um, 
mirat-u. 



fass-tim, iis-um, 

fass-u. us-u. 



pass-tim, 
pass-ti. 



mens-um, 
mens-u. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 173 

3. The verbs audeo, I dare, fidoy I trust, gaudeo, I 
delight, and sbleo, I am accustomed, want the perfect 
stem. The perfect tenses have a passive form, but an 
active meaning : as, ausus sum, I have dared ; flsus sum, 
I have trusted; gavisus sum, I have rejoiced; sdlitus 
sum, I have been accustomed. 

4. Here may also be observed the verbs vdpulo, I am 
beaten ; v^neo, I am sold ; and fio, I am made ; which 
have an active form with a passive meaning. 

5. Many deponents have a middle force : as, prdfi- 
ciscdr, I begiil to put myself forward, i.e. I set out ; 
uthr, I employ myself (with a thing), i.e. I usei^i thing). 

EXERCISE XL VI. 
§ 110. Vocabulary. 

mor-6r, -ari, -atiis, to delay. frumentarius, -a, -um, of corn. 

con-or, -ari, -atus, to attempt. res frumentaria, provisions. 

p6pul-or, -ari, -atus, to plunder. publicus, -a, -uvo., public. 

hort-or, -ari, -atus, to exhort. privatus, -a, -um, private. 

imit-or, -ari, -atus, to imitate. mors, mort-is, death. 

tu-eor, -eri, tuitus and tutus, to supplicium, -i, punishment. 

protect. peccatum, -i, yait?<, n«. 

confit-eor, -eri, confess-iis, to con- amor, -or-is, love. 

fess. scelus, -er-is, crime, wickedness. 

sequ-6r, sequi, secut-us, to follow. causa, -se, cause; abl., for the 

ulcisc-6r, -i, ultus, to avenge. sake of. 

pat-i-or, pat-i, pass-us, to endure, pauci, -ae, -a, few. 

suffer, permit. ment-ior, -iri, -itus, to lie. 

con-gred-i-or, congred-i, congress- met-ior, -iri, mens-us, to measure. 

us, to meet ; in a hostile sense, to 

contend. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Csesar m hoc oppido paucos dies (§ 66, 2) rei frimienta- 
rise causa morabatiir. Flumina, quae rScentibus imbribus 
aucta. sunt (see auger^), multos dies consilium m5rabuntiir. 

15* 



174 lEREGULAR VERBS. 

Helvetii in ^duorum fines perven^rant, eorumquS agros 
populabantiir. Hostes per provinciam nostram iter f acerg 
conati erant. Impgrator fortis milites hortatus est. Li- 
beri non sempgr virtutfim parentiiim imitantur. Qui 
suos libSros non tuetiir (§ 87, 7), homo est turpissimiis. 
Turpe est mentiri. NonnS scelera tua confesstis Ss? 
Equites nostri bostes ad flumen secuti sunt. Hic latrO 
gravissimum suppliciiim patietur. Cum Cicerone ssepe in 
urbe congressus siim. Hac in re Csesar publicas ac pri- 
vatas injurias ultiis est. 

Translate into Latin. 

A wise man always confesses bis faults. Davus con- 
fessed bis love for (iise gen?) tbe maid-servant. Tbe brave 
son will avenge bis father's deatb. Our skirmishers 
delayed the journey of the enemy many hours. The 
prudent consul will not suffer the enemy to lead their 
forces through the most fertile part of Gaul. To lie is 
the basest of all things. Tbe thief had confessed all bis 
crimes. The general on the sixth day measured (out) 
corn to the soldiers. It is easier to imitate vice than 
virtue. The ^duans, having contended with Ariovistus, 
king of the Germans, were conquered. Our men will 
attempt to follow the enemy through the forest. 

lEKEGULAR VERBS. 

§ 111. 1. Irregular verbs do not use, in some of their 
parts formed from tbe present-stem, the endings of 
either of the four conjugations. Tbe forms called 
irregular are, for the most part, either syncopated or 
ancient forms. The tenses formed on the jperfed and 
tbe supine stems are alike in all 



lEEEGULAR VERBS. 175 

2. The irregular verbs are, ess^, to be; vell^j to be 
willing ; ferr^, to bear ; M^r& or ess^, to eat ; Jier-t, to be 
made, to become ; ir&, to go ; quir^, to be able ; and their 
compounds. 

3. Vdl-o, vel-Uj vbl-u-ij to wish, to be willing. 

INDICATIVE. 

Presenty vbr-6, vis, vult ; 

z;oZ'-u-mus, vul'-iis, vbl'-unt. 
Imperfect, v6l-e'-bam, vol-e'-bas, etc. (regular). 
Future, vo/'-am, v6l'-es, etc. (reg.) 
Pres. Perf. vbl'-u-l, -is'-ti, -it, etc. {reg.) 
Past Perf. vol-it'-eram, -Sras, etc. (reg.) 
Fut. Perf. vol-w'-Sro, -eris, etc. (reg.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present, vel'-xm, vel'-ls, vel'-lt ; 

vel-i'-mus, vel-i'-tis, vel'-mt. 
Imperfect, -ye^'-lem, veZ'-les, vel'-lot ; 

vel-^e'-mus, vel-Ze'-tis, -ye^'-lent. 
Pres. Perf. vol-it'-Srim, -Sris, -Mt, etc. (reg.) 
Past Perf vol-u-is'-sSm, -iV-ses, (reg.) 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 

Present, vel'-\^. I Pres. voZ'-ens (reg.) 

Perfect, vSl-u-iV-sS (^e^O ' 

Note. — Volo is a verb of the third conjugation, the present-stem 
being vel-, vol-, or vul-. The forms vis, vult, and vuliis are synco- 
pated from vel-ls, vol-tt, and vol-itis, interchanging u for o. The 
ending umus is an old form for tmus. Velle and vellem are synco- 
pated forms of vel-ere and vel-erem, e being elided, and r passing 
into I for euphony : vel-e-re, vel-re, vel-K ; vel-S-rem, vel-rem, vel-lSm. 



176 



lEEEGULAK VEEBS. 



The endings im, Is^ It, etc. of the subjunctive present are old forms 
found also in slm, sis, etc., edim, edls, etc. (See § 224, 2.) 

4. Nolo is compounded of ne or non^ and vbh, 

Nol-Oy nol-U, nol-u-ly to be unwilling. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present, nol'-o, non'-Y\^, non'-Y\Ai ; 

no/'-u-mtis, non-vul' -i\s, nol'-vont. 

Imperfect, nol-e'-bam, -e'-bas, etc. (re^.) 

Future, 7^o^'-am, -es, -^i, etc. (reg.) 

Pres. Perf. ndl'-n-i, is'-ti, -it, etc. (reg.) 

Past Perf. nol-w'-eram, -eras, etc. (reg.) 

Fut. Perf. nol-tt'-ero, -eris, etc. (reg.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present, nol'-im, nol'-i^, nol'-it ; 

nol-I'-mus, nol-i'-tis, noZ'-int. 
Imperfect, nor-l&m., nol'-les, ?ioZ'-lSt ; 

nol-Ze'-mus, nol-/e'-tis, ?io^'-lent. 
Pres. Perf nol-tt'-erim, -eris, etc. (reg.) 
Past Perf. nol-u-iV-sem, is'-ses, etc. (reg.) 

IMPEEATIVE. 

Singular. Plural. 

Present, 2. nol'-i, 2. nol-^'-tg. 

Future, 2. noU'-to, i. nol-i-^o'-tS, 

3. nol-i'-to; 3. nol-W-to. 



PARTICIPLE. 

Present, no/'-ens (reg.) 



INFINITIVE. 

Present, ndl'-\^. 

Perfect, nol-u-^/-s^ (reg.) 

Note. — The same remarks apply to nolo as to its primitive volo. 
The n and v are dropped, a contraction ensues, and hence the first 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 

syllable is always long: no{n-v)olo, no-olo, nolo. The uncontracted 
form is retained in the second and third singular and second plural 
of the indicative present. The imperative endings ^, I e, llo, etc. 
are irregular, belonging properly to the fourth conjugation. 

5. 3Idlo is compounded of met- (the root of mdg1.s), 
more, and vdlo. 

Malo, mal-l6, mal-u-i, to prefer, to be more loilling, 

INDICATIVE. 

Prese7it, maH-o, ma'-vis, ma'-vult ; 

ma^-umiis, ma-miZ'-tis, mal'-wii. 

Imperfect, mal-e'-bam, -e'-bas, etc. (j^eg.) 

Future, ma/'-am, -es, -&t, etc. (reg.) 

Pres. Perf. mdl'-n-l, -is'-ti, -it, etc. (reg.^ 

Past Perf. malV-Sram, -eras, etc. {reg.) 

Fut. Perf. mal-ii'-6ro, -Ms, etc. (reg.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present,' mdl'-im., mdl' -is, mdl' -it; 

mal-i'-miis, mal-i'-tis, ma^-int. 
Imperfect, mal'-lem, mal'-les, mal'-let ; 

mal-Ze'-mus, mal-Ze'-tis, mal'-lent. 
Pres. Perf. mal-ii'-6rim, -eris, -erit, etc. (reg.) 
Past Perf. maX-n-is' -s&m, -is' -ses, etc. {reg.) 

INFINITIVE. 

Present, 7nal'-l^. I Perfect, mal-u-iV-s^. 

Note. — 3fdlo is formed in the same manner with nolo, and its first 
syllable is long for the same reason. 

6. Fer-o is a verb of the third conjugation, which 
has become irregular by syncopation : as,/ers for f^r-is; 
fer-tXs for f^r-i-tis ; fer-r^ for f^r-^-r^ ; fer-r^m for /^r- 
^-rem; /^r for f^r-t; fer-f^ for f^r-l-tS; fer-r^r for fir- 



178 IRREGULAR VERBS. 

^-r^r, etc. The perfect and supine stems are taken 
from the obsolete tul-o (whence tollo) and tla-o (tla-j by 
metathesis lot-). 

ACTIVE VOICE. 
Fgr-o, fer-rg, tul-i, lat-um, to carry. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present, fer'-o, fers, fert; /er'-am, -as, etc. 

/er'-imus, -tis, -unt. 
Imperfect, fSr-e'-bam, -e'-bas, etc. /er'-rem, -res, -rSt ; 

fer-re'-miis, re'-tis, -rent. 
Future, fer'-sim, -es, etc. 

Pres. Perf. tiil'-l, -is'-ii, etc. tul'-erim., -eris, etc. 

Past Perf. tul' -eT?iTsi, -eras, etc. tul-is'-s6m, -iV-ses, etc. 
Fut. Perf. tul'-^rO, -eris, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. 

Present, 2. fer ; Perf. fer-r§, 

2. /e/-tg. Peif. tul-tV-sg, 

Future, 2. fer -to, 3. fer' -to ; Fut. lat-ttr'-us essS. 
2. -^o'-te, 3. -un'-tb. 

PARTICIPLES. GERUND. fer-en'-di. 

Present, fer' -ens, ( Idt'-um, 

rr , i-^ - ,1 SUPINE. { j_^, _ ' 

future, iat-ttr-us. {lat-u. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 
Fh^'-oY, fer^ -ri, Idf-us, to be carried, 

INDICATIVE. 

Present, fer' -or, -ris or -re, -tur. PI. fer' -imur, eta 

Imperfect, fer-e'-bar, -e-6d'-ris, etc. 

Future, /er'-ar, -e'-ris, etc. 

Pres. Perf. Idt'-us sum, etc. 

Past Perf. Idlf-us e'-ram, etc. 

Fut. Perf. Idt'-us e'-io, etc. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



179 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present, fer'-SiT, -a'-ris, etc. 

Imperfect, fer-rer, -re'-ris or -re'-v^, -re'-tiir ; 

fer-?'e'-mur, -7'em'-ini, -ren'-itir. 
Pres. Perf. Idt'-us sim, etc. 
Past Perf. Idt'-us es'-sSm, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
Present, 2. fer'-T6 ; Future, 2. /e/-t6r, 3. fer'-i^v 





2. i^x-im'-mi. 






2. (fer-W-ini), 
un'-tor. 




INFINITIVE. 






PARTICIPLES. 


t. 


fer'-Yl. 








'} 


Za^-um I'-Yi. 






fgr-e?i'-dus. 


'} 


Idf-iis es'-sS or fu- 


■iV 


-sg. 


Idt'-us. 



7. Fi-o is used as the passive of fdcio. It is origin- 
ally an intransitive verb of the fourth, conjugation, 
using only those parts formed from the present-stem. 
It differs from other verbs of the fourth conjugation 
only in not absorbing e in the infinitive present and 
subjunctive imperfect. 

Fi-o, fi-6ri, fact-us, to be clone, to be madey to become. 



INDICATIVE. 

Present, fi'-o, fis, fit; 

/i'-mus, fl-tis, fi'-xmt. 
Imperf. fi-e'-bam, -e'-bas, etc. 
Future, fi-sun, -es, etc. 
Pres. Perf fact'-us sum, etc. 
Past Perf factf-us e'-ram, etc. 
Fut Perf fact'-us ^'-rO, etc. 



SUBJUNCTIVE, 
/i'-am, -as, etc. 

/'I'-grSm, -gres, etc. 

factf-Hs sim, etc. 
factf-us es'-s&m, etc. 



180 IREEGULAR VERBS. 

IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLES. 

Pre5.fi, /I'-tS. /i'-eri. 

Fut. faci!-\im I'-ri. f ac-i-e?i'-dus. 

Perf. factf-us es'-s& or fu-tV-se. fact'-iis. 

8. Ed-^r^y to eat, is a regular verb of the third con- 
jugation ; but, in addition to the regular tense-forms, it 
has some forms similar to the corresponding tense-forms 
of ess^y to be, viz. : — 

INDICATIVE PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERF. 

S. ed'-Q, ed'-is or es, ed^-it or ed'-^rem or es'-sem, ed-^res 
est ; or es'-ses, ed'-eret or es'-sSt. 

P. ed'-imus, e(i'-itis or es'-tis, ed-e-re'-mus or es-se'-mus, ^d- 
ed'-nnt. ^-re'-tis or es-se'-tis, ed^- 

erent or es'-sent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Fres.S. M-e , P. ed'-m or J'ut.S. ed'-M R^d-Uo'-t^or 
or es. es'-tS. or es'-tO. es-^o'-t^, Sd- 

W-to. 

INFINITIVE PRES. PASSIVE. 

ed'-&r& or es'-se. Indie. Pres. M'-iixn: or es'-tiir. 

Suhj. Imp. ed-g-re'-tiir or es-se'-tur. 

Note. — The irregular forms of this verb are syncopations of the 
regular ones. Thus, ed-ls, ed-s (dropping rf before s), es ; ed-it, ed-t 
(changing d before t into s), est. In ederem, etc., e is elided, <? be- 
fore r passes into s, and r of the ending is assimilated with the last 
letter of the stem as in vel-le : — ed-e-rem, ed-rem, es-rem, essem. The 
forms edlm, edls, etc., are found in the subjunctive present. See § 
224, 2. 

9. Ir^, to go, in most of its parts has the endings of 
the fourth conjugation. The radical i is replaced by e 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



181 



in the indicative present, first singular and third plural ; 
in the subjunctive present; in the oblique cases of the 
present participle ; and in the gerund. 

Eo, irg, ivi, itum, to go. 



INDICATIVE. 
Pres. e'-6, is, it ; 



t'-tis, e'-unt. 



% -mus, 
Imperf. I'-bam, I'-bas, i'-bat; 

i-bdm'-iis, etc. 
Fut I'-hb, I' -his, I'-bit ; 

I'-bi-mus, etc. 
Pres. P. w'-i, iv-iV-ti, -it ; 

w'-imiis, etc. 
Past P. iv'-^vkm, -eras, -^rat ; 

iv-S-ra'-mus, etc. 
Fut P. Iv'-ero, Sris, etc. 



SUBJUNCTIVE, 
e'-am, -as, -at ; 
e-d'-mus, etc. 
I'-rSm, ^'-res, I'-r^t, 



1-re -mus, etc. 



iv'-^Yim, -Ms, -Srit; 
iv-er'-imus, etc. 
iv-^V-sSm, -iV-ses, -tV-sSt ; 
iv-is-se'-mus, etc. 



IMPERATIVE. 


INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 


Pres. 1 ; 


I'-re. i'-ens (gen. e-W-tis). 


^'-tg. 




Fut I'-tO, i'-t5; 


it-iV-rus es'-sS. it-il'-rus. 


i-td'-t6, G-un'-io. 




Perf. 


iv-iV-s^. 


GERUND. 


SUPINE. 


e-W-di, 


itum, itu. 


e-un'-do, 


etc. 



10. Quir^, to be able, and n^qmr^, to be unable, are 
inflected like ir^, but they have no imperative or gerund, 
and their participles are rarely used. The passive forms 
quUur, queunttir, quedtur, queantur, quitus sum, n^quittiry 
and n^quitum, occur with a passive infinitive. 

16 



182 lEEEGULAR YEEBS. 

/ 11. For the conjugation of ess^, see § 100. 

Like ess& are conjugated its compounds, except ^ro- 
sum and possum. 

12. Prosum inserts a d, to relieve the pronunciation, 
wherever the simple verb begins with i : as, 

Ind. Pres. _2^ro'-sum, prod'-es, prod'-est, etc. 
" Imj:). prod'-eisim, prod'-eiks, prod'-^XBX, etc. 

13. Possum is compounded of pbt- (stem of pdtls), 
able, and sUm, t before s passing into s. The potts is 
sometimes written separately, and is then usually inde- 
clinable. 

Possum, possg, p6tu-i, I can, I am able, 

INDICATIVE . 



Pres. 


pos'-snm, pbt'-es, poif -est; 




^os'-siinius, p6t-e/-tis, jpos'-sunt. 


Imp. 


pbif-^TSim., polf -^ras, _pof -erat ; 




pot-g-j-a'-mus, etc. 


Put. 


_po^-er6, pot' -eris, pot'-Mt ; 




p6t-e/-imus, -er'-itis, -erunt. 


Perf. 


pbif-u-i, -is'-ti, -it ; 




pot-ii'-imiis, etc. 


Past P. 


p6t-w'-eram, -gras, -&at ; 




p6tu-g-?'a'-nius, etc. 


Put. P. 


pot-it'-ero, -eris, -erit; 




potu-er'-imus, etc. 




SUBJUXCTIVE. 


Pres. 


^os'-sim, ^o/-sis, pos'-sit ; 




pos-sl'-mus, pos-sl'-tis, ^os'-sint. 


Imp. 


^os'-sem, ^os'-ses, ^os'-set ; 



pos-se'-miis, pos-se'-tis, ^os'-sent. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 183, 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Perf. pot-it'-Srim, -gris, -Srit, etc. 

Past Perf. potu-^s'-sem, -iV-ses, -is'-sSt, etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present, pos'-s6. Perfect, potu-iV-sS. 

The participial form ])btens is used only as an adjec- 
tive, j^ 

§ 112. EXERCISE XLVIL 

Piigri p^r silvam densam ibant. Impgratores clari cap- 
tivos vSneno nScarS nolunt. JEdui crudelitatem Ariovisti, 
Germanorum regis, ferrS non potuerunt. Consul urbSm 
defenders non poterit. Caesar hieme opiis conf icere cona- 
bitur. Princeps pgr amicos potens fiebat. Csesar, cum 
iis iSgiombus quas ex hibernis eduxerat, in Galliam irS 
contendit (Jiastened). In hac civitate sunt tria millia (§ 
64, Bern. 9) hommum qui arma ferrS possunt. Imperator 
a militibus rex (§ 67, 3) factus est. Nemo uno die sapiens 
fieri potest. Non quivis orator prsestantissimiis fieri potest. 
Poeta nascitiir, non fit. Siiperbia nobilitatis a plebS ferri 
non potest. 

Translate into Latin. 

Who can bear the cruelty of such a king? Can any 
one (jiumquis) bear the insolence {insolentia) of this slave ? 
"Who is willing to be slain by a robber? We are unwill- 
ing to hold the farmer's bull by the horns. The citizens 
are unwilling to give their gold to that fellow (§ 84, Rem. 
J/). Who is unwilling to become rich and powerful? 
Some of the citizens will be unwilling to bear arms. The 
prudent leader will not go into the enemy's country (fines). 
Cicero was made consul by the best of the citizens. This 



184 



DEFECTIVE VEEBS. 



Odi, / hate. 
Coepi, I have hegun, 
Memini, I remember. 
AiO, I say. 
Inquam, I say. 



boy will become a distinguislied poet in a few years. Who 
can suffer so great a punishment? 

DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

§ 113. 1. Defective verbs are such as want some of 
their parts. 

2. There are many verbs which are not used in all 
the tenses. The following list contains such as are most 
defective : — 

Fari, to sjoeaJc. Cedo, tell or give me. 

QuEeso, / beseech. Conf it, it is done. 

Ave, hail. Defit, it is wanting. 

Salve, hail. Infit, he begins. 

Apage, begone. Ovat, he rejoices. 

Remark 1. — Od'i, coepi, and meminl are used for the most part 
in the perfect tenses, and hence are sometimes called jpi^eteritive 
verbs. 

ccepi, memini, 

cceperam, memineram, 

coepero, meminero, 

coeperim, meminerim, 

coepissSm, meminissSm, 

ccepisse, meminisse. 
coeptiis, 
coepturiis. 

Dep. Fokm. osus sum. 

Imp. memento, 

mementdte. 

RemarTc 2. — The passive form of ccepl {coeptiis sum, etc.) is 
preferred with a passive infinitive : as, urbs oppugndrl coeptd est, 
the city began to be besieged. 

Remark 3. — The tenses of odl and meminl, though perfect in 
form, express incomplete action : thus, oderdm, I hated ; odSro, 
I shall hate ; meminl, I have kept in mind, therefore I remember ; 
memineram, I remembered. The perfects novl and consuevl 
have a similar meaning: thus, nosco, I find out, ?idvl, I have 



odi, 

oderam, 

odero, 

oderim, 

odissem, 

odisse, 



r osus, 
P^«T- \ osurus, 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



185 



found out, 1 knoiv ; consuesco, I accustom myself, consuevt, I am 
accustomed. 

3. Ai-0, / say. 

Ind. Pres. ai'-6*, a'-is, a'-it ; , 






Ind. Imperf. ai-e'-bam, ai-e'-bas, etc. 

Subj. Pres. , ai'-as, ai'-at ; , 

Imper. Pres. a'-i. Part a^'-ens. 

4. Inquam, I say, used only after one or more words 
of a quotation. 

Ind. Pres. m'-quam, tzi'-quis, wi'-quit; m'-qui-mus, in'- 

qui-tis, m'-qui-unt. 
Ind. Imperf. , , in-qui-e'-bat or in-^ta'-bat ; , 



Ind. Future, 



-, in-qui-e'-bant. 

, m'-qui-es, wi'-qui-et; 



Ind. Pres. Perf. , m-qids'-il, in'-qmi 

Subj. Pres. , m'-qui-as, wi'-qui-at ; 

wi'-qui-ant. 
-, m'-que, m'-qui-to. 



in-qui-d -tis, 



Imper. - 

5. Fari, to speak. 

INDICATIVE. 

Pres. , , /d'-tur. 

Fut fd'-h6r, ,/d6'-itur. 

Pres. Perf. fa -tus sum, etc. 
Past Perf /d'-tus eram, etc. 

IMPERATIVE, 
/d'-rg. 

INFINITIVE, 
/d'-ri. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Pres. Perf. /d'-tiis sim, etc. 
Past Perf. /d'-tiis es'-sem, etc. 



PARTICIPLES. 

fa7i'-tis, etc., without nom. 
/d'-tus, /a?i'-dus. 

Gerund, /au'-di, etc. 

Supine, /d'-tu. 



* i between two vowels is pronounced like y : a'-yo, a'-yunt, a-ye'-bam. 

16* 



186 DEFECTIVE VEEBS. 

Some other forms are used in the compounds, though 
all of them are defective. 

6. Quseso [old form of qusero), I beseech. 

Ind. Fres. quseso, , quses-it ; quses-umus, , . 

Inf. Pres. quses-ere. 

7. Ave, hail! 

Imperative, ave, avete, avetO. Iif averS. 

8. Salve, hail ! 

Imj^ei-ative, salve, salvete, salvetO. 
Inf. salvere. Ind. Fut. salvebis. 

9. Apagg, begone. 

This is an old imperative, used as an interjection. 

10. CSdo, tell thou, give me. 

Imper. 2d Sing, cedo ; pi. cettg, contracted from ceditS. 

11. Confit, it is done. 

Ind. Fres. conf it. Fut. confiet. 

JSubj. Fres. confiat. Imperf confiSr^t. Inf. confi^ri. 

12. Defit, is wanting. 

Indie. Fres. def it, def iunt. Fut. def i^t. 

Subj. Fres. defiat. Inf. defigri. 

13. Infit, he begins. 

Indie. Fres. inf it, infiunt. 

14. OvSt, he rejoices. 

Indie. Fres. ovat. Subj. Fres. ovet. Imperf. ovarSt. 

15. To these may be added', — 

forem, fores, foret, , , forent, same as esshn. 

Inf fore, same Sisfuturiis esse. 



IMPEKSONAL VEEBS. 



187 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

§ 114. 1. Verbs used only in the third person, and 
not admitting of a personal subject, are called Imper- 
sonal. 

2. An infinitive, or a sentence used as a noun, is 
usually the subject of an impersonal verb in the active 
voice, and in the passive the verb may agree with the 
cognate notion understood : as, ventum est d Ccesdr^, (a 
coming) was come by Csesar. As the English language 
abhors a verb without a subject, the pronoun it is placed 
before an impersonal verb. 

Latin idiom. Becomes you to study, "| 

FfiffUsh idiom. It becomes you to study, j ^^^^^ ^^ studere. 

3. The various tenses of impersonal verbs are formed 
by adding the endings of the third person singular to 
the proper tense-stem. 



ENDINGS. 



Prea. 
Imp. 
Fut. 



FIRST 


CONJ. 


SECOND CONJ. 


THIRD 


CONJ. 


FOURTH 


Inf. Pres. are. 1 


Inf. Pres. ere. 


Inf. Prea. ere. 


InfPr 


IND. 


SUBJ. 


IND. 


SUBJ. 


IND. 


SUBJ. 


IND. 


-at. 


-et. 


-et. 


-eat. 


-it. 


-at. 


-it. 


-abat. 


-aret. 


-ebat. 


-eret. 


-ebat. 


-eret. 


-iebat. 


-abit. 




-ebit. 




-et. 




-iet. 



SUBJ. 

-iat. 
-iret. 



Ind. Prea. Perf. -it ; Past Perf. -erat ; Fut. Perf. -erit. 

Suhj. " " -erit. " " -isset. Inf. " -isse. 

The pupil will add these endings to the stem : — 

1st conj. jtiv-, {yerf. juv-) q/*juv-at, it pleases, delights, 
2d " dec-, {jperf. dec-ti-) of dec-et, it becomes. 
3d " conting-, [perf. contig-) q/'contlng-it, it happens. 
4th "■ evgn-, {perf. even-) of evenit, it turns out, happens. 



188 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

4. Many verbs, not strictly impersonal, are used im- 
personally : as, delectatj it delights. 

5. Most intransitive and many transitive verbs are 
used impersonally in the passive voice, the agent being 
either omitted, or put in the ablative with the preposi- 
tion a or ah : as, Helvetil fortiter pugndverunt ; passive, 
db Helvetiis forM^r pugndtum est, the Helvetians fought 
bravely, or, it was fought bravely by the Helvetians. 

EXERCISE XLVIII. 
§ 115. Vocabulary. 

vesper, -er-i, evening, aeriter (adv.), actively, fiercely. 

calamitas, -tat-is, disaster. ab utrisque, hy both parties. 

diu (adv.), a long time, long. utrimque (adv.), on both aides. 

pecunia, -se, money, a hribe. 

e5, ire, ivi, itum (| 111, 9), to go. 

ven-iB, veni-re, ven-i, vent-um,- to come. 

consul-o, -ere, consulu-i, consult-iim, to consult. 

in-ferB, in-ferre, in-tul-i, il-lat-iim, to bring upon, inflict. 

pugn-o, -are, -avi^ -atum, to fight. 

Remarlc. — Impersonal verbs which are transitive in meaning 
have a direct object in the accusative. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Lib^ros decet parentes suos amare. Regem non d^cSt 
leges civitatis violare. Bella magna gerere Romanos de- 
lectabat. Diu St aeriter ab utrisque pugnatum^-est. Ab 
hora septima ad vesperiim pugnatum^ erat. Eodgm die 
quo (§ 167) in fines SequS,norum ventiim est, ^ principes 
Gallise ad eum convenerunt. A consulibus de republica 
consultiim est.^ Cantum avium audire poetam juvat. Te 
non decet nobis bellum inferre. Delectat-nS te maximas 
(§ 72, 5) calamitates reipublicse intiilisse? 

1 114, 5. 



PARTICLES — ADVERBS. 189 

" Translate into Latin. 

It becomes masters to give food to the>T servants. It 
becomes no one {iiemo) to do an injury. It delights this 
wicked chief to burn prisoners with fire. It was fought 
fiercely by both parties from the fourth hour till (to) sun- 
set. The noble chief will consult {express it imj^ersonally) 
concerning the safety of the commonwealth. It does not 
become a judge to receive a bribe. This wicked centurion 
has brought a great disaster upon the army. 



PARTICLES. 



§ 116. Those parts of speech which are not inflected 
are called particles. They are adverbs, prepositions , 
conjunctions, and interjections. 

ADVEKBS. 

§ 117. 1. An adverb is a word used to limit the 
meaning of a verb, adjective, or another adverb. Some 
adverbs also limit nouns. 

2. In respect to form, adverbs are primitive or deriva- 
tive. 

3. In respect to meaning, adverbs may be divided 
into several classes : as, — 

Temporal, denoting time : as, hbdie, to-day ; eras, to- 
morrow. 
Local, denoting place : as, ibl, there ; ind^, thence. 
Modal, denoting manner : as, bene, well ; male, badly. 
Negative : as, non, not ; ne-quuUm, not even. 



190 



ADVEEBS. 



4. Some adverbs are also correlative, and such are 
derived from pronouns : — 



1 

DEMONSTKATIVE. 


EELATIVE. 


INTERROG. 


INDEFINITE, 




^ 




r alicubi, somewhere. 


f ibi, tTiere. 
\lhidem, just there. 


f ilbi, where. 

\ ubicunque, wherever. 


ilbi ? where f 


J "ubique, everywhere 


1 ubivis, wherever 








1 you please. 








alicunde, from 


finde, thence. 
^ indedem, from the 


Tunde, whence. 
■< undecumque, whence- 


unde ? whence ? 


somewhere. 
undique, from all 

sides. 
undevis./rom any- 


[^ same place. 


(, soever. 










where you please. 








aliquo, to scnne 


(eo, to that place. 


Cqpo, whither. 




jjlace. 


< eodem, to the same 


< quoquo, "I whither- 
(^quocumque, J soever. 


quo? whitlierf 


■ quoYis, quolibet, 


(_ place. 




ivhither soever you 








please. 


turn, then. 


cum 07- quum, when. 








{ aliquando, at some 




fquando, when. 
< quandoque, \ when- 
( quandocumque, J ever. 




J time. 

1 quandolibet, in 


quando? when? 








I due time. 



5. Derivative adverbs are formed for the most part 
from adjectives and participles by adding -e to the stem 
if the primitive be of the second declension; and -Wr 
(sometimes -ter), if the primitive be of the third declen- 
sion : as, liber, free ; — adverb, liber-e, freely ; hr^vis, 
short; br&vUer, shortly. 

6. Some adverbs are derived from nouns by adding 
-tus or -Mm to the stem with a connecting vowel : as, 
coel-i-tus (coel-um), from heaven ; gr^g-d-Um (grex), in 
flocks. 

7. Cases of nouns, adjectives, and pronouns are used 
as adverbs : as, noctu, by night ; muMm, much ; mutto, 
by much ; eo (old accusative, for eon), to that place. 

8. The adverbs derived from alius, when contrasted 
with themselves or with the forms of alius, have the 
same construction as their primitives. See § 56, Hem. 



ADVEEBS. 191 

2» Alitor — alitor, in one way^ — in another ; ali^s — 
alias, at one time, — at another ; ^litgr aliis ISquitur, he 
talks one way to one, another icay to another. 

9. Two negatives destroy each other : as, non-nulli, 
some, 

EXERCISE XLIX. 

§ 118. 1. Ride of Syntax. — Intransitive verbs, though 
they do not admit of a direct object, may have an in- 
direct object in the dative. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The dative expresses the person 
or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage any thing 
is, or is done. (Dative of Advantage or Dis- 
advantage.) 

3. Rule of Position. — The adverb usually precedes 
the word it limits ; but f&r^ usually stands between the 
adjective and the noun : as, omnes flr<^ hdm^nes, almost 
all men. 

Note. — Many verbs which are transitive in English are intransi- 
tive in Latin. 

Vocabulary. 

fort-iter (fortis), bravely. ben-e (boniis), well. 

celer-iter (celer), swiftly. fer-e, almost. 

audac-ter (audax), boldly. facil-e (facilis), easily. 

greg-a-tim (grex), inflochs. sse\:)e, frequently, often. 

paul-a-tim (paulus), by degrees. repent-e (repens), suddenly. 
ne-quidem (the limited word being pra3cipu-e (praecipuus), e82iecially. 

placed between), not even. phalanx, phalang-is {ace. sing. 
gener-a-tim (genus), by tribes. -em and -a; ace. pi. -as), a pha- 

beat-e (bcatus), happily. lanx. 

ac-ced-o, acced-ere, access-T, aecess-\lm, to come up. 
viv-o, -ere, vix-i, vict-um, to live. 

constitu-5, -ere, constitu-i, constitut-um, to establish, post. 
curr-8, -ere, cucurr-i, curs-iim, to run. 



192 ADYEEBS. 

pro-curr-B, -ere, procucurr-i and procurr-i, procursum, to run forward. 

per-fring-o, -ere, perfreg-i, perfract-um, to break through. 

par-eO, -ere, paru-i, parit-um (intr.), to ohey. 

indulg-eo, -ere, induls-T, indult-um (intr.), to indulge. 

noc-eo, -ere, nocu-i, nocit-um (intr.), to hurt, injure. 

credo, cred-ere, credid-i, credit-uin (intr.), to believe, trust. 



Translate into English and analyze, 

Nostri totum diem fortiter pugnaverant. Hostes re- 
pents celeriterque procurrerunt. Qui bene vivit (§ 87, 7) 
beate vivit. Omnia ferg animalia gregatim currunt. Im- 
perator paulatim exercitiim in unum locum conducebat. 
Nostri facile liostiiim phalangem perfregerunt. Filiiim 
dgcet patri suo parere. Galli ciim Germanis ssepg conten- 
debant. Ne Csesar quidem banc civitatem vincere potest. 
Milites ad muros oppidi audacter accesserunt. Tum Ger- 
mani copias suas ggneratim constituerunt. Csesar huic 
legioni prsecipue indulserat. Quis nostrum (§ 58, 3) isti 
(§ 84, Bern. 4-) credit? Num (81, 3) bonum delectat ^liis 
nocere ? 

Translate into Latin, 

To live well is to live happily. Wicked men always 
injure (^nocere) themselves. Our men ran forward sud- 
denly and swiftly, and easily routed the enemy's footmen. 
The cavalry of the Thracians came up boldly to the very 
{ipse) gates of the city. I will not believe even the consul 
himself. The prudent general was unwilling to lead his 
army through the by-paths of the forest. This boy can 
easily swim across a very deep river. The enemy will not 
attempt to break through our line-of-battle. 



COMPAKISON OF ADVEEBS. 



193 



COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

§ 119. Adverbs derived from adjectives are gene- 
rally compared like their primitives. The comparative 
is like the neuter comparative of the adjective; the 
superlative is formed from the superlative of the adjec- 
tive by changing '^s into e: as ^ facile ^ fdctliUSj fdcillime ; 
c^lerWr, cW&riuSj cUerrime. 

Bemark i. — The superlative- of the adverb sometimes ends in 
o or um : as, meritissimd, prlmum. 

Rcmay^k 2. — If the comparison of the adjective is irregular or 
defective, that of the adverb is so likewise: as, bene, melius, 
optime ; male, pejus, pessime; pdrum, minus, mlmme; multum, 
plils, plilrimum ; prius, prlmo or prlmum; ocius, ocissime; dete- 
rius, deterrlme ; potius, potissime or potissimiim ; merito, m,eri' 
tissimo ; satis, sdtius. Mdgis, maxime, has no positive ; andnwper, 
nilperrlme, has no comparative. 

Remark 3. — Notice also the following : prope, propius, proxime ; 
diu, diutius, diutissime; scepe, scepius, scepissime; secus, secius. 



PREPOSITIONS. 

§ 120. Prepositions express the relation between a 
noun or pronoun and some other word. 

1. Twenty-six prepositions are followed by the accu- 
sative : — 



ad, to, toioards, at. 

ante, hefore. 

adversus, ^ against, 

adversum, / towards. 

apiid, at, with. 

circa, 1 _ 

. ^ > around. 
circum, J 

circiter, about, near. 

CIS, 



citra, 



on this side. 



contra, against. 
erga, towards. 
extra, ivithout, beyond. 
infra, under, beneath. 
inter, between, among. 
intra, ivithin. 
juxta, next to. 
oh, for, on account of. 
penes, in the power of. 
per, through. 

17 



pone, behind. 

post, after, since. 

■praBter, past, besides. 

prope, near. 

propter, on account of. 

secundum, after, next to, 

according to. 
supra, above. 
trans, over, beyond. 
ultra, beyond. 



194 PKEPOSITIONS. 

2. Twelve prepositions are followed by the ablative : — 

a, ) coram, in presence of. palam, in presence of. 

ab, yfrom, after, hy. ciim, icith. prae, before, in comparison 

abs, J de, down from, after, with. 

&\)S(^Q, hut for. concerning. i^vo,hefore, for, instead of. 

clam, without the know- e, 1 , sine, icithout. 

', , Vout of. ^„ J 

ledge of. ex, J tenus, wj) <o. 

3. Four prepositions are followed by the accusative, 
yfAiQH motion to a place is implied; by the ablative, when 

rest in a place is imj)lied : — 

in, in, on; into, upon. super, over, above. 

sub, under, near. subter, under, beneath. 

Remark 1. — Clam is sometimes followed by the accusative. 

Remark 2. — Tenus is placed after its case; and cum is an- 
nexed to the ablative of the substantive personal and relative 
pronouns. 

Remark 3. — A and e are used only before consonants ; ab and 
ex, before vovrels and consonants. 

Remark J^. — A preposition without its case is an adverb : as, 
ut ante, dictum est, as was said before. 

EXERCISE L. 
§ 121. Vocabulary. 

*bene (adv.), toell. ullus, -a, -um (§ 56), any. 

*male (adv.), badly, unfortunately, neque (conj.), a7id — not, neither. 
*parum (adv.), little. cultus, -us, civilization. 

*magis (adv.), more. humanitas, -tat-is, refinement. 

*longe (adv.), /ar. teliim, -i, a dart. 

*prope (adv.), near. consilium, -i, xoisdom, prudence. 

dubitatio, -5n-is, doubt. 

plac-eo, -ere, plac-ui, placit-um, to please. 

dis-plic-eO, -ere, displicu-i, displicit-um, to displease. 

fug-i-0, fug- erg, fug-i, fugit-um, to flee. 

eomme-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to go hack and forth. 

de-sist-o, -ere, destit-i, destit-um, to cease. 

ab-siim, ab-esse, ab-fui, ab-futurus, to be away, distant. 

con-jic-i-o, con-jic-ere, conjec-i, conject-um, to hurl. 

* See a 119. 



PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 195 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Omnium qui in Gallia habitant, fortissimi sunt Belgse. 
A cultu atquS humanitatg provincise longissime absunt. 
Ad eos mercatores minime ssepS commeant. Non minus 
fortes fuerunt Galli quam Komani. Horas (§ 153) sex 
acriter utrimque pugnatiim Srat (§ 114, 5), ngqu6 hostes 
nostrorum impgtum diutius sustmerS potuerunt. Equites 
Ariovisti propiiis accesserunt, ac lapides telaquS in nostros 
conjecerunt. Ariovistus magis consilio quam virtute Eduos 
vicit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Without any doubt virtue is a more excellent thing 
{prcestanti'iLs) than gold. This song displeases me (dative, 
§ 118, 1) more than that (one) pleases me. The Belgians 
were farther aAvay than the iEduans from the civilization 
and refinement of the Roman province. Through the 
whole night the enemy did not cease to flee. The boys 
came up nearer, and boldly hurled stones and darts upon 
the fierce wild boar. Which of us can fight without arms ? 
Orgetorix was far the noblest and richest (man) among 
{apud) the Helvetians. 

PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 

§ 122. Most prepositions are used as prefixes, in 
composition with other words. The following are 
called inseparable prepositions, because they are never 
found alone : — 

ambi, or amb (ambo), around, about. se, apart, aside. 

di, or dis, asunder. ve, not. 

re, or red, again, back. 



196 PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 

Remark. — Con, usually classed among the inseparable prepo- 
sitions, is only another form of cum. 

EXERCISE LI. 
Vocabulary. 

baud (adv.), not. Generally used reliquiis, -a, -um, remaining. 

with adverbs. Belgae reliqui, the rest of the Bel- 

inter se, among themselves, with one gians. 

another, from one another. aer, aer-is, the air. 

Gallicus, -a, -iim, Gallic. coelura, -i (jpl. -i or -a), heaven. 

pMlosopbiis, -i, philosopher. 

jub-e5, -ere, juss-i, juss-um, to order. 

con-ven-io, -ire, conven-I, convent-um, to come together. 

con-duc-o, -ere, condux-i, conduct-um, to lead together. 

dif-fer-5, differre, dis-tul-i, di-lat-um, to differ. 

dis-sent-iB, -ire, dissens-i, dissens-um, to differ in opinion, to disagree.^ 

con-jung-o, -ere, conjunx-i, con-junct-um, to join. 

con-jur-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to swear together, conspire, 

se-ced-o, -ere, secess-i, secess-um, to secede, go apart. 

se-cern-o, -ere, secrev-i, secret-um, to separate. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Magistgr hunc puerum haud minus quam f iliiim suum 
^m^t. Csesar omnes Gallise principes ad se convSnirS (§ 
86, 2) jussit. Germani non multiim (§ Q>Q, 2) a Gallica 
consuetuding difFSrunt. Exercitiis unum in locum a legato 
paulatim conducSbatiir. Omnes Belgse in armis sunt, 
GermaniquS, qui cis Rhenum incolunt, sese ciim his con- 
junxerunt. Remi contra populum Romanum ciim Belgis 
reliquis non conjuraverant. Aer coelum a terris secernit. 
Philosophi de natura deorum inter se sempgr dissense- 
runt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The general ordered the first line (dcies) to retreat 
to (in) the mountain. The common people frequently 



CONJUNCTIONS. 197 

seceded from the nobility. The shepherds had separated 
the sheep from the kids. The Remians differed in opinion 
from the rest of the Belgians. These wicked citizens are 
conspiring against the republic. The Germans will not 
easily break through our line. The enemy's forces are 
not far from the town. A lion differs much from a dog. 
The lieutenant had been ordered to cross the river. 

CONJUNCTiONS. 

§ 123. Conjunctions connect words and sentences. 
They are commonly divided into the following classes : 

1. Copulative, which connect things that are to be 
considered together — [and) : they are ^tj dc, atqu^, n^Cj 
nequ^, Hicim, quoque^ tt^m, and Wid^m. 

Remark 1. — Et connects things which are independent of each 
other, and of equal importance : as, M. Pisone et M. Messdld con- 
siilibus. Et — et is to be translated both — and: as, et rex et reg'ind, 
" hotJi the king and the queen." It sometimes means also 

Remark 2. — Que (enclitic) introduces a mere appendage, the 
two constituting but one idea, and is rather adjunctive than co- 
pulative: as, glddiis pilisque — [offensive armor). 

Remark 3. — Jl^gwe (used before vowels or consonants) contracted 
into dc (used before consonants only) is compounded of dd and 
que^ and means and in addition : it usually introduces something 
of greater importance : as, in hostes impetum fecit atcjiie eos 

fugdvit, " and routed them too." Cognostlne Jios versus? Ac 

memoriteVy " and that, too, by heart." This peculiar force 

is often lost in dc, and it is used alternately with et ; it is pre- 
ferred in subdivisions, the main propositions being connected by 
et. Difficile est fantdm causdm et diligentid consequl, et meTiwrid 
complectl, et ordtione expromere et voce dc viribUs sustinere. 

Remark Jf.. — NeqUe or nee [and not), compounded of ne and que, 
Avhen repeated, is translated neither — nor. Et non is used instead 
when oulj one word, and not a whole sentence, is to be negatived : 
as, pdtior et non moleste fero. Et non is frequently used also 

17* 



198 CONJUS'CTIONS. 

when et precedes. Nee non, neque non, the two negatives destroy- 
ing each other, is equivalent to et, but is used, in classical prose, 
only to connect sentences, and the two words are separated. 

Remark 5. — Etidm [et-jam] {also, even) has a wider meaning 
than quoque, and adds a new circumstance, while quoque is used 
when a thing of a similar kind is added. 

Remark 6. — The copulative conjunctions are frequently omit- 
ted in animated discourse. Capias suds in proximum collem sub- 
dUcit, dcitm instruit. This omission is called asyndeton (not-tied- 
together). 

Remark 7. — Item and itldem are derived from is, and are pro- 
perly adverbs ; just so, also. 

2. Disjunctive, which connect things that are to be 
considered separately {either, or) ; they are aut, vU^ v^, 
slve, sen, and the interrogative particle an. 

Remark 8. — Aut [either, or) expresses an essential difference in 
things, and ordinarily implies that one thing excludes another : 
as, aut vlvit aut mortuTis est, *'he is either living or dead.'' Aut 
and ve serve to continue a negation, where in English we use nor : 
as, Verres non Honorl aut VirtUtl votd dtbebdt. 

Remark 9. — Vel, on the other hand (akin to velle), indicates a 
difference of expression merely, and is used where either of two 
or more things may be taken indifferently. Conjunctio tectorum 
oppidum vel urhs appelldtur, — a town or city (whichever you 
please). Vel imperdtore \q\ m'dUe me utiminl, " use me either as 
a commander or as a soldier." When one of the alternatives is 
omitted, vel often has the sense of even. Volo ut opperidre sex dies 
modo. — Vel sex menses opperibor. " I wish you to wait six days 
only." — " I will wait even six months," i.e. six days or six months, 
if you choose. Ve is merely vel apocopated. 

Remark 10. — Slve, sen [or if, whether, or), is strictly either con- 
ditional or interrogative, and when used as a simple disjunctive 
always implies a doubt, at least in the earlier writers. Thus 
(Caesar, Bell. Gall.), Sive cdsil, sive deoriim immoi^tdlium provi- 
dentia. Sive timore perterritl, sive spe sdlUtls inductl ("perhaps 
by one, perhaps by the other, — I do not know by which"). 



CONJUNCTIONS . 199 

Remark 11. — An [or] is used in double questions, usually after 
utrum or the enclitic we: as, utrmn tdcedm an prcedlctm? or, 
tdceamne an prcedicem? shall I be silent or speak? But the first 
part of a double question is often omitted : as, cajum pecus est 
lioc? dnMtlihoel? "whose flock is this? (is it somebody else's or) 
Meliboeus's?'^ The later writers use dn in indirect questions in 
the sense of whether, without utrum or ne; and it is very com- 
monly so used after nescio, haud scio, duhium est, dubito, incertdm 
est, etc., which may in such cases be translated perhaps: as, 
contigit tibi quod haud scio an nemini, ^' there has happened to 
you what has perhaps happened to no one [else]." 

Remark 12. — The enclitic ne is sometimes used disjunctively 
in the latter part of a double question, instead of dn : as, neque 
inieresse ipsosne interficiant hnpedimeniisne exuant,^'sind that it 
makes no difference whether they kill (the Komans) themselves, 
or strip them of their baggage." 

3. Adversative, which express opposition of 
thought (but) : they are sed, autem, verum, vero, at 
and its compounds, tdmen and its compounds, and 
cet^rum. 

Remark 13. — Std denotes strong and direct opposition, and 
usually sets aside what precedes. Verd dlco, sed oieqiddqiidm, 
quonidm non vis credere, " I speak truth, but to no purpose, since 
you will not believe me.'^ Non bestid, sed homo, " not a brute, 
but a man." 

Remark IJ/,. — Autem adds something that is different, without 
setting aside what precedes {on the contrary, however, on the 
other hand, hut). Gyges a 7iuUd videhdtur ; ipse autem omnia 

videbdt, " he himself, hoivever, saw every thing,'' Frequently it 

simply marks a transition, or adds a more important circumstance 
{moreover, furthermore). 

Remark 15. — Verum {as to the truth, in fact, but) is nearly the 
same in meaning as std. It is strengthened by eivim, vero, enim- 
vero {but indeed, but in fact, but assuredly). 

Remark 16. — Vero {in truth, assuredly, but, however) does not 
express as strong opposition as verum, just as autem is weaker 
than sed. Ubi per explordtores Ccesdr certior factus est tres Jdm 



200 CONJUNCTIONS. 

copicanim partes Helvetios id Jiumeii transduxisse, quartdm vero 

partem citrd jiumen, Ardrim rellqudm esse, " that the fourth 

part, Jioivever," etc. 

Remark 17. — At does not, like sed, alter or set aside what pre- 
cedes, but expresses a contrast, often a strong one. Brevis a 
ndturd nobis v'ltd ddtd est, at memorid bene redditce vltce sempl- 
iernd, " a short life has been given us by nature; but the memory 
of a well-spent life is eternal.^^^ It frequently follows si in the 
sense of at least; etsi non sdpientissimus at dmicisswius, though 
not very wise, at least very friendly. It frequently introduces an 
objection, and e?iim is then often added to assign a reason for the 
objection: "ait sumus," inquiunt, " civitatis principes." 

Remark 18. — Atqul admits what precedes, but opposes some- 
thing else to it. Ilagnum narrds, vix credibile: atqul sic lidbet ; 

" yet such is the fact.'' It is used in hypothetical syllogisms 

to introduce the minor premise. Quodsl vh^tutes sunt pares inter 
se, pdrl etidm vitid esse necesse est : atqni pares esse virtutesj'dcile 
potest perspicl, "now if the virtues are equal to each other, the 
vices must also be equal; but it can easily be seen that the 
virtues are equal.'' 

Remark 19. — Ceterum, literally, " as to the rest," is frequently 
used in the sense of sed. 

Remark 20. — Tdmen is properly an adverb. 
4. Causal, which express a cause or reason {for, 
because): they are nam, namqu^, ^nXm, H^nlm, quia, 
qudd, quoniam,' quippe, quum, qiiando, quando-quidem, 
stqutd^m. 

Remark 21. — Nd?n, namque, emm, and etenim, " for," are rather 
corroboraiwe or confirmatory than causal conjunctions ; i.e. they 
adduce a proof rather than state a cause. 

Nam shows the grounds of a preceding assertion; so, also, 
enim, except that the assertion must frequently be supplied by 
the mind. Emm is originally only a corroborative adverb, ^rwZ?/, 
certainly, to be sure, indeed. In namque and etenim, que and et 
repeat the preceding assertion, while ndm and enim introduce the 
proof. 

Remark 22.— Quod (ace. sing. neut. of qui) means originally 



CONJUNCTIONS. 201 

witJi 7'espect to wliat, in wliat respect, in that ; and hence its causal 
meaning, inasmuch as, because. Quod omnis Gallia eld septen- 
iriOncm vergit,mcitdrce sunt hienies, because Gaul lies towards the 
north, the winters are early. It is very often preceded by prop- ' 
ieredyhuc, oh hanc causdm, and similar causal expressions. 

Remark 23,— Quod is very often used merely to connect a sen- 
tence with that which precedes, and may be translated ^'and" or 
*' but," especially with si, nisi, etc. In such cases it is a relative 
pronoun accusative of limitation (^ 155). Quod si vtteris contH- 
melice obllviscl vellct, " but if he were willing to forget the old 
insult." Quod si furore et amentia impulsus bellUm intulisset, 
" but if, impelled by rage and madness, he should bring on a war." 

Remark 2J^. — Quid (ace. pi. neut. of qui) has the same origin 
as quod, but is purely causal [because], and never has the sense 
of that or in that, like quod. When contrasted with quod, it 
expresses a real motive or reason, while quod expresses merely 
an alleged or pretended reason [non quod , sed quia). 

Remark 25. — Quonidm [quum — Jam) introduces a well-known 
reason, since then, since as everybody knows. 

Remark 26. — Quippe is originally a corroborative adverb 
[indeed), and hence derives its causal meaning. It is frequently 
united with relative words to express a subjective reason. 

Remark 27. — In quUm, quando, quandoquidcm, the causal idea 
is derive^ from that of time (compare the English since). Si- 
qicidem is conditional originally (though the antepenult has 
become short). AntlquissimUm edoctls genus est poetdrum, siqui- 
dem (if, indeed, as every one admits, — since) Homerus fuit et 
Hesiodils ante Romdm condlidm. 

6. Conclusive, which express a conclusion or 
inference (therefore) : they are ergo, eo, Med, idcircoy 
tgttiir, Wtqu^, proind^, jpropUred, and the relative words 
quapropt^r, quctr^, qudmobr^m, quocircd, und^. 

Remark 28. — Ergo and igltur express a logical consequence 
[therefore), while itdque ex-presses a. natural consequence [ajid so). 
Ergo and eo are causal ablatives, and all the other conclusives 
may be considered adverbial expressions of cau^e or result, limit- 
ing the predicate. 



202 coxjuxcTioxs. 

6. FiXAL^ which express an end aimed at — purpose; 
or an end reached^resu^;^ {that, in order that): they 
are id, ne, quo, qiCin, qudmtnus, neve, neu. ' 

7. CoxDiTioxAL, which express a condition (if, 
iinless): they are si, s'ln, nWi or ni, dum, mbdo, dum- 
raodo. 

8. CoxcESSn^E, which express something granted 
(altJiough) : they are etsi, quanqudm, tdmetsi, tdmenetsi, 
^tiamsl, I'lcH, quamvis, quantumvis, quamlthU ; id and 
quTim in the sense of altJiough. 

9. Temporal, exjDressing time {when, as soon as, 
after, before) : they are quum, ut, uhi, postqudm, poste- 
dqudm, ant^qudm, priusqudm, quando, slmiddc, sXmul, 
dum, donee, quodd. 

10. CoMPARATi^^E, expressing comparison {than, 
as): they are qudm, sicut, velid, proid, tanqudm, quasi, 
utsi, acsi, with do and atque in the sense of as or 
than. 

HeniarJc 29. — The following conjunctions stand al-^ays at the 
beginning of a sentence, viz. : et, etenim, dc, at, atque, atqui, neque, 
nee, aut, vel, sive, sin, sed, nam, verum, and the relatives qudre, 
quucircd, qudmohrem. 

Remark 30. — EnXm, autem, and vero are placed after the first 
word, or the second if the first two belong together ; rarely after 
three or more words. 

Eemark 31. — The other conjunctions usually stand at the 
beginning, unless some word or expression is especially emphatic 
and is therefore placed first in the sentence. 

Remark 32. — The copulative and disjunctive conjunctions are 
often repeated when things are emphatically connected : — 

et — et, both — and. 

et — et — et, not only — hut aha — and 

neque — et, hoth not — and. 

et — neque, both — and not. 



SYNTAX. 203 



neque — neque, 

nee — nee, ^ neither — nor. 



neque — nee, 

et — que, both — and ; sometimes used in prose. 

que — que, both — arid ; frequently used by Sallust and the poets. 



INTERJECTIONS. 

§ 124. Interjections are used to express strong or 
sudden emotion : as, vce nobis ! woe to us ! 



SYNTAX. 

§ 125. 1. Syntax treats of the construction of sen- 
tences. 

2< A proposition is a thought expressed in words : as, 
snow melts. A sentence consists of one proposition, or 
of several connected -together so as to make complete 
sense. 

3. Every proposition consists of— 

(a.) A predicate ; i.e. that which is declared. 
(6.) A subject ; i.e. that of which the declaration is 
made. 

4. The predicate consists of a verb alone (as, melts, 
in the above example), or the verb ess^, to he, with a 
noun, adjective, or participle : as, nix gWida est, snow 
is cold. 

5. The subject consists of a noun, or some word or 
phrase used as a noun, and may be known by asking 



204 SYNTAX. 

the question wJiof or whatf with the predicate: as, 
John runs. ( Who runs ? John.) To jplay is pleasant, 
( What is pleasant ? To play.) 

6. The subject and predicate may stand alone, or 
each may have words or sentences limiting its meaning. 
Thus, prima luce, quiim mons a Tito Lahieno teneretur, 
idSm Considius qui cum expldrdtoribus prcemissus ^rat, 
^quo admisso, ad Ccesdrem accurrit, at daylight, when 
the mountain was held by Titus Labienus, the same 
Considius who had been sent forward with the scouts, 
runs to Csesar with his horse at full speed. 

Here the leading thought is Considius acGur7% Con- 
sidius runs. The subject is limited by the adjective 
^c?^m, and the adjective sentence qui — prcemissUs ^rdt. 
The predicate is limited by prima luce, designating the 
point of time when Considius ran ; by quum mons t&ne- 
retur, farther specifying the time or circumstances of 
the running ; by equo admisso, participial sentence, ex- 
pressing the manner of the running, — an adverbial 
limitation ; and by ad Ccesdrem, the point to which the 
running was directed. 

7. A sentence consisting of a single subject and a 
single predicate is commonly called a simple sentence ; 
and one which consists of two or more simple sen- 
tences combined, is commonly called a compound sen- 
tence. 

AGEEEMENT. 

§ 126. Rule I. — The verb agrees with its subject in 
number and person. 

Remark 1. — If the subject consists of more than one, the verb 



AGREEMENT. 205 

is plural : as, furor Irdque mentem prcedpitant, fury and rage 
hurry on my mind. Hence — 

{a. ) A collective noun mat/ have a plural verb : as, plebs eld- 
mant. 

[b.) A noun connected to an ablative with cum often has a 
plural verb : as, Bocchus cum peditlbus postremdm dciem inva- 
dunt, Bocchus and the footmen attack the rear. 

(c.) A plural verb is sometimes usedvrith uterque ?in.di quisque. 

Remark 2. — But the verb often agrees vrith the nearest nomina- 
tive, especially when the nouns denote things without life : as, 
Mens, enim et rdtio, et consilium in senlbus est, for mind, and 
skill, and wisdom, are in old men. 

Remark S. — If the nominatives are of different persons, the 
verb takes the first person rather than the second, and the 
second rather than the third : as, si tU et Tullid vdletis, ego et 
Cicero vdltmus, if you and Tullia are well, Cicero and I are 
well. 

Remark If. — The verb is frequently omitted when it may be 
readily supplied. This is especially the case with the verb esse 
with adjectives and participles : as, quot homines (sunt) tot (sunt) 
sententice. Ccesdr memorid tenebdt L. Cassium consulem occlsum 
(esse) exercitumque ejus pulsum (esse) et sub jilgum missum 
(esse), Caesar remembered that Lucius Cassius the consul had 
been slain, and his army beaten and sent under the yoke. 

Remark 5. — The subject is omitted — 

[a.) When it can be readily supplied from what precedes : as, 
Mosd profiuit ex monte Vosego et In Ocednum infiuit, the Meuse 
flows from mount Vosegus and runs into the ocean. 

(6.) When it is indefinite: as, aiunt, ferunt, they say. 

(c.) With impersonal verbs, when it is the cognate notion: as, 
pugndtum est, (a fight) was fought. 

[d.) The pronouns ego, til, nos, and vos, are expressed only for 
the sake of emphasis or contrast, as the ending of the verb suffi- 
ciently indicates the subject. 

18 



206 SYNTAX. 



APPOSITION. 

§ 127. A noun limiting another, and denoting the 
same person or thing, is said to be in apposition with it. 

Rule II. — Nouns in apposition agree in case : as, 
Juguriha rex, Jugurtha the king. 

Remarli 1. — A noun in apposition often expresses character, 
purpose, time, cause, etc.: as, Cicero praetor legem Mdnilidm 
suCisit, consul conj Urdtidnem Cdiilince oppressit ; Cicero, when 
prcetor (or, as prcetor), advocated the Manilian law, w7ie7i consul, 
suppressed Catiline's conspiracy. 

Remark 2. — The personal pronoun is often omitted before a 
noun in apposition with it: as, consul dixl, I the consul have 
said. 

Remark 3. — A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is 
put in the plural : as, Jugurthd et Bocchus, reges, Jugurtha and 
Bocchus, kings. 

Remark J/,. — The ablative is used in apposition with the name 
of a town in the genitive (see ^ 166, Exc.) : as, Cori7ithi, Achaice 
urbe, at Corinth, a city of Achaia. 

Remark 5. — A noun may be in apposition with a sentence : as, 
cogitet ordtorem institul, — rem arduam ; let him reflect that an 
orator is training, — a difficult thing. 

Remark 6. — Partitive Appositiox. — Expressions denoting 
the ^ar^5 are often placed in apposition with a noun denoting the 
vihole : as, onerdrice, pars maxima dd JEgimuriim, — dlicB adversus 
urbem rpsdm, deldtce sunt; the transports were carried, the 
greatest part to ^gimurum, — others, opposite the city itself. 
Quisque in partitive apposition with a noun is in the nominative : 
as, multis sibi quisque imperium petentihus, while many were 
seeking power, each for himself. 

Remark 7. — A proper name with nomen or cognomen may be — 

[a,) In the same case : as, nomen Arcturus mihi est, I have the 
name Arcturus. 

(6.) In the genitive: as, nomen Arcturi mihi est. 

(c.) By attraction, in the dative, if the verb is followed by a 



ADJECTIVES. 207 

dative : as, nomcn Arcturo milu est, I have the name Arc- 
turus. 

Remark 8. — A genitive is sometimes used instead of an apposi- 
tion : as, urhs Pdidvi, the city of Patavium. 

Remark 9. — When the apposition has forms of different gen- 
ders, it agrees in gender v^ith the limited noun : £is,t~tsiis, mdgister 
egregius, experience, an excellent teacher ; philosophid, mdgistrd 
vltce, philosophy, the mistress of our life. If nouns of different 
genders are connected, the apposition takes the more worthy 
gender ; as, Ptolemceus et Cleopatra reges, Ptolemy and Cleopatra, 
sovereigns. 

ADJECTIVES. 

§ 128. An adjective may limit a noun : as, puelld 
pulchrd saltdt, the beautiful girl dances ; or it may 
form part of the predicate : as, puelld pulchrd est, the 
girl is beautiful. 

. Rule III. — (a.) Adjective words agree with the 
nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case. 

(6.) An adjective word in the predicate agrees with 
the subject in gender, number, and case. 

Remark 1. — An adjective belonging to tv^o or more nouns is 
put in the plural. If the nouns are of the same gender, the 
adjective is of that gender : as, lupus et agnus sitl compulsl, a 
wolf and a lamb compelled by thirst. When the nouns are of 
different genders, — 

[a.) If they denote animate things, the adjective is masculine 
rather than feminine : as, pater milil et mater mortui sunt, my 
father and mother are dead. 

(5.) If they denote inanimate things, the adjective is generally 
neuter: Ird et dvdritid imperio potentiora erant, rage and avarice 
were stronger than government. 

(c.) If names of living things and things without life are com- 
bined, the adjective is sometimes neuter, and sometimes takes 
the gender of the living being, whichever idea is uppermost. 



208 SYNTAX. 

Numidce aique signd mlUtdrid obsctirati sunt, the Numidians and 
their military standards were concealed. (Here the idea of pe?-- 
sons is uppermost.) Inimica su?it libera clvitds et rex, a free state 
and a king are Jiostile things. 

Remark 2. — The adjective, however, often agrees vrith the 
nearest noun. 

Remark 3. — Stnesis of the Adjective. — An adjective word 
(especially in the predicate) often agrees with the sense of the 
noun rather than with its form [constructio dd synesin) : as, pars 
infiumen acti sunt, part were driven into the river. 

Remark Jf,. — An adjective word in the predicate, instead of 
agreeing with the subject, often agrees — 

[a.) With a noun in apposition with the subject (especially 
the words urhs, oppidum) : as, CorintJius, lumen Grecice, ex- 
tinctum est, Corinth, the light of Greece, was destroyed [put 
out). 

( 6. ) With a predicate noun : as, gens miiversd Veneti appellati, 
the whole race were called Veneti. 

Remark 5. — An adjective without a noun is often used as a 
noun. Masculine adjectives, when so used, denote persons; 
neuter adjectives, things: as, honi, the good; bond, property, 
goods. Adjectives are sometimes used as adverbs : as, multiim, 
much (^ 150, Rem. 3) ; midto, by much (§ 168). Such words are 
rather nouns than adverbs. 

Remark 6. — In general expressions, an adjective in the predi- 
cate is often neuter : as, lupus triste est stdbulis, the wolf is a sad 
thing to the folds. The adjective is here a noun. 

Remark 7. — A possessive pronoun, being equivalent to the 
genitive of the substantive pronoun, may have an adjective word 
in the genitive agreeing with it : as, med ipsitis causd, for my 
own sake ; or a noun in the genitive in apposition with it : as, 
tuils, viri fortis, glddius, the sword of thee, a brave man. 

Remark 8. — The adjectives primus, medius, ultimiXs, extremes, 
intimus, infimus, Imus, sumtnils, supremus, reliquus, and ceterd, 
express the first part, middle part, etc.: as, summits mons, the 
top of the mountain. 

Remark 9. — An adjective often agrees with the subject, but 
limits the predicate : as, pronus cecidit, he fell headlong. 



RELATIVES. 209 

RELATIVES. 

§ 129. Rule IY. — The relative pronoun agrees with 
its antecedent in gender, number, and person ; but its 
case depends upon the construction of the relative sen- 
tence : as, ego qui scriho, I who write ; vos qui sc?i- 
hWs, you who write; puelld quam vidlj the girl whom. 
I saw. 

Remark 1. — The antecedent is so called because it usually 
goes before the relative sentence. But it also stands — 

[a.) In the relative sentence, especially when this latter is em- 
phatic : in quern piumum egressl sunt locum, Trojd vucdiilr, the 
place upon which they Jirst disembarked is called Troy. 

(6.) Both in the principal and relative sentence: as, erant 
omnino itinera duo, quibiis itineribtis domo exlre possent, there 
were only two routes, by which routes they could go out from 
home. 

Remark 2. — The antecedent, especially when indefinite, is often 
omitted : as, qui htne vlvit, bedte vlvU. 

Remark 3. — Attraction. — The relative is sometimes attracted 
into the case of the antecedent: as, ejus generis cajas demonstrd- 
vimus, of that kind which we have shoAvn, The antecedent is 
sometimes attracted into the case of the relative: as, urbem 
qudm stdtuo vestrd est, the city which I am building is yours. 

Remark Jf,. — The relative often agrees with a noun in apposi- 
tion with the antecedent : as, fiumen Rhentis, qui agrum Helve- 
iium a Germdnls dlvldU, the river Rhine, which separates the 
Helvetian territory from the Germans. 

Remark 5. — A relative or demonstrative usually agrees with a 
predicate noun after the verb esse or a verb of naining, esteeming, 
etc., instead of agreeing with the antecedent: as, Tliehae, quod 
Boeotice caput est, Thebes, which is the capital of Bceotia. Ani- 
mal quem vocdmus hominem, the animal which we call man. 

But if the predicate noun is a foreign word, the relative agrees 
with the antecedent : as, genus hominum quod Helotes vucdttir, 
the race of men which is called Helots. 

18* 



210 SYNTAX. 

Remark 6. — A numeral, comparative, or superlative, which in 
English limits the antecedent, is usually placed in the relative 
sentence : as, node qudm in terris ultimam eglt, on the last night 
which he spent on earth. Other adjectives have sometimes a 
similar position : as, inter jocos quos inconditos jdciunt, among 
the i^ude jokes which they utter. 

BemarJc 7. — Stnesis of the Relative. — The relative often 
agrees with the sense of the antecedent, instead of its form: as, 
CcBsdr equitatum prcemiitU qui videant, Cgesar sends forward the 
horse to see, etc. 

Remark 8. — An explanatory noun is often introduced into the 
relative sentence: as, ante comitid, quod t^mpiis haud longe 
dherdt, before the election, which time was not far distant. 

Remark 9. — Qui at the beginning of a sentence is often trans- 
lated like a demonstrative : as, quibtis rebUs cognitis, these things 
being found out. Here also observe the idiomatic expression 
quae est temperantid, or qua es temperantid (ablative of quality), 
instead of pi^o tud temperantid: as, til, quge est temperantia, 
jdm vdles, you, such is your temperayice, are already well. 

Remark 10. — The adverbial is often used for the adjectival 
relative : as, locUs unde venlt, the place /rowi which he came. 



THE CASES. THE NOMINATIVE. 

§ 130. 1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nomi- 
native, and is called the subject nominative. 

2. A noun in the predicate denoting the same thing 
as the subject, after a verb expressing an incomplete 
idea, is in the nominative, and is called the predicate 
nominative : as, Caius U Lucius fratres fuerunt. 

3. A predicate nominative is used with verbs de- 
noting, to be, to become, to appear, to be named, to be 
called, to be esteemed, etc. 

Remark 1. — The verb sometimes agrees with the predicate 
nominative : as, dmantium IrcB dmoris integratio est, the quarrels 
of lovers are a renewal of love. 



THE GENITIVE. 211 

Remark 2. — If the object is in the accusative, the predicate 
noun must be in the accusative also : as, dlcU C^esarem esse 
regem, he says that Ccesar is a king. 

Remark S. — When the subject of the infinitive is omitted, a 
predicate noun or adjective is often put in the dative, if a dative 
precedes : as, neminl medio esse licet, no man may be neutral. 



THE GENITIVE. 

§ 131. The genitive case expresses the precise limit 
within which the meaning of a word is to be taken. 

Thus, in the expression dmiir gldrioe, the genitive, 
glorice, expresses the limit within which the meaning 
of dmdr is restricted. 

Rule V. — A noun in the genitive limits the mean- 
ing of another noun denoting a different thing : as, 
Oic^ronis ordtidneSy Cicero's orations : dmbr glorice^ the 
love of glory. 

Remark 1. — The genitive is said to be subjective when it ex- 
presses that which does something, or to which something pertains 
or belongs : as, Ciceronis ordtiones, Cicero's orations. It is object- 
ive when it expresses the object to which an action or feeling is 
directed : as, amor glorice, the love of glory. 

Remark 2. — A noun may be limited both by a subjective and 
an objective genitive: as, Ccesdris cimor glorice, Cossar's love of 
glory. 

Remark 3. — Instead of an objective genitive, a preposition with 
its case is often used to avoid ambiguity : as, amor In rempubll- 
cdm, or ergd rempublicdm, love towards the state. 

Remark 1^. — The genitive of a substantive pronoun is usually 
objective: as, curd mei, care for me ; — while possessive adjectives 
and pronouns usually express subjective relations: as, curd med, 
TCij care ; causd regid, the king's cause. But the latter are 
sometimes objective: as, med injilrid, injury done to me; meiUs 
hostllis, fear of the enemy. 



212 SYXTAX. 

§ 132. Rule YI.— Genitive of Quality.— The geni- 
tive, limited by an adjective agreeing with it, is used to 
express the quality of a thing : as, vXr magnce virtutts, 
a man of great valor. 

The ablative is used in the same way. 

Remarh 1. — This genitive may limit a noun, or form part of 
the predicate, like an adjective: as, maximl dnlml fuit, he was 
very brave. 

Remark 2. — Here belong such expressions as I'lbertdtis con- 
servandce est, it has a tendency to preserve liberty. 

Remark 3. — Secus, genus, lihrdm, and librds are sometimes put 
in the accusative instead of the genitive, to express a quality : as, 
drdtiunes aid dliquld Id geniis, instead of ejus generis. 

§ 1 33. Rule YII. — Genitive of Property. — The geni- 
tive, the limited noun being omitted, is used with the 
verb esse to denote that to which something belongs, or 
to which something is peculiar : as, hceo domus Marci 
est, this house is IlarVs (house). Pauperis est numh''dr'& 
pecus, it is characteristic of a poor man to count his 
flock. 

Remark 1. — Instead of the genitives mel, tut, sul, etc., the 
neuter possessives meum, tuum, suiim, etc., are used: as, tuum 
est videre quid dgdtur, it is your business to see what is going on. 
A possessive adjective may be used in the same way: as, huma- 
num est errdre, it is liuman, i.e. characteristic of man, to err. 

§ 134. Rule YIII. — Partitive Genitive. — "With words 
expressing a part, the genitive is used to denote the 
whole : as, uniis m'lhtum, one of the soldiers. 

This genitive is used with nouns expressing a part ; 
with adjectives, especially comparatives, superlatives, 
and numerals ; with many pronouns ; and with adverbs 
of time, place, and quantity. 



THE GENITIVE. 213 

Remark 1. — The partitive word, if an adjective, usually agrees 
in gender with the genitive; but adjectives of quantity are used 
as nouns in the neuter: as, quid novl? what news? tantum 
auri, so much gold. 

Remark 2. — Instead of a genitive, the prepositions ex, de, and 
sometimes in, inter, are used : as, quiddm ex mllitihus, inter omnes 
fortissimus. 

Remark 3. — Here may be noticed a peculiar use of the geni- 
tives loci, locorum, and temporis with id, ddhHc, posted^ etc. : as, 
dd id locorum, up to that time ; posted loci, afterwards. 

Remark 4. — The genitive ^lih. pridie ^ndi postrldie is subjective, 
these words being ablatives of the adjectives prls or prus and 
posterits, with die. Postridie ejus diet, on that day's successor, 
on the next day. 

§ 135. Rule IX. — Objective Genitive with Adjectives 
and Verbs. — The genitive is used to express the object 
to which an action or feeling is directed, with — 

(a.) Adjectives expressing desire^ experience, knowledge, 
capacity, participation, fulness, memory, care, certainty, 
fear, guilt, and their contraries : as, avidus laudis, 
desirous of praise. 

Here also belong participial adjectives in ns ; amans pecunise. 

(6.) Verbs of remembering, reminding, and forget- 
ing : r^cordbr, m^rnXnl, r^miniscdr, obliviscor, mdneo and 
its compounds : as, 

Memiai beneficit tui {= memor sum, etc.), I remember your kind- 
ness. 

Te officii moneo (= memorem facio), I remind you of your duty. 

The thing remembered or forgotten is also put in the 
accusative. 

(c,) Verbs expressing pity, etc., — mts^redr, misSresco, 
and the impersonals mXsh^U, poenUU, pudSt, p1-gSt, tcedU: 
as, misSresco infelicitcm, I pity the unfortunate ; poenitSt 
me peccdtl, I repent of my sin. 



214 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — AYith these impersonals the person feeling is ex- 
pressed by the accusative. 

Remark 2. — The cause or object of the feeling may be expressed 
by an infinitive or a sentence : as, poeniUt me pecccJvisse or quod 
peccdvl, I repent of having sinned. 

(d.) Verbs of plenty or want (sometimes) : as, gggt 
(=: ggens est) argenti, he is in need of silver. 

(e.) The impersonals refert and interest : as, reipuhU- 
cce interest, it is of importance to the state. 

Remark 3. — Instead of the genitive of the personal pronouns, 
the forms med, tud, sud, nosird, vestrd, are used with refert and 
mterest ; as, non tud interest, it is not your business. 

Note. — Grammarians are divided as to the origin of this expres- 
sion, some regarding the pronoun as an ablative ; others, with 
better reason, considering it an accusative (m being cut off, and a 
lengthened for compensation), agreeing with rem (understood with 
interest and forming the first part of refert), thus : 

mea interest = inter meam rem est. 
med re-fert = meam rem fert. 

Others, again, regard these words as accusative plural neuter. 

Remark Jf.. — The thing with reference to which any thing is 
important may be expressed by the accusative with dd; the 
degree of importance, by the genitives magni, parvi, etc. (see 
Rule XI.), or by an adverb ; while the subject may be an infini- 
tive, a neuter pronoun, or a noun-clause : as, hoc ad laudem 
civitdtis magni interest, this is of great importance to the glory 
of the state. 

Remark 5. — Similis and its compounds, especially with the 
names of living beings, take a genitive (see ^ 1-12, Remark S) : 
as, similis patris, like his father. 

§ 136. Rule X. — Genitive of Crime. — With verbs 
of accusing, condemning^ acquitting, etc., the genitive 
expresses the crime or offence charged : as, servum furti 
accusat, he accuses the slave of theft. 



THE GENITIVE. 215 

Hemark i.»— With some of these verbs the ablative, v^ith or 
without de, is used to express the crime : as, dliqudm de vi 
accusure, to accuse one of violence. 

Remark 2. — With damno and condemno the penalty is ex- 
pressed by the genitive, but oftener by the ablative, especially 
when it consists of money or land: as, damndiur capitis or 
capite, he is condemned to death. Tertia parte agrl damnutiir, 
he is fined a third of his land. 

§ 137. Rule XI. — Genitive of Price. — The genitive 
is used to express the price or value of a thing indefi- 
nitely: as, magni cestimdb&t ^^cuniam, he esteemed 
money highly. 

In this manner are used the genitive of adjectives, 
and the genitives assis, floccl, etc. ; also pensl and kiijus. 
This genitive is originally a genitive of quality, agree- 
ing with pretii understood : (r^m) magni {joretii) cesti- 
mahcit p^Gunidmy he esteemed money a thing of great 
value. 

Eemark 1. — To this rule may be referred the expression (jequl 
or hoiil fdcio or consiXlo, I take in good part, I am satisfied with. 

Remark 2. — With CBstimo, and verbs of buying and selling, the 
ablatives magno, permagno, pldrimo, parvo, minimd, and niMlo, 
are often used. 

For the genitive of place, see ^166, Exc. 

For the genitive with opus, and urns, see § 160, Rem. 1. 

EXERCISE LII. 
§ 138. Vocabulary, 

patria, -£e, coxmtry, native land. Cingetorix, CingetorTgis, Cingetorix. 

solus, -a, -um (§ 56), only, alone, prudentia, -ae, prudence. 

peceatum, -i, sin, fault. Hannibal, -bal-is, Hannibal. 

philosophus, -i, philosopher. odium, -i, hatred. 

ultiinus, -a, -um (§ 74, 1), last. auctoritas, -tat-is, authority. 

imperium, -i, power, command. adolescens, -cent-is, young man. 

casus, -us, chance. career, career-is, prison. 



216 SYNTAX. 

arx, arc-is, citadel. Tullianum, -i, Tullian (a dungeon 

dulcis, -e, sweet. built hy King Servius Tidlius). 

decorus, -a, -um, honorable. spectat-us, -a, -um (spect-are), ap- 

turbidus, -a, -iim, muddy, troubled. proved. 

amicitia, -dd, friendship. fortitudO, -in-is, courage. 

Oxus, -i, Oxus {river). fides, -qI, faith, promise. 

corrig-B, -ere, correx-i, correct-um, to correct. 

a-mitt-o, -ere, amis-i, amiss-um, to lose. 

ag-o, -ere, eg-i, act-urn, to lead, drive; (of time,) to spend. 

mor-ior, mor-iri and mor-i, mortuus, moriturus, to die. 

sin-B, -ere, siv-i, sit-um, to place. 

appell-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to call. 

per-duc-o, -ere, perdux-i, perduct-um, to extend. 

in-flu-B, -ere, influx-i, influx-um, to flow into. 

re-ver-eor, -eri, reveritus, to respect, revere. 

EXAMPLES. 

Stulti est (^ 133), It is characteristic of a fool. 

Adolescentis est (§ 133), It is the duty of a young man. 

Meum est. It is my duty. 

Tua ipsius (g 128, Rem. 7) causa, For your own sake. 

Cujusvis hominis est. It is every man's duty. 
Nocte quam ultimam (§ 129, Bern. 

6) egit. On the last night which he spent. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Soliiis^ meum peccatum corrigi non potest. Philosophus, 
noctS quam ultimam^ in ^rris egit, amicos omnes conv6- 
cavit. Helvetii oppidum quod optimum ^ habebant amisS- 
rant. Catonis patSr 6t mater mortui"'' sunt. Begna, im- 
peria, honores, divitise, in Dei manibus sita sunt. Filiiis 
Alexandri cum matre in arcem missi * ^rant. Dulce St de- 
corum est pro patria mori. Amicitia boniim^ est. Ad 
flumen Oxum perventum est,^ qui^ turbidus semper est. 

1 § 128, Rem. 7. 2 ^ i29, Rem. 6. 3 | 128, Rem. 1 (a). 

4 § 126, Rem. 1 (b). ^ ^ 128, Rem. 6. 6 g 114^ 5. 

1 a 129, Rem. 4. 



THE GENITIVE. 217 

Ad I6ciim in carcSrS qii5d^ Tullianiim v5catiir perventiim 
est. Animfll qui ^ homo vocatur, sinS legibus beatiis essS 
non p5test. CingStorix, qui a s&iatu rex atquS Amicus 
appellatiis Srat, summse auctoritatis ^ apud Gallos fuit. 
Hannibalis odium erga Romanes* atrocissimum fuit. 
Csesar a lacu Lemanno iid flum&i Rhenum, fossam quin- 
dgcim pSdiim^ perduxit. Adolescentis^ est parentes suos 
S,marS ac rgvSreri. Cujusvis hominis^ est virum spectatse 
fortitudmis revSreri." Stulti® est de se ipso prsedicarS. Non 
meum^ est" nuncios ad consulem mittSrS. 

Translate into Latin, 

Your father corrects your faults for your own sake. On 
the last day which the consul spent in the winter quarters, 
he called together the centurions of the seventh legion. 
It is the general's duty to conquer the enemies of the re- 
public. On the next (postero) day they reached (it was 
come to) the river Rhone, which flows into our sea. Rome, 
which is the capital (head) of Italy, was taken by the 
Gauls. Is not a friend a good thing f Fabius was a man 
of the greatest prudence. A general of the greatest 
(summus) valor does not always lead his army to victory. 
It is the duty of children to respect their parents, and of 
parents to love their own children and correct their (edrum) 
faults. 

EXERCISE LIII. 
§ 139. Vocabulary, 

avarus, -a, -um, covetous. propositum, -T, purpose^^ 

avidus, -a, -um, eager, desirous. conscius, -a, -um, conscious. 

ferax, ferac-is, productive. Veritas, -tat-is, truth. 



1 § 129, Rem. 5. 


2 I 129, Rem. 5. 


3 I 132, Rem. 1. 


4 I 131, Rem. 3. 


5 I 132. 


6 I 133. 


' § 133, Rem. 1. 







19 



218 SYNTAX. 



amans, amant-is, /one?. tantus-dem, -a-dem, -un-dem, just so 
expers, expert-is, destitute. much. 

imperitus, -a, -um, ignorant. proditiB, -on-is, treachery. 

memor, memor-is, mindful. egestas, -i^^t-is, poverty. 

immemor, -6r-is, unmindful. oupiditas, -tat-is, desire, lust. 

insuetus, -a, -um, unaccustomed. officium, -i, duty. 

impotens, -ent-is, wnaft^e to control, floccus, -i, loch of wool (something of 

small value). 

miser-et, miseru-it (impers.), it pities, 

posnit-et, poenitu-it (impers.), it repents. 

pig-et, pigu-it or pigit-iim est (impers.), it troubles, disgusts. 

t£ed-et, teedu-it or taes-iim est (impers.), it wearies. 

pud-et, piidu-it or pudit-um est (impers.), it shames, 

vend-o, -ere, vendid-I, vendit-iim, to sell. 

em-o, -ere, em-i, empt-um, to buy. 

mon-eo, -ere, monu-I, monit-iim, to warn. 

ad-mon-eo, -ere, -u-i, -it-iim, to remind. 

memini (^ 113, Remark 1), I remember. 

re-fert, re-fer-ebat, re-tiil-it (impers.), it concerns. 

inter-est, inter-erat, inter-fuit, it is of importance, it interests. 

ac-cus-5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to bring to trial, accuse. 

ab-solv-8, -ere, absolv-i, abs61ut-um, to acquit. 

con-demn-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to condemn. 

sestim-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to value, esteem. 

fac-i-8, -ere, fec-i, fact-um (§ 107, Remark 1), to do, to make. 

oblivisc-or, -i, oblitus, to forget, 

opprim-8, -ere, oppress-i, oppress-um, to suppress. 



EXAMPLES 

(a.) Patiens Idborem, Enduring labor. — Participle. 

(&.) Patiens Idborls, Capable of enduring labor. — Participial. 

(a.) The participle expresses a single action at the time spoken of. 
(6.) The participial expresses capability at any time. 

Miseret me tui, I pity you. [It pities me of you.) 

Me regis miseruit, I pitied the king. 

Poenitet puerum stultitise, The boy repents of his folly. 

Pudet me sceleris, / am ashamed of my wickedness. 

Piget te vitae, You are disgusted with life. 

Capitis or rei capitalis accusare, To accuse of a capital crime. 

Capitis or capite condemnare. To condemn to death. 



THE GENITIVE. 219 

Flocci non facit, He cares not a straw — a rush, etc. 

Meii refert, It is my husiness. 

Quanti hoc facis ? How much do you value this ? 

Translate into English and analyze. 

In hoc oriitorg plus eloquentise^ est quam fortitudinis. 
Regis fratSr avidus est glorise,'^ patiens laboris/ sed impotens 
irDe,^ vSritatis ^ expers, rerum ^ imperitus, atque multorum 
'sceleriim^ conscius. Quanti^ quisque se ipse"^ facit, tanti^ 
fit ab aniicis. Mercatores non tantid^m^ vendunt, quanti' 
emerunt. Fures veritatem non flocci' faciunt. Boni 
omnes virtutSm magni' sestimant. Quanti' istos equos 
emisti ? Hunc latronem scfileris ^ sui ngqug piidet, nSque 
poenitgt. Me civitatis moriim ^ tsedgt pigetque. Civis qui 
rei capitalis ® acciisatus est, tertia parte "^ agri condemnatus 
est. Pugros stultitisB^ poenitebit. Catilina aliiim {one 
man) Sgestatis/ alium {another) cupiditatis® admonebat. 
Tua ipsius causa te off*icii moneo. Ciceronis^ magni' in- 
terest conjurationgm Catilinse opprimerg. Non mea^*' sed 
regis refert fures latronesque punirS. 

Translate into Latin. 

The general is desirous of money, but more desirous of 
praise. The farmer's fields are very productive of corn. 
The consul is fond of war and tenacious {tenax) of his pur- 
pose, but ignorant of business (rerum) and destitute of truth. 
Lucius remembers a kindness and {neque) does not forget 
an injury. The soldiers who were accused of treachery 
have been condemned to death. Those who (§ 129,Be7n.2) 
are unaccustomed to navigation (§ 135) fear the sea. The 



1 ^ 134, Rem. 1. 


2 I 135 (a). 


3^37. 


*g85. 


6 I 135 (c). 


« ^ 136. 


7 I 136, Rem. 2. 


« I 135 (6). 


^^ 135(e). 


10 I 135, Rem. 3. 







220 SYNTAX. 

king cares not a straw for the laws of tlie state. It is of 
great importance to us to lead the army into the enemy's 
country (fines). For how much did you sell your horse? 
For the same (tantidem) for which (for how much) I 
bought (him). Do you remember the speech of the ex- 
cellent orator ? The scouts had not warned the general 
of the danger. The tribune has been acquitted of 
treachery. Do you pity me ? 

THE DATIVE. 

§ 140. The dative expresses that to or for which, or 
with reference to whichy any thing is, or is done. 

§ 141. KuLE XII. — Dative of Induced Object. — The 
indirect object of a verb is in the dative: as, serves 
dommd mMlcinam pdrdt, the slave prepares medicine 
for his master. 

The indirect object of a verb is the thing towards 
which its action tends, without necessarily reaching it. 

Note. — This dative is used with most verbs, especially with verbs 
compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, oh, post, prse, pro, siib, 
super. 

Remark 1. — Transitive verbs have also a direct object in the 
accusative. 

§ 142. Rule XIII. — Dative of Advantage or Dis- 
advantage. — The dative expresses the person or thing 
for whose advantage or disadvantage any thing is, or is 
done: as, insidiis aptus, suitable for ambush; servus 
domino fldMs, a servant faithful to his master. 

Note. — This dative is used with adjectives expressing goodness, 
usefulness, fitness, etc. ; also with verbs meaning to favor, please, 
trust, obey, threaten, he angry, and their contraries. These verbs are 
equivalent to esse with an adjective: as, Irasci Inlnilcis = irdtus esse 
inimicis, to be angry with one's enemies. 



THE DATIVE. 221. 

Remark 1. — The vQvh^jiLvo, deledo, Icedo, qffendo, are transitive, 
and have a direct object in the accusative. Fldo and confido are 
often followed by a causal ablative, instead of a dative. 

Remark 2. — Many adjectives take an accusative with a pre- 
position, instead of a dative : as, servus in dommu.m fidelis ; locus 
ad insidias apius. 

Bemarh 3. — Dative of Reference, — The dative ex- 
presses the person or thing to or with reference to which 
any thing is clear, equal, like, unlike, near, etc.: as, 
similis patrl, like his father ; par fratrl, equal to his 
brother. 

Remark If,. — Propior and proximus, like prope, are sometimes 
followed by the accusative. 

§ 143. KuLE XI Y. — Dative of Possession. — The 
dative is used with esse to express the person who has 
or possesses something, the thing possessed being the 
subject : as, est mihi Itber, [a book is to me) I have a 
book ; sunt tibi libri, thou hast books ; sunt Caio libri, 
Caius has books ; est nobis hb^r, we have a book. 

Remark 1. — The possessor is expressed by the dative when the 
idea of possession is chiefly referred to : as, Ccesdrl dorniis est, 
Caesar has a house ; — by the genitive, when the possessor, or thing 
possessed, is referred to, rather than the fact of possession : as, 
hcec domUs Caesaris est, ilia Ciceronis, this house is Ccesar's, that 
one is Cicero's. 

§ 144. Rule XY. — Dative of Purpose or Pmd. — 
The dative is used with ess^, and verbs of giving, 
coming, sending, imputing, and some others, to express 
the purpose of the action : as, hcec mihi curse sunt, these 
things are for a care to me, or, I have these things /or 
a care. 

Note. — These verbs may have a personal object in the dative, 
and, if transitive, a direct object in the accusative: as, col 

19* 



222 SYNTAX. 

venlt auxilio, he came for an aid to his colleague {i.e. to liis col- 
league's assistance) ; mihi librum dono dedU, he gave me the book for 
a gift. 

Remark 1. — The verbs most commonly using a double dative 
are esse, jitri, dare, ducere, Jiabere, mittere, relinqiiere, tribuere, 
venire, vertere. 

Remark 2. — The purpose may be expressed by a predicate 
nominative, or an apposition (see \ 127, Rem. 1) : as, mihi comes 
Lucius est, I have Lucius /or a companion ; corondm Jovl dontim 
mittunt, they send a crown to Jupiter, as a present. 

§ 145. Rule XYI. — Dative of the Agent — With the 
gerundive in dm the dative expresses the agent or doer : 
as, ddhibendd est nobis diligentid, diligence must be used 
by us. 

Remark 1. — The poets sometimes use this dative with any of 
the passive forms : as, neque cernitur ulll, nor is he seen by any 
one. But with prose writers it is rarely used with any other 
part of the verb than the gerundive, and occasionally with the 
perfect passive participle. 

Remark 2. — Instead of the- dative, the ablative with a or ah is 
sometimes, though rarely, used with the gerundive. 

§ 146. Bdtlvus JEthicus. — The dative of the personal 
pronouns is used sometimes to express strong feeling, 
and can scarcely be rendered into English : as, an ilU 
mihi liher cui mulier imperdt f is he free whom a woman 
rules? 

Remark. — Here maybe noticed the use of the participles vblens, 
cupiens, etc. with a dative, in imitation of the Greek : as, neque 
plebi militid volenti [esse) piitdbdtur, neither was the war 
thought to be agreeable to the common people (literally, to tlie 
common people loisliing it). 

§ 147. The dative is sometimes used almost like 
a genitive, but always with the idea of advantage, 
disadvantage, or reference: as, cui corpus porrigitur 



THE DATIVE. 223 

(compare the English), his body is stretched out for 
him. 

EXERCISE LIV. 
§ 148. Vocabulary. 

similis, -e, like. ignotus, -a, -um, unknown. 

proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next. impedimentum, -i, hindrance. 

•aptus, -a, -um,^^, suitable. dedecus, -6r-is, disgrace. 

aDquus, -a, -ViVa, just. usus, -us, iise, advantage. 

blandus, -a, -uva, flattering, impietas, -tat-is, unduti fulness. 

utilis, -e, useful. Numantinus, -i, Numantian. 

carus, -a, -um, dear, vehementer (adv.), extremely. 

ingratus, -a, -um, disagreeable, commodum, -i, convenience, advan- 
facilis, -e, easy. tage. 

per-facilis, -e, very easy. inquam (§ 113, 4), I say. 

Doxius, -a, -um, hurtful. innocentia, -se, innocence, integrity. 

f av-eo, -ere, fav-i, faut-um, to favor. 

st-O, stare, stet-i, stat-um, to stand. 

parc-6,-ere, peperc-i and pars-i, parcit-um and pars-iim, to spare, to be 

merciful. 
pro-sum, prod-esse, pro-fui, pro-futurus (^ 111, 12), to do good. 
prae-f ic-i-8, prasf ic-ere, prsefec-i, prasfect-um, to put over. 
circum-dO, circumdare, circumded-i, circumdat-um, to p)ut around, to 

surround. 
circum-fund-8, -ere, -fud-i, -fus-um, to pour around, to surround. 
male-dic-8, -ere, -dix-i, -dict-um, to be abusive. 
prgeter-eo, -ire, prgeteriv-i and prseteri-i, proster-itum (§ 111, 9), to 

pass by. 

EXAMPLES. 

Audiens dicto (^ 142), Obedient {attentive to the word). 

Mihi magno est dolori (^ 144), It is {for) a great grief to me. 

Hibernis Labienum prsefecit, He put Labienus over the lointer quarters. 

Kegibus (^ 143) manus sunt longae. Kings have long arms {hands). 

Dii omnibus colendi sunt, The gods ought to be worshipped by all. 

Urbem miiro (§ 159) circumdare, ^ 

Urbi (§ 141) muriim circumdare, / ^^ '^^round the city with a wall. 

Terras mari (§ 159) circumfundere, "J 

Terris (§ 141) mare circumfundere, | ^'^ ^^^rround the land with sea. 



224 SYNTAX. 

Aptus insidiis (§ 142 and Rein. 2) or ad insidias, Suitable for ambush. 

Similis j9a«r?s, Like Ms father (in character). (§ 135, Rem. 5). 

Similis paO-i:, Like his father (outwardly). (§ 142, Rem.. S.) 

Metuo patrem, I fear my father. 

MetuB patri (^ 142), I fear for my father, \.q. for Ms safety. 

Senatum consiilo, I consult the senate, i.e. take its advice. 

Senatui (§ 142) consulo, I consult for the senate, i.e. provide for its safety. 



Translate into English and analyze, 

Helvetii proximi Germanis^ incolunt, quibuscum con- 
tinenter bellum gerunt. Loca proxima CarthagmSm ^ 
Numidia appellatiir.^ In loco insidiis apto, duas legiones 
collocavit. Nonne lupus est cani similis? Ferrum ho- 
mimbus^utilius est quam aurum. Jugurtha nostris S^ehe- 
menter earns, Numantinis ^ maximo terrori "' fuit. Cuivis ^ 
facile est amicis suis * favere. Ventus noxiiim ^ est arbori- 
biis. Legatus cohortes duas castris^ prsesidid^ reliquit. 
Milites imperatori^ audientes dicto non erunt. Milites 
non mulieribus,^ non infantibus* pepercerunt. Kemini 
licgt sui commodi causa alteri* nocere. Csesar legionibiis,® 
quas m provincia conscripserat, Labienum prsefecit. Deus 
toti orbi terrarum mare circumfudit. Csesar oppidum 
vallo fossaque circumdedit. Gravia onera equitibus® 
magno sunt impediments." InnScentise^" ssepe plus peri- 
culi ^^ est quam honoris." Hsec mihi ^^ pr^etereunda non 
sunt. Hsediis, in domiis tecto stans, lupo* pr^etereunti 
maledixit. Cui lupiis, " Kon tu," inquit, " s6d lociis 
mihi* maledicit." Senatus a consule de foederg consultiis 
est. Dictator reipublicse constiluit. Nonne liberis tuis 
mStuis ? 

1 I 142, Rem. 3. 2 ^ 149, Rem. 4. 3 g 139, Rem. 1. 

4 i 142. 5 ^ 142, Rem. 3. e | 143 or § 142. 

? I 144. 8 \ 128, Rem. 6. 9 I 141. 

10 a 143. 11 a 134. 12 a 145. 



THE ACCUSATIVE. 225 

Translate into Latin. 

The number of the enemy was unknown to the general. 
The undutifulness of children is a great grief to (their) 
parents. The thick w^oods were a very great advantage 
(§ 144) to our skirmishers. It is sweet and honorable to 
do good to the commonwealth. Children are not always 
like their parents. It was very easy for our men to cross 
the river. The consul's speech was very disagreeable to 
the Gauls. The snares of the enemy have been (for) a 
very great hindrance to our cavalry. God ought to be 
worshipped by all men. The causes of this rebellion 
ought not to be passed over by me. It is the greatest 
disgrace (§ 144) to a soldier to leave his place in battle. 
The Eoman people gave to the king for a gift the fields 
which he had conquered. Nature had surrounded the 
town with a broad and deep river. It is lawful for no 
man to lead an army against his country. Be kind and 
just to all, but flattering to none. 

THE ACCUSATIVE. 

§ 149. The accusative case marks the direct object of 
an action, i.e. the thing actually reached by the action ; 
also the limit of space or time Avhich an action or motion 
reaches. 

§ 150. EuLE Xy II.— Direct Object.— T\\q direct 
object of a transitive verb is in the accusative. 

Remarh 1. — Cognate Accusative. — An intransitive verb, though 
It does not require an object to complete its meaning, may be 
limited by an accusative of similar or Idndred signification : as, 
currere cursiim, to run a race ; vlvere vltdm, to live a life. 

Remark 2. — Equivalent Accusative.— Instead of the cognate 
noun, a noun or noun-sentence equivalent to it in meaning may 
be used : as, docere grammdticdm, to teach grammar ; interro- 



226 SYNTAX. 

gdvit quis venlrei, he asked wlio came ; longcim vidm Ire, to go a 
long way. 

Remark 3. — Elliptical Accusative. — The cognate or equivalent 
noun is often omitted, and in its stead a neuter adjective is used, 
limiting the cognate notion understood : as, multum anibuldt, he 
walks much (walking). This accusative is used as an adverb. 

Remark 4- — A cognate, equivalent, or elliptical accusative may 
be used with a passive verb : as, doceor doctrlndm, I am taught 
teaching, science ; doceor grammdticdm, I am taught grammar ; 
nimiUm doctUs, taught too much, too learned. 

Remaj^k 5. — Many verbs which are transitive in English, repre- 
sent in Latin an action only as done loitli reference to the object, 
and hence have a dative (see | 142, Rem. 3). 

§ 151. EuLE XYIII. (a.) — Verbs meaning to ash 
and teach, with celdre, to conceal, take two accusatives, — 
one of the person, the other of the thing : as, r6go te 
nummos, I ask you for money ; docuit me mUsiGdm, he 
taught me music. 

(The thing ashed or taught is an equivalent accusative.) 
(b.) Second Accusative. — Verbs meaning to name or 
call, choose, appoint, mahe, esteem, or rechon, take, besides 
the direct object, a second accusative : as, urbem vdcdvit 
Romam, he called the city Rome ; me constilem fecistis, 
you have made me consul. 

Remark 1. — With verbs of asking, the _per50?i is often put in the 
ablative with d or ah, de, ex, instead of the accusative : as, Jicec a 
te posco, I demand these things of you. Exigo, peto, postulo, 
qiLcero, scltbr, sciscitor, never have an accusative of the person: 
as, pdcem a Caesare petunt. 

Remark 2. — The name is clearly an equivalent accusative. 
TELe named the city a name (to wit), Rome. So, also, but indi- 
rectly, the choice, appointment, etc. Me cons idem credvistls, you 
have made me consul. You have created a creation {consUlem), 
and the object upon which the act of consul-making has been 
performed is me. ConsUlem is therefore an equivalent accusative, 



THE ACCUSATIVE. 227 

and me Is the direct object of the compound verbal notion con- 
sulem credvistls, rather than of credvisiis alone: — "you have con- 
sul-made me." 

§ 152. Rule XIX. — Twenty-six prepositions are 
followed by the accusative. See § 120, 1. 

Note. — As a general rule, prepositions expressing motion to a 
place take the accusative. 

Remark 1. — Many intransitive verbs, when compounded with 
a preposition, become transitive : as, translre flumen ; succedere 
tectum, to go under a roqf. 

Remark 2. — A preposition in composition often has an object 
in the accusative : as, equUdtum pontem transducit, he leads the 
cavalry over the bridge ; equitdtus pontem transducUur, the cavalry 
are led-over tJie bridge. 

Remark 3. — The preposition is often repeated : as, equltdtum 
trans pontem tra7isducit. 

§ 153. Rule XX. — Accusative of Time and Space. — 
Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by 
the accusative, sometimes by the ablative : as, tres horas 
mansit, he remained three hours; fossd duos pSdes Idtd^ 
a ditch two feet wide. 

Note. — The limit of time within which any thing occurs is ex- 
pressed by the ablative : as, uno anno, within one year. 

Remark. — The accusative of time and space is an equivalent 
accusative. 

§ 154. Rule XXI. — Accusative of Place whither. — 
The names of towns and small islands are put in the 
accusative to express the point which a motion reaches : 
as, Romam venl^t, he came to Rome. 

Remark 1. — Domiis and rus are construed in the same way : 
as, domum rediit, he returned home. 

Remark 2. — A preposition is generally used when the name 
of a town is limited by an adjective or an apposition, — vrbs, 
oppidum, etc. : as, Demdrdtus se contiilit Tarquinios lid urbem 



228 ^ SYNTAX. 

Etrurice, — to Tarquinii, a town of Etruria. Ad doctas Athenas 
proficisci, 

Remarlc 3. — The preposition is sometimes omitted in prose, 
often in poetry, before the name of any place to which motion is 
directed. Deveniunt speluncam. 

§ 155. As the accusative expresses tlie limit actually 
reached by an action or motion, so also it expresses 
the limit to which the truth of a proposition extends. 
Thus, membra nudiis est, he is naked, — not entirely ^ but 
only as to his limbs. Hence, 

Rule XXII. — The accusative is sometimes used to 
express a special limitation (accusative of limitation) : as, 
nudus membra, naked as to his limbs. 

Remark 1. — This is a Greek construction, and is rarely used in 
prose. 

Remark 2. — The poets often use an accusative with a passive 
verb in the sense of the Greek middle: as, Pridmus inutile 
ferrtim cingitur, Priam girds himself with (puts on) the useless 
sword. 

§ 156. Rule XXIII. — The accusative expresses the 
object of a feeling, with or without an interjection: as, 

Heu me mis^rum ! Ah wretgJied me ! 

For the accusative with, propior and proximus, see § 142, Rem. 
If, ; with miseret, etc., see § 135, Rem. 1 ; with the infinitive, see 
gl88. 

EXERCISE LV. 

§ 157. Vocabulary. 

Antiochus, -i, AntiocJius. juventiis, -tut-is, youth. 

AntiocMa, -di, Antioch. musica, -se, music. 

Ancus Martius, -i, Ancus ilartius, grammatica, -ae, grammar. 

fourth- king of Rome. fides, -ium (fern.), strings, a lute, 

Mercurius, -i, 3Iercury. Socrates, -is, Socrates, 

inventor, -or-iSj inventor. timidus, -a, -um, eotoardly. 



THE ACCUSATIVE. 2.29 

Antigonus, -i, Antigonus, certus, -a, -um, certain. 

quotidie, daily. studium, -i, zeal, desire, pi. study. 

jucundus, -a, -um, delightful. vastitas, -tat-is, devastation. 

servitus, -tut-is, slavery. arbitr-ari, to think, deem. 
Regulus, -i, Regulus. 

hab-eo, -ere, habu-i, babit-um, to have, hold; consider. 

cel-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to hide, conceal. 

flagit-6., -are, -avi, -atum, to ask for, demand earnestly. 

8er"-io, -ire, -ivi, -itum (intr.), to he a slave, to serve. 

trans-duc-6, -ere, -dux-i, -duct-iim, to lead over. 

trans-jic-i-o, -ere, -jec-i, -ject-um, to throw over, ship over. 

red-eo, -ire, redi-i, redit-um, to return. 

dis-ced-o, -ere, discess-i, discess-um, to depart. 

pon-5, -ere, posu-i, posit-iim, to ptit, place. 

sequ-or, sequi, secut-us, to folloio. 

per-sequ-6r, persequi, persecut-us, to folloio through, pursue. 

doc-eo, -ere, docu-i, doct-um, to teach. 

e-doc-eB, -ere, edocu-i, edoet-um, to teach thoroughly. 

nasc-6r, nasc-i, Bat-us, to he horn. 

illic-i-o, -ere, illex-i, illect-um, to allure, decoy. 

red-do, reddere, reddid-i, reddit-um, to render. 

s61-e6, -ere, solitus (^ 109, 3), to he accustomed. 

prof icisc-or, proficisc-i, profect-us, to set out. 

posc-o, -ere, poposc-i, , to demand, ask. 



EXAMPLES. 

Iter omnes celat, He conceals his journey from all. 

Regem pdcem poscunt. They ask the king for peace. 

Unius diei iter. One day's journey. 

Annos (§ 153) quindecim natus, Fifteen years old. {Born fifteen years.) 

A vita discedere. To depart from life, to die. 

A millibus passuum duobus castra \ t~, . , 7 , . 

^ „ f He. pitched his camp two miles off. 

Millia passuum duo {ace), or, mil- ] 

libiis passuum duobus {ahl.),\ Two miles from the city. 

(g 153), ab urbe, J 

Me fidibus docuit. He taught me to play on the lyre {with 

the strings. Abl. of instrument). 

Ca>sarem certiorem (^ 151 h) They inform Csesar {make more cer- 

faciunt, tain). 

20 



230 SYNTAX. 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Urbem, ex Antiociii patris ^ nomine, AntiocHam ^ v5cavit. 
Anciim Martium populus regem^ creavit. Veteres Romani 
Merciirmm omniiim inventorem^ artium habebant. Anti- 
gonus iter exercitus omnes celat. Quoticlie Csesar ^duos 
frumentum^ flagitabat. Kum timidus vitam* jucundam 
vivere potest? QuP auri servus est, turpissimam servitu- 
tem* servit. Ariovistiis maximas Germanorum copias 
Rbenum^ transjecerat, neque multorum dierum^ iter^ a 
Csesaris castris abfuit. Quis regem fidibus docuit? Alex- 
ander mensem^ uniim, annos^ tres et triginta natiis, a vita 
discessit. Jam vicesimiim annum ^ Italise vastitatem pati- 
miir. Regulus Carthaginem ^'^ rediit. Consul in Africam 
profectus, Cartbaginem venit. Consul millia® passuum 
duo ab oppido castra posuerat. Catilina juventutem quam 
illexerat mala facinora^ edocebat. Socrates totius mundi 
se incolam ^ et civem arbitrabatur. Exploratores de hostium 
adventu consiilem certiorem faciunt. Juvenes Romani 
Atbenas^° stiidiorum causa proficisci solebant. 

Translate into Latin. 

Labienus followed Csesar into Gaul ; Marius returned 
home. Our cavalry pursued the enemy ten miles. Csesar 
set out from the winter quarters to Eome. The place and 
time often render cowards brave. Lust makes {renders) 
men blind. Which of the teachers (masters) taught the 
boys grammar and music ? My brother taught me to play 
on the lute. The general led all his forces across the 
bridge in one night. My brother is twenty years old. 

1 § 127. 2 ^ 151 J. 3 I 151 a. 

4 I 150, Rem. 1. 5 ^ 129, Rem. 2. ^ I 152, Rem. 2. 

' \ 132. 8 I 153. 9 I 153. 
10 I 154. 



THE VOCATIVE. — THE ABLATIVE. 231 

Caesar asked the senate for an army. The robbers de- 
manded money from Caius. Are you going to Rome for 
the sake of study? Caesar was distant ten days' journey 
from the camp of Ariovistus. It-is-characteristic of a 
good general to throw his forces over a river quickly. A 
boy twelve years old used to inform the enemy of the ap- 
proach of our forces. The Germans will pitch their 
camp ten miles off. 

THE VOCATIVE. 

§ 158. The name of the person addressed is put in 
the vocative. 

The vocative has no grammatical connection with the 
sentence, but merely serves to call the attention of the 
person to whom the discourse is directed. 



THE ABLATIVE. 

§ 159. Rule XXIV. — Ablative of Causey Manner y 
Means, Instrument. The ablative expresses the cause, 
manner, means, and instrument : as, 

Cceciis avaritia, Blinded hy avarice. 

HBc modu fecit, He did it in this manner. 

Aqiula alls volut, The eagle flies with his winga. 

Captlvum gladio oecldit, He kills the captive with a sword. 

Remark 1. — The causal ablative is used mostly with intransi- 
tive and passive verbs, and with adjectives. 

ReTnark 2. — The cause, especially with transitive verbs, is often 
expressed by oh or propter, with the accusative. 

Remark 3. — Akin to the causal ablative is the ablative of source 
with participles expressing origin : as, natus decl, born of a god- 
dess. 

Remark ^. — The manner is expressed by the ablative of words 
meaning manner, — modus, mos, ratio, ritUs ; — or by the ablative 



232 SYNTAX. 

of other words with cum : as, cum voluptate te audio. When an 
adjective is added to the noun, cmn is usually omitted : as, aequo 
animo caldmitaMs ferre, to hear calamities with patience. 

Remark 5. — When the means or instrument is a person, per with 
the accusative must be used : as, per te llberdtus sum, I was freed 
through you. But the use of per is not confined io persons : as, 
per vim, per f Idem. 

Bemarh 6. — To this rule may be referred the ablative with the 
deponents utor, I employ myself with, I use ; fruor, I delight 
myself with, I enjoy; fungor, I busy myself with, I perform; 
potior [potis), I make myself powerful with, I take possession 
of; vescor, I feed myself with, I eat. 

Note. — Potior sometimes takes an objective genitive [I make my- 
self master of). 

Bemark 7. — A causal ablative is used with expressions of trust, 
—fido, confido, fretus, etc.: as, fretus viribus, trusting in his 
strength. 

§ 160. Rule XXY. — The ablative expresses the 
material or supply : as^ Germdnid fluminibus dhunddty 
Germany abounds in rivers. 

This ablative is used with verbs and adjectives of 
plenty or want, filling or emptying, depriving, etc. ; also 
with opus est, there is need. This is a branch of the 
causal ablative^ the supply being the necessary antecedent 
of the idea of filling ; — there can be no filling without 
something to fill with. Emptying and. depriving are the 
contraries of filling. 

Bemark 1. — With opus and usUs the genitive is sometimes used, 
and rarely the accusative. Opus is either subject of est, or an 
indeclinable adjective in the predicate. Duce nobis opus est, we 
have need of a leader ; or, dux nobis opus est, a leader is necessary 
for us. The latter construction is used with neuter pronouns and 
adj ectives : as, quid nobis opUs est f 

Bemark 2. — The genitive is also used with expressions of 
plenty or wants. See I 135, Kule IX., d. 



THE ABLATIVE. 233 

§ 161. EULE XXVI. — Ablative of Limitation. — 
Nouns, adjectives, and verbs are limited by the ablative 
showing in what respect their meaning is taken : as, 
opptdiim nommS Bihrax, a town, Bibrax by name ; 
ceger pSdibus, lame in his feet 

§ 162. KuLE 'XXN 11.— Ablative of PWce.— The 
price or value of a thing, if stated definitely, is ex- 
pressed by the ablative : as, patriam auro vendid% he 
sold his country for gold. 

Remark 1. — The price or value, if indefinitely stated, is ex- 
pressed by the genitive. See I 137. 

Remark 2. — To this rule may be referred the ablative with 
dignus, indignus, etc. ^ 

Remark S. — The ablative of price is akin to the causal ablative, 
as the price is the necessary antecedent of buying and selling ; — 
there can be no buying and selling without a price. 

§ 163. KuLE 'X.HYlll.-^-Ablative of Separation. — 
That from which any thing is freedy removed, or separated, 
is expressed by the ablative : as, patridm hostibiis libera- 
vit, he freed his country //'o??i enemies. 

Remark 1. — A preposition (a6, de, ex) is often used Mdth this 
ablative. 

Remark 2. — The preposition is rarely used with names of 
towns denoting the ylace from which motion proceeds, or with 
the ablatives domo, hUmo, rm% and rilrl. Roma discessit. Dome 
exire, to go out from home. 

Remark 3. — Verbs of taking aivay have sometimes, instead of 
an ablative, a dative of advantage or disadvantage : as, nee mihi 
te eripient, nor shall they take you from me. 

§ 164. EuLE X.X1X.— Ablative of Quality.— The 
ablative limited by an adjective is used to express the 
quality of a thing : as, serpens ingenti magnitudin^, a 
serpent of huge size. 

20* 



234 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — This ablative may form part of the predicate, like 
an adjective : as, Agesilaus siduivir^ fuit htimili, Agesilaus was of 
low stature. 

The same idea is sometimes expressed by an ablative 
of limitation, limiting the adjective ; as, AgesilaUs 
stdturdfuit humiUs, Agesilaus was low in stature. 

Kemark 2. — A genitive may supply the place of the adjective: 
as, est bos cervi figilrd, there is an ox of the shape of a stag [a 
stag-sJiajped ox). 

§ 165. EuLE XXX. — Ablative of Comparison. — The 
ablative is used with the comparative degree when quam 
is omitted, to e:^ress that with which something is 
compared : as, moiis est arborg altibi^j a mountain is higher 
than a tree. 

Note. — This may be considered a branch of the causal ablative, 
that with which something is compared being a necessary antece- 
dent of the idea of comparison. It is perhaps better to consider it 
an ablative of limitation : — " as far as a tree is concerned, a mountain 
is higher." 

Remark 1. — The complement of a comparative may be con- 
nected by the conjunction qudm, either in the same case or in the 
nominative, subject of est, fuif, etc., understood : as, fortiorem 
v'ldl neminem qudm Marium, or qudm Marius [est). 

Remark 2. — When the thing compared is the subject, the abla- 
tive is generally used: as, saxum auro dUrius est; also, when the 
thing compared is the object, the ablative, especially of pronouns, 
is used : as, hoc niliil grdtius fdcere jpotes, you can do nothing 
more agreeable than this. 

But with a comparative in any other case than the nominative 
or accusative the ablative is very rarely used. Qudm is used 
with all cases. 

Remark 3. — The complement of a comparative is often omitted 
altogether, and the comparative is then translated hjtoo, or rather, 
with the positive : as, equites paulo longius processerant, the horse- 
men had advanced a little too far. 



THE ABLATIVE. 235 

Remark Jf. — Plus, minus, and amplius are often prefixed to 
expressions of number, magnitude, etc., without effect upon the 
construction : as, nan amplius horas sex matistt, he stayed not 
more than six hours. These words may be considered adverbs, 
or indeclinable nouns. 

Longiiis and the adjectives major and minor are sometimes 
used in the same way: thus, puer annorum decern, a boy of 
ten years ; puer minor annorum decem, a boy of less than ten 
years. 

§ 166. Rule XXXI. — Ablative of Place where. — 
The ablative, usually with the preposition in, expresses 
the place where : as, castris or m castris mansit, he re- 
mained in the camp ; Alexander Baby long mortuus est, 
Alexander died at Babylon. 
, Note. — The preposition is rarely used with names of towns. 

Exc. — The name of a town denoting the place where, if of the 
first or second declension and in the singular number, is in the 
genitive : as, hclbitdt Eomse, he lives at Borne ; Mileti mortuus 
est, he died at Miletus. 

Remark 1. — The genitives dom'i, liumi, militice, and belli, also 
express the place where: as, doml mlliticeque, -al home and in 
service. 

Remark 2. — The genitive of names of islands and countries is 
sometimes used in the same way: as, Romce Numidiaeque, at 
Rome and in Numidia. 

§ 167. Rule XXXII.— ^6^a^i?;e 0/ Time when.— 
The point of time at which any thing occurs is ex- 
pressed by the ablative : as, tertid hdrd, at the third 
hour. 

Remark 1. — The limit of time within which any thing is done 
is expressed by the ablative. See | 153, note. 

Remark 2. — The time before or after an event is expressed — 

(a.) By ante or post with a numeral. 

(6.) By antequdm ov postqudm. 

(c.) The time after an event, by the relative or quiim. 



236 



SYNTAX. 



(a.) After ten years, or ten years after. ■{ 



post decern annos. 
decern post annos. 
post declmum annum, 
declmum post annum. 
decern annls post, 
decern post annls. 
declmo anno post, 
decimo post anno. 
1 



(6.) Ten years after he had come. ■{ 



■ quam venerat. 



post decern annos 
decern post annos 
post declmum annum 
declmum post annum 
decem annls post 
decern post annls 
declmo anno post 
declmo post anno J 

When ante ov post stands last, an accusative specifying the event 
is often added : as, decimo anno ante conjtirationem. 

(c.) Odd diehus quibus occlsus est, eight days after he was killed. 
Quatrlduo quo occlsus est, in four days after he was killed. 

§ 168. Rule X.'KXlll.—Ahlative of Difference.— 
The ablative is used to show how much one thing 
exceeds or falls short of another : as, multis partibus 
mdjdr, many times larger ; dimidio minor, less by half, 

§ 169. Rule XXXI Y. — Ahlativewith Prepositions. — 
Twelve prepositions are followed by the ablative. See 
§ 120. 

For the ablative of duration of time and extent of space, see § 153,, 
For the ablative absolute, see § 186. 

EXERCISE LVI. 
§ 170, Vocabulary, 

secundiis, -a, -um., favorable. 

tumultus, -us, tumult. 

cadaver, -er-is (^ 38, Exc. 2), corpse. 

sensus, -us, feeling, sense. 

talentum, -i, talent. 

as, assis (m.), a farthing, a small coin. 



fretus, -a, -um, trusting. 
Concordia, -ge, agreement. 
discordia, -se, disagreement. 
plerumque (adv.), for the most part. 
moeror, -or-is, grief. 
incredibilis, -e, incredible. 



THE ABLATIVE. 



237 



morsus, -us, hiting. 
anxius, -a, -um, anxious. 
natus, -us, lirtTi. 

in-vad-8, -ere, invas-i, invas-um 



religio, -on-is, religion. 

Neptunus, -i, Neptune (god of the 
sea). 

to attack. 

con-fid-o, -ere, confis-us, to trust. (^ 109, 3.) 
cresc-§, -ere, crev-i, cret-iim, to grow. 
di-lab-6r, -i, di-laps-us, to fall to pieces. 
inter-eo, -ire, interi-i, interit-um (§ 111, 9), to perish. 
loqu-6r, loqui, locut-iis, to speak. 
ut-or, -i, usus, to use. 
fru-or, -i, fruct-us, to enjoy. 

vesc-6r, vesci, , to eat, feed upon. 

con-fic-i-8, -ere, confec-I, confect-um, to finish. 

tut-or, -ari, -atus, to protect. 

in-duc-o, -ere, indux-I, induct-um, to lead on, induce. 

im-pl-eo, -ere, implev-i, implet-um, to Jill. 

sp61i-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to strip, rob, dejyrive. 

nud-o, -are, -avT, -atum, to make naked, strip. 

pro-liib-e5, -ere, prohibu-T, prohibit-um, to keep off, prevent. 

ex-pell- 0, -ere, expul-i, expuls-um, to drive out. 

inter-dic-o, -ere, inter-dix-i, inter-dict-um, to forbid. 

mut-O, -are, -ari, -atum, to exchange, to change. 



Prae moerore, 



Major natu (^ 161), 

Re (abl. of res), 

Dux nobis (§ 142) opus est, 

Duce q 160) nobis (g 143) opus est, 

Maturate (part, perf pass.) opus 

est. 
Gives agris (§ 160) spoliare, 
Equus mihi (^ 142, ^em. 3) talento 

Q 162) stetit, 
Denis in diem assibus (§ 162), 
Asse (^ 162) carum, 
Aqua (^ 163) aliquem interdicere, 
Alicui (^ 141 or 142) aquam inter- 
dicere, 
Alicui (§ 142) aqua et igni (§ 163) 
interdicere. 



EXAMPLES. 

On account of grief. A preventing 

cause. 
Greater by birth, older, elder. 
In fact. 

A leader is necessary for us. 
We have need of a leader. 



There is need of haste. 

To deprive the citizens of their land. 

The horse cost vie a talent (stood 

to me at a talent). 
For or at ten farthings a day. 
Dear at an as. 
To cut one off from water. 

To forbid water to one. 
To cut one off from fire and toater, 
to banish. 



238 SYNTAX. 

Translate into English and analyze. 

Hostes numero^ freti in nostr5s impetum fecere. Dux 
hostium natura^ loci coiifidebat. Decimse legioni^ Csesar 
maxime confidebat. Concordia^ res parvse crescunt; 
discordia ^ maximse dilabuntiir. Miilti oppidanorum :^me 
et siti interierunt. Numidse plerumqiie lacte et carne^ 
vescuntur. Hannibal victoria^ frui quam uti maluit. 
Catilina, ciipiditate regni inductus, conjurationem fecit. 
Sapientis^est aequo animo dolorem ferre. Cornibus tauri, 
apri dentibus, morsu leones se tutantiir. Pater tuus 
nomine^ magis quam imperio^ rex fuit. Fratriim maxi- 
miis natu '" fuit Orgetorix. Milites urbem ttimultu ^ imple- 
bunt. Neptunus ventis^ secundis vela implevit. Auctori- 
tate tua'^ nobis ^ oj)us est. Quantum argenti tibi^ opus 
est? Quanti^ iste equiis tibi stetit? Talento.^" Usee 
victoria nobis multo sanguine ^° stetit. Denis in diem 
assibus ^° anima et corpus militis sestimantiir. Quod ^^ non 
opus est asse carum est. Divites cives Romani uxores 
liberosque militiim agris^^ expellebant. Regulus Cartha- 
gine^^ profectus, Romam^^ pervenit. Sacerdotes Balbo 
aqua^^ et igni interdixerant. Consul Roma^^ discessit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The Britons live mostly on milk and flesh. The gene- 
ral, trusting in the nature of the place, kept his forces in 
camp. Very many poor (men) have died of hunger and 
thirst. I cannot speak for (on account of) grief. The 
townsmen besought Csesar with many tears. Orgetorix, 



1 I 159, Rem. 7. 


2 I 142. 


« I 159, Rem. 6. 


4 \ 133. 


5 §161. 


« I 160. 


' ^ 1 160, Rem. 1. 


8 I 142. 


9 I 137. 


10 I 162. 


11 I 129, Rem. 2. 


12 I 163. 


13 a 154. 







THE ABLATIVE. 239 

the richest and most noble of the Helvetians, led^n by 
the desire of reigning (regni)^ made a conspiracy of the 
nobility. The soldiers finished the journey with incredible 
swiftness. Cicero wrote all his speeches with the greatest 
care and diligence. The Belgians attacked the camp 
with great shouting. It is the duty of a young man to 
respect his elders. Bocchus was king in name, but not in 
fact. The sailors had loaded the ships with gold. Thou 
hast deprived the citizens of (their) land ; thou hast 
stripped the temples of (their) silver and gold ; thou 
hast filled the city with blood and corpses ; for these 
things (6b has res) I cut thee off from water and fire. We 
have need of haste. How much gold have we need of? 
This base fellow will exchange faith and religion for 
money. Lycurgus forbade the use of gold to his people. 
The ^duans were not able to keep off the Helvetians 
from their country. 

EXERCISE LVII. 
§ 171. Vocabulary. 

statura, -93, stature, height {of a Hibernia, -ae, Ireland. 

man). antequam (conj.), before. 

hiimilis, -e (§ ^2, 2), low. postquam (conj.), after. 

exiguus, -a, -um, small, short. doctus, -a, -um, learned. 

pQtestas, -tat-is, poioer. amplus, -a, -um, large, much. 

perpetuus, -a, -um, continual. dimidium, -i, half. 

tyrannus, -i, king, desjjot. infinitus, -a, -um, boundless. 

genus, gener-is, race, family. altitud5, -in-is, depth, height. 

spelunca, -ae, cave. paulus, -a, -um, little. ( Usually in 

pravus, -a, -um, depraved. netiter.) 

figura, -se, shape, figure. Diana, -se, Diana. 

inferior (^ 72, 4), loicer, of less Ephesiils, -a, -iim, Ephesian. 

value, inferior. Punicus, -a, -um, Carthaginian. 
posterior (g 72, 4), later, of less ac- Scipio, -on-is, Scipio. 

count. Africanus, -a, -vim, J/rjcan. {Asur- 

praecipuus, -a, -um, especial. name of Scipio.) 

VarrS, -on-is, Varro. Britannia, -ae, Britain. 



240 SYNTAX. 

• •' dic-0, -ere, dix-i, dict-um, to say, to call. 
diic-S, -ere, dux-i, duct-um, to lead, to deem. 
cup-i-o, -ere, ciipiv-i, cu.pit-um, to desire. 
de-flagr-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn down, to he consumed. 

EXAMPLES. 



Proelium atrocius quam pro nii- 
mero pugnantiiim, 



A battle more fierce tJian in pro- 
portion to the numbers of comba- 
tants ; or than would have been ex- 
pected from, etc. 

Quo (§ 168) longior dies, eo (§ 168) The longer the day, the shorter the 
nox brevior, night. {Ed is antecedent of q^uo.) 

Translate into English and analyze, 

Agesilaus statura^ fuit humili, corpore exiguo. QuP 
potestatS est perpetua, tyrannus habetiir 6t dicitur. Lucius 
Catilina, nobili genere^ natus, fuit magna vi^ et* animi 6t 
corporis, sed ingenio^ malo pravoque. Est bos cervi^ 
figura, cujus a media® fronte unum cornu exsistit. Sapi- 
entis^ est humana omnia yirtute® inferiora ducerS. Bello 
Punico^ quo^ nullum majiis Roman! gesserg, Scipio Afri- 
canus prsecipuam gloriam tulit. Hsec verba sunt Var- 
ronis, quam fuit Claudius docti6ris/° Eo die non am- 
pliiis ^^ tria millia hominiim occisi sunt.^^ Gallorum copise 
non longius millia ^^passuiim octo ab castris aberant. Tri- 
bus annis ^* post bellum civile populus Syphacem regSm 
creavit. Homines quo plura habent, eo ciipiunt ampliora. 
VarrO Antiocbise ^^ vixit. Cicero studiorum causa multos 
annos Athenis babitavit. Qua nocte natus est Alexander, 
eadem templum Dianse Epbesise deflagravit. 

' 1 I 164, Rem. 1. 2 g 129, Rem. 2. 3 ^ 159^ i2e;?z. 3. 

* ^ 123, Rem. SI. & ^64, Rem. 2. 6 ^ 128, Rem. 8. 

' I 133. 8 \ 165. 9 \ 167. 

10 I 127. 11 I 165, Rem. 4. 12 ^ 128, Rem. 3. 

13 I 153. 1* I 167, Rem. 2. i5 ^ 166, Exc. 



THE PASSIVE CONSTEUCTION. 241 

Translate into Latin, 

It is the duty of a general to deem his own safety of less 
account than the common safety. Near the city is a cave 
of boundless depth. This soldier is of low stature and 
lame in his feet. I have seen no more beautiful (woman) 
than Tullia. On that day Csesar advanced (procedere) 
not more than six miles. The burden was too heavy for 
his strength. More men were killed than would have been 
expected from the number of combatants. Three days after 
Csesar reached the camp, ambassadors were sent by the 
Germans. The consul was blind for many years before 
(a^itequmii) you were born. The king of the Thracians 
dwelt many years at Rome. Ireland is less by half than 
Britain. Cicero was much more eloquent than Crassus. 
The farther the enemy retreated, the more swiftly did our 
men pursue. Our horsemen pursued the enemy a little 
too far. 



THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION. 

For the change from active to passive construction, 
see § 108. 

§ 172. Rule XXXV. — Verbs which in the active 
take another case in addition to the object-accusative, in 
the passive retain that other case : as, Uh^r puSro ddtur, 
a book is given to the boy ; arbdres foliis nudantur, the 
trees are stripped of leaves. 

JRemark 1. — A second accusative in the active (except with 
verbs of teaching and some verbs of asking) becomes a predicate 
nominative in the passive. Urhem vocavit Romam ; Urhs Roma 
vocaiur. 

Remark 2. — As intransitive verbs have no direct object in the 
active, they are not used personally in the passive, except with a 

21 



242 SYXTAX. 

cognate or equivalent nominative : as, curs us curritur. "When they 
are used impersonally, the remote object is of course retained: 
as, mihi a te persuddetur, I am persuaded by you. 

Remark 8. — The infinitive passive of an intransitive verb is 
often used as a complement of an impersonal expression: as, 
mihi persuader! non potest, it cannot be persuaded to me; — lean- 
not he persuaded. 

SYNTAX OF THE IIS^DEFINITE VEKB. 

The finite verb consists of the indicative, the sub- 
junctive, and the imperative mood ; the indefinite verb, 
of the infinitive, participles, gerund, and supine. 

INFINITIVE. 

§ 173. EuLE 'KXXYl.— Subject Infinitive.— T\iq 
infinitive is a neuter noun in tlie nominative or accusa- 
tive, and may be the subject of a verb : as, grdtum est 
teeum ambiilarg, it is pleasant to walk with you. 

§174. KuLE XXXVII. — Complementary Infinitive. 
— The infinitive is used as a cmnplement [filling up) with 
certain verbs and adjectives expressing an incomplete 
idea : as, pardt helium ggrerS, he is preparing to wage 
war. 

Note. — The complementary infinitive may be regarded in every 
case as an accusative, either of direct object or limitation. Translre 
condtur, he attempts the crossing. Translre potest, he is able as to 
the crossing (his ability reaches that limit). 

Remark 1. — The infinitive with adjectives is rare in prose, the 
gerund being generally used. Cupidus moriendl, rather than 
cupidus moriri. 

Remark 2. — A purpose is not expressed in Latin prose by the 
infinitive. Thus, I came to see, must be translated vera ut viderem, 
not venl videre, though this construction is sometimes used by the 
poets. 



GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 243 

Remark 3. — An infinitive expressing an incomplete idea (^ 130, 
3) has the same case after it as before it, if both nouns refer to 
the same thing : as, vulo esse rex ; neminl medio esse licet ; mihi 
esse poetse dil nun concessere, the gods have not permitted me to 
be a poet ; pudet me victiim discedere, I am ashamed to come 
off conquered. 

Remark Jf. — An adjective limiting a complementary infinitive 
agrees with the subject: as, Ccesdr clemens existimdrl volult, 
Osesar wished to be esteemed merciful. 

Remark 5. — The accusative with the infinitive (§ 188) is some- 
times used with licet, and the predicate noun must then be in the 
accusative : as, neminl {se) medium esse licet. 

§ 175. E,ULE XXXVIII. — Historical Infinitive. — 
In animated narration the infinitive is often used like a 
past indicative : as, consul \n Africdm festinarg, the 
consul hastened to Africa. 

For the predicate infinitive, see § 188. 

For the construction of participles, see ^ 185. 

GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 

§ 176. Rule XXXIX.— The gerund is a verbal 
noun in the oblique cases (the nominative being sup- 
plied by the infinitive), and is construed with the same 
cases as the verb from which it is derived. 

Studium patrem vldendl, the desire of seeing my father. 
Parcendo victis, by sparing the conquered. 

§ 177. Rule XL. — Instead of a transitive gerund 
the gerundive is frequently used ; the object-noun being 
put into the case of the gerund, and the gerundive agree- 
ing with it in gender, number, and case : as, 

Consilium scrlbendi epistolam, 



^ _,.,, - • xw, -, , f The desiqn of writing a letter. 

Consilium epistolge scribendae, J 

Remark 1. — A transitive gerund with an object accusative is 
not generally used in the dative or accusative, but the gerundive 



244 sy:n^tax. 

is used instead : as, chartd utllis est scribendis epistolls, or dd 
scribendas epistoLds (not scribendo epistolds). So also when the 
gerund would be the object of a preposition the gerundive is pre- 
ferred : aSj in victore laudando [not victorem), in praising the 
conqueror. 

Eemark 2, — The gerund is preferred when the object is a neuter 
adjective or pronoun: as, stiidium aliquid fdciendl, the desire of 
doing something. 

Hemark 3. — The genitive singular of the gerund is sometimes 
used instead of the genitive plural of the gerundive, with a noun 
in the genitive plural : as, fdcidtds agrorum laironlbus su'is condo- 
nandi, the opportunity of presenting our fields to his ruffians. So 
also in the expression sul purgandl causa, for the purpose of 
excusing themselves; though sul may better be regarded as 
the genitive singular neuter of the possessive, like nostrl and 
vestrl. ^ 

Eemark J},. — The verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior, and some- 
times medeor, use the gerundive like transitive verbs. 

§ 178. EuLE XLI. — The gerundive of intransitive 
verbs is used impersonally with the tenses of ess^, to ex- 
press the necessity or duty of doing an action : as, 

Mihi eundum est, I must go. 

Tib! eundum est, Hiou must go. 

Caio eundum est, Caius must go. 

Nobis eundum est, We must go. 

Vobis eundum est, Ye must go. 

Pueris eundum est. The boys must go. 

Mihi eundum erat, / had to go. 

Tibi eundum erat. Thou hadst to go. 

Caio eundum erat, Cains had to go. 

Mibi eundum erit, I shall have to go. 

Mibi eundum esset, I should have to go. 

Mihi eundum fuisset, I shoidd have had to go. 

Remark 1. — The object of the action is sometimes expressed: 
as, nobis ratione fdendum est, we must use reason. 

But with transitive verbs the personal construction is almost 
always used : as, 



SUPINE. 245 

Epistola mih! est scribenda, A letter must he written hy me. J must 

write a letter. 
Epistola tibl est scribenda, You must write a letter. 

Epistola nobis erat scribenda, We had to write a letter. 

Epistola vobis erit scribenda. Ye will have to write a letter. 

Epistola Caio esset scribenda, Caius toould have to write a letter. 

(This use of the gerundive is sometimes called the second 
Periphrastic Conjugation.) 

Remark 2. — The agent is expressed by the dative (§ 145), rarely 
by the ablative with a or ah. 

SUPINE. 

§179. RuleXLII. — (a.) The supine in -i^m (accusa- 
tive) is used with verbs of motion to express the purpose 
of the motion, and is construed with the same cases as 
its verb : as, v6nio te rSgatum, I come to ash you. 

(b.) The supine in u is used with adjectives as an ab- 
lative of limitation (§ 161): aSyfdcXl^ factu, easy to be 
done {with respect to the doing). 

EXERCISE LVIII. 
§ 180. VoGobidary. 

spatium, -i, opportunity, time. verutum, -i, javelin^ 

defessus, -a, -urn, tcearied. eloquentia, -33, eloquence. 

negligens, -ent-is, careless. magnanimus, -a, -um, magnanimous. 

cur-are, to attend to. setas, -tat-is, age, life. 

Arar, or Araris, -is (^ 33, Betn. 1), satis (noun, adj., or adv.), enough. 

the Saone, a river of Gaul. simul (adv.), at the same time. 

honeste (adv.), honorably. cupidus, -a, -iim, desirous. 

Herminiiis, -i, Herminius. vexillum, -I, flag, standards 

praed-or, -ari, -atus, to plunder. ^ 

frument-6r, -ari, -atus, to forage. 

purg-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to cleanse, excuse. 

con-serv-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to save, preserve. 

pro-pon-o, -ere, proposu-i, prop6sit-um, to set up. 

ag-6, -ere, eg-i, act-um, to do. 

ex-ced-6, -ere, excess-i, excess-um, to go out, retire. 
2V* 



246 SYNTAX. 

d.e-lig-8, -ere, deleg-i, delect-um, to choose. 
di-rip-i-§, -ere, diripu-i, dirept-iim, to pillage. 
ad-hib-eo, -ere, adhibu-i, adhibit-um, to apply, use. 
re-scind-6, -ere, rescid-i, re-sciss-iim, to cut down. 
disc-o, -ere, didisc-i, to learn. 
quer-or, quer-i, quest-us, to complain. 
re-pet-§, -ere, repetiv-i, repetit-iim, to ash hack. 
per-cut-i-§, -ere, percuss-i, percuss-um, to strike. 
hort-or, hort-ari, hort-attis, to encourage, exhort. 
pro-fug-i-o, -ere, profiig-i, profugit-um, to Jlee. 
pro-puls-S, -are, -avi, -atum, to repel. 
col-lig-o, -ere, colleg-i, collect-um, to collect. 
cogit-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to think. 
de-sil-i-8, -ire, desilu-i, desult-um, to leap doion, 
arcess-8, -ere, arcess-ivi, arcess-itum, to send for. 
cur-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to care for, attend to. 
par-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to prepare, acquire, buy. 

EXAMPLES. 

Neque — neque. Neither — nor. 

Spatium excedendi, Time for retiring. 



Consilium capere. To form a 

Pontem in flumine faciendum To have a bridge built over a river 

curare, (to attend to the building of a bridge, 

etc.). 
Ceesari (^ 145) omnia erant agenda, Csesar had to do all things. (Literally, 

all things ivere to be done by Csesar.) 
Sui (§ 177, Bern. S) ptirgandi For the purpose of excusing himself, 
causa, herself, themselves. 

A purpose may be expressed^ 

(a.) After verbs of giving, etc., by a predicate gerundive : as, urbs 
militibus dlripienda data est, the city was given to the soldiers to be plun- 
dered. 

(6.) By ad with the accusative of a gerund or gerundive: as, ad eds 
res conflciendds, for finishing, to finish, these things. 

(c.) After a noun, by the dative of a gerundive: as, me regem bello 
gerendo credvistl, you have made me king for the purpose of carrying on 
loar. 

{d.) By causa, gratia, "with the genitive : as, me regem belli gerendi 
causa credvistl, you have made me king for the purpose of carrying on 
war. 



SUPINE. 247 

(e.) By the supine after verbs of motion : as, legdtl res repetltum veniunt, 
ambassadors come to seek redress. 

(For other modes of expressing purpose, see ^ 193; ^ 210; | 
185, 3 b.) 

Translate into English. 

Germanis nequS consilii habendi^ nSquS arma capiendi^ 
spatiiim datum est. Magna pars equitatus prsedandi frii- 
mentandique^ causa trans Rhenum missa erat. Ad eas res 
conf iciendas ^ Org^torix deligitiir. Omnes homines plura 
liabendi^ ciipidi sunt. Multi m Squis parandis^ adhibent 
curam, sSd in amicis deligendis^ negligentes sunt. Csesar 
in Arari pontem faciendum ^ curavit. Csesar pontem quern 
in Elieno faciendum^ curaverat, rescidit. Hominis mens 
discendo alitur St cogitando. Breve tempiis setatis satis 
longiim est ad bgne honesteque vivendum. Herminiiis 
intSr spoliandum^ corpus bostis veruto percusstis est. 
Loquendi eloquentia augetur legendis ^ oratoribus St poetis. 
Principes civitatis, sui conservandi* causa, Roma^ profu- 
gerunt. Fortes et magnanimi* sunt habendi non qui^ 
faciunt, sSd qui propulsant injuriam. Illo ipso die milii^ 
proficiscendum^ erat. Militibiis de navibus grat desilien- 
dum.^ Mendaci^ a nuUo creditiir.-^" Mihi a te noceri" non 
potest. 

Translate into Latin. 

(Theyerb esse is often omitted with participles. See ^ 126, Rem. 4-) 

The Gauls had formed the design of attacking .the toivn. 

Time for retiring from (^out of) the fight was not given to 



1 ^ 177. 


2 § 176. 


3 ^ 135 a. 


* ^ 177, Rem. 3. 


5 ^ 163. 


« g 129, Rem. 2. 


7 ^ 145. 


8 ^ 178. 


^l 142, or ^141. 


10 § 114, 5; ^172, Rem. 2. 


11 ^ 172, Rem. 3. 





■^Predicate nominative after sunt habendi; the subject is the 
relative sentence following. 



248 SYNTAX. 

the wearied. The hope of plundering had recalled the 
farmers froni their fields. The general gave the city to 
his soldiers to he plundered. The chiefs of the state came 
to Caesar for the purpose of excusing themselves. The king's 
daughters had fled from home for the purpose of saving 
themselves. The Gauls send ambassadors to Rome to com- 
plain-of {supine) injuries, and to seek redress. A short life 
is long enough to accomplish all these things. Caesar had 
to do all things at one time : the flag had to be set up, the 
soldiers recalled from the work ; (those) who had advanced 
a little too far, sent for; the line had to be drawn up ; the 
soldiers exhorted ; the signal given. The soldiers had at 
the same time both to leap-down from the ships and to 
fight with the enemy. We learn by teaching. "We live 
by eating. The Helvetians were desirous of carrying on 
war. We must lead the army over the river. We must 
respect our elders, /ai^o?^ our friends, obey the laws. We 
must love ( § 178, Rem. 2) our parents and worship God. 
The enemy's ships (§ 142) cannot be hurt (§ 172, Rem. 3) 
by our sailors. 

SYNTAX OF PROPOSITIONS. 

§181. 1. Propositions are either principal or depend- 
ent. A principal proposition makes complete sense 
when standing alone ; a dependent one does not make 
complete sense when alone, but must be connected with 
another proposition. 

2. Dependent or subordinate propositions are of ten 
kinds, viz. : — 

1. Participial propositions, i.e., those whose predicate is 2b participle. 

2. Infinitive propositions, i.e., those whose predicate is an infinitive. 

3. Causal propositions, introduced by the causal conjunctions quod, 

quia, etc. 



THE MOODS. 249 

4. Final 2y^opo8it{on8, introduced by 2l final conjunction. 

5. Conditional propositions, introduced by a conditional conjunction. 

6. Concessive propositions, introduced by a concessive conjunction. 

7. Comparative propositions, introduced by a comparative conjunction. 

8. Temporal propositions, introduced by a temporal conjunction. 

9. Relative propositions, introduced by a relative pronoun. 

10. Interrogative propositions, introduced by an interrogative word. 

3. Every dependent proposition is either a noun, an 
adjective, or an adverb, limiting either the subject, or 
predicate, or some other word of the principal sentence 
on which it depends {hangs doivn), 

4. Propositions of the same rank, whether principal 
or dependent, may be connected by conjunctions, and 
are then said to be co-ordinate with each other. Co- 
ordination is of five kinds, viz. : — 

1. Copulative : e.g., he has lost his property, and forfeited his credit. 

2. Difijunctive : e.g., either he has lost his property, or he has forfeited 
his credit. 

3. Adversative : e.g., he has lost his property, hut he has not forfeited 
his credit. 

4. Causal (introduced by nam, namque, enhn, etenlm) : e.g., he will 
forfeit his credit, /or he has lost his property. 

5. Conclusive : e.g., he has lost his property, there/ore he will forfeit 
his credit. 



THE MOODS. 

§ 182. Rule XLIII. — The indicative is used both 
in principal and dependent sentences when a fact is 
stated. 

§ 183. EuLE XLIY. — The subjunctive is used when 
a thing is stated, not as a/ac^, but simply as conceived 
in the mind : — 

(a.) In a softened assertion : as, hoc confirmdverim, I think I can as- 
sert this. 



250 



SYNTAX. 



(h.) In a question, implying doubt or expecting a negative answer: as, 

quidfacidmus? what shall we do? 
(c.) To express a supposed case : as, forsltan dliqins dixerlt, perhaps 

some one will say. 
{d.) To express a command or prohibition: as, ne hocfecens, do not do 

this. 

Remark. — The subjunctive is always used to express a com- 
mand or exhortation in the first person, the imperative having no 
first person : as, edmus, let us go. 

TENSES. 
§ 184. The tenses are either primary or historical. 





PRESENT. 


FUTURES. 


PRES. PERFECT. 




amat. 


amabit, 


amavit, 


Primary. 


he loves. 


he will love. 
amaverit. 


he has loved. 




, 


he will have loved. 






IMPERFECT. 


PAST PERFECT. 


AORIST PERFECT. 


Historical. 


amabat, 


amaverat. 


amavit. 




he teas loving. 


he had loved. 


he loved. 



Rule XLV. — Succession of Tenses. — -If there be a 
primary tense in the principal proposition, there must 
be a primary tense in the dependent ; if there be an 
historical tense in the principal, there must be an 
historical tense in the dependent. 

I come, that I may see. 
I will come, that I may see. 
I have come, that I may see. 
I was coming, that I might see. 
I came, that I might see. 

Rtmark 1. — An historical present is primary in form, but past 
in fact : it is, therefore, often followed by past tenses in the depend- 
ent propositions. 

Remark 2. — The latter part of a long oblique discourse, when 
the leading verb is past, is almost always shifted to the present, 
for the sake of animation. 



PRINCIPAL. 


DEPENDENT. 


VeniB 


fit videam. 


Yeniam 


fit videam, 


Veni 


fit videam. 


Veniebam 


fit viderem. 


Veni 


fit viderem, 



PARTICIPIAL PPOPOSITIONS. 251 



PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 185. 1. The participle is used to abridge discourse, 
and may stand in the place of a causal, final, conditional, 
concessive, relative, or temporal proposition, or a prin- 
cipal proposition connected by H with what follows. 

2. (a.) The participle may agree with the subject, 
object, or some other word of the principal proposition 
{participial conjunctive construction) : as, Aristldts patrid 
pulsus LdcMcemon^m fug% Aristides when driven from 
his country fled to Sparta. 

(6.) Or, it may stand with a noun or a pronoun in the 
ablative, without grammatical connection with any word 
in the principal proposition : as, his rebus constitutis, 
consul discessU, these things being determined upon, the 
consul departed. [Ablative Absolute.) 

3. Here may be noted some peculiarities in the use 
of the participles. 

[a.) The participle in riis is used with the verb esse to represent 
the agent as about to perform, or intending to perform, an action. 
Locrddrus fiiit, he was on the point of speaking. (This is some- 
times called the First Periphrastic Conjugation.) 

(6.) The participle in ri'is, especially with verbs of motion, is 
sometimes used to express, ajpwj'^ose. AdJovtm Ammo nan per git 
consulturus de orlgme sua, he goes to Jupiter Ammon to consult 
about his origin. 

(c.) The perfect passive participle agreeing with a noun is often 
used like a verbal noun in -io or -us limited by a genitive: as, db 
urhe condita, from the building of the cit}^ ; post proeliUm facttim, 
after the fghting of the battle. An adjective limiting a noun may 
often be translated in the same way, i.e. like an abstract noun with 
a genitive : as, improvlsd re commutl, alarmed by the suddenness 
of the thing. 

{d.) Instead of the perfect tenses in the active, the perfect pas- 



252 SYNTAX. 

sive participle is sometimes used witb. liabeo; and the compound 
form thus obtained is generally stronger than the simple perfect : 
as, Dumnorix portdrid redempta habuit ijov redemerdt) , Dumnorix 
had farmed the revenues. 

§ 186. EuLE XLYI. — Ablative Absolute. — A noun 
and participle, whose case depends upon no other word, 
are put in the ablative called absolute^ to express the 
time, cause, condition, or circumstances of an action : 
as, Pythdgdrds, Tarqumid regnantg, 1.n Italiam venU, 
Pythagoras came to Italy in the reign of Tarquin {^Tar- 
quin reigning). 

Remark 1. — Two nouns, or a noun and an adjective, are often 
used in the ablative absolute without a participle, the participle 
e7is of esse having become obsolete : as, natura duce, under the 
guidance of nature [nature being guide) ; Manlio consule, in the 
consulship of Manlius [Manlius being consid). 

Remark 2. — This omission of the participle ens is quite com- 
mon in the participial conjunctive construction also : as, C. 
Antonius, pedibtis aeger, proelio ddesse nequibdt, Caius Antonius 
could not be present at the battle, [being) lame in his feet, i.e. 
because he ivas lame ; Metellus, vir egregiiis dliis artibus, Metel- 
lus (though he was) an illustrious man in other respects, etc. 

Remark 3. — The ablative absolute is very rarely used when the 
subject of the participial proposition is the same with that of the 
principal proposition; the conjunctive construction is then used. 

EXERCISE LIX. 

§ 187. Vocabulary, 

repentlnus, -a, -um, sudden. de-sper-are, to despair. 

tempestas, -tat-is, time. Atheniensis, -is, an Athenian. 

ulterior (§ 74, 1), farther. Messala, -ae, Messala. 

Dyonysius, -i, Dyonysius. Piso, -on-is, Piso. 
Syracusse, -arum, Syracuse, a city Persa, -ae, a Persian. 

of Sicily. ex sententia, according to one's notion, 

pollicitatiO, -on-is, promise. satisfactorily. 
err-are. to err^ to wander. 



PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 253 

arrip-i-o, -ere, arripu-i, arrept-um, to snatch up. 

nancisc-or, nancisc-i, nactus and nanct-us, to obtain, 

pro-gred-i-or, progred-i, progress-us, to go forward. 

CO-hort-or, -ari, -atus, to encourage, exhort. 

cond-8, cond-ere, condid-i, condit-um, to found, build, 

com-mitt-o, -ere, com-mis-i, commiss-um, to join. 

del-eo, -ere, delev-i, delet-um, to destroy. 

aggred-i-or, aggred-i, aggress-us, to go to, attack, 

ver-eor, ver-erl, verit-us, to fear. 

ad-duc-o, -ere, addux-i, adduct-um, to lead on. 



EXAMPLE. 

Caesar, having called a council, ] Csesar, concilio convoeato, centuri- 
sharply censured the centurions, i ones vehementer ineusdvit. 

(None but deponent verbs have a perfect participle with an active 
meaning ; the perfect active participle in English must therefore be 
translated by the perfect passive participle in the ablative absolute, 
unless the verb is deponent.) 

Translate into EngUsh. 

Nostri, rgpentina re perturbati, arma arripiunt. Bar- 
bari, multitudine naviuin perterriti,^ a litorg discessgrant. 
Nactus idoneam ad navigandum ^ tempestatgm, tertia f SrS 
vigilia^ Squites in ult6riorem portiim progrSdi jussit. His 
rebus ex sententia confectis,* imperator, milites cohortatiis, 
proelium commisit. Viginti annis^ antS Catonem natum® 
palj^r meiis vita^ discessit. Anno quadragesimo primo ab 
urb^ condita^ Niima rex^ creatus est. Hand multis a'nnis 
post CarthaginSm deletam^ Jugurtha natiis est. Dyony- 
sius tyrannus, Syracusis^ expulsus, Corinthi^ pugros doce- 
bat. Legatus signum militibus non dSdit cupientibus. 

1 I 185, 2 a. 2 I 142, Rem. 2. 3 ^ i67. 

* ^ 186. 6 g 167, Rem. 2. ^l 185, 3 c. 

^ \ 163. 8 ^ 130, 2. 9 I 166, Exc. 

22 



254 SYNTAX. 

Natura ducS^ nunquam errabimus. His rebiis consti- 
tiitis ^ legati regem de rebiis suis desperantSm, multis pol- 
licitationibus aggrediuntiir.^ Hac re statim per speciila- 
tores* cognita, Caesar, insidias veritus, exercituni castris^ 
contmuit. Alexander m Asiam contendit regnum Per- 
sarum occupaturiis.^ Csesar m Italiam prolecturus^ prin- 
cipes civitatum ad se convocat. Consul collem occupa- 
turus est. Athenienses legates miserunt oraculum consiil- 
turos.^ Marco Messala et Marco Pisong consulibus/ 
Orgetorix, cupidmg regni adductus, conjurationem nobili- 
tatis fecit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Who will err under tbe guidance of nature? Who, 
pray, will not err under your guidance ? In the consul- 
ship of Manlius the Gauls sent ambassadors to Rome. 
These things having been determined upon, the line of 
battle having been drawn up, the signal having been 
given, our men commenced battle. Both parties fought 
(§ 114, 5) bravely. The consul, fearing the enemy's 
cavalry, kept his forces in camp (/or) three days. Two 
years before the destruction of Carthage the Numidians 
sent ambassadors to Rome to the senate. The general is 
going-to-attack the enemy at sunset. In the reign of 
Tarquin the Proud, many noble citizens were murdered at 
Rome. The general, having called together his lieuten- 
ants, ordered them to commence the battle. The Athe- 
nians, having consulted the oracle, returned home. Ad- 
herbal, {wlieii) expelled from Numidia, fled to Rome. 
These things having been satisfactorily arranged, Csesar 
set out to (m) Britain. 

1 I 186, i2m. i. 2 §186. a § 95, i2m. ^. 

4 a 159, Rem. 5. & § 166. ^ | i85, 3 b. 



7 § 185, 3 



a. 



IIsTINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 255 



INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 188. Rule XLYII. — After expressions of saying, 
thinking, etc. {verba sentiendi U dicendl), and certain 
impersonal expressions, dependent propositions intro- 
duced in English by that, are expressed in Latin by 
infinitive propositions : as, dicit me scrib^r^, he says that 
I write. 

The subject of an infinitive proposition is in the 
accusative. 

Note. — The infinitive cannot with propriety be called a predi- 
cate, as it is a noun, and not a mode of the verb. Thus, in the 
above example, the object of dicU is scribere, and me shows the limit 
to which the assertion extends (^ 155), Ae asserts the writing with 
respect to me. The thing asserted is the loriiing, and the person as 
to whom the assertion is made is me. But as the accusative with 
the infinitive corresponds to English noun-propositions introduced 
by that, it is more convenient to regard it as a dependent pro- 
position, the accusative being the subject, and the infinitive being 
the predicatCo 

Remark 1. — The infinitive expresses an action as present, past, 
or future, with reference, not to the present time, but to the time 
of the leading verb. 

(a.) DIcii, he says '\ me scrrbere, ")_ . . ^ "\_ .,_^ ^ 

^ ' ^ , „ L., ^ 7- -J. 1 me scnpsisse, me scripturum essS, 

meet, he will say } that I write, or } ^, .^/ ' .,, K, . r -77 
^. ^ ' , ., ... \ that I have written. \ that I toill write. 

Dixit, he has said J am writing. J J 

(b.) Dicehsit, he was saying '\ me scrlbere, "^ me scripsisse, 'I . _ 

_. _^ , ., .7 ^ r * Nt, ^ 7-7. J ( oie scnpturum esse, 

Dixit, ^e sata y that I wrote, or > that I had ?■ ,, , ^ , , 

„.,,,.,! . . . 1 that I would write. 

Dixerat, he had said ) was writing, j written. } 

}epist61am scrlbi, "^ ep. scriptam esse, ^ ep. scriptum Iri, 

that the letter is > that the letter has > that the letter 

being written.* J been written. J will be written. 

}epistolam scrlbi, ") ep. scriptam essg, ^ ep. scriptum irT, 

that the letter was > that the letter had > that the letter 

being written. J been written. J would be written. 

* A doubtful expression, which, however, has been engrafted 
upon the language. 



256 SYNTAX. 

Hence, after a primary tense [a) the infinitive is translated 
like the indicative of the same tense, i.e. an infinitive present, 
like an indicative present, etc. ; after an historical tense [b) the 
infinitive present is translated like the indicative imperfect ; the 
infinitive perfect, like the indicative past-perfect ; the infinitive 
future, like the subjunctive imperfect [should or loould) ; and the 
infinitive future-perfect {fuisse scriptmncm), like the subjunctive 
past-perfect [sJiould have, loould have). 

Remark 2. — The accusative with the infinitive future passive 
is properly the object of the supine, the infinitive present passive 
Iri being used impersonally : as, dlcU epistoldm scriptum iri, he 
says that it is gone to write the letter ; i.e. that some one is going 
to write it, and, hence, that it loill he written. 

Bemarh 3. — The passive construction is preferred with transi- 
tive verbs where ambiguity would arise from the use of the 
direct object. Thus, nuncidium est Mdrium Jugurthdm vicisse, 
might mean either "that Marius has conquered Jugurtha," or 
"that Jugurtha has conquered Marius." Hence Jugurthdm d 
Mario victum is preferable. 

Remark 4- — Verbs meaning to wish or desire are followed by a 
complementary infinitive, or an infinitive with a subject: as, 
Gcesdr clemens existimdrl vuU, or Ccesdr se existimdrl clementtm 
vult, Caesar wishes to be esteemed merciful. 

Remark 5. — An infinitive proposition is always a noun-pro- 
position, the object of a verb of saying or thinking, the sub- 
ject of an impersonal verb, or in apposition with another noun. 
With an impersonal verb an infinitive proposition is logically 
[i.e. according to the manner of speaking) dependent, but gram- 
matically the subject. 

EXERCISE LX. 
§ 189. Vocabulary. 

jugum, -i, yoke. {amiliaris, -e,pe7'tai7iing to the /amili/. 

biennium, -I, two year's. res familiaris, property. 

victor, -or-is, conqueror. spes, -ei, hope. 

prod-itor, -or-is, traitor. facultas, -tat-is, means, opportunity. 



INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 



257 



neg-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to say no, to deny. 

com-par-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to acquire. 

larg-ior, larg-iri, largit-us, to bribe. 

neglig-5, -ere, neglex-i, neglect-um, to neglect. 

con-sid-o, -ere, consed-i, consess-um, to encamp. 

con-stat, con-stabat, con-sit-it (impers.), it is evident. 

nosc-0, -ere, nov-i, not-um, to find out, to know. 

conjic-i-o, -ere, conjec-i, conject-um, to hurl. 

pollic-eor, pollic-eri, pollicit-us, to promise. 

sper-0, -are, -avi, -atum, to hope. 

re-nunti-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to bring back word. 

pell-o, -ere, pepul-i, puls-um, to beat, drive. 

min-6r, -ari, -atus, to threaten. 

confirm-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to declare, assert. 

red-do, redd-ere, reddid-i, reddit-um, to give back, return. 

animadvert-5, -ere, animadvert-i, animadvers-um, to perceive. 

opprim-o, -ere, oppress-i, oppress-um, to oppress. 

sub monte, at the foot of the mountain. 



EXAMPLES. 

(a.) Coesari nunciatur, Word is brought^ it is announced, to 

Csesar. 

(b.) Rex se negotium confecturum The king promises to finish the 

pollicetur, business. 

(c.) Latrones se regem occlsiiros The robbers threatened to slay the 

esse minabantur, king, 
(d.) Imperator se regem futurum 

sperabat. The general hoped to be king. 

(Observe that after the verbs hope, promise, and threaten, the 
Latins use an infinitive proposition, while we use a complementary 
infinitive; but a complementary infinitive sometimes occurs with 
these verbs : as, pollicentur ohsides dare.) 



(e.) Memoria (^ 166) tenere, 
(/.) Caesar negat se posse, 

{g.) Turpe est regem mentlrl, 
(h.) Constat inter omnes, 



To remember. 

Csesar says that he cannot {denies 

that he can). 
It is base for a king to lie {that a 

king lie). 
All are aware {it is evident amonQ 

all). 



2^ 



258 SYNTAX. 

(i.) Dicitur Jugurtham regem esse, It ia said that Jugurtha is king. 

(Impersonal construction.) 
Jugurtha dicitur rex esse, Jugurtha is said to be king. (Per- 

sonal construction.) 

Translate into English. 

Exploratores dicunt ojjpidum 2,b hostibus teneri. Caiiis 
fratrem suiim magn5 in periculo esse animadvertit. 
Csesari ^ notiim est Dumnbrigem Helvetiis ^ fdvere. Reginse 
nunciabo te venisse. Galba ab exploratoribus certior^ 
factiis est Gallos omnes discessisse. Csesari nuntiatum est 
Gallos propiiis accedere ac lapides telaque in nostros con- 
jicere. Nunciiis poUicetiir se negotiiim ex sententia con- 
fecturiim esse. Principes sperabant se totius Gallise* 
potiri posse. Equites renuntiaverunt oppidiim expugnatum 
esse. Caesar memoria tenebat Lucium Cassium consulem 
oceisum,'' exercitumque ejus ab Helvetiis pulsum'^ et siib 
jiigum missum.'' Caesar negavit se Helvetiis itgr per pro- 
vinciam dare posse. Ad eas res conficiendas ^ Helvetii 
hiennium sibi^ satis esse duxerunt. ^quum est victorem 
parcere victis. Non sinS causa dictum est divitids alas 
haberg. Constat inter omnes neminem sing virtute posse 
beatum^ essS. 

Translate into Latin. 

The cruel chief threatened to slay (§ 189, Exc.) the 
women and children. Ariovistus declared that he would 
not return the hostages. Caesar said that he was not lead- 
ing the army against his country. This base traitor will 
say that he has not announced our plans to the enemy. 
Who can assert that he has never violated the laws of 

1 ^ 141. 2 I 142. 3 I 128 b. 

* ^ 159, note. 5 ^ 177. ^ § 174, Rem. 3. 

7 I 126, Rem. 4. 



CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS. 259 

God ? Dumnorix asserted that he was about to seize the 
kingdom. All were aware that the robbers had slain the 
merchant. It is not just for a rich man to oppress the 
poor. It is said that in Africa men eat human flesh. 
The Belgians are said to be the bravest of all the Gauls. 
Word had been brought to Csesar that the enemy had 
moved their camp, and had encamped at the foot of the 
mountain. Caesar had said (dicer e) that he would not 
neglect the injuries of the ^dnans. The chief thought 
that he would compel the nobility by force. The consul 
hopes by these things to increase (§ 189, Exc. d) his pro- 
perty, and to acquire means for (dd) bribing. 

^ CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 190. Dependent causal propositions are introduced 
by all the causal conjunctions except nam, namqu^, 
^mm, U^nXm, which introduce principal propositions. 

Rule XLVIII. — The subjunctive is used in causal 
propositions when a statement is made, not as a fact, but 
as the assertion or opinion of some one else : as, Socrates 
accusdtus est quod corrumpgret juventutem, Socrates was 
brought to trial because [as men said) he corrupted the 
youth. 

Remark 1. — A verb of saying or thinking is sometimes ex- 
pressed, and the subjunctive still retained by a species of attrac- 
tion. What would have been the predicate of the causal sentence 
becomes the accusative with the infinitive. Irdtus est Caius quod 
diceret leges esse violdtds, instead of Irdtus est Caius quod leges 
essent violdtce, Caius was angry because [as he alleged) the laws 
had been violated. 

Remark 2. — Dependent causal sentences are nouns, usually 
limiting the predicate like a causal ablative. The causal con- 
junctions quod, quid, etc. are relative words. 



260 * SYNTAX. 

EXERCISE LXI. 
§ 191. Vocabulary, 

Liscus, -i, Liscus. unde (rel. adv.), whence, from 

graviter, severely. which. 

quod (conj.), because. presens, -Qnt-'is, present. 

tarn (adv.), so. religio, -on-is, religion, a vow. 

necessarius, -a, -um, necessary, superstitio, -on-is, superstition. 

critical. concilium, -i, council. 

propinquus, -a, -um, near. partim (adv. § 31, Rem. £), partly. 

Harudes, -iim, the Harudians. praeter modiim, unduly, beyond 

quia, because {expressing a motive). measure. 
quoniam (quum-jam), since, be- r^itio, -on-ls, plan, reason, 
cause {as everybody knows). 

accus-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to censure, accuse, bring to trial. 

sub-lev-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to relieve. 

incus-0, -are, -avi, -atiim, to blame, censure. 

intro-duc-6, -ere, -dux-i, -duet-um, to introduce. 

corrump-o, -ere, corrup-i, corrupt-iim, to corrupt. 

re-preh.end-5, -ere, reprehend-i, reprehens-um, to rebuke, 

vac-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to be unoccup)ied. 

jact-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to toss about, to discuss. 

EXAMPLES. 

Res ita se habet, This is the case {the thing thus has 

itself). 
Multis presentibus (^ 186), In the presence of many. 

Civitati (§ 143) consulere, To consult for, look to, the state. 

Translate into English. 

Csesar, principibus convocatis, Divitiacum ^t Lisciim 
gravit^r accusat quod tarn necessario temp5rg, tarn prSpin- 
qiiis hostibus^ ab iis non suhlevetiir; multo^ Stiam gravius, 
quod ab iis sit destUutus queritur. ^Edui legates miserunt 
questiim^ quod Harudes agr5s eoTum popi^ildrentur. Socra- 
tes ngcatus est, non quod juventutem corrumperet ^t novas 

1 2 186, Bern. 1. 2 « I68. 3 % 179 a. 



CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS. 261 

superstitiones intrddiiceret, sed quid Athenienses de scSlSri- 
bus repreheiidebdt. Id ea ration^ Caesar fecit ; quod nole- 
bat eum locum und6^ Helvetii discesserant vacarS.^ Dum- 
norix se m Gallia relinqui ^ volebat, partim quod insuetus 
uavigandi^ mare Umeret, partim quod r^ligionibus impedi- 
retur. Caesar, coucilio convocato, centuriones omnium 
ordinum* vShem enter incusavit quod de rebus miuime ad 
eos pertinentibus ^ sententiam dixissent. Quoniam civitati 
consider^ non possum, mih! consulam. Quoniam res ita 
se habSt, in urbem redeamus.^ 

Translate into Latin, 

C^sar cut down tlie bridge whicli he had built (see § 180, 
examples) over the Rhine, because he was unwilling for 
the Germans to follow him into Gaul. Was not Aristides 
banished from his country because (as men thought) he 
was unduly just? The -^duans complained that (because) 
Ariovistus had (as they alleged) led a great army of Ger- 
mans across the Rhine. Csesar, because he was unwilling 
(a fact) for these things to be discussed in the presence of 
the ambassadors, quickly dismissed the council. The 
consul said that, since he could not consult for the state, 
he would look to his own safety. You desire to slay me, 
not because (as you allege) I have violated the laws of the 
commonwealth, but because I have rebuked you severely 
for your crimes. The shepherd blamed his son strongly, 
because he had neglected to shear the sheep. Since this is 
the case, let us set out. Liscus said that, since such was 
the case, he would speak a few things. 



1 § 129, Rem. 10. 
^^32. 


2 ^ 188. 

5 1 185, 2 a. 


3 ^ 135 a. 
6 g 183, Rem. 



262 SYXTAX. 

FINAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 192. Final projDOsitions exj^ress ^ j^urpose or result 
(the end to which an action tends)^ and are introduced 
by the final conjunctions id, ne, quo, quln, quominus. 

§ 193. EuLE XLIX. — The predicate of a final pro- 
position is in the subjunctive : as, venl ut videam, I have 
come to see. 

Note. — As a purpose has reference to the future, and is not Sbfact, 
but something conceived in the mind, it is purely subjective, and 
should obviously be expressed by the subjunctive. A result is a 
purpose accomplished, and was regarded by the Latins not so much 
in the character of a fact, as of what was intended to follow, or 
would naturally be expected to follow, in the circumstances : they 
give it, therefore, the shape which it was supposed to have before it 
became a result ; and hence the use of the subjunctive. 

Bemark 1. — Ut or uti expresses either a purpose or a result. 
Vein ut videam, I have come to see [that I may see). Eo impetu, 
mllltes ierunt tit hostes sefugce mandarent, the soldiers went with 
such violence that the enemy took tojlight. 

Remark 2. — (a.) Ne always expresses a purpose [tliat — not, 
lest). Te ohsecro ne hoc facias, I beseech you not to do this. 

A negative result must be expressed by ut — non. 

(6.) With verbs of fearing, ne is translated that, and ut, that — 
not, the final sentence being constructed with reference to the 
contrary purpose or hope implied in the verb of fearing. Timeo 
ne moriattir, I am afraid that he will die. [It is my purpose that 
he shall not.) Timeo ut moriatur, I am afraid that he will not 
die. [It is my purpose that he shall.) 

Ke — non is sometimes used instead of m^ for emphasis, especially 
after a negative : as, non vereor ne tud virtus opinionl hominwm 
non respondeat, I am not afraid that your valor will not answer 
the expectation of men. 

Remark 3. — Quo, that, is generally used in preference to ut, 
when a comparative enters the sentence. Ccesdr pontem fecit (\yiO 
f acilius flumen translret. 



FINAL PEOPOSITIONS. 263 

Remark 4- — Quln, hut that, hut that — not (= qui non or ut — 
non), is used witJi negative expressions, and expressions of doubt. 
Nemo est quln ptitet, there is no one wJw does not think. Nemo 
tarn imper'itLLS est quin ptitet, no one is so foolish as not to think. 

Rema7'k 5. — QuOmhius, that — not, is generally used with ex- 
pressions of hindering, in preference to ne. Nihil Caio obstat 
quominus scril)at, nothing hinders Caius /rom writing. 

Quln is sometimes used if a negative precedes. 

Remark 6. — Ut is often omitted after volo and verbs of permit- 
ting, asking, advising, commanding, reminding. 

Ne is often omitted after cave. 

Remark 7. — A final sentence is usually a noun, though a re- 
sult may be an adverb limiting sic, ltd, tarn, tantUs, etc. Ut in 
the sense of as is always a relative. 



EXEKCISE LXII. [tft; Ne; Quo.) 
§ 194. Vocabulary. 

commutatio, -on-is, change. motus, -us, movement, insurrection. 

alacritas, -tat-is, cheerfulness. colloqui, -locutus, to confer, con- 
morti-fer, -a, -um, mortal, deadly. verse. 

pristiniis, -a, -um, former. ex equis or equo, on horseback. 

communication -on-is, communica- item (conj.), likewise. 

tion. subitO (adv.), suddenly. 

neu, or neve (cop. fin. conj.), and una {parte, ^ 166), (adv.), together. 

that not, nor {after a final sen- contiuens, -ent-is, continent. 

tence). 

ad-duc-§, -ere, addux-i, adduct-um, to lead against. 

praecip-i-o, -ere, praecep-i, praecept-um, to instruct, enjoin. 

e-dic-6, -ere, edix-i, edict-um, to issue an edict. 

in-stitu-6, -ere, institu-i, institut-um, to instruct, teach, 

incend-5, -ere, incend-i, incens-um, to set 'on fire. 

ex-ur-o, -ere, exuss-i, exust-um, to burn up. 

in-nasc-or, -i, innat-us, to spring up. 

tim-eo, -ere, timu-i, to fear {as a coward). 

metu-o, -ere, metu-i, to fear, to be apprehensive. 

ver-eor, -eri, verit-us, to feel' awe of, to fear. (As timeo and metuo 
have no supine stem, the parts formed from that stem are sup- 
plied by vereor in either sense.) 



264 



SYNTAX, 



coquo, -ere, cox-i, coct-um, to cook. 

pac-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to subdue. 

imper-B, -are, -avi, -atiim (intr.), to command, order. 



EXAMPLES. 

Negative Purpose. Negative Result. 

That — 7w, tJiat — notany, Ne quis (^ 89, i^e/n. ;g), Ut nullus. 

That no one, Ne quis, Ut nemo. 

That no one at all, Ne quisquam, Ut nemo omnium. 

That — never, Ne unquam, Ut nunquam. 

That nothing, Ne quid, Ut nihil. 

Tanta vis probitatis est ut cam vel So great is the poicer of honesty, that 
in hoste dlllgdnms, we love it even in an enemy. 

N.B, — In final sentences expressing a result, the subjunctive is trans- 
lated like the indicative of the same tense. ■ 

Operam dare. To take care. 

Praeceptum est. Instructions were given (| 114, 5). 

Edictum est, An edict was issued (114, 6). 

The father instructed his son never to 

lie. 
The master commanded the servant to 

bridle the horse. 
The master ordered the servant not to 
bridle the horse. 



Pater filio praecepit ne unquam 

mentlretur, 
Dominus servo imperavit ut equum 

infrendret, 
Dominus servo imperavit ne 

equiim infrendret, 



Translate into English. 

Id milii SIC erit gratiim ut gratiiis^ esse nihil 
Ea non ut te instituerem scrips!. Caesar castella communit, 
quo f acilius Helvetios prohibere possU. Oppidani multis 
cum lacrymis imperatorSm obsecrabant ne oppidum incen- 
deret. Prseceptum erat Labieno 7ie proelium committeret. 
Esse'^ nos oportSt ut vlvdmus, non vivere ut eddmvLs. In eo 
itinere OrgStorix persuasit Castico^ ut regnum in civitate 
sua occiipdret; item que Dumnorigi^ ^duo, fratri* Diviti- 
2,ci, M idgm condretur persuasit. Rauracis^ persuasiim 



1 g 174, Rem. 4. 



\ 111, 8. 



141. 



127. 



FINAL PllOPOSITIONS. 265 

Sr&t^ tdi, oppidis suis vicisque cxustis,^ una ciim Helvetiis 
prdftcisccrentiir. Consul edixit ne quisquam in castris 
coctiim cibiim venderet. Tantiis trmor omnem exercitiim 
subito occupavit ut omniiim animos perturhdret. Hac 
orations habita,^ tanta commiitatio facta est ut summS< 
alacntas St ciipiditas belli gSrendi ^ inndta esset. Legem 
brevem essS* oportct quo facilius ab impSritis tenedt^r. 
Consul niilitibiis impSravit ne quern civem interficerent 
Caesar vSritus ne quis- motus in Gallia ficret, Labienum in 
contmente reliquit. Milites mStuunt ne mortifSrum ^ sU 
vulnus Scipionis. Timeo ut fratres mei ad urbem perveni- 
ant. Caesar milites cohortatus est ut suae pristinae virtiitis 
memoriam retinerent, neu perturb drentitr animo.^ Opera 
dabatiir ne quod iis^ colloquium intSr se, nevS communi- 
catio essSt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The enemy ran forward so swiftly that time was not given 
to our men for throwing their darts. So great a panic 
took possession of the citizens that no man was able to take 
up arms. An edict has been issued that no one leave the 
town. Instructions had been given to the horsemen not to 
pursue the enemy too far. Wise men eat to live, but fools 
and gluttons live to eat. I advise you, my son, never to 
believe a liar. Balbus is such a liar (so lying) that he is 
never believed (it is never believed to him). I fear that 
some one has announced our plans to the enemy. Ariovis- 
tus demanded that they should confer on horseback, and not 
bring more {ampUus) than ten horsemen apiece fo the con- 
ference. The Belgians, fearing (having feared) that if all 
Gaul were subdued (abl. abs.) the army of the Romans 



1 ^72, Ean. :2. 


2 I 186. 


3 1 177. 


4 I 188. 


5 § 128 b. 


6 I 161. 


' a 143. 







23 



266 SYNTAX. 

would he led-against (cid) tliem, collected great forces. The 
citizens feared that the auxiliaries tuould not reach the city. 
Caesar commanded (imperare) the soldiers to run forward 
swiftly, and not give the enemy time for collecting them- 
selves. Ariovistus said that he feared that snares were 
prepared for him. It has been said that brave men do not 
fear death. The consul thought that Catiline had formed 
the design of setting the city on fire. An edict was issued 
that no bread (iiothing of bread) should be introduced into 
the camp. 

EXERCISE LXIII. {Quin; Quomlnus.) 

§ 195. Vocabulary. 

dubius, -a, -um, doubtful. custos, custod-is, guard. 

compell-are, to call, address. itaque (conj.), and so, therefore. 

dubit-are, to doubt. baud multum (^ 153)^ not much, not 

conjunctiO, -on-is, friendship, inti- far. 

macy. ParmeniO, -on-is, Parrnenio. 

avoc-are, to call away, separate. medicus, -i, physician. 

investig-are, to investigate. medicamentum, -i, dose of medicine. 

Cimon, -on-is, Cimon. 
fl-eo, flere, flev-i, flet-iim, to loeep. 
ob-st-o, obst-are, obstit-i, obstit-um (intr.), to stand in front of, hinder, 

prevent. 
im-ped-io, -ire, -ivi, -itum (tr.), to tangle the feet, hinder, prevent. 
de-terr-e5, -ere, deterru-i, deterrit-um, to frighten off, deter, prevent. 
praeter-raitt-o, -ere, -mis-i, -miss-um, to pass by, leave undone. 
circum-ven-iB, -ire, -ven-i, -vent-um, to surround. 
bib-B, -ere, bib-i, bibit-um, to drink. 
ad-spie-i-8, -ere, adspex-i, adspeet-iim, to look at. 
im-pon-B, -ere, imposu-i, imp6sit-um, to p)ost, pilace. 
fru-6r, fru-i, fruct-us, to enjoy. 

EXAMPLES. 

{It cannot be that lie is not going to 
come {but that he is going to come) ; 
he is certainly going to come. 
Nunquam Balbum adspexit quln He never saw Balbus witliout calling 
fratricidam compelldret, him a fratricide. 



FINAL PROPOSITIONS. 267 

Milites retinere non possum qiiln cur- I cannot restrain the soldiers 
rant, from running. 

Facere or mihi ) ^ t i i ■ 

„ _ ^ )-non possum quln fleam, 1 cannot help weeping, 
temperare, J ~i j i 

Non est dubium ) ^ } There is no doubt ^ that God 

Negari nCn potest >• ^ \- li cannot he denied v rules </t« 

Quis dubitat j ^^^ ^^^"^' ] Who doubts J world. 

After the above expressions, quln must be translated that. 

Nihil prajtermisi quln ad te venium, I have left nothing undone to come to 

you. 

Nihil Caio obst5,t quominiis veniat, "| ,^ , . , . , ^ • r 

^ -., .„ y JVothinq hinde7-.s Cuius from, coming. 

Nihil obstat quOnnnUs Cams veniat, J ^ 

Per me stat quomlnus venids. It is my fault that you do not come. 

Quid te impedivit quomlnus venires, What prevented you from coming ? 

Minimum (^ 153) abfuit quln caderet, He teas very near falling. 

Translate into English. 

Non dubium est qum virtus summiim sit bonum.^ Bal- 
bum nunquam adspexit quln prSditorgm^ compelldret 
FiSri non potest quln alii a nobis dissentiant. Non du- 
bitavit Adherbal quln Jugurtha eum interf icerg cdndretur. 
Quis dubitarS potest qulii multo^ turpius sit fallgrg* quam 
falli? Germani retmeri non pdtuerunt qum in nostros 
tela conjicerent. Per Considium stStit quommus Csesar 
Helvetios circumvenlret. OrgStorix non dubitat quln brevi 
tempore^ totius Gallise regnum occupaturus sit. Altitudo 
jfluminis hostes deterrebat quommus transire condrentur. 
Nihil prsetermisit Cicero qum Pompeium a Csesaris con- 
junctionS dvocdret. Nihil tarn difficile est quln quserendo 
investigari possit. Cimon nunquam in hortis custodgm 
imposuit, ne quis impedlretur quommus fructibus^ fruere- 
tur. Parmenio audivSrat vSnenum a Philippi mSdico 
regi ^ parari f itaquS gpistola scripta ^ eum deterrere 

1 ^ 128, Rem. 5. 2 ^ 151 6. 3 ^ 168. 

4 ^ 173. 5 § 167, Rem. 1. 6 ^ 159^ r^^^ q. 

7 I 141. 8 g 188. 9 I 186. 



268 SYXTAX. 

Yoliiit quonunus medicamentum hVoeret quod mediciis darS 
constituerat. 

Translate into Latin. 

It cannot be denied that Csesar was (a man) of the 
greatest courage. Who can doubt that our men are able 
to sustain the attack of the enemy (for) many months ? 
The general will certainly relieve us in a few days. It 
cannot be denied that your son was born many years 
(§ 167, Bern. 2) after the building (§ 185, 3 c) of the 
city. I never converse with you ivitliout becoming wiser. 
What hinders us from persuading Marius not to storm the 
town? It was not Cicero's fault that Pompey was not 
separated from intimacy with (o/) Cgesar. The army was 
not far from being beaten and sent under the yoke. The 
soldiers could not be restrained from running forward with 
a great shout. Orgetorix was not far fi^om getting posses- 
sion of the government of all Gaul. There is no man but 
knows that all things are ruled by God. The queen could 
not help iveejnng. 

CONDITIONAL PEOPOSITIONS. 

§ 196. Conditional propositions express a condition, 
and are introduced by the conditional conjunctions sij 
if; iitsX or ni, unless, if — not ; sXn, but if; dum, modd^ 
dummddd, provided. 

The complement of the condition is called the conclu- 
sion. 

§ 197. EuLE L. — (a.) If the condition is represented 
as a fact, the indicative is used both in the condition 
and conclusion. 

r If you speak the truth {of tcMch I have no 
Si vera dicis, leges yiolavi, \ i t.,\ t -l j. i ^-l i 

"^ L doubt), 1 have broken trie laics. 

(b.) If the condition is represented as possible or 



CONDITIONAL PEOPOSITIONS. 269 

likelii to he realized, the subjunctive present or perfect 
is used in the condition, and the indicative (generally 
future) in the conclusion. (Lideterminate Condition.) 

Si pecuniam habeut, dabit, If he has the money, he ivill give it. 

{If he will give (shall have given) me 
the money, I loill go. (The money must 
be given before I go.) 

(c.) If the non-existence of the condition is implied, 
the subjunctive is used both in the condition and con- 
clusion, the imperfect for present or future time, the 
past-perfect for past time. 

{If he had money (noio), he would give it. 
If he should have tnoney (at any future 
time), he would give it. 

_ . , , . ,^T ^ S U T^^ had had money, he would have 

Si pecuniam hdbnisset, dedi8set,-\ . . /-r, . ,. x 

^ V. given tt. (Past time.) 

Remark 1. — On the same principle, the subjunctive present or 

present-perfect is used to express a possible wish, the imperfect 

or past-perfect to express a vain wish. 

r vivat! (may live! 

Utinam filiiis -< viveret ! Oh that my son < were living! 

( vixisset ! [ had lived ! 

Remark 2. — The condition is sometimes — 

[a.) Implied in some other expression : as, sine cibo nemo 
vivtre posset, no one would be able to live without food ; or, 

(6.) Altogether suppressed, in which case tlie indicative imper- 
fect is frequently used: as, sdtius erat mori qudm mentirl, it 
would he better (if necessary) to die than to lie. 

Remark 3. — When the non-existence of the condition is im- 
plied, the indicative (especially the imperfects decebdt, oportehdt, 
debebdm, poterdm, and erdm with a gerundive or adjective) is 
sometimes used in the conclusion : as, si victoria dubid esset 
tdmen omnes bonds relpublicce subvenlre decebat, if the victory 
were doubtful, yet all good men ought to come to the assistance 
of the state. 

Remark 4- — The use of the imperfect or past-perfect in a condi- 
tional sentence does not necessarily imply the non-existence of 

23* 



270 SYNTAX. 

the condition, as they are often used simply because the leading 
verb is past, and not because the character of the condition 
requires their use. (See ^ 184.) 

Remark 5.— In a conditional proposition, the subjunctive is 
usually translated like the indicative. 

Remark 6. — The conclusion is a principal or a dependent pro- 
position, according to the construction of the sentence in which 
it stands. 

Si vera dicis, leges violdvl. 

Cams confessus est se, si frater vera diceret, leges violdvisse. 

Remark 7. — If the condition must be fulfilled before the con- 
clusion can follow, the Latins use a perfect tense where in Eng- 
lish we use a present . as, si hoc feceHs, te amabo, if you do 
(shall have done) this, I icill love you. (The doing must be 
accomplished before the loving.) 

Remark 8. — A conditional proposition is an adverb, limiting 
the predicate of the conclusion. 



EXERCISE LXIV. 
§ 198. Vocabulary. 

praeceptum, -i, precejot. m-cit-are, to arouse. 

inimicitia, -ae, enmity. perpetuus, -a, -um, unending. 

adhtic (adv.), still, yet. invit-are, to invite. 

mature (adv.), soon. vera dicere, to speak truth {true 

utinam (interj.), Oh that! I tcisk things). 

that. subvenire alicui, to come to one's 

stipendium, -i, tribute, tax. assistance. 

quotannis (adv.), yearly. 

minu-6, -ere, minu-i, minut-um, to make less, weaken^ 

exerc-eD, -ere, exercu-i, exercit-um, to exercise. 

subig-5, -ere, subeg-i, subactrum, to subjugate. 

lacess-6, -ere, lacessiv-i, lacessit-um, to provoke. 

injuria laeessere, to provoke by injury, to injure. 

dol-e5, dol-ere, dolu-i, dolit-um, to grieve. 

con-ven-io, -ire, conven-i, convent-iim, to agree. 

pend-5, pendere, pepend-i, pens-um, to weigh, to pay. 

respond-eo, -ere, respond-i, respons-um, to answer. 

cav-eo, -ere, cav-i, caut-iiui, to avoid. 



CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 271 

Translate into English. 

MSmSria mmuitur nisi earn exerceas. Si Helvetii flu- 
in6n transire conentm, Csesar eos prohibebit. Csesar 
^diiis belliim intullsset nisi obsides misissent. Alexander, 
si diutius vixisset, totum orbem terrarum subegisset. Uti- 
nam pat6r metis vivdt ! Utmam rex viveret ! Csesar ab 
Ariovisto postulavit ne quam^ multitudinem hommum in 
Galliam transduceret,^ neve JEduos injuria^ lacesseret^ neve 
his sociisqug eorum belliim inferret f " Si id ita feceris,'' 
inquit, " mihi* popiiloqug Rdmano perpetua amicitia tecum 
eritJ' Ad lisec Ariovistus respondit : "Jilduis^ injuria^ 
bellum non infgram, si in eo quod convenerunt maneant, 
stipendiumqug quotannis pendant^ Nisi te satis incita- 
tiim ess6^ confiderem, pliira scriberem. Sing ferro^ figri 
non posset (it ivould be impossible) ut agri colgrenttir. 
Impgratorg interfecto^ fieri non potest quin exercitiis 
pellatur. Si vis me flere, primiim dolendiim est^ ipsi 
tibi.^ 

Translate into Latin. 

If you speak the truth, Cato has done (to) you a great 
injury. If this is the case (§ 191, Ex.). I will set out 
immediately to Rome. No man can be happy, unless his 
life is ruled by the precepts of virtue. If Csesar had been 
able to avoid these enmities, he would be still living. If I 
knew, I woidd say. If you live well, you will die happily. 
I wish you had come a little (§ 168) sooner. Ariovistus 
luoidd not have led his army across the Rhine unless he 
had been invited by the Sequanians. It would be im- 
possible to believe this report if we did not know that the 



1^89. 


2 g 193. 


3 ^ 159. 


' 'i 143. 


5 ^ 141. 


6 1 188. 


7 ^ 197, Rem. 2, a. 


8 § 178. 


9 § 145. 



272 SYNTAX. 

messenger always speaks the truth. If I had known your 
danger, I would have come to your assistance. If I go to 
Kome, I will send you the money which you demand. If 
the Helvetians had endeavored to cross the river, Caesar 
would have prevented them. Ariovistus would not he waging 
war on the ^duans if they had paid the tribute. Without 
an army it is impossible to wage war {it cannot happen th^t 
war he waged). 

CONCESSIVE PKOPOSITIONS. 

§ 199. Concessive propositions express something 
granted or yielded, and are introduced by the concessive 
conjunctions etsly quanqudm, tametsi, tdmenetsi, Hiamsi, 
licUy quamvis, quantumvis, quamlihH, ut and quctm in the 
sense of although, etc., with the general meaning although.. 

§ 200. Rule LI. — (a.) If the thing granted is repre- 
sented as a fact, the indicative is used, generally with 
quanqudm, etsl, or tdmetsl : as, Romdni, quanqudm fessi 
h'-ant, tdmen instructi procedunt, the Romans, though 
they were weary, yet march in order of battle. 

(6.) A concession merely for argument's sake, or 
where the non-existence of the thing granted is im- 
plied (a mere conception), is expressed by the subjunc- 
tive, usually with quamvis or hcet, sometimes with 
etiamsl or etsi: as, menddcium, quamvis occultetur, 
tdm^n turp^ est, a falsehood, though it be concealed, is 
nevertheless base. 

Bemark 1. — The complement of a concessive sentence is an 
adversative sentence introduced by tdmen. 

Bemark 2. — Quanqudm is properly the accusative singular 
feminine of quisqids [rem being understood) : thus, [a.) In respect 
to lohatever thing the Romans loere weary, etc. 



CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS. 273 

Bemark 3. — Etsl, tdmetsl, etiamsl [even if), and id in the sense 
of even if, although, are properly conditional conjunctions, the 
mood to be used depending upon the character of the condition. 
(See I 197.) 

Remark 4- — Quamvls, quantumlibet, quamlibct, are properly 
relative pronouns [as much as you please, however much). Thus, 
in example [h), a falsehood, however much it may he concealed, let 
it he concealed as much as you please, etc. (See I 210, Rem. 3.) 

Remark 5. — Licet is an impersonal verb, Ut being omitted : as, 
fremant omnes licet, dlcdm quod sentio, though all cry out [it is 
alloioed that all cry out), I vrill say v^hat I think. 

Remark 6. — The subjunctive is always used with ui or quUm 
concessive. 

Remark 7. — Concessive propositiohs are adverbs. 

EXERCISE LXV. 
§ 201. Vocabulary. 

occult-are, to conceal. strenuus, -a, -um, brisk, active, 

fessus, -a, -um, tveary. Italicus, -i, Italian. 

nondum (adv.), not yet. penes (prep.), with, in the power of. 

lamen (conj.), nevertheless, yet. deditio, -6n-is, surrender. 

emolumentum, -i, advantage. advers-ari, to resist, object. 

crebro {slOly.), frequently. sic (adv.), thus. 

put-are, to think. 

cognosc-o, -ere, cognov-i, cognit-um, to find out. 

accid-o, -ere, accid-i, , to hujypen. 

con-sequor, -i, consecutus, to follow, pursue and overtake, attain. 

ne-sc-io, nesc-ire, nesciv-i, nescTt-um, not to know. 

suad-eo, -ere, suas-i, suas-um, to advise. 

reor, reri, ratus, to think, deem. 

trans-eo (§ 111, 9), -ire, transi-i, transit-um, to pass away. 

vit-o, -are, -avi, -atiim, to shun, to escape. 

potior, potius {superl. potissimus, //•o/n potis), better, preferable. 

Translate into English. 
Qu6d turpg est, id,^ quamvTs occultetar, hSnestum ^ figri 

1 ^ 87, 6. 2 ^ 174, Rem. 4. 



274 SYNTAX. 

nullo modo potest. Nostri milites quanqudm itmere et 
proelio fessi erant, tamen, consule imperante/ ad summum^ 
collem cel^riter procurrerunt. Csesar, etsi nondum eoriiin 
consilia cogndverat, tamen fere id quod accidit suspicabatur. 
Viri boni multa^ ob earn causam faciunt, quod decet, etsi 
nullum consecuturum emolumentiim vident. Quod* crebrd 
aliquis videt, non miratur, etiamsl causam nescit Licet 
strenuiim metum putes essS, velocior tamen spes est. 
Italic! Adlierbali^ suadent iiti se et oppidum Jugurthse 
trddat; at ille, tametsi omnia potiora^ fide'^ Jugurthse 
rebatiir, tamen, quia penes Italicos, si adversaretur,*^ 
cogendi potestas erat, deditionem facit. Divitise, quamvis 
magnse sint, tamgn alas habent. Quamvis prudens atquS 
sapiens sis, mortem vitare nullo modo potes : sic transit 
gloria mundi. 

COMPAKATIVE PKOPOSITIONS. 

§ 202. Comparative propositions express comparison, 
and are introduced by comparative conjunctions [than, 
as), qudm, sicut, v^lut, prout, tanqudm, quasi, utsl, acsi ; 
with dc and atqu^ [as or than). 

§ 203. EuLE LII. — In comparative sentences, — 

(a.) A fact is expressed by the indicative : as, quam 
maximds potest copids cogU, he collects as great forces 
as he can. 

(b.) A mere conception, and not a fact, is expressed by 
the subjunctive : as, me adspicWts quasi monstricm sim, 
you gaze at me as if I were a monster. 

Remark 1. — The comparative conjunctions are for the most 

1 I 186. 2 I 128, Rem. 8. « § 128, Rem. 5. 

4 I 129, Rem. 2. & \ 141. 6 \ 151 6. 

7 \ 165. 8 \ 197, Eem. 4. 



COMPARATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 275 

part either relative or conditional words. Thus, qudm, than, 
is a relative, rem being understood. Cicero eloquentior fuit 
quam [rem] Ceesar [eloquens fuit). In respect-to-ivliat Caesar was 
eloquent, Cicero was more eloquent ; i.e. Cicero ivas more eloquent 
than Ceesar. So, in example [a), (copias cogit [tdm) maximas 
qudm potest, he collects forces very great in that degree in which 
degree he can), qudm is an adverbial relative, tdm understood 
being its antecedent ; or it may be considered an accusative 
singular feminine of qui, rem being understood : copias quam 
(rem) potest maximas, forces very great in what respect he can, 
i.e. as great as possible. The position of the superlative is the 
regular one. (See § 129, Rem. 6.) In the example, in horto 

amhiddhdm sicut meiis est mos ( as my custom is), sic is an 

adverbial demonstrative limiting ambiildlidm, and Ht an adverbial 
relative having sic as its antecedent ; (in horto eo modo ambulabam 
quo modo meus est mos ambiddre). In example (6), qud7n (quasi 
= quam si) is a relative, and si a conditional conjunction. Me 
adspicitis qicdm [ads])iceretis) si monstriim essem, you gaze at me 
as {you would gaze) if I were a monster. It will be observed, 
however, that, as the leading verb is present, the present is used 
in the comparative proposition [sim, not essem), though the non- 
existence of the condition is implied. 

Remark 2. — In comparative sentences, the subjunctive is mostly 
translated by the indicative. 

Remark 3. — Comparative propositions are adverbs. 



EXERCISE LXVI. 
Vocahulai^y. 

quasi (quam-si), as if. veluti (vel-uti), even so, just as. 

perinde (adv.), t?i the same manner, Grascus, -a, -um, Greek. 

precisely, just, exactly. libera, -ae, a letter of the aljjhabet ; 

aliter (adv.), otherwise. pi. literature. 

uc or atque {after aliter), than; avide (adv.), eagerly. 

{after perinde), as. diuturnus, -a, -um, long, lasting. 

honor, -or-is, office, honor. imperatum, -i, order, command, 

honores populi, offices given by the ita (adv.), so. 

people. ops {nom. ohs. § 51), op-is, help, might. 



276 SYNTAX. 

sicuti or sicut (sic-uti), so as, ratio, -on-iSj -plan. 

just as. summa ope, icith all one's might. 

tanquam or tamquam (tarn, so, silentium, -i, silence. 

quam, as), so as, just as. vitam transire, to pass one's life. 

pecus, -OTIS, flock, herd ; pi. cattle, agmen, -iu-is, an army on the march. 
ex-pl-eo, ere, explev-i, explet-um, to fill, satisfy. 
con-temn-o, -ere, contemps-i, contempt-um, to despise. 
nit-or, nit-i, nix-us and nis-us, to strive. 
de-fer-o, de-ferre, de-tul-i, de-lat-um, to carry [from one to another), to 

report. 
e-ven-i§, -ire, even-i, event-um, to turn out, result. 
sub-sequor, subsequi, subsecut-us, to follow closely. 

Translate into English. 

Grsecas litgras sic avide arripui, quasi diuturnam sitiin 
explerS cuperem. Mea m domo imperata tua dicis, perindS 
quasi dommus sis. Homines corrupti ^ superbia ^ ita 2etat6m 
agunt, quasi popiili honores contemnant; ita hos (honores) 
pStunt quasi lioneste vixerint Sicuti dixl faciam. Patfir 
meus septima hora^ redibit, sicid pollicitiis est. Mala for- 
tuna tibi accidit, tanquam mihi {accidit). Homines summa 
op6^ niti^ decet, ne vitam silentio* transeant® vUuti pecora 
(vitam transeunt). Ees evenit non perinde atque piita- 
veram. Csesar, equitatii prsemisso,^ subseqiiebatiir omni- 
bus copiis ; sed ratio ordoque agminis aliter se habebat do 
Beloise ad Nervios detulerant 



■^to' 



TEMPOEAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 204, Temporal propositions point out the time of 
an action, and are introduced by the temporal conjunc- 
tions ut, ubi, qumiij when ; postquam, postedqudm, after ; 

1 ^ 185, 2 a. 2 g 159. 3 | 167. 

* ^ 159. 5 § 173. 6 g 193. 

1 I 186. 



TEMPORAL PEOPOSITIONS. 277 

ant^qudm,, priusqultm^ before ; quandd, when, whenever ; 
sXmtddCy simul, as soon as ; dmny donec^ quodd, while, as 
long as, until. 

Note 1, — In the narration of facts, the indicative will of course 
be used in temporal propositions : as, postquam In urbem venit, after 
he came into the city. 

Note 2. — The adverbial relative quum or cum (at what time, 
when, while) frequently has also a causal or concessive force, since, 
although. As a pure particle of time, it takes the indicative, but is 
also followed by the subjunctive imperfect or past-perfect in the 
narration of past facts, especially when the aorist-perfect is used in 
the principal sentence. When the subjunctive is used, however, 
the idea of cause is usually combined with that of time. Quum, 
causal or cojicessive, always takes the subjunctive. Hence, — 

§ 205. EuLE LIII. — The subjunctive is always used 
(a) with QUUM causal or concessive; (h) frequently also 
with Qutj:M temporal, especially when the aorist-perfect 
is used in the principal sentence. 

(o.) Quse quum Ita sint, since these things are so. 

(a.) Ceres frumenta invenit, quum anted homines glandlhus vescerentur, 
Ceres invented grains, whereas men before lived on acorns. 

(6.) Quum nostri armd cepissent, hastes se receperunt, when our men 
had taken uj) arms, the enemy retreated. (Here quum cepissent points out 
both the time and the cause of the enemy's retreat.) 

§ 206. KuLE LIV. — With anUqudm and priusqudm 
(a) the indicative is used to express the simple priority 
of one action to another (both having actually been per- 
formed). 

Fltios convocdvlt antequam mortuus est, he called together his sons 
before he died. 

(6.) The subjunctive is used — (1.) when the action 
is future and doubtful ; (2.) when the non-existence 
of the action is implied; (3.) in indefinite general 
expressions. 

24 



278 SYNTAX. 

(1.) Csesa);Y)Y'msquaLm quidquum Ciesar, before lie attempted ani/ 
conaretur, Dlvltiacum vocdvlt, tiling, called Divitiacus. 

(The attempting was future to the calling, and dependent upon the 
result of Cesar's interview with Divitiacus.) 

(2.) Prius ad hostium castrd per- He reached the enemy's camp before 
veutt, quam Germanl quid ageretur the Germans could find out tchat teas 
sentire "possent, going on. 

(It is here implied that the Germans never could find out. ) 

(3.) Tempestdsmindtur antequam The tempest threatens before it rises, 

surgat, (A general truth.) 

Remarh 1. — After a future in the principal proposition, the 
indicative present or future-perfect is used with anUqudm and 
priusqudm : as, antequam pro Marencc dlcere instituo ^awc« p>^^^ 
me diccim, before I begin to speak for Murena, I will say a little 
for myself. 

Remark 2. — In historical narrative, the subjunctive imperfect 
and past-perfect are sometimes used with these conjunctions, very 
much in the same way as with quUm temporal. Faucis ante 
diebus quam Syrdcusce caperentur, a few days before Syracuse 
was taken. 

§ 207. Rule LV. — Dum^ donee, and quoad, in the 
sense of until, are followed by the indicative when a fact 
is stated ; by the subjunctive when the action is doubt- 
ful or future (not 2^ fact, but a conception). 

Locum relinquere nolult dum 3Illo He tcould not leave his post till 
veniret, Uilo should come. 

(These conjunctions in the sense of while, as long as, take the 
indicative.) 

Remarh. — All temporal propositions are adverbs, and 
in such propositions the subjunctive is, for the most part, 
translated like the indicative. 



TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 279 

EXERCISE LXVII. 

§ 208. Vocabulary, 

aries, -etis, ram. pavor, -or-is, fright. 

infirmus, -a, -um, weak, se recipere, to recover one's self. 

scapha, -se, boat. exspect-are dum, to wait for any thing 

Comiuius, -i, Commius. to happen. 

Atrebas, -at-is, Atrehatian, periculum facere, to make a trial. 

mandatum, -i, order. fulguratio, -on-is, lightning. 

ver, ver-is, spring. sonus, -i, sound. 

acerbus, -a, -um, bitter. rusticus, -a, -um, rustic. 

Phocion, -on-is, Phocion. Suessiones, -um, Suessians. 

perpetuo, continually. Boeotii, -orum, Bmotians. 

Epaminondas, -ge, Epaminondas dementia, -ae, madness, 

(App. I.). Verres, -is, Verres. 

obsidio, -on-is, siege. rosa, -as, rose. 

sum-o, -ere, sumps-i, sumpt-iim, to take. 
dif-fer-o, -ferre, dis-ttil-i, di-lat-um, to put off, defer. 
in-cip-i-5, -ere, incep-i, incept-um, to begin. 
in-cid-o, -ere, incid-i, incas-um, to fall upon. 
con-sperg-o, -ere, -spers-i, -spers-um, to sprinkle. 
prse-sto, -are, prsestit-i, praestit-um and praestat-um, to stand before, be 

superior. 
at-ting-6, -ere, attig-i, attact-um, to touch, reach. 
de-sist-o, -ere, destit-i, destit-um, to leave off, cease. 
bell-0. -are, -avi, -atum, to make war. 
claud-o, -ere, claus-i, claus-um, to shut up. 
ex-pon-o, -ere, exp6su-T, exp6sit-um, to set forth, explain. 
de-fervesc-o, -ere, deferv-i, to subside. 

inter-ced-5, -ere, -cess-i, -cess-um, to come between, intervene. 
de-liber-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to deliberate. 
de-flu-8, -erg;, de-flux-i, deflux-um, to flow away. 
com-pl-eo, -ere, complev-i, complet-um, to fill. 

Translate into English. 

1. QuuM, when, since, although, whereas. 

Caesar quum id nunciatum esset, maturavit ab urbS pr5- 
f icisci.^ Quod''^ cum anwiadvertisset Caesar, scaphas longa- 
rum navium militibus^ compleri* jussit. Britanni Com- 

1 2 174. 2 s 129, Eem. 9. ^ ?j 160. * 3 188. 



280 SYNTAX. 

miurn Atrebatem, guum ad eos Csesaris mandata deferret, 
comprelienderant, et in vincula conjecerant. Quum rosam 
viderdt, turn incipere^ ver arbitrabatur. O acerbam mihi'^ 
memoriam^ temporis illiiis et loci, quum hic in me incidit, 
quum eomplexits est, conspersitque lacrymis, nee loqui pr86 
moerore potuit! Phocion fuit perpetuo pauper, quum di- 
tissimiis essg posset. Homines, quum multis rebus infir- 
miores sint, hac re* maxime bestiis^ prsestant, quod loqui 
possunt. ^dui, quum se suaque ab Helvetiis defend erS 
nonpossint, legatos ad Csesarem mittunt rogatiim ^ auxilium. 
Quum vita sine amicis metus ^ plena sit, ratio ipsa monet 
amicitias comparare. Quse cum ita siiit, ad urbem prof i- 
ciscamur.^ 

2. Postquam; Antequam; Priusquam. 

Ea postquam Romse^ audita sunt, timor omnes invasit. 
Decem post diebiis^^ quam Caesar in Italiam pervenit, 
legiones duse erant conscriptse. 

(Rule LV., a.) Ante decimum diem^° qudm Yiisi^^ disces- 
sit, liberos omnes convocavit. Hsec omnia ante facta sunt 
qudm Verres Italiam attigit. Epaminondas non prius 
bellare destitit qudm Lacedsemonem obsidione^^ clausit. 

(b.) Gives prius se dediderunt qudm aries murum at- 
tigisset. Antequam de republica dicdm, exponam brgviter 
consilium meiim. Caesar priusquam bostes se ex pavore et 
fuga reciperent, in fines Suessionum exercitum duxit. Ad 
liaec cognoscenda" priusqudm periculiim fdceret, Caiiim 
prsemittit. Ante videmus fulgurationem qudm sonum 
audidmus. 

3. Bum; Donee; Quoad. 

Dum hsec geruntur, Csesari nunciatum est hostes propius 

1 g 188. 2 ^ 142. 3 I 156, 

4 I 161. 5 I 141. 6 ^ 179 a. 

7 i 135 a. ^l 183, Rem. ^ g 166, Exc. 

10 i 167, Rem. 2. n \ 163. 12 g 159. is ^ 177. 



RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 281 

accedSr^.^ Lucius, quoad potuit, pontSm defendit. Epami- 
nondas, quiim animadvertgrSt ^ mortifSrum se vulnus ac- 
c^pissg/ ferrum in corporS continuit quoad renuntidtum est 
viciss^^ Bceotios. Irati rogandi sunt* iit vim diffSrant, 
dum defervescat ira. Csesar, ut spatium intercedSrS posset ^ 
dum milites convmirent, legatis respondit diem se ad deli- 
berandum sumpturum. Dum vivimus vivamus/ CsesS;r 
summse dementise^ esse judicabat, exspectare ditm hostium 
copise augerentur. Kusticus exspectat diL7n defludt amnis. 

EELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 209. Eelative propositions are introduced by a rela- 
tive word. (For construction of relatives, see § 129.) 

The predicate of a relative proposition is of course in 
the indicative when a fact is stated. The subjunctive is 
used in three cases. 

§ 210. EuLE LYI. — The subjunctive is used in 
relative propositions — (a) expressing purpose, result, or 
cause {qui = ut or qudd with a personal pronoun) : as, 

Legdtos mlaerunt qui (= ut ii) They sent ambassadors th.dit they vai^ht 
jpdcm peterent, sue (to sue) for peace. {Purpose.) 

Non Is sum qui (=^ ut egB) hoc I am not such a one as to do this. 
faciam, {Result.) 

m?e/ec?« ^rm»*6a^ qui (= quod f^«^"''^«^ ^^'^ r(;m»sr in wintering 
is) Capuse hiemarit, j (because he wintered) at Capua. 

^ ( Cause.) 

{h.) In indefinite general expressions, both affirmative 
and negative : as, 

Sunt qui dicant, There are some v:ho say. 

Nemo est orator qui se Demosthenls Vo one is an orator who is unwilling 
slmileni essenoHt, to he like Demosthenes. 

I ^ 188. 2 ^ 205 6. 3 g 193. 

4 ^ 183, Eem. s ^ 133. 

* Ought to be asked. 

24* 



282 SYNTAX. 

(c.) To express the words or opinions of some one 
else, and not of the author : as, nuncidtum est equUes qui 
prsemissi essent 7'^vertissS, word was brought that the 
horsemen who had been sent forward had returned. 

Remark 1. — The subjunctiye with qui expresses a purpose with 
reference to the ohject of the sentence, a purpose with reference to 
the subject being expressed by ut. (See I 193, ^ 180, Example.) 
Thus, qui jmcem j)et&reni means, that they [the ambassadors) might 
seek peace. Qui may be used with the passive construction, 
legdtl missl sunt quipdcem peterent, where the object in the active 
becomes subject in the passive. 

Remark 2. — Quippe, utpote, and ut are frequently joined with 
qui expressing a cause. The indicative is frequently used with 
quippe qui. 

Remark 3. — The subjunctive is used in indefinite general ex- 
pressions introduced by any relative word, whether adjectival or 
adverbial. TJbi res posceret castellum communivif, wherever cir- 
cumstances required, he built a fort. Such relative sentences ex- 
press a condition : — ^thus, if circumstances anywhere required, etc. 
But the indicative is frequently used : as, quamcunque in partem 
nostri impetum fecerant, hostes loco cedere cogehantiir. 

Remark J^. — The poets and some prose writers use the indicative 
with sunt qui, erant qui, etc. The indicative will of course be 
used when a definite subject is introduced. Suntferce quae domdrl 
non possunt, there are wild beasts which cannot be tamed. (A fact.) 
But the subjunctive is used even then, if a, particular fact is not 

stated : as, sunt ferce quge domurl non possint, such that 

they cannot he tamed (if one should make the attempt). 

Remark 5. — The subjunctive is used in a relative proposition 
included in another dependent proposition expressing a concep- 
tion rather than a fact. In such cases the relative proposition 
takes the subjective complexion of the sentence : as, milites co- 
hortatus est ut omnes qui essent vulnerdtl, proelium redintegrarent, 
he exhorted the soldiers, in order that all who had been wounded 
might renew the fght. Tanta rerfim commutatio facta est, tit 
nostri, etiam qui vulneribus confect! procubuissent, proelium red- 
integrarent, so great a change of things ivas produced, that our 



EELATIVE PEOPOSITIONS. 283 

men, even tJiose who had fallen ivorn out ivith wounds, renewed the 
Jight. 

Bemai'Jc 6. — A relative proposition is an adjective, limiting the 
antecedent. Fuer qui Itglt, the reading boy. But as an adjective 
often agrees with a noun while limiting a verb, so an adjective 
proposition frequently limits the predicate, expressing the purpose 
(like a dative of purpose, ^ 144) or the cause (like an ablative of 
cause (§ 159). See examples, ^ 210 a. 

EXERCISE LXVIIL 
§ 211. Vocabulary. 

divinus, -a, -ura, pertaining to the adulatiO, -6n-is, flattery, 

gods. fortuna, -se, fortune. 

quo (adv. for old ace. quon), whither, natus (part, of nascor), a son. 
rudis, -e, uncivilized. ant — aut, either ■ — 07\ 

argutus, -a, -um, sagacious. Druides, -um, Druids. 

fortiinatus, -a, -um, fortunate. fama, -2e, fame, report. 

proeco, -on-is, herald, crier. prseditus, -a, -um, endowed. 

pecc-are, to do wrong, to sin. esuriens, -ent-is (part, of esurlre), 

complures, -a and -ia, very many, hungry. 

quite a number. quam (relative adv.), as. 

phalanx, phalang-is {Gr. ace. pha- una (parte understood, § 166), to- 

langa, pi. jjlialangas), phalanx. gether. 
Homerus, -i, Homer. 

com-mitt-o, -ere, commis-i, commiss-um, to commit. 

ad-ven-io, -ire, adven-i, advent-um, to arrive. 

pree-sum, prse-esse, prae-fui, prse-futurus, to preside over, 

di-lig-6, -ere, dilex-i, dilect-um, to choose, to love. 

vid-e8, -ere, vid-i, vis-um, to see. 

vid-eor, -eri, vis-us, to he seen (hence, to seem, appear). 

cens-eo, -ere, censu-i, cens-um, to he of opinion. 

re-per-i8, -ire, reper-i, repert-um, to find. 

insil-io, -ire, insilu-i, , to leap iipon. 

re-vell-8, -ere, revell-i, revuls-um, to tear off. 

prae-pon-o, -ere, prseposu-i, praepositum, to prefer. 

fall-o, -ere, f efell-i, fals-um, to deceive. 

occid-o, -ere, occid-i, occas-um, to fall, die. 

EXAMPLES. 

(a.) Dignus est qui ametur (§ 210 He is worthy of being loved {that he 
a), he loved). 



284 SYNTAX. 

(6.) Idoneus est cul res mandetur He is fit to have the business in- 

(§ 210 a), trusted to him {that the business be 

int rusted). 

(c.) Boctior sum qudm qui a te I am too learned to be taught by you 

docear (§ 210 a), (than that I be taught), 

(d.) Quod sciam (§ 210 b), As far as I know. 

Quod meminerim, As far as I remember. 

(e.) Legdtus, ut imperatum erat, The lieutenant crossed the river, as 

fliiinen transilt, had been ordered, 

if.) Alteri, ut cceperant, se recepe- The other party retreated as {in the 

runt, manner in which) they had begun. 

{Ut m the sense of as is a relative, in example (e) equivalent to 
quod, and subject of imperatum erat ; in example (/) equivalent to 
quo modo, and limiting coeperant. ) 

{g.) Nemo est qui putet (^ 210 b), There is no one icho thinks. 

Nemo est quin putet (g 193), There is no one icho does not think. 
(A.) An quisquam est? Is there any one? (stronger than 

numq^uls). 

Translate into English. 

1. Purpose, LVI., a. — Britanni Druides habent, qui 
rebus ^ divinis prcesint. ^dui legates Romam^ miserunt 
qui auxiliiim a senatu ^ jpeterent. Legati missi grant qui 
nuncidrent oppidiim expugnatum esse.^ Galli locum non 
babebant quo se recip^rent. Csesar Squitatum prsemisit 
qul^ bostium itinera explordrent 

2. Result, LYI., a. — I^emo tarn riidis est ad quern f ama 
sapientise tuse non pervenerit. Socrates dignus erat qui ab 
omnibus diligeretur. Caius non satis idoneus visus est cul 
tantiim nggotium manddretur. Non siimus ii quibus nibil 
veriim esse^ videdtiir. Non is sum qui tantum scelus 
committam. Major sum quam euV possit fortuna nocere. 
Argutior fiiit Jugurtba quam qui Mecipsse verbis Jailer e- 
tur. 

1 I 141, note. 2 ^ 154. 3 | 151^ jiem. 1. * § 188. 

5 I 129, Rem. 7. ^ ^ 174. ^ ^ 142. 



RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 285 

3. Cause, LVI., a. — O fortunate adolescens, qui tuse 
virtutis Homerum prseconSm ^ invenens ! Peccavisse "^ mihi 
videor qui a te discessertm. Omnes laudabant fortunas 
meas, quV natum tali ingSnio prseditum haberein. 

4. LVI., b. — Sunt qui censeant una animum et corpus 
occidSrS.* Reperti sunt complures qui in phalangas in- 
sillrent, St scuta my^nibus revellerent. Nihil est quod ho- 
mines tarn miseros^ facidt quam impietas St scelus. An 
quisquam est qui libertati servitutem prcepondt^ Nemo 
est quln Balbum stultum^ existwiet. 

5. LVI., c. — Ariovistus dixit se obsides quos ab ^duis 
hdberet non redditurum.* Csesar negavit^ se Helvetiis quod 
postuldrent darS^ possS.* 

Translate into Latin. 

The Britons sent ambassadors to say (§ 210 a) that they 
would return the prisoners whom they had taken (§ 210 
c). No one of the soldiers, as far as I know, has Iqft his 
post. This boy has never, as far as I recollect, deceived 
me. Is Caius (a) suitable (person) to commit your daughter 
to ? Kings are not too wise to be conquered by flattery, 
nor too sagacious to be deceived. Some say (there are who 
say) that the consul is both (et) a liar and a thief. Some 
thought that the enemy would not besiege the city. Is there 
any one who doubts that (§ 193, Mem. 4-) Grod rules the 
world ? Is there any one who thinks that a robber will 
return the booty ivhich he has taken f The townsmen will 
send the noblest of the state to sue for (ask) peace. The 
general is worthy of being loved by all the soldiers. The 
lieutenant, as was ordered, sent forward the cavalry to 
sustain the attack of the enemy till the footmen should 
arrive (§ 207). 

1 g 151 6. 2 g 174. 3 ^ 129, Rem. 7. * ^ 188. 5 ^ i89, Exc. /. 



286 SYNTAX. 

IKTEEROGATIVE PR0P0SITI0:NS. 

§ 212. Interrogative propositions are introduced by 
an interrogative word, and contain a question. 

1. A direct question is asked by means of a principal proposi- 
tion : as, quis venit f who comes ? 

2. An indirect question contains the substance of a direct 
question, without giving the exact words, and the proposition by 
which it is asked is always dependent: as, janitor interrogavit ■ 
quis vcniret, the porter asked who came. 

3. Questions, both direct and indirect, are asked by means of 
interrogative pronouns (§ 88), and the particles 7ie, nonne, num 
(§ 81) ; and double questions, by utrum — an, whether — or. 
In an indirect question, *we means whether, if; nonne, if not; 
num, whether, if. 

§ 213. Rule LYII. — The subjunctive is used in 
a direct question implying doubt: as, quo fugidmf 
whither shall I fly ? 

§ 214. Rule LYIII. — The subjunctive is used in 
indirect questions : as, nescio quis v6niat, I do not know 
who is coming, 

BemarTc 1. — The older writers sometimes use the indicative in 
indirect questions. 

Remark 2. — The first part of a double question is often omitted. 
CUjiim pecus est hoc ? an Meliboei ? — Is it another person's, or is 
it Meliboeus's ? 

Remark 3. — Dependent interrogative propositions are nouns. 

EXERCISE LXIX. 
§ 215. Vocabulary, 

quo ? wMtTier ? Delphi, -orum, Delphi (a city of 
permultiim (adv.), very much. Greece). 

consultum, -i, a thing determined ; patina, -a, dish. 

abl. on purpose. Morini, -orum, the Iforini. 

incertus, -a, -um, uncertain. sit-ire, to he thirsty. 



INTERROGATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 287 

vitreus, -a, -urn, of glass. Apollo, -in-is, Apollo. 

concavus, -a, -um, hollow. ab Ap. petere, to inquire of Apollo. 

manus concava, the hollow of the infaiis, -ant-is, infant. 

hand. providentia, -ae, providence. 

undS ? tchcnce? proestantia, -se, excellence. 

cur? ichy ? catinus or -um, -i, howl. 

deorsum (adv.), down-hill. fictilis, -e, earthen. 

interrog-are, to ask. casus, -us, chance. 

ab-do, -ere, abdid-T, abdit-um, to rnn for concealment. 

af-fer-o, aflferre, attul-T, allat-um, to hrinrj forward. 

causam afiferre, to bring forward a reason, to explain, 

irasc-or, -i, irat-us, to he angry. 

iratiis, -a, -um (as an adjective), angry. 

EXAMPLES. 

Quid (g 155) interest? What difference does it mahe? 

Nihil (^ 155) refert or interest, It makes no difference. 

Ub! gentium (§ 134) ? Where in the ivorld? {In what place 

of the nations ?) 

Nescio quis cldmdvit, Somehody or other (I don't know who) 

shouted. {A. fact. Nescio quls = 
allquls, but stronger.) 

Translate into English. 

Quisn^in in horto ambiilat ? Nescio quis m horto am- 
htdet. Puer dicerg non potuit quo latrones sese abdidissent 
SsepS non utile ^ est scirS^ quid fiiturimi sit Quails^ sU 
Animus, ipse animiis nescit. Permultum interest utrum 
casu an consulto/Ia^ injuria. Caii nSpos-n6 es, an filius? 
Incertum est Caii nepos-ng sim, an filius. Si sitis^ nihil 
interest utriim aqiiam hihds an viniim, nee refert utrum sit 
aureum^ poculam/ an vitreum, an mantis concava. Nonng 
canis lupo ^ similis est ? Puer patrem interrogavit nonn^ 
canes lupis similes essent. Puer interrogatus est utrum 
pluris^ patrem ^m matrgm/aeere^. Numquis^ infantibiis^ 

1 ^ 128 6. 2 ^ 173. 3 ^ 197 a. ^^ 130, 1. 

5 I 142, Bern. 3. 6 g 137. 7 \ 89. 



288 SYNTAX. 

irascitiir ? Interrogat Caiiis nu7n quis infantibus irascdtUr. 
Quo itis, pueri ? In hortum ? Ariovisto mirum visum est 
quid in ejiis Gallia Csesari^ negotii^ esset Mentiri^ 
honestum-ne sit factu* an turpe, nemo dubitat. Unde le- 
gati venissent rex nunquam reperire potuit. An quisquam 
dubitat casu-?ie an Dei providentia mundus regaturf Dum 
in his locis Csesar naviiim parandarum^ causa morabatur, 
ex magna parte Morinoriim ad eiim legati venerunt, qui 
causas afferrent^ cur civitas popiilo Komano bellum intu- 
lisset Nescio quis in horto ambuldbat 

Translate into Latin. 

Does any man doubt concerning the excellence of virtue ? 
The poet asks whether any one doubts concerning the ex- 
cellence of virtue. Can you explain, my son, why water 
always flows down hill? The king sent messengers to 
Delphi (§ 154) to inquire (§ 210 a) of Apollo whether 
he should give his daughter in marriage to Clodius or 
Glaucus. What difference does it make to a hungry man 
whether he eats his food out of a golden dish or an earthen 
bowl ? It makes no difference to the dead whether the 
king is a wise man or a fool. It is uncertain whether the 
girl thinks more of (§ 137) her father or mother. It is un- 
certain whether Balbus values life or honor most (pliiris). 
It seems wonderful to me what business either you or your 
father has (§ 143) in my garden. Did Gains kill his 
brother by chance, or on purpose ? I have not been able 
to find out whether the injury was done by chance or on 
purpose. No one knows where in the world Glaucus is 
wandering. 

1^143. 2^134. 3 1 173. 

* 1179 5. 5^177. «^210«. 



OEATIO OBLIQUA. 



289 



OEATIO OBLIQUA. 

§ 216. In narrating the words or opinions of another, 
the writer may give, either — 

(a.) The exact words of the speaker : as, Ccesdr dixtty 
" Yeni, vidi, vici,'' Caesar said, "J came, I saw, I con- 
querecV [Ordtlo redd, or Direct discourse); or, 

(b.) The substance of what the speaker said, but not 
the exact words: as, Ccesdr dixit se venissS, vidissS, 
vicissg, Csesar said that he had come, seen, conquered. 
(Ordtio ohl'iquti, or Indirect discourse.) 

§ 217. Rule LIX. — Princi]3al propositions in the 
oratio recta become infinitive propositions in the oratio 
obliqua; and dependent propositions in the oratio recta 
take the subjunctive in the oratio obliqua. 



Oratio recta. 
Ariovistus dixit, " Obsides quos 
ab iEduis habeO non reddam." 



Oratio obliqua. 
Ariovistus dixit se obsides quos ab 
^duis hdberet non redditUrum 



Remark 1. — An imperative in the oratio recta becomes a sub- 
junctive in the oratio obliqua, a verb of commanding or exhort- 
ing being understood. 

Remark 2. — The reason for the use of the subjunctive referred 
to above (Rule LIX.) is obvious, as the vrriter is making the 
statement not as a fact upon his own authority, but as the opinion 
or assertion of some one else. 

Remark 3. — The accusative vs^ith the infinitive is sometimes used 
in relative propositions in the oratio obliqua, the relative being 
equivalent to et vrith a demonstrative, and the sentence being 
therefore dependent only in form. The same construction occurs 
occasionally in other dependent sentences. 

Remark 4- — The indicative is occasionally used in dependent 
sentences in the oratio obliqua. 

25 



290 SYNTAX. 

Remarh 5. — Questions in -which the indicative is used in direct 
discourse are generally expressed in oblique discourse by the 
accusative with the infinitive, if the subject is of the Jij^st or the 
third person; by the subjunctive, if the subject is of the second 
person. 

Si vetei'is continnelice ohTii'iscl vellet, num etidm receniium inju- 
ridrum memoridm deponere posse ? [Si — velUm, num — pos- 
sum ? ) 

An qm'cqudm superhius esse ? [An quicqudm superhms est?) 

Quid tandem vererentur, aut cur de sua virtCdt desperarent ? 
(Quid veremim, aut cur desperatis?) 

But we also find the contrary construction: as, cUr quisqudm 
judlcdret, which in the direct discourse would be car quisqudm 
judicdt. 

Remark 6. — If the subjunctive is used in direct discourse (^ 183), 
it is of course retained in oblique. 

EXERCISE LXX. 

§ 218. Yocahulanj. 

super-are, to overcome. plus (adv.) posse, to he more poicer- 

invictus, -a, -um, invincible. ful. (See § 150, Eemarh 3.) 

suspic-ari, to suspect. Stipendiarius, -a, -iim, tributary. 

opulentus, -a, -um, powerful. propterea quod, for the reason that, 

because. 
sub-eo, -ire, subi-i, subit-um (§ 111, 9), to go under. 
intellig-o, -ere, intellex-i, intellect-um, to find out, to know. 

Translate into English. 

Ariovistiis respondit, '^duos, quoniam belli fortunam 
tentassent,'^ et armis superati essent, stipendiarios^ essS 
factos : nemmem secum sine sua pernicie contendissg : 
cum Cgesar vellet/ congrederetur : ^ intellectilrum * quid in- 
victi Germani, qui inter ann5s quatuordecim tectum non 
siibiissent, virtute (facere) possent.'^ Divitiacus dixit 

1 § 128 6. 2 § 205. 3 I 217, Rem. 1. 

4 § 188. 5 \ 214. 

* For terdavissent. 



OKATIO OBLIQUA. ^91 

'pejus^ victoribus Sequunis^ qiiam ^Ediiis victis accidissS,^ 
propter ea quod Ariovistiis m eorum finibiis- consedisset, 
tertiamqug partem agri Sequaiii, qui esset optimus totius 
GiiWise,^ occupdvisset.' Consul pollicitus est ' se, postqudm 
rex f ingm loquendi fecisset, legates auditurum essg.' Im- 
pgrator rSspondit 'se, etsl nondum principum consilia cog- 
novlsset,^ tamSn conjurationgm fieri* suspicari.' Philoso- 
piius respondit 'nggari'' non posse quin homines mortales 
essent.' ^ Rex dixit, ' qui ^ opiilentior esset, etiamsl injiiriam 
accipgrgt,^ tamen, quid ^lus posset, facere^ videri.' 

Translate into Latin. 

C£esar said (^negdvit) that he could not give the Helvetii 
a way through the province, because he feared that (§ 193, 
2 b) they would do injury to his allies. The scouts an- 
nounced to Csesar that the cavalry which he had sent for- 
ward had been routed by the enemy ; that the skirmishers 
had not been able to cross the river ; that the forces which 
the Germans had collected would arrive in three days. 
Word was brought that the footmen, the flight of the 
horsemen having been seen, had retreated to the mountain. 

(Change the examples in the Latin exercise from oratio 
ohliqua to oratio recta.') 

1 I 128, Rem. 5. 2 g 141. 3 ^ 188. 

4 \ 134. 5 \ 200. 6 I 174. 

7 I 193. 8 ^ 129, Rem. 2. 

^ Depends on se suspicari. 



292 



APPEXDIX I. 



APPEisDIX I. 

GREEK NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 

§ 219. 1. Xouns of this declension transferred from 
the Greek end in e (fern.) ; as and es (masc.). 







PARADIGM. 






Norn. 


Pe-ne^-o-pe, 


M-ne'-^iS, 






An-cAi' 


-ses. 


Gen. 


Pe-»eT-o-pes, 


2£A-ne'-3a, 






An-chl' 


-sas. 


Bat. 


Pe-?!er-o-pje, 


M-ne'-ss, 






An-chl' 


-sae. 


Ace. 


Pe-«e/'-o-pen, 


JE-iie'-am. 


or 


-an, 


An-chi' 


-sen. 


Voc. 


Pe-?;eZ'-o-pe, 


JE-ne'-a., 






An-chl' 


-se or 


Ahl. 


Pe-»eT-o-pe. 


J£-ne'-a. 






An-chl' 


-se or 



2. Nouns in a transferred from the Greek sometimes have an 
in the accusatiye. 

3. Those Greek nouns which have a plural are declined in that 
number like mensd. 

4. The genitive plural of patronymics in es, and of some com- 
pounds in genci, and cold, has fun instead of drum. 

APPEXDIX 11. 

GREEK NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 

§ 220. 1. Greek nouns of the second declension end 
in OS (masc. and fern.), and on (neut.), commonly changed 
in Latin into us and wn. 









PARADIGM 


Barbiton, 


a lyre. 






Sin 


gular. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


ITom. 


Be' 


-los, 


An-Jro'-ge-os, 


har'-hi-ton, 


har'-hi-ta, 


Gen. 


Be' 


-li, 


An-drd'-gQ-o or -i, 


har'-hl-tl, 


bar'-hl-toQ, 


Bat. 


Be' 


-ID, 


An-drd'-gQ-o, 


har'-hl-to, 


har'-hi-tls, 


Ace. 


Be' 


-lun, 


An-drd'-gQ-o or -on, 


har'-hi-ton, 


6ar'-bi-ta, 


Voc. 


Be 


-le, 


An-f?/-o'-ge-os, 


iar'-bi-ton, 


5ar'-bi-ta, 


Ahl. 


Be 


-15. 


An-rfro'-ge-o. 


bai-' -hi-to; 


6a/-bi-tis. 



GREEK K^OUNS OF THIRD DECLENSION. 



293 



2. The plural of Greek nouns in as is declined like the plural 
of dominus, except that they sometimes have -on instead of -drum 
in the genitive. 

3. Greek proper names in eus are declined like dominus, except 
that they have the vocative in eu. They sometimes retain the 
Greek forms in the other cases, viz. : genitive eos, dative el (con- 
tracted el), accusative ed, and are of the third declension. 

4. Pelage is found as the accusative plural of peldgus, 

APPENDIX III. 

GREEK NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

§ 221. The following paradigms show the most usual 
forms of Greek nouns of the third declension : — 





Nom. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Voc. 


AM. 


s. 


Lam pas. 


f -adis, 1 
1 -ados, J 


-adi, 


{ -adem, | 
j -a da, [ 


-as, 


-ade. 


p. 


-ades, 


-adum. 


-adibus, 


1 -ades, 1 
j -adas, J 


-ades, 


-adihus. 


s. 


Heros, 


-Gis, 


-01, 


r -oem, 1 
1 -oa, J 


-OS, 


-oe. 


p. 


-oes. 


-oum, 


-oibus, 


f-Ges, 
\ -oas. 


-oes, 


-oibus. 


1 


Chelys, 


i -yos, J 


-yi, 


( -ym, j 
1 -yn, 1 


-y. 


-ye or y. 




Pocsis, 


1 -is, -ios, \\ 
1 -eOs, J 


-h 


f-im, ) 
1 -i", J 


-h 


-i. 




Achilles, 


f-is,-ei,-i,j 
1 -eos, J 


-I, 


f -em, 
1 -ea, -en. 


-es, -e, 


-e or -1. 




Orpheus, 


-eos. 


-81, 


-ea, 


-eu. 


See ^220, 3. 




Aer, 


-eris, 


-eri. 


-era, 


-er. 


-ere. 


__ 


Dido, 


-fis, 


-<5> 


-0-, 


-0, 


-0. 



APPENDIX IV. 

DERIVATION OF NOUNS, AD.JECTIVES, AND VERBS. 

§ 222. 1. Nouns are derived from — other nouns 
{Denominatives); from adjectives [Adjectival Abstracts) -j 
from verbs (Verbals). 

25* 



294 APPENDIX lY 



DENOMIXATIVE NOUNS. 

2. The ending iujn added to the stem of a noun denotes condi- 
tion, and sometimes a collection or assemblage : as, colleg-ium 
{coUeg-a), heing a colleague, the office of colleague, an assemblage 
of colleagues, a college. 

3. The ending imonium added to a noun-stem denotes condi- 
tion, and, derivatively, several other relations : as, matr-imdiiium, 
motherhood, the married state ; patr-lmonium, fatherhood, then, 
derivatively, that ichicli results from being a father, ivhat a father 
gives a son, what a son inherits, a patrimony. 

4. The ending etum added to the stem of names of plants 
denotes a place vrhere they grow in abundance : as, laur-eium, a 
laurel grove ; querc-etum, an oak grove. 

5. The diminutive endings lus, Id, lum, ulus [a, iim), olils [a, 
im), sometimes cidUs, uncidus, uleiis, denote a small specimen of 
the primitive : as, libellus [liber), a little book ; flliolus [fllius], 
a little son. 

6. Patronymics are personal names derived from the name of 
one's father or other ancestor. They end in ides (penult short, 
femininely); Ides (penult long, feminine ei^); ia5, ■ittcZes (feminine 
as); and some feminines in Ine or ione; as, Tynddr-ides, a son 
of Tyndarus ; Tynddr-is, a daughter of Tyndarus. Ner-ldes, a 
son of Nereus ; Ner-eis, a daughter of Nereus. 

7. Amplificatives are personal names given on account of the 
great size of some part of the body. They are formed by adding 
to noun-stems : as, cdpit-o, big head ; nds-o, big nose. 

ABSTRACT NOUNS. 

8. Adjectival abstracts are formed by adding to adjective- 
stems the endings ids, Itds, etas ; tils, Itus, itddo ; id, ttid, ities ; 
edo, and tmonici. 

VERBAL NOUNS. 

9. The name of an action or condition is expressed — 

(a.) By adding or to ih.Q present-stem (generally of intransitive 
verbs) ; as, moer-6r, grief; splend-or, brightness. 



DERIYxiTION OF ADJECTIVES. 295 

(5.) By adding itXm to the present or supine stem: as, gaud- 
iiim, joy; exit-lain, destruction. 

(r.) By adding io or us to the supine-stem: as, lect-io, a read- 
ing ; cant-US, a singing. 

(cZ.) Sometimes by adding eld, imOnid, imOniiim, to the present- 
stem, or iJrd to the supine-stem : as, qiier-eld, complaining, a 
complaint. 

10. JJrd added to the supine-stem usually denotes the result of 
an action : as, pict-drd, the result of painting, a picture. 

11. The doer of an action is expressed by or (feminine rix) 
added to the supine-stem: as, vict-or, vict-rix, a conqueror. 
Some nouns in tur are formed from other nouns, though an 
intermediate verb is always supposed to exist: as, vi-d, vi-dre, 
vi-dt-6r ; glddi-us, glddi-drc, glddi-dt-ur. 

The doer is expressed by adding d or o to the present-stem of 
a few verbs : as, scrlb-d, comed-o. 

12. The endings ulum, hulum [briim), culiim [clum or crum), 
triim, added to the present-stem, express the instrument, some- 
times the place, for performing the action : as, ven-d-huldm, a 
hunting-spear ; veli-l-cidum, a vehicle. The'^e endings are some- 
times added to noun-stems : as, dcet-dhidum, a vinegar-cruet. 

13. The ending men added to the present-stem expresses the 
thing in which the action of the verb is exhibited : as, jiub-mtn, 
that which exhibits flowing, a river ; ag-men, something which 
exhibits motion, an army on the march. 

14. The ending mentum added to the present-stem usually 
with a connecting vowel, expresses the means of performing the 
action : as, doc-u-mentum, a means of showing, a proof. 

15. The ending Orium added to the supine-stem expresses the 
place where an action is performed : as, audlt-driiim, a lecture- 
room. These nouns are neuter adjectives, formed by adding ium 
to the verbal in or denoting the doer. 



DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES. 

16. Adjectives are mostly derived from verbs ( Verbals] 
or from nouns aud adjectives {Denominatives). 



296 APPENDIX IV. 

DENOMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 

17. The ending eus (sometimes nus, neus) means made of: as, 
aur-eus, made of gold ; ebur-nus, made of ivory. Sometimes it 
expresses resemblance in character: as, virgm-eus, maidenly. 
The endings mils (penult short) and enus have the same 
meaning. 

18. The endings dUs, amis, arts, driiis, llis (penult long), 
dtiUs, icus, Icius, ius, mils (penult long), and Ivus, mean per- 
taining to, belonging to, and form possessive adjectives. The 
ending Ills often denotes character : as, pner-llis, boyish. These 
adjectives are often used as nouns, the limited noun being 
omitted: as, ferr-driils [fdber), a smith; medic-md [ars], the 
physician's art, medicine ; dvi-drium, a place pertaining to birds, 
an aviary ; bv-lle, something pertaining to sheep, a fold. 

19. The endings. 05 ?~t5 and lentils mesmfull of: as, vln-osus, full 
of v^ine ; fraud-H-lentus, full of fraud. 

20. From names of places are formed possessives in dnUs, ds, 
ensis, ius, Inus : as, Athen-i-ensis, of Athens, an Athenian. 

21. The ending dtus means furnished with, wearing : as, dl-dius, 
winged ; barb-dtUs, bearded. 

VEEBAL ADJECTIVES. 

22. The ending bundas added to the present-stem, with a con- 
necting vowel, has the meaning of the participle present, but 
usually with, an intensive force : as, err-d-bundus, wandering to 
and fro. Cundiis has sometimes the same meaning. 

23. The ending IdHs added to the present-stem expresses state 
or condition : as, cdl-idUs, cold ; rdp-idUs, rapid. 

24. The ending uus added to the stem of an intransitive verb 
expresses condition or tendency ; added to the stem of a transi- 
tive verb, it has a passive meaning: as, congru-us, agreeing, 
noc-uus, hurtful ; conspic-uus, visible. 

25. The endings bills (with a connecting vowel) and Uis added 
to verbal stems express, passively, capability or desert : as, fdc- 
lUs, capable of being done ; dm-d-bills, deserving to be loved. 
Sometimes they are active in meaning : as, horr-i-bilis, producing 
horror. 



DERIVATION OF VERBS. 297 

26. The ending Idas or llias added to the supine-stem has a 
passive sense: a,s,Jict-iciHs, feigned. 

27. The ending ax expresses an inclination, — generally an evil 
one: as, rcip-ax, rapacious. 

28. The ending Ivus added to the supine-stem expresses, 
actively, capacity or tendency : as, conjunct-lvus, having a 
tendency to unite, conjunctive. ^ 



DERIVATION OF VERBS. 

29. From noun and adjective stems are formed — 

[a.) Intransitives (in 0, eo, or), denoting to be that denoted by 
the primitive : as, c6mit-or, I accompany. 

{b.) Transitives (0, or), denoting to do or make, to exercise, 
emploij, or use upon something, that which is denoted by the 
primitive : as, fraucl-o, I use fraud, I defraud ; llbcr-o, I make 
free. 

30. From verbs are derived the following : — 

(a.) Frequentatives, expressing frequency or increase of the 
action expressed by the primitive. They are formed by adding 
the endings of the first conjugation to the supine-stem, at pass- 
ing into it: as, cldm-dre [cldm-dt-), to cry — cldm-it-dre, to cry 
aloud or frequently. A few add ito to the present-.stem : as, 
dg-ito. Frequentatives are sometimes formed from frequenta- 
tives: as, curro, curso, cursito ; vtnio, vento, ventito. 

[b.) Inceptives, expressing the beginning of an action or 
condition. They are of the third conjugation, and are formed 
by adding sco, scOr, to the present-stem with a connecting vowel : 
as, Idb-d-sco, I begin to totter ; ard-e-sco, I begin to be warm ; 
profic-i-scor, I begin to make myself forward, I set out. 

(c.) Desideratives, expressing strong desire. They are of the 
fourth conjugation, and are formed by adding urio to the supine- 
stem of the primitive: as, es-iirio [edo], I desire to eat, I am 
hungry. They are few in number. 

{d.) Diminutives, which express trifling action. They are 
formed by adding ilia to the present or supine-stem : as, conscrlb- 
illo, I scribble. 

(e.) Iiitensives,\(h.iQX\ express earnest action. They are of the 



298 APPENDIX V. 

third conjugation, and are formed by adding esso or isso to the 
stem of the primitive : as, fdc-esso, I do with all my might. 

Note. — Many verbs of the above classes have only the meaning 
of the primitive. 

APPENDIX V. 

ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATION. 

§ 223. 1. Every verb-form consists of two parts^ the 
stem and the ending. The ending consists of the per- 
sonal signs (for the most part pronominal roots of the 
different persons); the connecting vowel, or mood-sign; 
and, in some tenses, the tense-sign. Though for the 
sake of convenience we call the radicals dm-, mon-, and 
and- the present-stems of the verbs dmdre, monere, and 
audire, the stems are in fact dmd-, mone-, and audi-; 
verbs of the first, second, and fourth conjugations may, 
therefore, be termed jnire or vowel verbs, while only 
those of the third conjugation have consonant stems. 
Thus, in the form dmd-bd-tis (dmd-ebd-i-tts), dmd- 
means love; ebd-, the tense-sign, marks incomplete 
action in past time (the e being absorbed by a of the 
stem), and means did; i, the connecting vowel, or mood- 
sign, is absorbed by the d preceding ; Vv hile tis, the per- 
sonal sign, means ye or you. The whole, if literally 
rendered, means love-did-ye, or, according to the Eng- 
lish idiom, ye love-did, ye love-d. 

2. The following tables show the personal, mood, 
and tense signs, which, uniting with the verb-stem, 
produce the various verb-forms. 



DERIVATION OF VERBS. 



299 



{a.) PERSONAL ENDINGS. 



1 

Singular. 


Plural. 


Person, 


1st. 


2d. 


3d. 


1st. 


2d. 


3d. 


A ctive, 
Passive, 


m, 
r, 


s, 
Ind. Per/, sti. 
ris, re, 


t. 

tur. 


THUS, 

mur, 


tis, 

I)id. Pcrf. stis. 

mini, 


nt. 
ntur. 



Note. — The personal sign 7n is the radical of the Greek, Latin, 
and English me ; mus is the pluralized form ; s, frequently inter- 
changed with t, is the radical of tu (Greek av, English th-ou), and 
Us is the same form pluralized, the t being resumed: t, of the third 
person (plural nt), has a demonstrative force, and is found as a 
prefix in tantus, tails, etc. ; and as a suffix in Id (English i-t), 
is-te, etc. 

The sign of the passive is r, and enters into all the passive end- 
ings except mint, which is w^holly unlike the rest, and is generally 
considered a participial ending (Greek juevoi), esits being understood : 
— amd-minl estis. The personal signs for the imperative are to (pi. 
tote), to (pi. nt3). Passive, re or tor (pi. mini), tor (pi. ntor). 



(b.) MOOD-SIGNS. 



Persons. 


1. 

I, 
a, 


2. 


3. 


1. 


2. 


3. 


r AllbutPres.-Perfectand| 

Put., 3dand4thConi. J 
jindicative. j p^.^^__p^^.^_ 

I Put., 3d and 4th Conj. 


[pass, e 
i, 
i, 


i. 

i. 
i. 


i, 

i, 
i, 


1, 

i, 
i. 


ti. 

eril. 
u. 


C Pres., 2d, 3d, and 4th Conj. 

„ . . Pres., 1st Conj. 
Subjunctive, j ^^.^^_^^^^ 

I Imperf. and Past-Perf. 


a, 
e, 
I, 

e, 


a, 
e, 
!, 

e, 


a. 
e. 
!. 

e. 
e. 


a, 
e, 
1, 
e, 


a, 
e, 

I, 

e, 


a. 
e. 
!. 
e. 


Imperative. 


e, 


— 


1, 


u. 


Inf. Active,'e; Passive, I. 













Note. — The mood-signs of the indicative are short (except f and 
eru of the present-perfect) ; those of the imperative are short ; those 
of the subjunctive are long (except I of the present-perfect, which is 
long or short). 



300 



APPENDIX V. 

(c.) TENSE-SIGNS. 





Pres. 


Imperf. 


Future. 


Pres.-Perf. 


Past-Perf. 


Fut.Perf. 


Indicative. 


none. 


eba. 


eb, 1st and 2d couj. 
e, 3dand4thconj. 


none. 


era. 


er. 


Subjunctive. 


none. 


er. 




er. 


iss. 




Infinitive. 


er. 






iss. 







Note. — The sign of completed action must not be confounded with 
the tense-sign. It is — 

In the Istconj.jV, sometimes passing into «, — sec-u-l ; 
(I u 2cl " V, generally passing into u, — mon-u-l ; 
" " 3d " generally s, sometimes u. 
« « 4th " V. 
Befoi'e it the final letter of the stem is lengthened : as, amd-vi, 
fle-vl, and audl-vl. The reduplication is sometimes used, as in 
Greek, to indicate completed action : as, mo-mord-l, po-posc-l, ve- 
ven-i (contr, ven-l), mo-mov-l (contr. mov-l) . Such perfects as 
pdv-l (^pa-sc-o), quiev-l (^guie-sc-o), spre-vi {sper-n-o for spre-n-o), 
are regularly formed on vowel-stems, strengthened hy the addition 
of sc (App. IV., 30 b) and n. 

3. Where two vowels come together, the former usually absorbs 
the latter, the two short syllables making one long one. It must 
be borne in mind, however, that no vowel in Latin can be long 
before m, t, or r (final), except in certain, monosyllables, and a 
long vowel before one of these final letters is shortened. The 
mood-sign o and the personal sign m never stand together, but 
one or the other is dropped : as, dmdo{m), dmdbd{o)m, — dmo, 
dmdhdTn. 

4. In the following table the stem, tense-sign, mood-sign, and 
pergonal sign are exhibited. 



Full Form. 
reg-6-(m), 
reg-i-s, etc., 
re<;-u-nt. 



PARTS ON THE PRESENT-STEM 

Full Form. 



Contracted Form. 
reg-o, 
reg-is, etc., 
reg-unt. 



ama-o-(m), 
ama-i-s, etc. 
ama-u-nt. 



Contracted Form. 
am-o, 
am-as, 
am-ant. 



DERIVATION OF VERBS. 



301 



Full Form. Contracted Form. 
reg-eba-(6)-in, reg-ebum, 
reg-eba-i-s, etc., reg-cbus, 
reg-eba-u-nt. reg-ebant. 



reg-e-a-m, 
reg-e-i-s, etc., 
reg-e-u-nt. 

reg-a-m, 
reg-a-s, etc., 
reg-a-mus, etc. 

reg-er-e-m, 
reg-er-e-s. 

reg-e-, 
reg-i-to, 
reg-i-te, 
reg-i-tote, etc. 

reg-er-e. 



reg-am, 
reg-es, 
reg-ent. 

reg-am, 
reg-as, 
reg-amus. 

reg-erem, 
reg-eres, etc. 

reg-e, 
reg-ito, 
reg-ite, 
reg-itote, etc. 

reg-ere. 



Full Form. Contracted Form. 

ama-eba-(6)-in, am-abam, 

ama-eba-i-s, etc., am-abiis, 

ama-eba-i-t. am-abat. 

ama-eb-o-(m), am-abo, 

ama-eb-i-s, etc., am-iibis, 

ama-eb-u-nt. am-abunt. 



ama-e-m, 
ama-e-s, etc., 
ama-e-mus. 

ama-er-e-m, 
ama-er-e-s. 



ama-e-, 

ama-i-to, 

ama-i-te, 

ama-i-tote, etc. am-atote. 



am-em, 

am-es, 
am-emus. 

am-arem, 
am-ares, etc. 

am -a, 
am-ato, 

am-ate, 



ama-er-e. 



PARTS ON THE PERFECT-STEM. 



regs-i, rex-i, 

regs-i-sti, rex-isti, 

regs-i-mus, etc. rex-imus, etc. 

regs-era-(o)-m, rex-eram, 

regs-era-i-s, etc. rex-eras, etc. 

regs-er-o-(m), rex-ero, 

regs-er-i-s, etc. rex-eris, etc. 

regs-er-i-m, rex-erim, 

regs-er-i-s, etc. rex-eris, etc. 

regs-iss-e-m, rex-i?sem, 

regs-iss-e-s, etc. rex-isses, etc. 

regs-iss-e. rex-isse. 



amav-i, amav-i, 

amav-i-sti, amav-isti, 

amav-i-mus. amav-imus, etc. 

amav-era-(o)-m, amav-eram, 

amav-era-i-s, etc. amav-eras, etc. 

araav-er-6-(m), amav-ero, 

amav-er-is, etc. amav-eris, etc. 

amav-cr-i-m, amav-erim, 

amav-er-!-s, etc. amav-eris, etc. 

amav-iss-e-m, amav-issem, 

amav-iss-e-s, etc. amav-isses, etc. 



amav-iss-e. 



amav-isse. 



26 



302 



APPENDIX V. 



Full Form. 
fle-6-(m), 
fle-i-s, 
fle-i-t, etc., 
fle-u-nt. 



PARTS ON THE PRESENT-STEM. 

Full Form. 



Contracted Form 
fle-5, 
fl-es, 

fi-et, etc., 
fl-ent. 



eba-(o)-m, fl-ebam, 
eba-i-s, fl-ebas, 

•eba-i-t, etc. fl-ebat, etc. 



-eb-o-(m), 
■eb-i-s, 
-eb-i-t, etc. 



a-t. 



er-e-m, 
er-e-s, etc. 



fl-ebo, 
fl-ebis, 
fl-ebit, etc. 



fl-eat, etc. 



fle-e-te, etc. 



n-erem, 
fl-eres. 



fl-ete, etc. 



audi-6-(m), 
audi-i-s, 
audi-i-t, etc. 
audi-u-nt. 



Contracted Form. 
aud-io, 
aud-is, 
aud-it, etc., 
aud-iunt. 



audi-eba-(6)-m, aud-iebam, 

audi-eba-i-s, aud-iebas, 

audi-eba-i-t, etc. aud-iebat^ etc. 

audi-a-(o)-m, audi-am, 

audi-e-is, audi-es, 

audi-e-i-t, etc. audi-et, etc. 



audi-a-m, 
audi-a-s, 
audi-a-t. 

audi-er-em, 
audi-er-e-s. 



aud-iam, 
aud-ias, 
aud-iat, etc. 

aud-irem, 
aud-ires, etc. 



audi-e — , aud-i, 

audi-e-te, etc. aud-i te, etc. 



PARTS ON THE PERFECT-STEM. 



fle-v-I-(m), 


flev-i, 


flev-era-(6)-m, 


flev-eram, 


flev-er-6-(m). 


flev-ero. 


flev-er-i-m, 


flev-erim, 


flev-iss-e-m, 


fley-issem, 


flev-iss-e. 


flev-isse. 



audi-v-i-(m), audiv-i, 

audiv-era-(o)-m, audiv-eram, 

audiv-er-6-(m). audiv-erO. 

audlv-er-i-m, audiv-erim, 

audiv-iss-e-m, audiv-issem, 

audiv-iss-e. audiv-isse. 



Note. 



-The pupil can readily complete the tables for himself. 

5. The participles are formed by adding adjectival endings to 
the verb-stem (sometimes with a connecting vowel in consonant 
verbs), ?is expressing continuance (actively); turus, futurity; 
tus, completion (passively) ; and -ndus, fitness, capacity. 



PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. 303 

6. The gerund is a verbal noun formed by adding -ndi, etc., to 
the verb-stem, a connecting vowel being necessary in consonant 
verbs : as, rcg-e-ndl. 

7. The supine is a verbal noun of the fourth conjugation, 
sometimes complete (as, cursds), but usually found only in the 
accusative and ablative. It is formed by adding tus (sometimes 
sus) to the verb-stem. 

APPENDIX VI. 

PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. 
Tenses formed on the Present-stem, 

I 224. I. The tense-sign of the indicative future in verbs of the 
fourth conjugation [l stems) seems anciently to have been eb, as 
in a and e stems, the i of the stem absorbing the e of the tense- 
sign : as, vestl-h-o, scl-b-o, instead of vestidm, scidm. The same 
contraction also occurs in the imperfect : as, ves-tlbdm. The forms 
ibdm and Ibo of eo are still retained. 

2. The endings m, Is, etc., in the subjunctive present (mood- 
sign i) are sometimes found in the earlier vs^riters and in the 
poets : as, edim, edls, edit, edlmus, etc., for eddm, etc. The same 
mood-sign is always found in the forms sim, sis, etc., velim, veils, 
etc., and their compounds. 

3. The ending e is dropped in the imperatives die, duo, fdc, 
and ftr. The short forms are also used in their compounds, ex- 
cept those compounds oi fdcio which change a into ^: as, effice. 

4. The personal sign of the imperative future passive second 
person singular was anciently mino : as, Jiortd-mino, progredi- 
mino. The older writers sometimes use the active ending of the 
imperative in deponent verbs : as, arbitruto, instead of arbitrator. 

Tenses formed on the Perfect-stem. 

5. The letter v of the perfect-stem is frequently elided and the 
first vowel of the ending is absorbed, when followed in the first 
conjugation by s, in the other conjugations by s or r ; as, dmd- 
{v)-isil, dmastl: Jle-{v)-erdm, Jlerdm. When I precedes v, there 



304 APPENDIX VII. 

is usually no contraction. This is especially the case in com- 
pounds of eo : as, redil, peril, subii, etc. 

6. When the perfect-stem ends in s, the syllables is, iss, im- 
mediately following it, are sometimes omitted : as, evastl, tcas- 
sem, evastis, for evcis-istl, evas-isstm, evds-istls. 

7. An ancient future-perfect in so sometimes occurs, from which 
subjunctive forms in sem and sim are formed : as, rtcepso, rtcep- 
sim. Sometimes this future is formed on the present-stem : as, 
Jidhesso. 

The forms ausim, faxim, and faxo are retained by the classic 
writers. 

COMPOUND YEEBS. 

8. Compound verbs generally form their perfect and supine 
stem like the simple verbs from which they are derived. Some- 
times, however, there is a change of the stem- vowel: as, 7iab-eo, 
pro-hib-eo ; fdc-io, con-fic-io ; scand-o, de-scend-o. A reduplication 
in the perfect is omitted in compound verbs : as, cced-o, ce-cid-l; 
oc-cid-o, oc-cld-l; but the compounds of do, sto, disco, and posco, 
and some of those of curro, retain it. 



APPENDIX VII. 

THE VARIOUS FORMATIONS OF THE PERFECT AND 

SUPINE STEMS. 

§ 225. Fi7'st Conjugation. 

1. The perfect and supine stems are formed, in the first conju- 
gation, by adding respectively dv and at to the present-stem ; or, 
to speak more correctly, by adding v and t to the crude form of 
the verb : as, dmd-, dmdv-, dmdt-. 

2. But— 

{a.) The characteristic vowel a is elided in the perfect tenses of 
a few verbs (y passing into u after a consonant), and in such 
cases is usually changed into i in the supine : as, crepo, crep-u-l, 
crep-i-tum. 

(6.) The perfect-stem is formed by reduplicating the initial 
consonant with e: as, d-dre, ded-i. 



PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 



305 



(c.) Some verbs seem originally to have reduplicated, but the 
reduplication has been dropped, the first two syllables blending 
into one, and the short stem- vowel becoming long: as, Idv-o, Iclv-l 
for Id-vd-vi. 

3. The following list contains the verbs which vary from the 
usual mode of formation : — 



CrepO, crepare, crepui, crepitum, to 
creak ; increpo, -avi or -ui, -atum 

or-itum; discrepo, -ui, ; re- 

crepo, -are, , . 

Cubo, cubui, cubitum, to lie down. 
Incub5 has rarely -avi. Some of 
the compounds insert m, and are of 
the third conjugation. 

Do, dare, dedi, datum, to give. Com- 
pounds with monosyllabic preposi- 
tions are of the third conjugation. 

Domo, domui, domitum, to tame. 

Frico, fricui, fricatum or frictiim, 
to rub ; confrico, confricavi, con- 
fricatum. 

Juv5, juvi, jiitum,juvaturus, to help. 

LavO (-are and -ere), lavi and la- 
vavi, lotum, lautum, anc^ lavatum,, 
lavaturus, to icash. 

Mico, micui, , to quiver; di- 

inic5, -avi, rarely -ui, -atftm ; 
emic5, -ui, -atum. 



Nico, necavi, rarely necui, necatum, 

rarely nectum, to kill. 
Plico, plicavi aiid plicui, plicatum 

and plicitum, to fold. Applico, 

complico, explico, implicB, in the 

same way. The other cojnjMjunds 

have -avi, -atum. 
Poto, potavi, potum and potatum, 

to drink. 
Seco, secui, sectum and secatum, 

to cut. So also praesecB, resecB. 

The other compounds have only 

sectum. 
Sono, sonui, sonitum, soniturus, to 

sound; consonB, exsono, insono, 

praesono, -ui, ; resonS, -avi. 

Sto, steti {for sesti), statum, to 

stand. 
Tono, tonui, , to thunder; at- 

tono, -ui, -itum. 
Veto, vetui, vetitum, to forbid. 



§ 226. Second Conjugation. 

1. The perfect-stem is formed, in the second conjugation, — 

[a.) By adding v to the crude form of the verb, as in the first 
conjugation : as, fle-o, fiev-i. 

(6.) But in most verbs the characteristic e i's elided, v passing 
into u, and, as in the first conjugation, the characteristic passing 
into I in the supine : as, mone-o, monu-l, monit-um. 

(c.) In many verbs e is elided, and s, instead of v, added, with 
such consonant changes as euphony may require : as, arde-o, 
ar-s-l for ard-si ; auge-o, aux-i, for augs-l. 

26* 



306 



APPENDIX VII. 



{d.) A few verbs reduplicate the initial consonant, and drop the 
characteristic e: as, morde-o, mo-mord-l. 

(e:) Some verbs preserve a trace of the reduplication in the 
lengthening of the stem-vowel in the perfect, the characteristic, 
as in the last class, being elided : as, move-o, mov-l, — perhaps for 
mo-mov-i; or perhaps the original form was move-v-l, syncopated 
into movl to avoid having two successive syllables begin with v. 
All verbs of the first and second conjugations which lengthen the 
stem-vowel in the perfect have stems ending in v, except mdeo 
and sedeo. 

2. The following list contains the verbs of the second conjuga- 
tion which form the perfect and supine stems otherwise than ac- 
cording to § 226, 1 (5), that being considered the regular forma- 
tion, as it is the one which most commonly occurs. 



Ab(jle5, abolivi, abolitum, to destroy. 
The other compounds of the obso- 
lete oleo are adoleO, adolui {rarely 
adolevi), Sdultum ; exolesco {in- 
ceptive from exoleo), exolevi, ex- 
oletum ; dele5, delevi, deletum. 

AlgeS, alsi, , to he cold. 

Arceo, arcui, arctum, to keep off. 

Ardeo, arsi, arsum, to hum. 

AudeB, ausus sum {rarely ausi, from 
which ausim), to dare. 

AugeB, auxi, auctiim, to increase. 

Caveo, cavi, cautura, to beware. 

Censeo, censui, censiim, to he of 
opinion. PercenseB, percensui ; 
recenseo, recensui, recensum and 
recensitiim. 

Cie5, civi, citum, to arouse. The 
compounds with ex and ad are of 
the fourth conjugation. The pen- 
ult of excitus is common, and that 
of concitus is rarely long. 

Conniveo, connivi or connixi^ , 

to shut the eyes. 

Denseo, densetum, to be dense. 

Doceo, docui, doctum, to teach. 



Faveo, favi, fautum, to favor. 
Ferveo^ ferbui, or fervo, fervi, to 

boil. 
Fleo, fievi, fletum, to xoeep. 
Poreo, fovi, fotum, to toarin. 
Pulgeo, fulsi {anteelassical and 

poetic, fulgo, fulsi), to fash. 
GaudeB, gavisus, to rejoice. 
Hsereo, heesi, h^sum, to stick ; ob- 

haei'eo, -ere, , j so, also, 

subbaareo. 
Indulgeo^ indulsi, indultum, to in- 



JubeB, jussi, jussiim, to order. 
LuceB, luxi, , to shine; pollu- 

ceB, polluxi, polluctiim. 
Lugeo, luxi, luctum, to mourn. 
ManeB, mansi, mansum, to stay. 
MisceB, miscui, mistum or mixtum, 

misturus, to mix. 
Mordeo, momordi, morsum, to 

bite. 
Moveo, movi, motum, to move. 
Mulceo, mulsi, mulsum, rarely 

mulctum, to stroke. 
Mulgeo, mulsi, rarely mulxi, mul- 



PEEFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 



307 



sum or mulctum, to milk; 
geo, -ere, , emulsum. 



;mul- 



Neo, nevi, netum, to spin. 

Paveo, pavi, , to fear. 

PendeO, pependi, , to hang ; im- 

peudeo, -ere. 

Pleo {obsolete), -plewl, -^letxim., to Jill. 

Prandeo, prandi, pransum, to break- 
fast. 

Pideo, rlsi, risum, to laugh. 

Sodeo, sedi, sessum, to sit; prsesi- 
deo, prEesedi, . 

Soleo, solilus, rarehj solui, to be 
accustomed. 

SorbeO, sorbui, , to suck up; 

resorbcB, -ere, ; absorbeo, 

absorbui, rarely absorpsi, absorp- 
tuin. 



Spondeo, spopondi, sponsum, to 

pledge. 
Strideo, stridi, to creak. 
Suudeo, suasi, suasum, to advise. 
Teneo, tenui, tentum, to hold ; per- 

tineo, pertinui, . 

TergeB or tergo, tersi, tersum, to 

wipe. 
Tondeo, totondi, tonsum, to shear. 
Torqueo, torsi, tortum, to twist. 
Torreo, torrui, tostum, to roast. 

Turgeo, tursi, , to swell. 

TJrgeo or urgueS, ursi, , to 

jjress. 
Video, vidi, visum, to see. 

VieB, , vietum, to plait. 

Voveo, vovi, votum, to vow. 



§ 227. To these may be added the following impersonal and 
deponent verbs of the second conjugation : — 



Decet, decuit, i7 becomes. 

Libet, libuit or libitum est, it 

2ileases. 
Licet, licuit or licitum est, it is 

allowed. 
Liquet, Hquit or licuit, it is clear. 
Miseret, miseruit, sometimes misere- 

tur, miseritum or misertum est, it 

pities. 
Oportet, oportuit, it behooves. 
Piget, piguit or pigitiim est, it 

grieves. 
PoeniLet, pcenituit, it repents. 



Pudet, puduit or puditum est, it 
shames. 

Taedet, tceduit or tassum est, it dis- 
gusts. 

Fateor, fassiis, to con/ess ; diffiteor, 
diflfiteri, . 

Medeor, , to cure. 

Misereor, miseritus or misertus, to 
pitrj. 

Reor, ratus, to think. 

Tueor, tuitus or tutiis {the latter 
passive), to behold, to gaze at. 



^ 228. The following have the perfect in ul, but want the 
supine : — 

AceB, to be sour; candeS, to be white; caneb, to be hoary ; egeo, to 
leant; emineS, to rise up ; floreO, to flower ; horreo, to bristle; lateo, to 
lie hid ; muceo, to be mouldy; nigreo, to be black ; oleo, to smell ; palleo, 
to be j)ale ; pateo, to be open; sileo, io be silent; strideo, <o creak; studeS 
(stiidivi once), to be eager; stupeO, to be stunned; timeo, to fear. 



308 APPENDIX VII. 

^ 229. The following have neither perfect nor supine stems, 
though from some of them perfect tenses are formed with an in- 
ceptive force : — 

Mgreo, to he sich ; albeo, to he white; areo, to he dry ; aveS, to covet; 
calleo, to he hard; calveO, to be hald ; ceveS, to fawn; clareB, to he 
bright; clneo, to be famous; flacceS, to droop; flaveS^ to be yellow ; foeteo, 
to stink; frigeo, to he cold ; frondeO, to hear leaves ; hebeB, to be dull; 
humeS, to he moist; lacteo, to such ; langueQ, to be faint ; lenteB, to be 
sloio ; liveo, to he livid ; maceo, to be lean; msereO, to grieve; niteo, to 
shine ; oleo, to smell ; polleo, to be powerful ; puteo, to stink ; renideo, to 
glitter ; rigeo, to he stiff ; riibeB, to be red ; scateo, to gush out ; seneo, to 
be old; sordeo, to he filthy; splendeB, to shine ; squaleo, to he foul ; sueO, 
to he wont; tepe5, to be warm; torpeB, to be stff; tumeo, to swell ; uveS, 
to he moist; vegeo, to arouse-; vigeo, to flourish ; vireo, to he green. 

VARIOUS FORMATIONS OF THE PERFECT AND SUPINE 

STEMS. 

Third Conjugation. 

^ 230. 1. The perfect-stem is formed, in the third conjuga- 
tion, — 

(a.) By adding s to the present-stem, which in this conjugation 
is the crude form of the verb : as, carp-o, carps-l. 

(&.) Bj adding v to the crude form of the verb, which has 
been strengthened by adding n or sc, as in Greek. 

These are all originally vowel verbs : as, cre-sc-o, crev-l ; pa- 
sc-o,pa.v-l; no-sc-o, nov-l; si-n-o, slv-l ; sper-n-o {sjjer-o by meta- 
thesis for spre-o), sprev-i. 

(c.) By adding u (the form which the perfect-sign v assumes 
after a consonant) ; as, dl-o, dlu-l. 

[d.) By adding Iv to the present-stem : as, arcess-o, arcess-lm, 

(e.) By reduplicating the initial consonant: as, curr-o, cu- 
curr-o. 

(/.) By lengthening the present-stem, with or without vowel 
change : as, em-o, em-l ; dg-o, eg-i. 

[g.) In a number of verbs (especially vowel verbs in u) the 
perfect-stem is like the present-stem : as, dcit-o, dcu-l. 

2. The supine-stem is usually formed in the third conjugation 
by adding t, frequently by adding s, to the present-stem. 



PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 



309 



3. The following list contains most of the verbs of this con- 
jugation : — ■ 



Acu5, acui, acutfau, to sharpen. 

Ago, egl, actum, to set in motion; 

ambigo, -ere, , ; t^egO, 

degl; satag5, satagere, , . 

Alo, ahii, altum and alitum, to 
nourish. 

AngO, anxi, anctum and anxum, to 
choke. 

Arccsso {pass, -iri or -i), arcessivl, 
arcessitum, to send for. 

Arguo, argui, argutum, to convict. 

Batuo, batui, to beat. 

Bibo, bibi, bibitum, to drink. 

Cado, cecidi, casurn, to fall ; accids, 
decido, excido, succido, have no 
supine-stem. (See App. VI., 8.) 

Ceedo, csecidi, caesura, to cut. The 
compounds change ae into i : as, 
occido, occidi, occisum. (See 
App. VL, 8.) 

Cando, to cause to shine ; whence 
accendo, incendo, succendo 
(-cendi, -censum). 

CanQ, cecini, cantum, to sing; 
praecino, -cinui, -centum; concino, 

-cinui, ; so occinS, acciiao, 

-ere, -, ; so, also, incino, 

intercino, recino, succinO. 

Capesso, -ivi or -il, -itum, to seize. 

Capio, cepi, captum, to take; so 
antecapiB. The other compounds 
change a of the present-stem into i, 
and of the supine-stem into e : as, 
accipio, aecepi, acceptum. 

Carpo, carpsi, carptum, to pluck. 

Cedo, cessi, cessum, to yield. 

Cello, ante-, prge-, -ere, , ; 

excello, excellui, excelsum j per- 
cello, perculT, perculsum. 

Cerno, crevi, cretum, to decide. 



Cmgo, cinxi, cinctum, to gird. 

Clango, -ere, , , to clang, 

Claudo, clausi, clausum, to shut. 

Ciaudo or -eo, , clausum, to 

limp. 

Clepo, clepsi, rarely clepi, cleptum, 
to steal. 

Colo, colui, cultum, to cultivate; 
occulo, occrdui, occultum. 

Como, compsi, comptum, to adorn. 

Compesco, compescui, to check. 

Condo, condidi, conditum, to build; 
abscondo, -condidi or -condi, 
-conditum or -consum. For other 
compounds of do, see ^ 225, 3. 

Consuls, -siilui, -sultum, to consult. 

Coquo, coxi, coctum, to cook. 

Cresco, crevi, cretum, to grow. 

Cudo, -ere, , , to forge ; ex- 

cud5, excudi, excusum. 

Cupio, -ivi or -ii, -itum, to desire. 

Curro, cucurrifcursum, to run ; con- 
curro, succurrS, transcurro, drop 
the reduplication. The other com- 
pounds have both forms : as, ac- 
curro, accurri, accucurri, accur- 

sum ; antecurro, -ere, , ; 

so, also, circumcurro. (See App. 
VL, 8.) 

Depso, depsui, depstum, to knead. 

Dico, dixi, dictum, to say. 

Disco, didici, disciturus, to learn. 

Dispesco, , dispistum, to sepa- 
rate. 

Divid5, divisi, divisiim, to divide. 

DucB, duxi, dactum, to lead. 

Edo, edi, esum, to eat. (See § 111.) 

EmB, emi, emptum, to buy; demo, 
dempsi, demptum. 

Exuo, exui, exutum, to put off. 



310 



APPEXDIX VII. 



Facesso, -ivi, -itum, to do eagerly. 

Facie, feci, factum, to do ; pass. 
fio, fieri, facttis (^ 111). Lnjier. 
jpres. fac. Compounds with verb- 
stems follow the simple; pate-facio, 
-feci, -factum, patefac, patefio; 
those with prepositions change a 
of the present-stem into i, and of 
the supine-stem into e, and have a 
regular passive : as, interficiS, 
interfeci, interfectum ; interficior, 
interfici, interfectus. 

Fallo, fefelli, falsum, to deceive ; re- 
fello, refelli, . 

Fendo (obs.), defendo, defend!, de- 
fensum, to defend; offends, of- 
-fendi, -fensum, to offend. 

Fero, ferre {syncopated from fer-ere), 
tiili, latum, to carry. A perf. te- 
tuli occurs ; afferS, attiili, allatum ', 
auferO, abstuli, ablatum ; confero, 
contuli, collatum ; differo, distuli, 
dilatum; effero, extuli, elatum; 
infero, intuli, illatum ; offero, ob- 
tuli, oblatum; suffero, sustuli, 
sublatum. 

Fervo, fervi, to hoil. See FerveO, 
second conjugation. 

Fido, fisus, to trust; confido, con- 
fidi or conf isus sum. 

Fig8, fixi, fixum, rarely fictum, to 
fix. 

Findo, fidi, fissum, to split. 

Fingo, finxi, fictum, to feign. 

Fleets, flexi, flexum, to bend. 

Fligo, flixi, , to dash ; aflGiigo, 

afflixi, afflictum; so infligo, pro- 
fligo, -are, -avi, -atum. 

Fluo, fluxi, fiusum, to fioio. 

Fodio, fodi, fossum, to dig. Old inf. 
pass, fodiri 5 so, also, effodiri. 

Frango, fregi, fractiim, to break. 

Fremo, fremui, fremitum, to roar. 



Frendo, , fresum and fressiim, 

to gnash. 

Frigo, frixi, frictum, rarely frixum, 
to fry. 

FugiO, fugi, fugitum, to fly. 

Fulgo, , , to flash. 

Fundo, fusi, fusum, to pour. 

Furo, , , to rage. 

Gemo, gemui, gemitum, to groan. 

Ger8, gessi, gestum, to bear. 

Gigno (/o?-gi-geno), genui, genitum, 
to beget. 

Glisco, , , to grow. 

Glubo, , , to peel ; deglubo, 

degluptum. 

Gru8 (obs.), congruo, ingruo, -grui. 

Ic8, ici, ictum, to strike. 

Imbuo, imbui, imbutiim, to imbue. 

Incesso, incessivi or incessi, , 

to attack. 

Induo, indui, indutum, to put on. 

Jacio, jeci, j actum, to throw; con- 
jiciO, -jeci, -jecttim; so the other 
comjjounds. 

JungO, junxi, junctum, to Join, 

Lacesso, -ivi, -itum, to jyrovoke. 

LaciB (obs.), allicio, allexi, allectum, 
to allure. So illicio, pellicio ; but 
elicio, elicui and elexi, elicitum. 

Lasdo, Igesi, laesiim, to hurt. 

Lambo, Iambi, lambitum, to lick. 

Lego, legi. Tectum, to read. So the 
compounds with ad, per, prsB, re, 
sub, and trans; the other com- 
pounds change e into 1. Diligo, 
intelligS, and negligO, have -lexi, 
-lectum. 

Lingo, linxi, linctum, to lick ; de- 
lingS, -ere, to lick up. 

LinS, livi or levi, litum, to daub. 

LinquS, liqui, , to leave; re- 

linquB and delinquQ, -liqui, -lic- 
tiim. 



PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 



311 



Ludo, lusi, lusum, to play. 

Luo, lul, luiturus, to atone ; abluo, 

-lul, -lutum. So diluo and eluo. 
MandO, mandi, mansum, to chew. 
Mergo, mersi, mersum, to dij). 
MetuO, metui (metutum, rare), to 

fear. 
j\Iingo, minxi, minctum and mic- 

tum, to make water. 
Minuo, minui, minutum, to lessen. 
Mitto, misi, missum, to send. 
Molo, molui, molitum, to grind. 
Mungo (obs.), emungo, emunxi, 

emunctum, to toij^e the nose. 
Necto, nexui and nexl, nexum, to 

knit; annecto, annexui. annec- 

tum. So innectS and connecto. 

NingO or ninguB, ninxi, , to snow. 

Nosco, novi, notum, to know. Ag- 

nosco and cognosco have -nitum ; 

dignosco and prsenosco have only 

the 2)resent-stem. 
Nubo, nupsi, nuptum, to veil. 
Nuo, to nod ; abnuo, -nui, -nuitum 

or -nutum ; annuo, -nui, -niitum ; 

innuO, -nui, -nutum ; renuo, -nui, 

016 (olere), , , to smell. 

Pando, pandi, passum or pansum, 

to spread ; dispandB, , dispan- 

sum. 

Pango, panxi, pegi and pepigi, 
panctum and pactum, pancturus, 
to fix. The compounds have -pigi, 
-pactum, except depango and sup- 
pingo, which want the perfect-stem ; 
and repango, ichich wants both 
perfect and supine stems. 

Parco, peperci, rarely parsi, parci- 
tum and parsum, to spare. 

Pario, peperi, partum and parxtum, 
to bring forth. The conqmunds are 
of the fourth conjugation. 



Pasco, pavi, pastum, to feed. 
Pecto, pexi, pexum and pectitum, 

to comb. 
Pedo, pipedi, , to break xoind ; 

oppedS, , . 

Pello, pepuli, pulsum, to drive. 
Pendo, pependi, pensum, to tveigh. 
Peto, petivi and -ii, petitum, to beg. 
Pingo, pinxi, pictum, to paint. 
PinsO or pis5, pinsi and pinsui, pin- 

situm, pinsum and pistum, to 

pound. 
Plango, planxi, planctum, to beat. 
Plaudo, plausi, plausum, to clap ; 

circumplaudo, , . The 

other compounds, except applaudo, 

change au into o. 
Plecto, plexi and plexui, plexum, to 

tivine. 

Pluo, plui or pluvi, , to rain. 

Pono, posui, positum, to place. 
Porricio, porreci, porrectum, to sac- 
rifice. 

PoscQ, poposci, , to demand. 

Prehendo, ") 

PrendO, J "^^^ -'^™' '° '''"'- 
Premo, pressi, pressum, to ptress. 
Promo, prompsi, promptum, to bring 

out. 
Psallo, psalli, , to play on a 

stringed instrument. 
Pungo, pupugi, punctum, to prick. 

The com2')ounds xoith con-, dis-, ex-, 

and inter-, have puuxi, punctum ; 

repungo has no perfect or supine. 
QuaerB, quaesivi and qusesii, qua3Si- 

tum, to seek. 
Quatio, , quassum, to shake. 

The compounds change qua into cu : 

as, concutio, concussi, concussum. 
Quiesco, quievi, quietum, to rest. 
Rado, rasi, rasum, to shave. 
RapiB, rapui, raptum, to snatch. 



312 



APPENDIX VII. 



Rego, rexi, rectum, to 7'ule. 

Repo, repsi, reptiim, to creep. 

RodO, rosi, rosum, to gnaw. E- and 
prae-rodO loant the 'perfect-stem ; 
and obrodO, hotli perfect and su- 
pine stems.. 

RudB, rudivi, ruditiim, to hray. 

RumpO, rupi, ruptum, to break. 

Ruo, rui, rutum, ruiturus, to fall; 
corruo, corrui, ; so irruo. 

SalB or sallo, , salsum, to salt. 

Sapio, sapivi a^id sapii, , to be 

loise ; resipio, , ; so de- 

sipiB. 

ScabB, scabi, , to scratch. 

ScalpB, scalpsi, scalptum, to engrave. 

Scando, scandi, scansum, to climb. 

ScindB, scidi {anciently soiscidi), 
scissum, to cut. 

SciscB, scivi, soitiim, to order. 

ScribB, scrips!, scriptum, to write. 

SculpB, sculpsi, sculptum, to carve. 

Sero, sevi, satum, to soio. 

Sero, — — , sertum, to entwine. Com- 
pounds have serui. 

SerpB, serpsi, serptum, to creep. 

Sido, sidi {collateral form of sedeo), 
to settle. 

SinB, sivi, sitiim, to place. 

SistB, stiti, statum, to stop. The 
compounds with con, de, ex, and ob, 
have stiti, stitum; the rest want 
the supine-stem. 

SolvB, solvi, solutum, to loose. 

SpargB, sparsi, sparsum, to scatter. 

Specio, spexi, spectum, to look; 
used only in the compounds. 

Sperno, sprevi, spretum, to despise. 

SpuO, spui, sputum, to spit ; respuB, 
respui, . 

StatuB, statui, statutum, to place. 

SternB, stravi, stratum, to strew. 

SternuB, sternui, , to sneeze. I 



Sterto, stertui, , to snore. 

Stinguo, , , to put out. The 

compounds have stinxi, stinctum. 
StrepB, strepui, , to make a 

noise. 
Stride, stridi, to creak. 
StringB, strinxi, strictum, to bind. 
StruB, struxi, structum, to build. 
SugB, suxi, suctum, to suck. 
Sumo, sumpsi, sumptum, to take. 
SuB, sui, sutum, to sew; consuB, 

, consutum; so dissuB, assuo, 

TangB {strengthened from tagB), te- 
tigi, tactum, to touch. 

Tego, texi, tectum, to cover. 

TemnB, , ; contemnB, -tem- 

psi, -temptum, to despise. 

TendB, tetendi, tensum and tentum, 
to stretch. So in-, os-, and reten- 

do ; — detendo, , -tensiim. The 

other compounds have tentum. 

Tergo (tergeB, second conjugation), 
tersi, tersiim, to loipe. 

Tero, trivi, tritum {syncopated for 
terivi, teritum), to rub. 

TexB, texui, textum, to weave. 

TingB {or tinguB), tinxi, tinctiim, to 
moisten. 

TollB, tetuli {anciently), rarely tolli, 

, to raise. Sustuli and sub- 

latiim, from suffero, supply the 
perfect and supine stems of tollo 
and sustollB. The comp)ounds want 
perfect-stem, 

TrahB, traxi, tractiim, to draw. 

Tremo, tremui, , to tremble. 

TribuB, tribui, tributum, to attribute. 

TrudB, trusi, trusiim, to thrust. 

Tundo, tutudi, tunsum and tusum, 
to beat. The compounds have -tu- 
siim ; but detunsum and obtun- 
sum also occur. 



INCEPTIVE VERBS. 



313 



UngO {or -gno), unxT, unctiim, to 
anoint. 

Uro, ussi, ustum, to burn. 

Vudo, vasi (once), , to go. Su- 

pervado, , . The com- 
pounds /iare vasi, vasum. 

Veho, vexi, vectum, to carry. 

VellB, velli and vulsi, vulsum, to 
pluck out. So avello, divello, 
evello, intervello, -rulsi, -vulsum. 



The other compounds have velli 

only. 

Vergo, versl, , to incline. 

Verro, verri, versum, to sioecp. 
VertO, verti, versum, to turn. 
Vinco, vici, victum, to conquer. 
Viso, visi, visum, to visit. 
Vivo, vixi, victum, to live. 
Volvo, volvi, voluttim, to roll. 
VomO, vomui, vomitum, to vomit. 



INCEPTIVE VERBS. 

^231. Yery few inceptive verbs have a supine-stem, and these 
take it from the simple verb ; the perfect-stem, when used, is also 
adopted from the simple verb. In many inceptives, especially 
those derived from nouns and adjectives, the intermediate verb in 
-eo is not used : as, grdvesco, from gravis. 



Aceseo, acui, to grow sour. 

Mgvesco, , to grow sick. 

Albesco, , to grow white. 

Alesco, , to grow; coalesco, 

-alui, -alitum. 
Ardesco, arsi, to take fire. 
Aresco, , to grow dry ; exareseo, 

-arui ; so inaresco, peraresco. 

Augesco, , to begin to grow. 

Calesco, , to groio warm. 

CalveseS, , to grow bald. 

Candesco, candui, to grow white. 

CunescO, , to groio gray. 

Claresco, clarui, to become bright. 
CondormiseO, -dormivi, to groio 

sleepy. 
Conticesco, -ticui, to become silent. 
Crebresco, crebui and crebrui, to 

increase. 
CrudescB, crudui, to become cruel. 

Ditesco, , to groio rich. 

Dulcesco, dulcui, to grow sweet. 
DurescB, durui, to grow hard. 



EvilescO, evilui, to grow vile. 
Extimesco, extimui, to fear greatly. 

FatiscB, , to gape. 

Fervesco, , to boil. 

Placcesco, flaccui, to wilt. 
FlorescB, florui, to begin to fiourish. 
Fracesco, fracui, to groio rancid. 
Frigesco, frixi, to grow cold. 
Frondesco, frondui, to grow leafy. 

Fruticesco, , to begin to shoot. 

Gelasco, , to freeze. 

GemiscS, , to begin to sigh. 

Gemmasco, , to begin to bud. 

Gemmesco, , to become a gem, 

Generasco, , to be produced. 

Grandesco, , to grow large, 

Gravesco, , to grow heavy. 

Ha3resc§, , to adhere. 

Hebesco, , to grow dull. 

HorrescS, hovrui, to grow rough. 

Hiimesco, , to grow moistt 

Ignesco, , to become inflamed. 

IndolescS, -dolui, to be grieved. 



27 



314 



APPE^'DIX VII. 



Insolesco, , to he TiaugJity. 

Integrasco, , to groio fresh. 

Jurenesco, , to grow young. 

Languesco, langui, to grow languid. 

Lapidesco, , to heeome stone. 

Latesco, , to grow hroad. 

Latesco, , to lie hid; delitesco 

and oblitesco have -litui. 

Lentesco, to become soft. 

Liq^uesco, licui, to become liquid. 

LucescO, , to grow light. 

LutescB, , to grow muddy. 

MacescB, , \ 

nc - - \ to qrow lean. 

Macresco, macrui, J ^ 

Madesco, madui, to grow wet. 

Marcesco, , to pine away. 

MaturescB, maturxii, to ripen. 

Miseresco, , to pity. 

Miteseo, , to grow mild. 

MoUesco, y to groio soft. 

Mutesco, -: , to groic durah ; ob- 

mutesco, obmutui. 

Nigresco, nigrui, to grow black. 

Nitesco, nitui, to grow bright. j 

Xotesco, notui, to become knowri. \ 

Obbrutesco, , to become brutish. 

Obdormisco, , to fall asleep. 

Obsurdesco, obsurdui, to groic deaf. 

OccaUesco, , -eallui, to grow 

hard. 

OlescO {rarely used), adolesco, ad- 
olevi, adultum, to groic tip; ex- 
olesco, -olevi, -oletum, to grow 
obsolete; so, obsoiesco; inolesco, 
, -olevi, olitum. 

PaUesco, paUui, to groic pale. 

Patesco, patui^ to be opened. 

Pavesco, , to grow fearful. 

Pertimesco, -timui, to fear greatly. 



to become rotten. 



Pinguesco, , to grow fat. 

Pubeseo, piibui, to grow to maturity. 

Puerasco, , to become a boy. 

Putesco, ptitui, 

Putresco, , 

Raresco, , to become thin. 

ResipiscS, -sipiyi, -sipii and -slpui, 
to come to oneself. 

Rigesco, rigni, to groic cold. 

Riibesco, rubui, to grow red. 

Sanesco, , to become sound j con- 

sanescB, -sanui. 

Senesco, senui, to grow old. 

SentescD, , to perceive. 

Siccesco, , to become dry. 

Silesc5, , to grow silent. 

SolidescB, , to groic solid. 

Sordesco, sordui, to grow filthy. 

Splendesco, splendui, to grow bright. 

Spiimesco, , to begin to foam. 

SterilescB, , to become barren. 

Stupesco, , to be astonished. 

SuescB, suevi, suetum, to become ac- 
customed. 

Tabesco, tabui, to waste away. 

Teneresco and -asco, , to grow 

tender. 

Tepesco, tepui^ to grow icarm. 

TorpiscO, torpui, to grow torpid. 

TremiscB, , to grow tremulous. 

Tumesco, tumui, ] 

TurgescB; \ to begin to swell. ^ 

UvescS, , to grow moist. 

TalescO, to grow strong. 

Yanesco, , to vanish ; evanesco, 

evani. 
Yeterasco, -avi, to grow old. 

Yiresco, , to grow green. 

Yivesco, \\xl, to come to life. 



DEPONENT VEEBS. 



315 



§ 232. Deponent Verbs of the Third Conjugation. 



Apiscor, aptus, to get. 
Expergiscor, -perrectus, to loahe up. 
FatiscQr, to yape ; defetiscor, de- 

fes.sus. So the other compounds. 
Fruor, fructus, fruitus, fruiturus, 

to enjoy. 
Fungor, functus, to perform. 
Gradior, gressus, to loalk ; aggre- 

dior, aggredi and aggrediri, ag- 

gressus ; so progredior. 
Irascor, iratus, to he angry. 
Labor, lapsus, to fall. 
Liquor, liqui, to floio. 
Loquor, locutus, to speak. 
Miniscor (obs.), comminiscor, com- 

mentus, to invent; reminiscor, to 

remember. 
Morior, mori, rarely moriri, mortu-' 

us, moriturus, to die. 



Nanciscor, nactus or nanctus, to ob- 
tain. 

Nascor, natus, nasciturus, to be 
born. 

Nitor, nisus or nixus, nisuriis, to 
strive. 

Obliviscor, oblltus, to forget. 

Paciscor, pactus, to bargain. 

Patior, passus, to suffer. 

Prof iciscor, profectus, to set out. 

Queror, questus, to complain. 

Ringor, rinctus, to snarl. 

Sequor, secutus, to follow. 

Tuor, tutus, to protect. 

Ulciseor, ultiis, to avenge. 

Utor, usus, to use. 

Vescor, to eat. 



Fourth Conjugation. 



^ 233. 1. Verbs of the fourth conjugation are vowel-verbs, the 
characteristic vowel being i. The perfect-stem is formed — 

[a.) By adding v: as, audio, audlvl. 

(b.) The characteristic vowel is dropped in some verbs, and 
then V passes into u : as, sdli-o, scd-u-l. 

(c.) By dropping the characteristic and lengthening the stem- 
vowel : as, veni-o, ven-l. 

2. The supine-stem is formed by adding t. In many verbs v 
of the perfect-stem is elided. 

3. The following list contains those verbs which form the per- 
fect-stem according to the last three methods mentioned above : 



Amicio, -ui or -xi, amictum, to clothe. 

Balbutio, , , to stammer. 

CeecutiS, , , to be blind. 



Cambio, campsi, to exchange. 

Dementio, , , to be mad. 

Effutio, , effutitum, to prate. 



316 



APPENDIX VII. 



Eo, ivi, itum, to go. The compounds 
almost always elide v of the per- 
fect-stem, redii, etc. ; anteeO, -ivi 

or -ii, . Contraeo and posteO 

have no perfect or supine. 

FarciO, farsi, fartum and farctiim, 
to pack. The compounds change 
a into e; refercio, -fersi, -fertum; 

confercio, , confertum ; effar- 

cio or -ferciO, , effertum. 

FeriB, , , to strike. 

Ferocio, -ivi and -ii, to he fierce. 

Fulcio, fulsi, fultum, to prop. Ful- 
citiis occurs. 

Gannio, , , to hark. 

Glocio, , , to cluck. 

Grandio, — , , to make great. 

HauriB, hausT, rarely haurii, hau- 
siim, rarely hausitum, hausus, 
hausurus, haurittis, hauriturus. 

Hinnio, , , to neigh. 

Ineptio, , , to trifle. 

Pario is of the third conjugation, 
hut its compounds are of the fourth : 
as, aperio, aperui, apertum ; so 
opperiS ; reperio, reperi, reper- 
tum; so comperiB, rarely de2:>o- 
nent. 

PruriB, , , to itch. 



Queo {like eo), quivi, quitum, to he 

able. 

Raucio, , rausum, to he hoarse. 

RugiB, , , to roar. 

SgeviB, saevii, -itum, to rage. 

Sagio, , , to perceive keenly. 

SaliB, salui or salii, saltum, to leap ; 

as- and de- siliB, -ui, -sultum; 

pro- and trans- siliB, -ui, -ivi, -ii ; 

ab-, in-, sub- silio, -ii, -ui; dis-, 

ex-, re- siliB, -ui; circum- anrfprae- 

siliB have no perfect or supine, 

SaliB, , salitum, to salt. 

Sancio, sanxi, sanctum and sanci- 

tum, to ratify. 
SarciB, sarsi, sartum, to j)atch. 
SarriB, -ivi, -ui, -itum, to hoe. 

Scaturio, , , to gush out. 

SentiB, sensi, sensum, to feel. 
SepeliB, -ivi and -ii, rarely sepeli, 

sepultum, rarely -ittim, to hury. 
SepiB, sepsi, septum, to hedge. 
SingultiB, , ; also singultB, 

, -atum, to sob. 

SitiB, -ivi and -ii, , to he thirsty, 

SuffiB, -ivi and -ii, -itum, to fumigate, 

TussiB, , , to cough. 

VagiB, -ivi or -ii, to cry. 
YeniB, veni, ventum, to come. 
VinciB, vinxi, vinctum, to hind. 



Deponent Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation. 



Metior, mensus and metitus, to 

measure. 
Ordior, orsus, to begin. 
Orior, ortus, oriturus, to rise. Of 

the third conjugation, except infin. 

pres. 
Perior (obs. whence peritus) ; expe- 



rior, expertus, to try; opperior, 

oppertiis and opperitus, to wait 

for. 
Potior, potitus, to obtain. 
The poets sometimes use an indicative 

p>resent and subjunctive imperfect 

of the third conjugation. 



ROMAN MODE OF RECKONING TIME. 317 

APPENDIX VIII. 

ROMAN MODE OF RECKONINa TIME. 

§ 234. 1. The Romans divided the natural day (from sunrise 
to sunset) into twelve equal hours of varying length according 
to the time of year. The night was also divided in the same way 
into four equal watches. 

2. The year, according to the calendar of Julius Cassar, was 
divided into twelve months, as follows : — • 



Januarius, 31 days. 

Februarius, 28 " 

Martius, 31 " 

Aprilis, 30 " 



Maius, 31 days. 

Junius, 30 " 

Quintilis, 31 " 

Sextilis, 31 " 



September, 30 

October, 31 " 

November, 30 " 

December, 31 " 



3. In early times the year began in March: hence the names, 
Quintilis, Sextilis, September, etc. Quintilis and Sextilis were 
afterwards changed to Julius and Augustus, in honor of the first 
two Caesars. 

4. The day of the month was reckoned from three points, 
Kalends, Nones, and Ides, which fell respectively on ihe Jirst, 
Jifth, and thirteenth of each month ; except March, May, July, 
and October, when the Nones fell on the seventh, and the Ides on 
the jjfteenth. 

5. Any given date was reckoned, not backward from the first 
day of the month as with us, but forward to the next Kalends, 
Nones, or Ides, inclusive. Thus, the 2d of March was called the 
"sixth before the Nones of March;" sextus [ante) Nonas Mar- 
tids, or ante diem sextitm Nonas Martids ; the 16th of March was 
called the " 17th before t^e Kalends of April,'' sepilmiis decimiis 
[ante) Kdlendds Aprlles, or ante diem septimUm decimum Kdlen- 
dds Aprlles. The 2d of June was called quartus Nonas Junids, 
or ante diem quart um Nonds Junids, etc. 

6. In leap-year February had 29 days, the 24th [sextus Kal. 
Mar.) being doubled and called hisextus Kal. Mar. — Hence leap- 
year was called hisextllls. 

1. Therefore, to reduce the Roman calendar to our own, — 
(a.) For a date before the Nones or Ides, subtract the number 
of days from the day of the month on which the Nones or Ides 



318 APPENDIX IX. 

fell, and add one to the remainder. Thus, a. d. VIII, Idus Maias, 
(15 _ 8) + 1 = 8; May 8th. 

(6.) For a date before the Kalends, subtract the number of days 
from the number of days in the month, and add two to the re- 
mainder. Thus, a. d. XVII, Kal. Jun., (31 — 17) + 2 = 16; 
May 16th. 

8. To reduce our calendar to the Roman, the process will be 
reversed. 

. 9. The week of seven days [Tiebdumds] was not used in Rome 
till after the introduction of Christianity. 



APPENDIX IX. PEOSODY. 

§ 235. Prosody is the science of versification, and 
belongs rather to poetry than to grammar. 

QUANTITY. 

§ 236. 1. The quantity of a syllable is the relative 
time occupied in pronouncing it, a long syllable requiring 
twice as much time as a short one. 

2. A vowel is long by naturey as duco; or hj position, 
as restiti. A syllable that is sometimes long and some- 
times short is said to be common. 

§ 237. EuLE I. — A vowel before another vowel is 
short. 

So also when h comes between two vowels, it being 
only a breathing. 

Exc. 1. Flo has i long except before er ; and sometimes even 
then : as, fiunt, flam, fleret. 

Exc. 2. E between two ^'s is long in the genitive and dative 
of the fifth declension : as, faciei. 

Exc. 3. A is long in the penult of old genitives in di : as, 
auldi. 

Exc. 4. A and e are long in the endings dius, eius, eia. 



PROSODY. 319 

Exc. 5. / is common in genitives in lus, but in alterius it is 
almost always short ; in alius, long, contracted for dllius. 

Exc. 6. The first vowel of eheu is long ; that of Diana, to, and 
ohe, is common. 

§ 238. Rule II. — Diphthongs are long. 
Exc. 1. PrcB, in composition, is short before a vowel. 
Exc. 2., A diphthong at the end of a word is sometimes made 
short when the next word begins with a vowel. 

§ 239. EuLE III. — Contracted syllablea are long. 
(For an exception, see § 223, 3.) 

§ 240. Rule IV. — A vowel before two consonants, 
a double consonant, or the letter y, is long by position. 

Note. — A vowel, other than i, really combines with j to form a 
diphthong. 

Remark 1. — The vowel is long by position when one or both the 
consonants are in the same word with it ; but when both stand 
at the beginning of the following word, it is common. 

Remark 2. — A short vowel at the end of a word before a double 
consonant or ji' beginning the next word is not lengthened. 

Remark 3. — The la^v of position is frequently disregarded by 
the comic poets. 

Exc. 1. / is short before j in the compounds of jiigum : as, 
hijugus. 

Exc. 2. A vowel naturally short, before a mute followed by a 
liquid is common. 

Remark ^. — A vowel is made long by position in compound 
words where the former part ends with a mute and the latter 
part begins with a liquid : as, db-luo. 

Remark 5. — A short vowel at the end of a word, before a mute 
and a liquid in the next word, is rarely lengthened, except in the 
arsis of a foot. 

Remark 6. — In Latin words only I and r following a mute 
lengthen a preceding short vowel. 

§ 241. Rule Y. — Derivatives retain the quantity of 
their primitives. 



320 APPENDIX IX. 

Exc. 1. Frequentatives from verbs of the first conjugation 
change a long into l short : as, clamdt-um, clamit-o. 

Exc. 2. (a.) Some derivatives lengthen a short vowel: such as 
deni from decern, persona from sono, Tiumdnus from liomo, secius 
from seciis, Icderna from Idteo, sedes from sedeo, lltera from lino, 
tegula from tego, suspicio from suspicor. 

[b.) Some shorten a long vowel: as, dicax from c^Ico, dux 
[diicis) from duco, fides ■^rom.fldo^ labo from Zaftor, lucerna from 
ZiZceo, molestus from moles, ndto from ndtum, nolo from notum, 
odium from o(^^, 5qpo?- from sqpio, vddum from mcZo, «?oco from 

§ 242. EuleYI. — Words introduced from the Greek 
or other languages retain their original quantity; so, 
also, Latin stems have the same quantity as the cognate 
Greek ones : as, Darius (Greek Aapecot;) ; vicus (Greek 
ocxo(;, digammated). 

§ 243. KuLE YII. — Compound words retain the 
quantity of their components. 

Exc. 1. Agnitus and cognltus from nofus, dejtro and pejero 
from. jUro; hodie from hoc die; compounds in dicus from dlco; 
innuba, pronuba, subnuba, from nubo (but connubium has u com- 
mon) ; imbecillus from bdcillum; ambitum from itum, but i is short 
in ambitus and ambitio. 

Exc. 2. Pro is short in procella, procul, prof anus, profdri, pro- 
festus, proficiscor, profiteor, profugio, profundus, pronepos, pro- 
neptis, and p7vtervus. It is common in procuro, profundo, propdgo, 
propello, and proplno. The Greek pro is always short. 

Remark 1. — The inseparable prepositions dis and re are short ; 
di, se, and ve, are long. 

Remark 2. — A ending the former part of a compound word is 
long ; the other vowels, short. 

Exc. 1. E is long in se for sex or semi, and common in some 
compounds oi facio. 

Exc. 2. J is long when the first part of a compound is declined, 
or may be separated without altering the sense: as, quidam, 
agrlcidtara; also in the former part of compounds of dies 



PROSODY. 321 

{blduum, meridies, etc.), in iblqiie, utrohiqiie, and ibidem, and in 
Idem when masculine. 

Exc. 3. O is long in compounds of conti'o, intro, retro, quando 
(except q_uanduqiiidem), and in aliOqui. 

INCREMENTS. 

§ 244. 1. A noun is said to increase when in any of 
its cases it has more syllables than in the nominative- 
singular. A plural increment is one which belongs to 
the endings of the plural number; while a singular in- 
crement always belongs to the stem. 

2. If a word has but one increment, it is the penult; 
if two, the antepenult is called the first increment, and 
the penult the second ; if three, the syllable before the 
antepenult is called the first, the antepenult the second, 
and the penult the third: as, 

1 12 12 3 

sermo, ser-mon-is, ser-mon-i-bus, it-in-er-i-bus. 
SINGULAR INCREMENTS. 

§ 245. Rule YIII. — Increments of the third declen- 
sion in a and o are long ; in 6, i, and u, short. 

Remark 1. — There are no singular increments in the second 
declension, stems in r merely dropping the nominative-ending. 
Those of the first, fourth, and fifth declensions belong to ^ 237. 

A. 

Exc. 1. Masculines in dl and dr (except Car and Nar), with 
dnds,mds, vds {vddis), baccdr, hepdr,jubdr, Idr, nectdr, par, fax, 
and scd, increase short. 

Exc. 2. Nouns in s preceded by a consonant increase short in 
a and o : as, daps, ddpU ; scrobs, scrubis. 

O. 

Exc. 3. in the increment of neuters is short ; but os [oris] 



322 APPENDIX IX. 

and neuter comparatives have o long. The increment of ddor 
is common. 

Exc. 4. ArTjor, memor, bos, compos, impos, lepus, and proecox 
increase short. 

E. 

Exc. 5. Nouns in en, ems (except Hi/men) -withAnio and Nerio, 
increase long ; also, Jiceres, locuples, mansues, merces, quies, Iher, 
ver, alec or dlex, lex, rex, vervex, plehs, and sejjs. 

I. 

Exc. 6. Xouns and adjectives in ix increase long; but caZix, 
coxendix, fllix, fornix, Idrix, nix, pix, sdlix, and strix, increase 
short. 

Exc. 7. Dls, glls, lis, vis, Nes'is, Quiris, Samnls, and vibex, in- 
crease long. 

U. 

Exc. 8. Nouns in us (gen. uris, udis,utis), -with. fUr, frux, lux, 
Pollux, increase long ; but intercus, Ligus, and pecus increase 
short. 

Remark 2. — Increments in y belong to Greek nouns. 

PLURAL INCREMENTS. 

§ 246. EuLE IX. — Plural increments m a, 6, and o 
are long ; in i and u^ short. 

INCREMENT OF VERBS. 

§ 247. 1. A verb is said to increase when any of its 
forms has more syllables than the second person singu- 
lar of the indicative present active. 

2. The number of the increment is reckoned as in 
nouns (§ 244, 2) : as, 

1 12. 12 3 1234 

audis, aud-i-tis, aud-i-e-bas, aud-i-e-ba-tis, aud-i-e-bam-i-ni. 

§ 248. Rule X. — In the increment of verbs, a, e, and 
are long, i and u are short. 



PROSODY. 323 

A. 

Exc. 1. The first increment of do is short. 

E. 

Exc. 2. E is short before r in ihejirst increment of the present 
and imperfect of the third conjugation, and in the second incre- 
ment in heris and here. 

Exc. 3. E is short before ram, rim, and ro, and the persons 
formed from them. 

I. 

Exc. 4. I is long before 2? or s in the perfect-stem. 

Exc. 5. J is long in the supine-stem of gaudeo, arcesso, dlvido, 
fdcesso, Idcesso, pcto, qucero, recenseo, and ohliviscor. 

Exc. 6. / is long in the first increment of the fourth conjuga- 
tion, except imus of the perfect ; also in simus, sltis, vellmus, 
velltis, nollto, nOUte, nulltote. 

Exc. 7. /is common in rls,rimus,ritis,oiih.Q indicative future- 
perfect and subjunctive perfect. 

U. 
Exc. 8. JJ is long in the supine-stem and future participle 
active. 

PENULTS. 

§ 249. Rule XI. — Monosyllabic perfect and supine 

stems are long (§ 225, 2 c) : as, moviy motum (perhaps 
syncopated from mdvUum), 

Exc. (a.) Seven perfect-stems are short: blb-i, ded-i, fid-i [hovo. 
Jindo), scid-i, stet-i, stlt-i, tul-i. 

Note. — A reduplication is always short: hence the short stems of 
hibi, dedi, steti (for sesti), and stUi (for slsti). 

(6.) Ten supine-stems are short : cit-um, ddt-um, It-um, lU-um, 
quit-um, rdt-um, rut-um, sdt-um, sit-um, stdt-um. 

So, also, the obsolete /"it/ww, whence /w/wrw5. 

§ 250. EuLE XII. — {a.) Words in dbrum^ dcrum, 



324 APPEXDIX IX. 

dtrum, iihruTiiy osus, dtiim, itum, utum, uduSy d'ris, and 
elus, lengthen the penult. 

Exc. Gtlus, gtlum, and scclus ; defridum, puljiXtum, petoritum, 
lutuin. 

(b.) "\Tords in ca, do, ga, go, ma, tiis, le, les, Us, na, 
ne, ni, nis, dex, dix, mex, mix, lex, and rex, lengthen the 
penult. 

Exc. In CA, hrassica, dica, fidica, mantica, pedica, pertica, 
scidlca, tunica, vomica; in do, cddo, dlvido, tdo (to eat), solido, 
spado, trepido ; in ga and go, cdliga, fuga, plciga, toga, ego, ligo; 
in MA, dnima, lacrima, victima ; in tus, cdtus, Idtus {-eris), 
meius, vegeius, dnhelitus, digitus, grdtiiiius, JidlUus, servitus, 
splrUus, notus, quotus, arbutus, putus, inclutus ; in le, mdle ; in 
LIS, verbals in ills and hilis ; adjectives in ailUs, dapsilis, gi-dcilis, 
Tiumilis, pdrilis, mugilis, simiUs, steriHs, strigilis ; in xe and nis, 
sine, cdnis, cinis, Juvenis ; in NA,buccina, Jiscina,.femina, fuscina, 
lamina, pdgina, patina, sarcina, dpince, nundincs ; in lex, culeXy 
silex; in mex, rumex. 

(c.) A, e, 0, and ic, before mus, mum, niis, num, are 
long. 

Exc. Glomus, liiimus, postiunus, nemus ; cuius (an old vroman), 
mdnus, ocednus, penus, tenus, Vtnus, onus, bonus, sonus, Id- 
gdnum. 

(d.) Words in dies, itis, otis, dta, eta, ota, ilta, lengthen 
the penult, except sXtis, potis, nbta, rdta. 
(e.) A penultimate vowel before v is long. 
Exc. Avis, brevis, grdvis, levis, ovis ; juvo, Idvo, ovo; dvus, cdvus, 

fdvus, novus, fdvor, pdvor, novem. 

§ 251. EuLE XIII. — (a.) Words in cicus, tens, idus, 
this, Tmus; ha, ho, pa, po ; etas, itas, and tta, shorten 
the penult. 

Exc. Ddcus, meracus, opdcus ; dmicus, apricus, ficus, mendi- 
cus, picus, posticus, pudicus, spicus, umbilicus; Idus, Jidus, 



PKOSODY. 325 

infldus, nidus ; asllus, himus, llmus, opimus, patrlmus, matrhnus, 
quadrlmus, trlmus, and the superlatives wiils and primus ; gleha, 
bubo, glabo, llbo, nilbo, scrlbo, r'lpa, ciipa, papa, pupa, scopa, repo, 
pitulta. 

(6.) Diminutives and polysyllables in ^lusy with verbs 
in 1.710, InoVj shorten the penult. 

Exc. FesUno, sdg'ino, proplno, op'inor, and compounds of cUno. 

§ 252. Rule XIV. — Words in Inus, except adjectives 
expressing time or material, lengthen the penult. 

Exc. But mdtutlnus, repentlnus, and vespertinus lengthen the 
penult, and the following shorten it : acciniis, dsinus, domlnus, 
fdclnus, sinus, terminus, gtminus, circinus, minus. 

§ 253. Rule XY. — Before final ro and rovy a and e 
are short ; the other vowels, long. 
Exc. Pero, spero, foro, soror, vdro,furo. 

§ 254. '^ULE XVI. — Before final rus, ra, rum, e is 
short ; the other vowels, long. 

Exc. Austerus, gdlerus, plerus, procerus, serus, severus, verus, 
stdtera ; barbdrus, nurus, pirus, scdrus, spdrus, torus, Tidra, mora, 
pdrum, suppdrum. 

§ 255. Rule XVII. — Adverbs in Urn lengthen the 
penult ; those in Uer and itus shorten it. But stdthn 
(immediately) is short. 

Reynark 1. — Many apparent exceptions to the foregoing rules 
are covered by I 241, ^ 242, ^ 243. The masculine only of adjec- 
tival terminations is given, the quantity of the feminine and the 
neuter being of course that of the masculine. 

Remark 2. — Patronymics (Greek) in ddes and ides shorten the 
penult, while those in dis, eis, and ois, lengthen it. Nouns in eus 
foriD. patronymics in Ides. 

28 



326 APPENDIX IX. 

ANTEPENULTS. 

§ 256. EuLE XYIII. — The connecting vowels i, o, 
and u are short ; a is long : as, vmolentus, fraudulentus, 
ciUmentum, atrdmentum. 

§ 257. EuLE XIX. — A vowel before nea, neo, nia, 
nio, nius, nium, is long. 

Exc. Castdnea, tinea, mdneo, mineo, mpneo, teneo, ignominia, 
luscinia, venia, Idnio, venio, and words in cinium. 

FINAL SYLLABLES. 
M02^0SYLLABLES. 

§ 258. EuLE XX. — {a.) Monosyllables ending in a 
vowel are long. 

(6.) Monosyllabic nouns ending in a consonant are 
long; all other monosyllables ending in a consonant 
are short. 

Exc. 1. Cor, fel, met, jpol, vir, os {ossis), vds [vadis), are 
short. 

Exc. 2. En, non, eras, plus, cur, par, are long. So, also, 
monosyllables in c, except nee (short), and luc and hoc (com- 
mon). 

Exc. 3. Monosyllabic plural cases and verb-forms in as, es, and 
is are long ; but es from su77i is short. 

POLYSYLLABLES. 
A. final. 

§ 259. Exile XXI. — A final, in words declined, is 
short, and long in words undeclined. 

Exc. 1. A final is long in the ablative singular of the first 
declension, and in the vocative singular of Greek nouns in as 
and es. 



PROSODY. 327 

Exc. 2. A final is short in eid, itd, quid, and putdf when used 
adverbially ; sometimes also in contra and numerals in ginta. In 
postea it is common. 

E final. 

§ 260. Rule XXII. — E final is short in words of 
two or more syllables. 

Exc. 1. E final is long in the first and fifth declensions. 

Exc. 2. Final e in the imperative active second person singular 
of the second conjugation is a contraction ; but it is sometimes 
short in cdve, vale, vide. 

Exc. 3. Final e is long in fere, ferme, ohe, and in adverbs 
derived from adjectives of the second declension; but it is short 
in bene, mdUy inferne, and superne. 

J final. 

§ 261. Rule XXIII.— J final is long. 

Exc. /final is common in mihi, tlbi, sibi, ihi, ubi, nisi, qudsl, 
and cui v^hen a dissyllable. 

O final, 

§ 262. Rule XXIY. — final, in words of more than 
one syllable, is common. 

Exc. 1. final is long in the dative and the ablative, and in 
the local adverbs quo, eo, eodem, etc. ; also in omnlno and id. 

Exc. 2. final is short in clto, illico, jprofecto, and modo, and 
generally in ego and homo. 

V final, 

§ 263. Rule XXY.— Z7 final is long. 

D, Ij, N, It, T, final, 

§ 264. Rule XXYI. — A vowel before c?, /, w, r, t^ 
final, is short. 

Exc. E is long in lien, Ibcr, and Celtiber, 



328 APPENDIX IX. 

C final, 

§ 265. EuLE XXyil.— A vowel before c final is 
long; but e in donee is short. 

JLs, JESf Os, final. 

§ 266. KuLE XXVIII. — Asj esj and os, final, are long. 

Exc. 1. As is short in anas. 

Exc. 2. Es is short in nouns of the third declension, Class III. 
(I 35); Sindi in penes. 
Exc. 3. Os is short in compos, impos, and os [ossis). 

Is, Us, Ts, final. 

§ 267. KuLE XXIX. — Is, us, and ys, final, are 
short. 

Exc. 1. Is and us are long in plural cases, and in the nomina- 
tive of nouns having a long stem-vowel : as, musis, fructUs, 
tellils, Samnis. But hus of the dative and the ablative is short. 

Exc. 2. Contracted final syllables in us and is are of course 
long : as, audis for audi-is, fructus for fructu-is. 

Exc. 3. Ris in the indicative future-perfect and subjunctive 
perfect is common. 

Remark. — The last syllable of a verse (except the anapasstic 
and Ionic a minore) may be long or short. 

VERSIFICATIOK 

§ 268. 1. Afoot is a combination of two or more sylla- 
bles. A compound foot consists of two simple feet 
united. 

2. The simple feet of two syllables are the 

Spondee, two long, : as, sese. 

Pyrrhic, two short, ^ ^: as, bone. 

Trochee or ) 

^j V long and short, ~ ^•. as, gaudet. 

Iambus, short and long, -' ~: as deo. 



PKOSODY. 329 

3. The simple feet of three syllables are the 

Dactyl, one long and two short, — ^ -- : as, corpora. 

Anupcest, two short and one long, ^ -' -; as, honitds. 

Tribrach, three short, ^ ^ ^. ^^^ cupere. 

MolossuSy three long, — : as, mlrdri. 

Amphibrach, short, long, and short, ^-^: as, perltus. 

Amphimdcer ") 

or Cretic \ ^^S' short, and long, - -' - : as, ceperdni. 

Bacchlus, one short, two long, ^ : as, dmdhds. 

Aniibacchlus, two long, one short, ^: as, fecisse. 

4. The compound feet are the 

Disjjoiidee, double spondee, — : SiS, dcceplssent, 

Proceleusmatic, double Pyrrhic, ^ ^ ^ --. ^^^ celeriter. 

Ditrochee, double trochee, _^_w. ^g,^ erudltils. 

Diiambus, double iambus, ^ — w— . ^ls, dmdverds. 

Ionic d majore, spondee and Pyrrhic, ^ ^: as, cOnfecerdm. 

Ionic d mmore, Pyrrhic and spondee, ^ ^ : as, ddulescens. 

Choriambiis, choree and iambus, — ^ ^ —. g^g^ creduliids. 

Antispast, iambus and choree, ^ ""r as, verecundus. 

First epitrit, iambus and spondee, ^ : as, dmdverdnt. 

Second epitrit, choree and spondee, ~ ^ : as, Imperdvl. 

Third epitrit, spondee and iambus, ^ ~: as, dM,ctdritds. 

Fourth epitrit, spondee and choree, ^•. as, fecissetis. 

First pceon, choree and Pyrrhic, — -^ -^ ^. ag^ ddmonitus. 

Second pceon, iambus and Pyrrhic, - — ->-'. as, dmdblUs. 

TJiird pcBon, Pyrrljic and choree, - - - >-. ^s, pUerllis. 

Fourth poeon, Pyrrhic and iambus, ^ ^ ^ —.^ as, celeritds. 

5. Isochronous feet are those whose average quantity 
is equal. Thus, a dactyl is isochronous with a spondee ; 
a choree, with an iambus, etc. 



METRE AND VERSES. 

§ 269. 1. Metre is the arrangement of syllables and 
feet into verses. 

28« 



330 APPENDIX IX. 

2. There are six kinds of metre, named from the 
fundamental foot employed in each : to wit, dactyliG^ 
anapcestic^ iambic, trochaio, choriambic, and Ionic, 

3. A verse is a number of feet arranged in a certain 
order, constituting a line of poetry. Two verses are 
called a distich ; half a verse, a hemistich. 

4. Verses are sometimes named from the author who 
used them principally : as, Anacreontic, from Ana- 
creon; Asclepiadic, from Asclepiades; Sapphic, from 
Sappho, etc., — sometimes from the number of feet or 
measures which they contain : as, pentameter, containing 
five feet; hexameter, containing six feet, — sometimes 
from the foot chiefly used : as, dactylic, consisting 
chiefly of dactyls ; spondaic, consisting chiefly of spon- 
dees. 

5. A verse wanting one syllable at the end is called 
catalectic ; a verse wanting a whole foot at the end is 
called br achy catalectic ; a complete verse is called acata- 
lectic; a verse wanting a syllable at the beginning is 
called acephalous ; a verse having a redundant syllable 
or foot is called hypercatalectic or hypermeter. 

6. A verse or part of a verse consisting of a foot and 
a half (three half- feet) is called trihemXm^rXs ; consisting 
of two feet and a half (five half-feet), penthemim^ris ; 
consisting of three feet and a half (seven half-feet), hept- 
hemim^ris; consisting of four feet and a half (nine 
half-feet), enn^hemim^rts. 

' 7. Scanning is dividing a verse into the feet of which 
it is composed, or reading it metrically, 

FIGURES OF PROSODY. 

§ 270. The figures of prosody are — 



PROSODY. 331 

(a.) Synaloephay or the elision of a final vowel or 
diphthong when the next word begins with a vowel. 
Thus, SI omnes is read s'omnes; illl int^r se is read ^7^ 
int^r se, etc. . 

Remai'k 1. — 0, lieu, all, proh, vice,, and vdh, are not elided. 
Other long vowels and diphthongs sometimes stand unelided, and, 
if so, they are generally short in the thesis of a foot. 

(6.) Ecthlipsis, or the elision of a final m with the 
preceding vowel, when the next word begins with a 
vowel : as, 

Monstr-(it/)!) horrend-(um), inform-(e), ingens, cui lumen ademptum. 

Final s Avas sometimes elided in the same way by the 
earlier poets. 

Remark 2. — M final, when unelided, is short before a vowel. 

(c.) Syncer^sis, or the contraction of two separate 
vowels into one syllable : as, deinde, fluviorwn, tenuis, 
pronounced dine-de, fluv-yorum, ten-wis. 

(d.) Dlcerhis, or the separation of one syllable into 
two : as, silica for silva ; su-adent for suadent 

(e.) Systdle, or the shortening of a syllable naturally 
or by position long : as, 

Obsftupui, steterunt comaa ; vox faucibus hassit. 

(/.) Diastole, or lengthening a syllable naturally 
short. 

{g.) Synapheia, or such a connection between the last 
syllable of one verse and the first of the next, that the 
former is made long by position, or cut off by synaloe- 
pha or ecthlipsis. 

RHYTHM. 

§ 271. 1. Rhythm is the alternate elevation (arsis) 
or depression (thesis) of the voice in pronouncing the 



332 APPENDIX IX. 

syllables of a verse. The terms arsis and thesis are also 
applied to the part of the foot on which this elevation 
or depression takes place. The. arsis of a foot is on the 
long syllable, and is determined by the fundamental foot 
of any measure. Thus, in dactylic measure the arsis is 
on the first syllable, while in iambic it is on the last ; 
therefore a spondee in dactylic measure has the arsis on 
the first syllable, and in iambic, on the last. 

2. The ictus is the stress of voice in pronouncing the 
arsis of a foot. A short syllable in the arsis of a foot 
is sometimes lengthened by the ictus. 

3. The ecesura of the verse is such a division of the 
line by the ending of a word as affords a convenient 
and harmonious pause. 

DACTYLIC METRE. 

§ 272. I. 1. An hexameter or heroic verse consists of 
six feet, the last of which is a spondee, and the fifth a 
dactyl ; but the fifth foot is sometimes a spondee, and 
then the verse is called spondaic : 

Ludere j quS vel-|lem H cala-|mo per-]rQisit a-|gresti. Virg. ^. 1, 10. 
in nova ] fert ani-|mu.s 1| mu.-|tatas | dicere | formas. Ov. 21. 1, 1. 
Cara de-|um. sobo-|les || mag-|num Jo vis j incre-|mentum. Virg. 

2. The ecesura in hexameter usually occurs afiter the 
arsis of the third foot, as above ; frequently, however, 
it occurs after the arsis of the fourth foot, and there is 
then a slighter one after the arsis of the second : as, 

inde t6-|ro ]| pater ] ^ue-|as |] sic | orsiis ab ] alto. 

3. A rapid and spirited movement is produced by 
the recurrence of dactyls ; a slow and heavy one, by 
that of spondees : 

Atque le-|vem stipu-|lam 1| crepi-|tanti | urere | flamma. 
Ill-(i) in-|ter se | mag-|na vi | bracliia | toUunt. 



PROSODY. 333 

II. 1. A pentameter verse consists of five feet, of 
which the first and second may each be a dactyl or a 
spondee ; the third is always a spondee ; and the fourth 
and fifth are anapsests [i.e, two short and one long) : 

Sub qua 1 nunc recu-|ba,s || arb-|ore vir-|ga fuit. 
Quaque A^e-|nlt midt-las || ac-|cipit am-|nis aquas. 

2. It is generally, however, divided into two hemi- 
stichs, the first containing two dactyls, two spondees, or 
a dactyl and a spondee, followed by a long syllable ; the 
second, two dactyls, followed by another long syllable. 
The caesura occurs at the close of the first hemistich ; 

Sub qua | nunc recu-|bas I| arbore | virga fu-|it. 
Quaque ve-|nit mult- 1 as |] accipit | amnis a-|quas. 

3. This verse usually alternates with hexameter, 
forming what is called elegiac verse. 

III. JEoUg pentameter consists of five feet, the first 
being a spondee, a trochee, or an iambus ; and the rest, 
dactyls : 



IV. Fhalcecian pentameter consists of the first half 
of a pentameter, followed by a dactyl and a spondee : 



V. Tetrameter a priore consists of the first four feet 
of an hexameter, the fourth being a dactyl : 

Garrula | per ra-|mos, avis | obstrepit. 

Tetrameter catalectic wants the last two syllables of 
the fourth foot. 

VI. Tetrameter a posterior e consists of the last four 
feet of an hexameter, the third foot being either a dac- 
tyl or a spondee : 



334 * APPENDIX IX. 

Mobili-|bus po-]maria | rivis. 
Menso-|rem c6lii-|bent Ar-jchyta. 

"VII. Tetrameter -Meiurus, or FalisGan, is the same as 

tetrameter a posteriore, except that the last foot is an 
iambus instead of a spondee : 



VIII. Dactylic trimeter consists of the last three feet 
of an hexameter : 

Xigris 1 eequora | ventis. 

IX. Archilocliian trimeter catalectic consists of the 
first half of a pentameter : 

Arbori-|busque eo-[mae. 

jK. Dactylic dimeter, or Adonic, consists of a dactyl 
and a spondee : 

More pal-[8estr2e. 

ANAP^STIC METRE. 

§ 273. I. AnajpcBstic monometer consists of two ana- 
paests : 

I ^^- 

II. Anapoestic dimeter consists of four anapaests : 



IAMBIC METRE. 

§ 274. I. Iambic trimeter, or sendrius, consists of six 
iambic feet ; but the iambus is often replaced bj a spon- 
dee in the first, third, and fifth feet. A tribrach is used 
instead of an iambus in any foot except the last ; and 
the spondee is replaced by its equivalents, the dactyl or 



PROSODY. 



335 



anapaest, and sometimes by a double Pyrrhic, in the first 
foot. 



There is generally a csesura in the third or fourth 
foot. 

II. The GhoUamhus, or ayA^cov, also called Hipponac- 
teauy from its inventor Hipponax, is iambic trimeter, or 
senarius, with a spondee or a trochee in the last foot. 

III. Iambic tetrameter, or octonayHus, consists of eight 
iambic feet, varied as in iambic trimeter, the caesura 
usually falling on the arsis of the fourth foot. 

lY. Iambic tetrameter catalectic is an iambic tetra- 
meter without the last syllable of the last foot, and in 
the seventh place there is always an iambus. 

V. Iambic trimeter catalectic, or Archilochian, is iambic 
trimeter without the last syllable of the last foot ; but 
it does not admit of a spondee in the fifth place : 

Locas I sub ip-|sum fu-|nus et | sepul-|cri. 

VI. Iambic dimeter, or Archilochian dimeter, consists 
of four iambic feet, with the same variations as iambic 
trimeter. This measure is acephalous when it wants 
the first syllable, and hypermeter when a syllable is 
added at the end : 

Qui ma-|jor ab-|sentes \ habet. 
Acephalous, At | fides | et in-|geni. 

Hypermeter, Ilede-|git in | veros | timo-|res. 

YII. Iambic dimeter catalectic, or Anacreontic, is 



336 



APPENDIX IX. 



iambic dimeter without the final syllable, and with the 
third foot always an iambus : 

-- 1 " I - I " 

VIII. The Gallianibus consists of two iambic di- 
meters catalectic, the caesura occurring at the end of 
the first dimeter. 



TROCHAIC METRE. 
§ 275. I. Trochaic tetrameter catalectic consists of 
seven trochees and a catalectic syllable. The first five 
trochees, and sometimes the sixth, are replaced by tri- 
brachs ; and the second, fourth, and sixth, by a spondee 
or its equivalent : 



2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 



The caesura falls upon the thesis of the fourth foot. 

II. Sapphic verse, so called from the poetess Sappho, 
consists of five feet, — the first, fourth, and fifth being 
trochees, the second a spondee, and the third a dactyl. 
The second foot is sometimes a trochee : 

Audi-'et cI-|Yes acu-|isse | ferrum. 

The caesura falls upon the arsis of the third foot. 

III. Phakecian verse, so called from the old Greek 
poet Phalaecus, consists of five feet, — a spondee, a dac- 
tyl, and three trochees : 

— I--I — I - I -- 

IV. Trochaic dimeter catalectic consists of three tro- 



PKOSODY. 337 

chees — the second being sometimes replaced by a spon- 
dee or dactyl — and a catalectic syllable. This measure 
may also be scanned as iambic dimeter acephalous 
(§274, VI.): 

At fi-|des et | inge-|nij 
At I fides I et in-lgeni. 

CHORIAMBIC METRE. 

§ 276. I. ChorianiibiG pentameter consists of a spon- 
dee, three choriambi, and an iambus : 

Tenta-|rls nume-|ros. | Ut melius ,' quidquid erit | pati. 

II. ChoriambiG tetrameter consists of three choriambi 
and a Bacchius. The iambus of the first foot is some- 
times replaced by a. spondee : 

Seepe trans fin-] em jaculo | nobilis ex-|pedito. 

III. AsdepiadiG tetrameter^ so called from the poet 
Asclepiades, consists of a spotidee, two choriambi, and 
an iambus, the caesura occurring at the end of the first 
choriambus : 

Maece-|nas, atav,is |1 edite reg-|ibus. 

This verse is sometimes scanned as dactylic penta- 
meter catalectic (§ 272, II.) : 

Maece-|nas, ata-)=3|ris |1 edite | regibus. 

IV. ChoriambiG trimeter, or GlyGoniG, so called from 
the poet Glyco, is composed of a spondee, a choriambus, 
and an iambus, the spondee being sometimes replaced 
by a trochee or an iambus : 

Illi I robur et ses | triplex. 

Y. ChoriambiG trimeter cataleGtiG, or PhereGratiG (from 
the poet Pherecrates), is composed of a spondee, a 
choriambus, and a catalectic syllable ; in other words, it 

29 



338 APPENDIX IX. 

is a Gatalectic Glyconic. The spondee is sometimes 
replaced by a trochee, anapaest, or iambus : 

Nigrls I gequora ven-|tls. 

VI. A combination of Glyconic and Pherecratic pro- 
duces Priapean verse : 



VII. Choriambic dimeter consists of a choriambus 
and a Bacchius : 

Sanguine vIp-|erino. 

IONIC METRE. 

§ 277. I. lonio a majore, or Sotddic (from the poet 
Sotades), is composed of three greater Ionics and a 
spondee. The Ionics are often replaced by ditrochees, 
and the long syllable of the trochees by two short 
ones : 



II. Ionic a minor e is composed entirely of lesser 
Ionics : 

Simul unctos | Tiberinis | humeros la-|vit in jindis. 



COMPOUND METRES. 

§ 278. I. Greater Alcaic is composed of two iambi 
and a catalectic syllable, followed by a choriambus and 
an iambus which may be scanned as two dactyls. The 
first iambus is frequently replaced by a spondee. The 
caesura occurs after the catalectic syllable : 

Vides I ut al-|ta 1| stet nive can-}didum. 



PROSODY. 339 

II. Dadylico-trochaiG tetrameter, or lesser Alcaic, con- 
sists of two dactyls followed by two trochees : 

--I -- I -- 1 " 

III. D act i/lico -trochaic or Archilochian heptameter 
consists of the dactylic tetrameter a priore (§ 272, Y.), 
followed by three trochees ; the caesura after the fourth 
foot: 

Solvitur I acris hi-|ems gra-|ta vice || veris ] et Fa-[voni. 

IV. Dactylico-iamhic, or JElegiambus, is composed of 
two and a half dactylic feet, followed by an iambic di- 
meter (§ 274, yi.) : 

Scribere | versicu-|los || amo-|re per-|cussum ] gravi. 

The caesura occurs after the penthemimeris, as in 
hexameter. 

V. lambico-dactylic verse, or lamhelegus, consists of 
an iambic dimeter (§ 274, VI.) followed by a dactylic 
penthemimeris; the caesura occurring after the fourth 
foot: 

Tu vi-|iia Tor-lquato | move || consule | pressa me-|o. 
STANZAS. 

§ 279. 1. A combination of verses recurring in a 
certain order is called a stanza or strophe. A poem 
containing stanzas of two lines is called distrdphon ; of 
three lines, tristrdphon ; of four lines, tetrastrdphon. 

2. A poem consisting of only one kind of metre is 
called monoGolon; of two kinds, dicdlon; of three kinds, 
tricolon, 

HORATIAN METRES. 

§ 280. In the lyric poems of Horace there are twenty 
different species of metre, used in nineteen different 



340 APPENDIX IX. 

combinations, which are arranged below according to 
the frequency of their use : — 

1. Two greater Alcaics (§ 278, I.), one iambic dimeter hyper- 
meter (^ 274, VI.), and one lesser Alcaic (§ 278, II.). 

2. Three Sapphics (| 275, II.) and one Adonic (§ 272, X.). 

3. One Glyconic (^ 276, IV.) and one Asclepiadic (| 276, III.). 

4. One iambic trimeter (^ 274, II.) and one iambic dimeter 
(I 274, VI.). 

5. Three Asclepiadics (| 276, III.) and one Glyconic (§ 276, 
IV.). 

6. Two Asclepiadics (§ 276, III.), one Pherecratic (§ 276, V.), 
and one Glyconic (§ 276, IV.). 

7. Asclepiadic (^ 276, III.). 

8. One hexameter (| 272, I.) and one dactylic tetrameter a pt)5- 
teriore (| 272, VI.). 

9. Choriambic pentameter (^ 276, I.). 

10. One hexameter [I 272, I.) and one iambic dimeter (^ 274, 
VI.). 

11. Iambic trimeter [I 274, I.). 

12. One choriambic dimeter (^ 276, VII.) and one choriambic 
tetrameter (§ 276, II.). 

13. One hexameter (| 272, I.) and one iambic trimeter (§ 274, 
L). 

14. One hexameter (| 272, I.) and one dactylic trimeter cata- 
lectic (§ 272, IX.). 

15. One iambic trimeter (^ 274, I.), one dactylic trimeter cata- 
lectic (§ 272, IX.), and one iambic dimeter (§ 274, VI.). The 
last two frequently constitute an Elegiambus (| 278, IV.). 

16. One hexameter (§ 272, 1.), one iambic dimeter (§ 274, VI.), 
and one dactylic trimeter catalectic (§ 272, IX.). The last two 
frequently constitute an lambelegus (§ 278, V.). 

17. One Archilochian heptameter [I 278, III.) and one iambic 
trimeter catalectic (§ 274, V.). 

18. One iambic dimeter acephalous [l 274:, VI.) and one iambic 
trimeter catalectic (§ 274, V.). 

19. Ionic a minore (| 277, IL). 



KEY TO THE ODES OF HORACE. 



341 



METRICAL KEY TO THE ODES OF HORACE. 
§ 281. The following is an alphabetical list of the 
first words of the Odes, with the number in the preced- 
ing section annexed, wdiere the metre is explained : — 



^li, vetusto No. 1 

^quani memento 1 

Albi, ne doleas 5 

Altera jam teritur 13 

Angustam, amice 1 

At, deorum 4 

Audivere, Lyce 6 

Bacehum in remotis 1 

Beatus ille 4 

Coelo supinas 1 

Coelo tonantem 1 

Cum tu, Lydia 3 

Cur me querelis 1 

Delicta majorum 1 

Descende coelo..., 1 

Dianam, tenerse 6 

DifFugere nives 14 

Dive, quern proles 2 

Divis orte bonis 5 

Donarem pateras 7 

Donee gratus eram 3 

Eheu ! fugaces 1 

Est mihi nonum 2 

Et thure et fidibus 3 

Excgi monumentum 7 

Extremum Tanaim 5 

Faune, nympharum 2 

Festo quid potius die 3 

Herciilis ritu 2 

Horridatempestas 16 

Ibis Liburnis 4 

Icci, beatis 1 

Ille et nefasto 1 

Impios parrae .. 2 

Inclusam Danaen 5 

Intactis opulentior 3 

Integer vitse 2 



Intermissa, Venus, diu No. 3 

Jam jam efficaci 11 

Jam pauca aratro 1 

Jam satis terris 2 

Jam veris comites 5 

Justum et tenacem 1 

Laudabunt alii 8 

Lupis et agnis 4 

Lydia, die, per omnes 12 

Maecenas atavis 7 

Mala soluta 4 

Martiis cselebs 2 

Mater sajva Cupidinum 3 

Mercuri, facunde 2 

Merciiri, nam te 2 

Miserarum est 19 

Mollis inertia 10 

Montium custos , 2 

Motum ex Metello 1 

Musis amicus, 1 

Natis in usum 1 

Ne forte credas 1 

Ne sit ancillae 2 

Nolis Ion ga ferae 5 

Nondum subacta 1 

Non ebur neque aureum 18 

Non semper imbres 1 

Non usitata 1 

Non vides, quanto 2 

Nox erat 10 

Nullam, Vare, sacra,:, 9 

Nullus argento 2 

Nunc est bibendum 1 

crudelis adliuc... 9 

diva, gratum 1 

fons Bandusiae 6 

matre pulcbra 1 

29* 



342 



APPENDIX X. 



nata mecum No. 1 

navis, referent... 6 

saepe mecum 1 

Venus, regina 2 

Odiprofanum 1 

Otium Divos 2 

Parcius junctas 2 

Parcus Deorum 1 

Parentis olim 4 

Pastor quum traheret. 5 

Persicos odi, puer , 2 

Petti, nihil me 15 

Phoebe, silvarumque 2 

Phoebus volentem 1 

Pindarum quisquis 2 

Poscimur: si quid 2 

Quae cura Patrum 1 

Qualem ministrum 1 

Quando repostum 4 

Quantum distet ab Inacho 3 

Quem tu, Melpomene 3 

Quern virum aut heroa 2 

Quid bellicosus 1 

Quid dedicatum.. 1 



Quid fles, Asterie No. 6 

Quid immerentes 4 

Quid obseratis 11 

Quid tibi vis 8 

Quis desiderio 5 

Quis multa gracilis 6 

Quo me, Bacche, 3 

Quo, quo, scelesti ruitis 4 

Kectius vives 2 

Rogare longo 4 

Scriberis Vario 5 

Septimi, Gades 2 

Sic te Diva potens 3 

Solvitur acris hiems 17 

Te maris et terrae 8 

Tu ne quassieris ft 

Tyrrhena regum 1 

Ulla si juris 2 

Uxor pauperis Ibyci 3 

Yelox amoenum 1 

Yides, ut alta 1 

Vile potabis 2 

Vitas hinnuleo 6 

Vixi puellis 1 



APPENDIX X. 

FIGUEES. 
§ 282. Figures of Etymology, 

1. ProstMsis is prefixing a letter or syllable to a 
•word : as, gi-geno, gX-gno, for g^no. 

2. Paragoge is affixing a letter or syllable to a word : 
as, amdrier for dmdrl. 

3. EpentMsis is the insertion of a letter or syllable in 
tbe middle of a word : as, cer-n-o for cb^-o. 

4. Aphceresis is cutting off a letter or syllable from 
the beginning of a word : as, 'st for est. 



FIGURES OF SYNTAX. 343 

5. Apocdpe is cutting off a letter or syllable from the 
end of a word : as, ve lor vel. 

6. Syncope is taking away a letter or syllable from 
the middle of a word ; Sis,fer-re for fer-^-i-e. 

7. Crasis is the blending of two vowels into one : as, 
cogo for co-ago, 

8. Antithesis is putting one letter in the place of 
another : as, vblo for ^elo ; olli for illi. 

9. Metathesis is changing the order of letters : as, 
certus for crttus, 

§ 283. Figures of Syntax. 

1. Ellipsis is the omission of one or more words in a 
sentence. It includes — 

(a.) Asyndeton, or the omission of copulative con- 
junctions in animated discourse : as, copias educit, 
aciem instruit. 

(b.) Zeugma, or the connection of a word with two 
constructions while it is properly applicable to only 
one : as, pollicentur se imperata facturos ; se nunquam 
contra populum Romanum conjurasse. (Here the second 
infinitive proposition depends not on pollicentur, but on 
dicunt implied in it.) 

(c.) Syllepsis, or the agreement of an adjective or 
verb with one of several different words, to all of which 
it equally belongs : as, mens enim, et ratio, et consilium 
in senibus est. Sociis et rege recepto. 

(d.) Prdlepsls, or placing the parts after the whole 
without repeating the verb : as, consules discedunt, alter 
ad urhem, alter in Numidiam. 

2. Pleonasm is using more words than are necessary. 
It includes — 



344 APPENDIX X. 

' (a.) Polysyndeton, or redundancy of conjunctions : as, 
et pater, et mater, et liberi. 

(6.) Hendiddys (one-by-two), or the connection of 
two words by e^ when one is an attributive of the other: 
as, pateris et auro for aureis pateris. 

(c.) Periphrasis, or a roundabout mode of expres- 
sion : as, regina noctis for luna. 

3. Enalldge is a change of construction, or a depart- 
ure from the established usage. It includes — 

(a.) Synesis, or a referring to the sense rather than the 
form : as, j)^ebs clamant ; equitatus qui prsemissi erant ; 
mea ipsius causa. 

(6.) Andcoluthon, or beginning a sentence in one way 
and ending it in another, so that the harmony of its 
parts is destroyed. 

(c.) Antlptdsis, or using one case for another: as, 
nomen milii Arcturo est, — instead of Arcturus. 

4. Hyperhdton is a change in the usual order of 
words or propositions. It includes — 

(a.) Anastrbplie, or inversion of the natural order of 
words : as, urhem circum. 

(b.) Hysteron prof&ron (hincl-part-before), or inverting 
the natural order of the sense : as, pater tuus valetne f 
vivitne f 

(c.) Hypalldge, or an interchange of constructions : as, 

In noYafert animus mutatas cUcere formas 
Corpora, 

instead of corpora in novas formas mutata. 

(d.) Tmesis, or the separation by intervening words 
of the parts of a compound: as, prius advenit quam 
visus est. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



A or AB 
A. 

a or ab (prep.), /ro??i, hy ; § 120, 2. 

ab-do, -ere, abdidi, abditum, to run 
for concealment, to hide. 

ab-eo, -ire, abii, abitum, to go away. 

abscns, -entis (absum), absent. 

ab-solvo, -ere, -solvi, -solutum, to 
free from, clear, absolve, acquit. 

ab-sum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, to be 
away from, to be absent. Mini- 
mum abfuit, he lacked very little, 
was very near. 

ab-undo, -are, -avi, -atum, to abound. 

ab-utor, -i, -usus, to abuse. 

ac (cop. conj., ^ 123, Rem. 8), and. 

ac-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cesstim, to ap- 
proach. 

ac-cend5, -ere, accendi, accensum 
(ad and cando), to set on fire. 

ac-cido, -ere, accidi (ad and cado), 
to hcqjpen. 

ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum (ad 
and capiB), to receive. 

ac-curro^ -ere, -curri, seldom -cu- 
curri, -cursum (ad and curro), to 
run to. 

ac-cuso, -are, -avi, -atum (ad and 
causa), to brinrj to trial, accuse, re- 
proach. 

acer or acris, -is, -e- (^ 59, Rem. 3), 
sharj). 

acerbiis, -a, -um, bitter. 



AD VERSUS 

Achaia, -ge, Achain. 
acies, -ei, edge, point, line of battle. 
acriter (adv. acer), sharply ; ^ 119. 
ad (prep., § 120, 1), to, at, towards. 
ad-do, -ere, addidi, additum, to add. 
ad-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead 

to or against, to prompt, excite. 
adeo (adv.), so. 
Adberbal, -alis, a JVumidian prince, 

son of Ilicipsa and half-brother to 

Jngurtha. 
ad-hibeO, -ere, -ui, -itum, to bring 

to, apply, employ. 
ad-huc (adv.), as yet. 
ad-itus, -us, approach. 
ad-miror, -ari, -atus, to wonder. 
ad-mitt5, -ere, -misi, -missum, to 

send forth. Equo admisso, with 

his horse at full speed. 
ad-moneo, -ere, -monui, -monitum, 

to remind. 
ad-olescens, -entis, young, a young 

man. 
ad-spiciS, -ere, -spexi, -speetum, to 

look at, behold. 
adulatio, -onis, flattery. 
ad-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to 

arrive. 
ad-ventus, -us, arrival, approach. 
adverser, -ari, -atus, to object, op- 
pose. 
ad-versus, adversum (prep.), against. 
345 



ADYEETO 



346 



ANTE 



ad-yerto, -ere, -verti, -versum, to 
turn towards. Participle, adver- 
sus, adverstim, TtsecZ as preposition^ 

aedificium, -i, huildiny. From 

aedificO, -are, -avi, -atum, to build. 

^duus, -i, an JEduan. 

Eeger, -gra, -grum, sick, lame. 

^gimiirum, -i, JEyimuriun, 

sequor, -oris, a level surface, the sea. 
From 

aquus, -a, -um, level, even, just. 

aer, -is, air. 

sestas, -tatis, summer. 

gestimO, -are, -avi, -atiim, to value, 
esteem. 

eetas, -tatis, age, life. 

af-ferO, -ferre, attuli, allatum, to 
bring to. 

Africa, -ge, Africa. Hence 

Africaniis, -a, -urn, African : a sur- 
name of Scipio on account of his 
exploits in Africa. 

ager, agxl, field, land, territory. 

Agesilaiis, -T, Agesilaus, a distin- 
guished Spartan king. 

ag-gredior, -I, -gressxis, to go to, ap- 
proach, attack. 

agilis, -e, active. 

agmen, -inis, an army on the march. 

agniis, -i, lamb. 

agB, -ere, egi, actiim, to lead, drive ; 
(of time,) to spend. 

agricola, -se, farmer. 

ala, -ae, loing. 

alacer or -cris, -e, cheerful ; wlience 

alacritas, -tatis, eagerness, prompt- 
ness. 

Alexander, -dri, Alexander, king of 
JIacedonia. 

alienus, -a, -um, belonging to another, 
foreign. 

aliquandO, at some time. 

aliquantiis, -a, -iim, somewhat great. 



consi del' able ; aliquantum agri, a 

considerable piece of ground. 
aliquis, -qua, -quod or -quid, some, 

any, some one; ^89. 
aliter, otherwise. 
alius, -a, -Hd (§ 56, Rem. 1 and 2), 

another {of many). 
Allobrox, -brog-is, an Allobrogian. 
alo, -ere, alui, alitum and altum, to 

support. 
Alpes, -iiim, the Alps. 
alter, -a, -um (^ 56), another [of 

two), second. 
altitude, -inis, height, depth. 
altus, -a, -iim, high, deep. 
amans, -antis, fond; (as noun,) 

lover. 
ambulo, -are, -avi, atiim, to walk. 
amens, -entis, mad. 
amicitia, -se, friendship ; from 
amiciis, -i, friend. 
a-mittB, -ere, -misi, -missiim, to lose. 
amnis, -is (§ 33, Eem. 6, Exc. 2), 

river. 
amo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to love. 
amor, -oris, love. 

amplector, -i, -plexiis, to embrace. 
ampliis, -a, -iim, large, ample ; am- 

pliiis, more. 
an (interrog. disjunc. conj.), or. 
ancilla, -as, maid-servant. 
ancora, -£e, anchor. 
Anciis Martiiis, -i, fourth king of 

Rome. 
angustiis, -a, -iim, narrow. 
anima, -£e, breath, life. 
animadverts, -ere, -verti, -versiim, 

to turn the mind to, to perceive. 
animal, -alis (§ 39), animal. 
animiis, -i, mind, soul. 
anniis, -T, year. 
anser, -eris, goose. 
ante (g 120, 1), before. . 



ANTEA 



347 



AVOCO 



antea, aforetime, before. 

antenna, -se, sail-yard. 

antequam (often separated; temp. 

cunj.), before. 
Antigonus, -i, Antigonus. 
Antiochia, -ae, Antioch, a city of 

Syria. 
Antiochiis, -i, Antiochua. 
anxius, -a, -iim, anxious, uneasy. 
aper, -pri, toild boar. 
aperio, -ire, aperui, apertiim, to 

open. 
Apollo, -inis, Apollo ; ab. Apolline 

petere, <o inquire of A2)ollo. 
appellO, -are, -avi, -atum, to call. 
appetens, -entis, eager for. 
ap-propinquo, -are, -avi, -atum, to 

approach. 
aptus, -a, -iim, ji?;, suitable. 
apud, with, among ; (of persons,) at 

the house of, in the tvorks of, 
aqua, -ae, water. 
aquila, -ae, eagle. 
ara, -ae, altar. 
Arar or Araris, -is (33, Hem. 1), the 

Saone, a river of Gaul, 
aratrum, -i, plough. 
arbitror, -ari, -atiis, to thinh, suppose. 
arbor, -oris (^ 38, Exc 1), tree. 
arcesso, -ere, -ivi, -itiim, to call, 

bring. 
Arctiiriis, -i, Arcturus. 
arciis, -iis, bow ; ^ 48, Rem. 4- 
arduiis, -a, -iim, 7iigh, difficult. 
argentiim, -i, silver. 
argutiis, -a, -um, sagacious. 
aries, -etis, ram, battering-ram. 
Ariovistiis, -i, a German Icing. 
Aristides, -is, an Athenian, surnamed 

the Just, from bis integrity, 
arma, -oriim, arms. 
armo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to arm. 
ar8, -are, -avi, -atum. to vlough. 



ar-ripi8, -ere, -ripui, -reptuni, to 

seize, snatch U2J. 
ars, art-is, skill, art. 
arx, arc-is, citadel. 
as, assis, a pound of copper {about 

sixteen and tioo-third cents of our 

money) ; in general, a thing of 

small value. 
ascendo, -ere, -cendi, -censiim, to 

ascend. 
asinus, -i, ass, 

asper, -a, -iim (^ 55, Rem. 3), rough. 
aspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spcctiim, to 

behold, see. 
Atbense, -ariim, Athens. 
Atbeniensis, -is, Athenian. 
atque or ac (cop. conj.), and (^ 123, 

Rem. 8), as, than (^ 123, 10). 
Atrebas,''-atis, an Atrebatian. 
atrox, -ocis, savage, cruel, fierce. 
attingO, -ere, attigi, attactiim, to 

touch. 
auctoritas, -tatis, authority, infiuence. 
audacter (adv.), boldly. 
audax, -acis, bold, daring. 
audeO, -ere, ausiis, to dare. 
audiens (participial adj.), hearing, 

attentive; audiens dicto, attentive 

to orders, obedient. 
audio, -ire, -ivi, -itiim, to hear. 
augeO, -ere, auxi, auctum, to in- 
crease, swell. 
aureiis, -a, -iim, golden. From 
aurum, -i, gold. 

aut, or ; aut — aut, either — or. 
auxilium, -i, aid, help. 
avaritia, -ae, covetousness. 
avariis, -a, -iim, greedy, covetous. 
avide (adv.), eagerly. 
avidiis, -a, -iim, desirous, eager. 
avis, -is, bird; ^ 33, Rem. 6. 
avocO, -are, -avi, -atum, to call 

away, separate. 



BABYLON 



348 



CENSEO 



B. 

Babylon, -onis, Babylon. 
Balbiis, -i, Balbus {stammerer). 
barbarus, -a, -\im, foreign, barbarous. 
beate, happily. 
beatus, -a, -um, happy. 
Belga, -se, a Belgian. 
bello, -are, -avi, -atum, to tear. 
bellum, -i, war. 
bene (melius, optime), well. 
benef icium, -i, benefit. 
benignus, -a, -iim, kind. 
bestia, -ae, brute, beast. 
bibB, -ere, bibi, bibitum, to drink. 
Bibrax, -actis, a town in Gaul. 
biduum, -i, two days' time. 
biennium, -i, two years' time. 
bipartite (adv.), in two divisions. 
blandus, -a, -Vim., flattering. 
Bocchiis, -i, Bacchus. 
Boeotia, -se, Boeotia. 
Boeotil, -arum, the Boeotians. 
bonus, -a, -um, good. 
bos, bovis, ox or cow. 
brevis, -e, short. 
breviter (adv.), shortly. 
Britannia, -se, Britain. 
Britannus, -a, -iim, British; (as a 
noun,) a Briton. 

C. 

cadaver, -eris, corpse. 

Cadmiis, -i, Cadmus^ 

cado, -ere, cecidi, casiim, to fall. 

cseeiis, -a, -iim, blind. 

csedo, -ere, cecidi, CEesum, to cut, 

kill. 
Caesar, -aris, Csesar. 
caespes, -itis, turf. 
Caiiis, -i, Cains. 
calamitas, -tatis, misfortune. 
calcar, -aris, spur. From 



calx, calc-is, heel. 

campester, level. From 

campiis, -i, plain. 

canis, -is, dog. 

canto, -are, -avi, -atiim, to sing. 

cantiis, -us, singing. 

capax, -a-cis, capable of receiving, 

roomy, large. 
capiO, -ere, cepi, eaptiim, to take. 
capitalis, -e, of the head, capital. 
captiviis, -I, prisoner, captive. 
Capua, -ae, Capua. 
capiit, capitis, head. 
career, -eris, prison. 
carmen, -inis, song, poem. 
caro, carnis, y?esA. 
carpo, -ere, carpsi, carptiim, to 

pluck. 
Carthaginiensis, -is, Carthaginian. 
Carthago, -inis, Carthage. 
cariis, -a, -iim, dear. 
Cassiiis, -i, Cassius. 
castelliim, -i, tower, fort. 
Castieiis, -i, Casticus. 
castigS, -are, -avi, -atiim, to chastise, 
castra, -oriim, camp. 
casiis, -us, a falling, chance, 
catena, -sq, chain, fetter. 
Catilina, -ae, Catiline. 
catiniis or -iim, -i, boiol, dish. 
Cato, -onis, Cato. 
causa, -ae, reason, cause; abl., for 

the sake o/' (always placed after 

the limiting word). 
caveO, -ere, cavi, cautiim, to beioare. 
Cecrops, Ceeropis, Cecrops. 
cedo, -ere, cessi, cessiim, to yield. 
celer or -is, -e, swift. Hence 
celeritas, -tatis, swiftness. 
celeriter (adv.), swiftly. 
celo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to conceal. 
censeo, -ere, censui, . censiim, to be 

of opinion, to think. 



CENSOR 



349 



COMMUNICATIO 



censor, -oris, censor^ a Roman magis- 
trate. 

centum, hundred ; ^ 63. 

centurio, -onis, centurion, captain of 
a hundred men. 

Ceres, Cereris, Ceres. 

cerno, -ere, crevi, cretum, to perceive, 
see. 

certamen, -inis, contest, strife. 

certus, -a, -urn, certain. 

cervus, -i, stag. 

cetera, -urn {nom. sing. masc. not 
used), the rest {of a thing). 

charta, -ae, paper. 

cibus, -i, food. 

Cicero, -onis, Cicero. 

Cimon, -onis, Cimon. 

Cingetorix, -igis, Cingetorix. 

cing5, -ere, cinxi, cinctum, to gird. 

cinis, -eris, ashes. 

circiter, about. 

circum, around. 

circum-do, -dare, -dedi, -datum, to 
put around, to surround. 

circum-fundo, -ere, -fudi, -fusum, to 
pour around, to surround. 

circum-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, 
to surround. 

CIS, citra, on this side of. 

civilis, of citizens, civil. 

civis, -is, citizen. 

civitas, -tatis, state. 

clamito, -are, -avi, -atum, to cry out 
violently. 

clamo, -are, -avi, -atum, to shout. 

clamor, -oris, shouting. 

clarus, -a, -uva, famous, renoioned. 

classis, -is, fleet. 

Claudius, -i, Claudius. 

claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum, to shut. 

clavis, -is, hey. 

dementia, -ae, mildness. 

cliens, -entis, client, dependant. 

30 



Clodius, -i, Clodius. 

coeliim, -i, heaven. 

coen5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to dine, sup. 

coepi (§ 113, Rem. 1), I begin. 

cogito, -are, -avi, -atum, to think, 

reflect. 
cognomen, -inis, surname. 
cognosco, -ere, -novi, cognitiim, to 

find out, learn. 
cogo, -ere, coegi, coactum, to collect, 

bring together, compel. 
cohors, -hortis, cohort. 
cobortor, -ari, -atus, to encourage. 
collega, -ae, colleague. 
colligo, -ere, -legi, -lectiim, to as- 
semble, gather, collect. 
collis, -is, hill. 
collocO, -are, -avi, -atiim, to put, 

station, place, set up. 
colloquiiim, conversation, conference. 
colloquor, -locutiis, to converse. 
colo, -ere, colui, cultiim, to cultivate ; 

(of the gods,) to worship. 
color, -oris, color. 
columba, -«, dove. 
com-edo, -onis, glutton. 
com-es, -itis, companion. 
comitiiim, -i, a place of assembling ; 

pi. elections. 
commemorB, -are, -avi, -atiim, to re- 
late. 
com-meo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to come 

and go. 
com-missiim, -i {part, of com-mitto), 

a thing done, crime. 
com-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missiim, to 

bring or send together, to commence 

{battle), to commit. 
Commiiis, -i, Commins. 
commodiim, -i, convenience. 
com-moveo, -ere, -movi, -motiim, to 

move, disturb, disquiet. 
communicatio, -onis, communication. 



COMMUis"IO 



350 



C02sSTITU0 



communio, -Ire, -ivi, -itum, to for- 

m- 

communis, -e, common. 
commutatio, -onis, change. 
comparo, -are, -avi, -atum, to bring 

together, acquire. 
com-pello, -are, -avi, -atum, to call, 

address. 
com-pell8, -ere, -puH, -pulsum, to 

drive together. 
com-perio, -ire, -peri, -pertiim, to 

find out, ascertain. 
com-plector, -i, -plexus, to embrace. 
compleS, -ere, -plevi, -pletum, to 

fill. 
com-plures, -ium (^ 72, 5), a great 

mauT/. 
com-pos, -otis, having control of. 
compreliendo, -ere, -prehencli, -pre- 

liensum, to catch hold of. 
compulsus, -a, -um {part, compello). 
conatus, -us, attemj^t. 
con-cavus, -a, -um, hollow; manus 

concava, the hollow of the hand. 
con-ced8, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to 

yield,. 
con-cilium, -i, council. 
con-citO, -are, -avi, -atum, to rouse, 

excite, urge on, raise. 
con-cordia, -ae, agreement, concord. 
con-curro, -ere, -curri, -cursum, to 

run together. 
con-cursus, -us, running together. 
con-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussum, to 

shake violently. 
con-demn8, -are, -avi, -atum, to 

condemn. 
con-do, -ere, -didi, -ditiim, to found, 

build. 
condono, -are, -avi, -atum, to ^jre- 

sent, give aicay. 
con-duco, -ere, -dusi, -ductum, to 

bring or lead together. 



con-fero, -ferre, contuli, collatum, 

to bring together, compare. 
con-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum, to 

finish. 
con-fido, -ere, -fisus, to trust. 
con-firmS, -are, -avi, -atum, to as- 
sert, establish. 

con-fiteor, -eri, -fessus, to con- 

. fess. ■ 

con-gredior, -i, -gressus, to meet 
icith (in a friendly or hostile 
sense). 

con-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectum, to 
throw, hurl. 

con-juncti8, -onis, union, friendship, 
intimacy. 

con-jung8, -ere, -junsi, -junctum, to 
unite. 

con-juratio, -onis, conspiracy. 

con-jur8, -are, -avi, -atum, to swear 
together, conspire. 

con-jux, -jugis, husband or wife, 

Conor, -ari, -atus, to attempt. 

conscius, -a, -um, conscious. 

con-scribs, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptum, 
to levy, enroll. 

con-sector, -ari, -atus, to pursue 
eagerly and overtake. 

con-sequor, -i, -secutiis, to pursue, 
attain. 

con-servo, -are, -avi, -atum, to pre- 
serve, save. 

Considius, -i, Considius. 

con-sTdo, -ere, -sedi, -sessum, to en- 
camp, settle. 

con-siliiim, -i, counsel, advice. 

con-spergo, -ere, -spersi, -spersum, 
to sprinkle. 

con-stanter, firmly, persistently. 

con-stat, constabat, constitit, it is 
evident. 

con-stituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitutiim, 
to determine, p)ut, fix. 



COXSUESCO 



351 



DECLIVIS 



con-suesco, -ere, -suevi, -suetum, to 

accnutom. 
con-suetucl5, -inis, custom. 
consul, -is, consul. 
consuls, -ere, -sului, -sultura, to 

counsel, reflect, consult. 
consultum, -a (part.), a thing reflected 

on; &h\., on liurpose. 
con-sumo, -ere, -sumpsi, -sumptum, 

to consume. 
con-temno, -ere, -tempsT, -temptiim, 

to despise. 
con-tendo, -ere, -tendl, -tentum, to 

strive, contend, hasten. 
con-tinens, -entis (part, pres.), hold- 

infj together, continent. 
con-tinenter (adv.), continunUy . 
con-tineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum, to 

hold on all sides, keep in. 
contra, against. 
con-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractum, to 

draw together. 
contumelia, -ae, insidt. 
con-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to 

come together, assemble. 
con-voco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call 

together. 
copia, -ae, abundance ; "pl., forces. 
coqu5, -ere, coxi, coctum, to cook. 
cor, cordis, heart. 
Corinthus, -i, Corinth. 
corniger, -a, -um, horned. 
cornu, -us, horn. 
corona, -se, crown. 
corpus, -oris, body. 
cor-rigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectum, to set 

straight, correct. 
cor-rumpB, -ere, -rupi, -ruptum, to 

destroy, to corrupt. 
eras (adv.), to-morrow. 
Crassus, -i, Crassus. 
crcber, -a, -\im, frequerit. 
crebro {-ddiv.), frequently. 



credo, -ere, - didi, -ditum, to believe. 

cremo, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn. 

crco, -are, -avi, -atum, to create, 
make. 

cresco, -ere, crevi, cretum, to grow. 

crinis, -is, hair. 

cruciatus, -us, torture. 

crudelis, -e, cruel. 

crudelitas, -tatis, cruelty. 

eubiculum, -i, bedchamber. 

cubile, -is, couch. 

cujus, -a, -um, whose (^ 88). 

culpa, -se,faidt. 

culter, -i, knife. 

cum, with. 

cupiditas, -tatis, longing, lust. 

cupidus, -a, -um, desirous, eager. 

cupio, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to desire. 

cur, why. 

cura, -as, care. 

curB, -are, -avi, -atum, to care for, 
attend to. 

eurro, -ere, cucurri, cursum, to run. 

currus, -iis, chariot. 

cursus, -us, running, course. 

custos, -odis, keeper, guardian, sen- 
tinel. 

T>. 

damno, -are, -avi, -atum, to condemn. 

Davus, -i, Davus. 

de (prep, with abl.), doion from, con- 
cerning, of. 

dea, -33 (§ 18, Rem. 5), goddess. 

debeS, -ere, debui, debitum, to owe, 
ought. 

de-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to de- 
part. 

decern, ten; ^ 63. 

decet, decebat, decuit (^ 11-1), it be- 
comes, it is right. 

decimiis, -a, -um, tenth. 

de-clivis, -e, sloping downward. 



DECORO 



352 



DIRIPIO 



decoro, -are, -avi, -atum, to adorn. 

decorus, -a, -um, becoming. 

decus, -oris, honor, dignity, 

de-decus, -oris, disgrace. 

de-ditio, -onis, surrender. 

de-do, -ere, dedidi, deditum, to sur- 
render. 

de-fendo, -ere, -fendi, -fensum, to 
defend. 

de-fenso, -are, -avi, -atum, to defend 
diligently. 

de-fero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, to bring 
or carry {from one place or person 
to another), to report, to tell. 

de-fervesco, -ere, -fervi and -ferbui, 
to boil down, subside. 

defessus, -a, -um, iceary. 

de-flagro, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn 
down. 

de-fluB, -ere, -fluxi, -fluxum, to flow 
down or away. 

de-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectum, to throw 
doicn. 

delecto, -are, -avi, -atum, to delight. 

deleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, to destroy. 

de-libero, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- 
liberate. 

de-lictum, -I, fault, crime. 

de-ligB, -ere, -legi, -lectum, to choose. 

Delpbi, -orum, Delphi, a town of 
Greece. 

Demaratus, -i, Demaratus. 

dementia, -ae, madness. 

de-monstrB, -are, -avi, -atum, to show. 

Demosthenes, -is, Demosthenes. 

deni, ten at a time ; § 63. 

deus, dentis, tooth. 

densus, -a, -um, thick, dense. 

denuntlB, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- 
nounce, threaten. 

deorsum (adv.), doxcn-hill. 

de-pono, -ere, -posui, -itum, to lay 



de-siliB, -ire, -silui, -sultum, to leap 

down. 
de-sisto, -ere, destiti, destitum, to 

cease. 
de-spero, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- 
spair. 
destino, -are, -avi, -atum, to fasten. 
de-stituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitutum, to 

desert. 
de-stringo, -ere, -strinxi, -strictum, 

to draw. 
de-super (adv.),/;-o??i above. 
de-terreo, -ere, -terrui, -territiim, to 

scare off, deter. 
deus, -i (§ 24, Rem. 8), a god. 
de-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to 

come down. 
de-voro, -are, -avi, -atum, to gulp 

down. 
dexter, -tera, -terum or -tra, -trum, 

on the right, right. 
Diana, -ae, Diana. 
dicB, -are, -avi, -atum, to dedi- 
cate, 
dico, -ere, dixi, dictum, to say. 
dictator, -oris, dictator. 
dictum, -i, word. 
dies, -ei, day. 
dif-fero, -ferre, dis-tiili, di-latum, to 

put off, defer. 
dif-ficilis, -e, difficult. 
dif-fido, -ere, -fisus, to distrust. 
dignus, -a, -iim, worthy. 
di-labor, -i, -lapsus, to fall to 

pieces. 
diligentia, -ae, diligence. 
di-lig8, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to love. 
di-midium, -i, half. 
di-mitt8, -ere, -misi, -missum, to 

send out. 
Dionysius, -i, Dionysius. 
di-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to 

tear asunder, plunder, pillage. 



DISCEDO 



353 



EPISTOLA 



dis-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to de- 
part. 

discipulus, -i, pupil, learner. 

diseo, -ere, didici, to learn. 

dis-cordia, -se, disagreement. 

dis-pliceo, -ere, -plicui, -plicit-um, to 
displease. 

dis-ponO, -ere, -posui, -posltum, to 
arrange. 

dis-puto, -are, -avi, -atum, to dis- 
cuss, dispute. 

dis-sentio, -ire, -sensi, -sensum, to 
differ in opinion, dissent. 

dis-similis, -e, unlike, 

din, -utius, -utissime (adv.), long. 

diuturnus, -a, -um, lasting, 

dives, -itis, rich. 

divido, -ere, -visi, -visum, to di- 
vide. 

divinus, -a, -um, divine. 

Divitiacus, -i, an JEduan chief. 

divitia), -arum, riches. 

do, dare, dedi, datum, to give. 

doceo, -ere, docui, doctum, to teach. 

doctrina, -ge, teaching, doctrine. 

doctus, -a, -um, learned. 

dolco, -ere, -ui, -itum, to grieve. 

dolor, -oris, pain, grief. 

domina, -ae, mistress. 

dominus, -i, master. 

domo, -are, -ui, -itum, to tame. 

domus (^ 48, Bern. 5), house. 

donee, ^intil (temp. conj.). 

douum, -i, gift. 

dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to sleep. 

dormitS, -are, -avi, -atum, to fall 
asleep. 

Druidcs, -um, the Druids. 

duliitatio, -onis, doubt. 

dubito, -are, -avi, -atum, to douht. 

dubius, -a, -iim, douhtfid. 

duceuti, -36, -a (§ 63), tioo hun- 
dred. 

30 



duc5, ere, duxi, ductum, to lead, 
deem, consider, regard. 

dulcis, -e, sweet. 

dum, tohile, as long as, nntil. 

Dumnorix, -igis, brother of Divitia- 
cus. 

duo, -ae, -6, two. 

duplex, -icis, double. 

duplico, -are, -avi, -atum, to double. 

durus, -a^ -um, hard. 

dux, ducis, leader. 

Dyonysius, -i, Dyonysiua. 

E. 

E or ex, out of , from, in consequence 

of after. 
e-dico, -ere, -dixi, -dictum, to issue 

an edict. 
edo, -ere, edi, esum (^ 111), to eat. 
e-doceo, -ere, -docui, -doctum, to 

teach thoroughly, educate. 
e-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead 

out. 
effigies, -ei, image, likeness. 
egens, -entis, needy. 
egeO, -ere, egui, to need. 
egestas, -tatis, poverty. 
ego (? 78), /. 

e-gredior, -i, egressus, to go out. 
egregius, -a, -um, remarkable. 
e-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectiim, to cast 

out. 
elegans, -antis, luxurious, elegant. 
eloquens, -entis, eloquent. 
eloquentia, -se, eloquence. 
emo, -ere, emi, emptum, to buy. 
eraolumentum, -i, advantage. 
e6, ire, ivi, itum, to go. 
llpaminondas, -ae (App. 1.), the great 

Thcban general. 
Ephcsius, -a, -um, Ephesian. 
fiphesus, -i, a city of Asia Minor. 
cpistola, -ae, letter, epistle. 



EQUES 



354 



FINIS 



eques, -itis, horseman. 

equestcr or -tris, -e, of a horse. 

equitatus, -us, cavalry. 

equits, -are, -avi, -atum, to he a 

horseman, to ride on horseback. 
equus, -1, horse. 

erga (prep, with ace), towards. 
e-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to 

rescue, 
erro, -are, -avi, -atum, to err. 
error, -oris, error. 
esuriens, -entis, hungry. 
et, and ; et — et, both — and. 
etiam, also. 
fitruria, -ge, Etrxiria. 
ex (prep, with abl.), out of. 
ex-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to re- 
tire. 
exemplum, -i, example. 
ex-eO, -ire, exii, exitum, to go out. 
exerceO, -ere, -ui, -itum, to exercise. 
exercitus, -us, army. 
exigO, -ere, -egi, -actiim, to demand. 
exiguiis, -a, -um, slight, small. 
existimD, -are, -avi, -atum, to judge, 

think. 
exitium, -i, destruction. 
ex-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsum, to 

drive out. 
expers, -pertis, destitute. 
expleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletum, to fill 

out, satisfy. 
ex-plorator, -oris, scout. 
ex-ploro, -are, -avi, -atum, to search 

out. 
ex-p6nB, -ere, -posui, -positiim, to 

explain, 
eX-pugnO, -are, -avi, -atum, to storm. 
ex-sisto, -ere, exstiti, exstitum, to 

stand out. 
ex-specto, -are, -avi, -atiim, to await, 

look for. 
ex-iir6, -ere, -ussi, -ustum, to hum up. 



F. 

facies, -qI, form, face. 

facile, easily. From 

facilis, -e, easy. 

facinus, -oris, deed, crime. From 

facio, -ere, feci, factum, to do, make, 

esteem, value. 
facultas, -tatis, means, power, 
fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsum, to deceive, 
fama, -se, fame, reputation. 
fames, -is, hunger, famine. 
familia, -?&, family. 
familiaris, -e, pertaining to the 

family ; res fam., property, 
fateor, -eri, fassus, to confess. 
fatigS, -are, -avi, -atum, to weary, 
faveo, -ere, favi, fautiim, to favor. 
febris, -is, fever. 
femina, -as, looman. 
femur, -oris and -inis, thigh, 
ferax, -acis, fertile. 
fere (adv.), almost. 
fero, ferre, tuli, latiim, to hear, 

carry, acquire. 
ferox, -ocis,^erce. 
ferreus, -a, -um, made of iron. 
ferriim, -i, iron. 
ferus, -a, -iim, wild, savage. 
fessus, -a, -um, wearied. 
festinB, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. 
fictilis, -e, earthen. 
fides, -ei, faith, promise. 
fides, -iiim, strings, a lute, lyre. 
f ido, -ere, fisus, to trust. 
fidus, -a, -um, faithful. 
figo, -ere, fixi, fixum, to fix, fasten. 
figura, -dd, figure, shape. 
f ilia, -39, daughter, 
f ilius, -i, son. 
fingB, -ere, finxi, fictum, to make, 

feign. 
finis, -is, end, limit, boundary. 



FINITIMUS 



355 



HABITO 



finitimus, -a, -um, neicjhhoring. 
fio, fieri, factus, to become, to he 

made. 
firmus, -a, -um, strong, firm. 
flagit5, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand 

{earnestly). 
flatus, -us, blast. 

flecto, -ere, flexi, flexum, to bend. 
fleS, flere, flevi, fletum, lo toeejp. 
Actus, -us, weeping. 
floccus, a lock of loool {any thing of 

small value). 
flos, floris, ^oioer. 
fluctus, -us, loave. 
flumen, -inis, river. 
flu5, -ere, fluxi, fluxum, to flow. 
foedus, -eris, league, treaty. 
folium, -i, leaf. 
fons, fontis, fountain. 
forma, -Sd,form, shape. 
formldo, -are, -avi, -atum, to dread. 
forsitan (adv.), perhaps. 
fortis, -e, brave. 
fortitcr (adv.), bravely. 
fortitudS, -inis, fortitude, firmness. 
fortuna, -ae, fortune. 
fortunatus, -a, -uvsi, fortunate. 
fossa, -as, ditch. 
frater, -tris, brother. 
fratricida, -ae, fratricide. 
fraus, fraudis, deceit. 
frcmo, -ere, fremui, fremitum, to 

murmur, rage. 
frenum, -i, pi. -i and -a, bit, bridle. 
fretus, -a, -um, trusting. 
frons, frontis, forehead. 
fructus, -vlS, fruit. 
frumentarius, -a, -iim, of c6rn. 
frumentor, -ari, -atus, to forage. 
frumentum, -i, corn, grain. 
fruor, -i, fructus, fruitus, to enjoy. 
frustra (adv.), in vain. 
fuga, -ses, flight. 



fugio, -ere, fugi, fugitum, to flee. 
fugo, -are, -avi, -atum, to put to 

fiight, rout. 
fulguratio, -onis, lightning. 
funditor, -oris, slinger. 
fungor, -i, functus, to perform. 
fur, furis, thief. 
furfur, -uris, bran. 
furor, -oris, rage, fury. 
futurus, -a, -um, about to be. 

G. 

Galba, -se, Galba. 

Gallia, -se, Gaul. 

Galliciis, -a, -iim, Gallic. 

gallina, -^, hen. 

Gallus, -i, a Gaul. 

gaudeo, -ere, gavisiis, to rejoice. 

gener, -i, son-in-law. 

generatim (adv.), by tribes. 

gens, gentis, race, family. 

genus, -eris, hind, race. 

Germania, -se, Germany. 

Germaniis, -i, a German. 

gero, -ere, gessi, gestiim, to icage, 

carry on. 
gladiiis, -i, sword. 
glans, glandis, acorn. 
Glaucus, -i, Glaucus. 
gloria, -SB, glory. 
Grsecia, -se, Greece. 
Grseciis, -i, a Greek. 
grammatica, -ae, grammar. 
gratus, -a, -um, acceptable, pleasant. 
gravis, -e, heavy, severe. 
graviter, heavily, severely. 
gregatim, in flocks, herds. 
grex, gregis, flock, herd. 

H. 

habeo, -ere, habui, habitum, to have, 

hold. 
habits, to have frequently, dwell. 



H^DUS 



356 



INCIPIO 



haeclus, -i, kid. 

hgereo, -ere, hsesi, liaesiim, to stick. 

Hannibal, -alis, Hannibal. 

Harudes, -um, Harudians. 

hasta^ -£e, S2)ear. 

haud, not. 

Helotes, -um, Helots. 

Helvetius, -i, a Helvetian. 

Hercules, -is, Hercules. 

Herminius, -i, Herminius. 

herus, -i, master. 

hiberna (castra), lointer quarters. 

Hibernia, -ae, Ireland. 

hic, hiagc, hoc, this. 

hiemO, -are, -avi, -atum, to winter. 

hiems, -is, winter. 

hodie, to-day. 

Homerus, -i, Homer. 

homo, -inis, man. 

honeste, honorably. 

honestus, honorable. 

honor, -oris, honor. 

bora, -se, hour. 

hoiTeum, -i, granary. 

hortor, -ari, -atus, to encourage. 

hortus, -i, garden. 

hospes, -itis, guest. 

hostilis, -e, of an enemy, hostile. 

hostis, -is, enemy. 

humanitas, -tatis, refinement. 

humaniis, -a, -um, human. 

humerus, -i, shoulder. 

humilis, -e, loio. 

humus, -i, ground. 



ibi, there. 

idem, eadem, idem, same. 
idoneus, -a, -xiva., fit, suitable. 
ignarus, -a, -um, ignorant. 
ignis, -IS, fire. 

ignosco, -ere, -novi, -notum, to for- 
give. 



ignotus, -a, -um, unknown. 

ille, -a, -ud, that, the former, he. 

illicio, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to decoy. 

imber, -bris, rain, shower. 

imitor, -ari, -atus, to imitate. 

immanis, -e, immense, huge. 

immemor, -oris, unmindful. 

immortalis, -is, -e, immortal. 

immortalitas, -tatis, immortality. 

impatiens, -entis, not able or willing 
to bear, impatient. 

impedimentum, -i, hindrance. 

impedio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to hinder. 

impello, -ere, -puli, -pulsum, to drive 
on. 

imperator, -oris, general, emperor. 

imperatum, -i, order. 

imperitus, -a, -um, ignorant, un- 
skilled. 
imperium, -i, command, government. 
impero, -are, -avi, -atum, to order. 
impetrO, -are, -avi, -atum, to obtain. 
impetus, -us, attack. 
impietas, -tatis, undutifulness. 
impiger, -a, -um, active. 
impleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletum, to fill. 
imponO, -ere, posui, -positum, to put 

upon, 
imports, -are, -avi, -atum, to bring 

in, import. 
impotens, -entis, unable to restrain. 
improbus, -a, -um, loicked. 
imprudens, -entis, imprudent. 
imus, -a, -um. See inferus. 
in (with ace), into, upon; (with abl.,) 

in, among. 
incendiiim, a burning, conflagration. 
incends, -ere, -cendi, -censum^ to set 

on fire, to burn up, 
incertus, -a, -um, uncertain. 
incido, -ere, incidi, -casiim, to hajypen. 
incipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to be. 
gin. 



INCITO 



357 



INVENTOR 



incito, -are, -avi, -atum, to set in mo- 
tion, arouse, excite. 

incola, -se, inhabitant. 

incol5, -ere, -colui, to inhabit, dwell, 
live. 

incolumis, -e, unhurt, safe. 

incondituS, -a, -um, rude, uncouth. 

incredibilis, -e, incredible. 

incuso, -are, -avi, -atum, to blame, 
censure, find fault loith, accuse. 

indignus, -a, -um, unworthy. 

in-duco, -ere, -duxi, ductum, to 
lead on. 

indulges, -ere, -dulsi, -dultum, to 
indulge. 

infans, -antis, infant. 

infelix, -Icis, unfruitful, unhappy. 

infers, -ferre, intuli, illatum, to bring 
upon, wage upon, inflict. 

inferus, -a, -um, low ; ^ 72, 4. 

infinitus, -a, -um, boundless. 

infirmus, -a, -um, loeak. 

in-fluo, -ere, -fluxi, -fluxum, to flow 
into. 

infreno, -are, -avi, -atilm, to bridle. 

ingenium, -i, intellect, natural dis- 
position. 

ingens, -entis, huge. 

ingratus, -a, -um, disagreeable, un- 
grateful. 

inimicitia, -ae, enmity. 

inimicus, -i, enemy. 

iniquus, -a, -um, unjust. 

initium, -i, beginning. 

injuria, -ae, injury. 

in-nascor, -i, -natus, to spring up, 

innocens, -entis, innocent. 

innocentia, -ae, innocence, purity. 

inopia, -ae, want, scarcity. 

inquam (§ 113), / say (used only 
after one or more words of a quota- 
tion). 

insidiae, -arum, ambush, snares. 



in-sili8, -ire, -silii and -siluT, to leap 
upon, 

instig6, -are, -avi, -atum, to stir 
tip. 

in-stituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitutum, to 
arrange, instruct. 

in-struB, -erS, -struxi, -structiim, to 
set in order, draw up, build. 

in-suetus, -a, -um, unaccustomed. 

insula, -ae, island. 

integer, -gra, -griim, sound, un- 
hurt. 

integratio, -onis, renewal. 

intelligo, -ere, -lexi, -lectiim, to 
understand. 

inter, between, among, in the midst 
of ; inter se, with or against one 
another ; inter spoliandum, in the 
act of despoiling. 

inter-cedo, -ere, -eessi, -cessum, to 
come between, intervene. 

inter- dies, -eTe, -dixi, -dictum, to 
forbid. 

interdum, sometimes. 

intereo, -ire, interii, interitum, to 
die, perish. 

interest. See intersum. 

interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectiim, to 
kill. 

inter-rogS, -are, -avi, -atiim, to 
ask. 

intersum, -esse, -fui, to be of import- 
ance, to be between ; nihil interest, 
it makes no difference. 

interns, -a, -iim, inward. 

introducB, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to 
introduce. 

in-utilis, -e, useless. 

in-vado, -ere, -vasi, -vasum, to at- 
tack, invade. 

in-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventiim, to 
come upon, find, invent. 

in-ventor, -oris, inventor. 



INVESTIGO 



358 



LEX 



in-vestigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to 

search out. 
in-victus, -a, -um, invincible. 
invidia, -as, envy. 
invito, -are, -avi, -atum, to invite. 
invitus, -a, -urn, unwilling. 
ipse, -a, -iim, self. 
ira, -se, anger. 
iracundia, -ee, hasty temper. 
irascor, -i, to he angry. 
iratus, -a, -urn, angry. 
is, ea, Idiythis, that; ^ 82. 
iste, -a, -lid, that [of yours). 
ita, thus, so. 
'Italia, -se, Italy. 
Italici, the Italians. 
Italiciis, -a, -um, Italian. 
itaque, and so, there/ore. 
item, likewise. 
iter, itineris, yoi/rne^/, march, toay. 

J. 

jacio, -ere, jeci, jactiim, to throio. 

jacts, -are, -avi, -atiim, to throw 
about, discuss. 

jam, now, already. 

jeciir (§ 45), the liver. 

jubar, -aris, sunshine. 

jubeo, -ere, jussi, jussiim, to order. 

jucundus, -a, -um, delightful. 

judex, -ids, judge. 

judico, -are, -avi, -atum, to judge. 

jugum, -i, a yoke. Tioo spears set 
upright, loith a third laid across the 
top, were called jugum. 

Jugurtha, -se, king of Numidia. 

jumentum, -i, beast of burden, work- 
h(^rse or ox. 

Jupiter, Jovis, Jupiter. 

Jura, -ae. Jura, a mountain. 

jus, juris, law, right (usually un- 
written law, as opposed to lex, 
statute law). 



jusjurandum (§ 45), oath. 
Justus, -a, -um,yMs^ 
jiivat, -abat, juvit, it p)lease8. 
juvenis, -is, young man. 
jtiventus, -tutis, youth. 
juvo, -are, juvi, jutum, juvatiirus, to 
help, please. 



Labienus, -i, a lieutenant of Caesar. 

labor, -oris, labor. 

lac, lactis, milk. 

Laeedasmon, -onis, Sparta. 

lacesso, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to pro- 
voke; injuria lacessere, to in- 
jure. 

lacrima, -a3, tear. 

lacus, -us, lake. 

la^tus, -a, -ViVa, joyful. 

lanio, -are, -avi, -atiim, to tear to 

pieces. 
lapis, -idis, stone. 
largior, -iri, -itus, to bribe. 
lateo, -ere, latui, to lie hid. 
latitude, -inis, breadth. 
latro, -onis, robber. 
latiis, -a, -iim, wide, broad. 
latus, -eris, side, flank. 
laudo, -are, -avi, -atum, to praise. 
laus, laudis, praise, glory. 
lavo, -are, lavi, lotum, lautiim, lava- 

tum, to bathe. 
legatio, -onis, embassy. 
legattis, -i, ambassador, lieutenant. 
legio, -onis, legion. 
lego, -ere, legi, lectum, to read. 
Lemannus, -i, the lake of Geneva. 
leB, -onis, lion. 
lepus, -oris, hare. 
levis, -e, light, slight. 
levB, -are, -avi, -atiim, to lighten, 

relieve. 
lex, legis, law. 



LIBENTER 



359 



MERGES 



libenter (adv.), loillimjhj, gladly. 

liber, -a, -lim, /ree. 

liber, -bri, hooh. 

liberi, -orum, children. 

libero, -are, -avi, -atiim, to free. 

libertas, -tatis, liberti/. 

licet, licuit, it is allowed, permitted, 
right, lawful. 

lignum, -i, icood. 

lingua, -ae, tongue, language. 

linter, -tris, boat. 

Liscus, -i, an JEduan chief. 

litera, -se, .a letter (of the alpha- 
bet). 

litiis, -oris, shore. 

locuples, -etis, rich. 

locus, -i, pi. -i and -a, place. 

longe (adv.), hy far. 

longitudo, -inis, length. 

longus, -a, -iim, long. 

loquor, -i, locutus, to speak. 

Lucius, -i, Lucius. 

ludiis, -i, game, play. 

lumen, -inis, light. 

luna, -se, moon. 

lupus, -i, wolf. 

Iu5, lucis, light. 

M. 

Macedonia, -ae, Macedonia. 
macto, -are, -avi, -atum, to sacri- 
fice. 
moeror, -oris, grief ; prae masrore, 

for grief (a preventing cause), 
magis, maxime, more, most. 
magister, -i, master {of a school, 

etc.). 
magnanimus, -a, -tim, great-soxded, 

magnanimous. 
magnitudo, -inis, greatness. 
magniis, -a, -lim (major, maximiis), 

great. 
male (pejus, pessime), badly. 



maledico, -ere, -dixi, -dictiim, to be 
abusive, revile, curse. 

malo, malle, malui, to prefer. 

malum, -i, apple. 

malus, -a, -urn (pejor, pessimus), 
bad, wicked, evil. 

malus, -i, mast of a ship. 

mandatum, -i, a thing intrusted, com- 
mand. 

mando, -are, -avi, -atiim, to intrust. 

maneO, -ere, mansi, mansum, to re- 
main. 

Maniliiis, -a, -Sm, of Manilius. 

Manlius, -i, Manlius. 

maniis, -tis, hand. 

Marciis, -i, Hark. 

mare, -is, sea. 

maritimiis, bordering on the sea. 

Mariiis, -i, Ilarius. 

marmor, -oris, marble. 

mater, -tris, mother. 

materfamilias, matron (^ 45). 

mature (adv.), quickly, soon. 

maturo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to hasten. 

maturiis, -a, -um, rijye. 

medicamentiim, -i, drug, dose. 

medicina, -aa, medicine, 

medicus, -i, physician. 

mediiis, -a, -iim, middle. 

melior, -iis, better. 

membriim, -i, limb. 

memini (g 113), I remember. 

memor,. -oris, mindful. 

memoria, -ae, memory, recollection. 

mendaciiim, -i, falsehood, lie. 

mendax, -acis, /aise, lying. 

mens, mentis, mind. 

melisa, -ae, table. 

mensis, -is, month. 

mentior, -iri, -itiis, to lie, 

mercator, -oris, merchant. 

Merciiriiis, -i. Mercury, 

merges, -itis, sheaf. 



MERIDIES 



360 



NECO 



meridies, -ei, mid-day. 

meritus, -a, -um, deserving. 

Messala, -se, Messala. 

metior, -iri, mensus, to measure. 

meto, -ere, messui, messum, to reaio. 

metuB, -ere, metui, rarely metutum, 

to fear, he apiireliensive. 
metus, -us, apprehension , fear, 
meus, -a, -um, my, mine, 
Micipsa, -se, Ilicipsa. 
miles, -itis, soldier. 
Miletus, -i, Miletus, a city of Asia. 
militaris, -e, military. 
militia, -ae, military service. 
mille (^ 64, 6), thousand. 
minime, least, not at all. 
minor, -ari, -attis, to threaten. 
minor, -us, less. 
minuB, -ere, minui, minutum, to 

make less, loeaken. 
miror, -ari, -atus, to xoonder. 
mirus, -a, -um, wonderful. 
miser, -a, -um, wretched. 
misereo, -ere, -ui, to pity (generally 

used impersonally, ^ 135 c). 
miserescB, -ere, topity. 
mitto, -ere, misi, missum, to send. 
modiis, -i, manner, measure, limit; 

praeter modiim, beyond measure, 

undidy. 
moenia, -ium, etc., walls. 
moeror, -oris, grief, 
mollis, -e, soft. 
moneB, -ere, monui, monitiim, to 

advise, remind. 
monile, -is, necklace. 
mens, mont-is, mountain. 
monstrB, -are, -avi, -atiim, to shoio. 
mordeB, -ere, momordi, morsiim, to 

champ, Lite. 
Morini, -orum, the Morini. 
morior, -i and -iri, mortuus, moritii- 

rus, to die. 



moror, -ari, -atus, to delay. 

mors, mortis, death. 

morsus, -us, biting. 

mortalis, -e, mortal. 

morti-fer, -a, -um, death-bearing, 

mortal. 
mortuus, -a, -iim, dead. 
mos, moris, manner, custom. 
motus, -lis, moving, insurrection. 
moveo, -ere, movi, motiim, to move, 
miilier, -eris, woman. 
multitudo, -inis, multitude. 
multus (plus, plurimus), much, many. 
mundus, -i, icorld. 
munio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to fortify. 
muntis, -eris, duty, present, 
miirus, -i, wall. 
mus, muris, mouse, 
musa, -ae, muse. 
musica, -se, music. 
mutB, -are, -avi, -atiim, to change. 

N. 

nactus, participle from naneiscor. 

nam, /or (conj.). 

namque, for indeed. 

naneiscor, -i, nactiis and nanctiis, to 
get. 

narro, -are, -avi,-atum, to tell, relate, 

naseor, -i, natiis, to be born. 

natura, -ae, nature. 

natus, -us, birth. 

nauta, -ae, sailor. 

navale, -is, dock-yard. 

navigatiB, -onis, navigation, 

navigB, -are, -avi, -atiim, to sail. 

navis, -is, ship. 

ne (final conj,), that — not, lest. 

nee (conj.), neither, nor, and not. 

necessariiis, -a, -iim, critical, neces- 
sary. 

necB, -are, -avi, -atiim, to murder, 
kill. 



NEGLIGENS 



361 



OCCUPO 



negligens, -entis, negligent; part, 
adj. 

neglig5, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to neg- 
lect. 

nego, -are, -avi, -atum, to deny. 

negutium, -i, business. 

nemo, -inis, no man, no one. 

nemus, • oris, grove. 

nepos, -otis, grandson. 

Neptunus, -I, Neptune, god of the 
sea. 

neque, and not, neither, nor. 

ne — quidem, not even. 

Nervius, -a, -um, Nervian. 

nescio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, not to know. 

neuter, -a, -um, neither {of two). 

neve, neu, and — not, nor (neg. fin. 
conj.). 

nidifico, -are, -avi, -atum, to build a 
nest. 

nidus, -i, nest. 

niger, -a, -um, blacJc. 

nihil (indecl.) or nihilum, -i, nothing. 

nimius, -a, -um, too much, excess- 
ive. 

nisi (eond. conj.), zinless, if not. 

nitor, -i, nisus or nixiis, to strive. 

nobilis, -e, noble. 

nobilitas, -atis, nobility. 

noceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to hurt, harm. 

nolo, nolle, nolui, to be unioilling. 

nomen, -inis, name. 

non, not. 

nondum, not yet. 

non ne (in direct questions, § 81, 
4; in indirect questions), if not, 
whether not. 

noniis, -a, -um (§ 63), ninth. 

nos, g 78. 

nosco, -ere, novi, notum, to know. 

noster, -a, -aim, our, ours, 

novem (^ 63), nine. 

novus, -a, -um, neio, late. 



nox, noctis, night. 
noxius, hurtful. 
niibes, -is, cloud. 
nudo, -are, -avi, -atum, to strip. 
nudus, -a, -iim, naked. 
nullus, -a, -um (§ 56), none, not any. 
num, § 81, 3. 
Numa, -se, Numa. 
Niimantinus, -a, -um, Numantian. 
numero, -are, -avi, -atum, to count. 
numerus, -i, number. 
Numida, -se, a Numidian. 
Numidia, -fe, Numidia. 
numquis, § 89. 
nunc, now. 

nuncio, -are, -avi, -atum, to an- 
nounce. 
nuncius, -i, messenger. 
nunquam or numquam, never. 

0. 

oh, for, on account of. 

obliviscor, oblitiis, to forget. 

obsciiro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to ob- 
scure. 

ob-secrO, -are, -avi, -atiim, to be- 
seech. 

obses, -idis, hostage. 

ob-sideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessum, to be- 
siege. 

obsidio, -onis, siege. 

ob-sto, -are, -stiti, -statum, to stand 
before, hinder, prevent. 

ob-trunc§, -are, -avi, -atiim, to slay. 

occasus, -lis, going down, setting. 

oc-cido (ob — caedo), -cidi, -cisum, 
to cut doion, kill. 

oc-cido (ob — cado), -ere, -cidi, 
-casum, to fall, set. 

occulto, -are, -avi, -atum, to hide. 

oc-cultus, -a, -Tim, hidden. 

occupo, -are, -avi, -atum, to seize, 
take possession of. 



31 



OCEAXUS 



362 



PASTOE 



oeeanus, -i^ ocean. 

octaviis, -a, -um (§ 63), eighth. 

octingenti, -3d, -a (§ 63), eight hun- 
dred. 

octo (^ 63), eight. 

oculus, -i, eye. 

odi q 113, Rem. 1), I hate. 

odium, -i, hatred. 

oflFendo, -ere, offendi, offensum, to 
offend. 

oflFiciuDQ, -i, duty, service. 

olim (adv.), formerly, anciently; 
(of the future,) some time or other. 

omnino, altogether, wholly, at all. 

omnis, -e, all, every. 

onerarius, -a, -um, of burden. 

onero, -are, -avi, -atum, to load, lade. 

onus, -eris, burden. 

opera, -as, pains, work, labor. 

opinio, -onis, 02nnion, belief. 

opinor, -ari, -atiis, to be of opinion. 

opis (gen.), of help, strength, § 51 ; 
summa ope, with all one's might. 

oportet, -uit, it is necessary, proper, 
it behooves. 

oppidanus, -a, -um, of a toicn. 

oppidum, -i, town. 

opportunitas, -atis, fitness, suitable- 
ness. 

opportunus, -a, -um, ft, favorable. 

opprimO, -ere, -pressi, -pressum, to 
press down, put down, sujjjiress, 
overcome, crush, opjjress. 

oppugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to as- 
sault. 

optimiis, -a, -iim (bonus), best. 

opulensor opulentus, -a, -um, power- 
ful. 

opus, -eris, work. 

opus (indecl.), need, necessity ; opus 
est, it is necessary, there is need. 

oraciilum, -i, oracle. 

oratio, -onis, speech, oration. 



orator, -oris, orator. 

orbis, -is, circle; orbis terrarum, 

the icorld. 
ordo, -inis, rank, order. 
Orgetorix, -igis, a Helvetian -chief. 
origo, -inis, origin. 
orior, -iri, ortus, oriturus, to rise. 
OS, oris, mouth, face. 
OS, ossis, bone. 
otium, -i, leisure, ease. 
Ovidius, -i, Ovid. 
ovis, -is, sheep. 
ovTim, -i, egg. 
Oxus, -i, the Oxus. 



pac§, -are, -avi, -atum, to subdue. 
pagus, -i, canton. 
palus, -udis, marsh, bog. 
paluster, -tris, -tre, marshy. 
panis, -is, bread. 
par, paris, equal. 

paratus, -a, -tim, ready, prepared. 
parcB, -ere, peperci, parsi, parcitum 

and parsum, to spare. 
parens, -entis, parent. 
pareO, -ere, -ui, -itum, to obey, be 

obedient. 
paries, -etis, wall {of a house). 
pario, -ere, peperi, partum, to beget, 

bring forth. 
Parmenio, -onis, Parmenio. 
paro, -are, -avi, -atum, to prepare. 
parriclda, -ae, hiller of a father, 

parricide. 
pars, partis, part; una ex parte, on 

one side. 
partim (ace. of pars), partly. 
parum, minus, minime, little. 
parvus, -a, -um, small, little. 
passus, -us, pace; mille passus, a 

mile. 
pastor, -oris, shepherd. 



PATEFACIO 



363 



PHILOSOPHUS 



patcfacio, -feci, -factum, to lay open, 

{^107, Rem., 1. 
pateO, -ere, patui, to lie open. 
pUter, \n\irx?,, father. 
paterfamilias, ^ Ad, father of a fain- 

■ilj/. 
patiens, -entis, capable of enduring, 

J) at lent. 
patienter, patiently. 
patientia, -ae, patience. 
patina, -se, dish. 
patior, -i, passus, to suffer, endure, 

permit. 
patria, -ae, country. 
pauci, -ae, -a,, few. 
paulatim, by degrees. 
paulus, -a, -um, little; usually in 

the ace. and abl. neuter, 
pauper, -is, poor. 
paupcrtas, -atis, poverty. 
pavor, -oris, trembling. 
pax, pacis, peace. 
peccatum, -i, fault, sin. 
pecco, -are, -avi, -atum, to do wrong, 

sin. 
pectus, -oris, breast. 
peciinia, -ae, sum of money. 
pecus, -oris, cattle, floclc, herd. 
pedes, -itis, footman. 
pedester, -tris, -tre, on foot. 
pejor, -us (malus), worse. 
pellis, -is, skin, hide. 
pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsiim, to heat, 

drive, rout. 
pendo, -ere, pependi, pensum, to 

cause to hang, weigh, pay. 
penes (prep, with ace), in the power 

of 
pensum, -i, weight. 
pentis, -us and -i, storehouse. 
per, through. 
per-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussum, to 

strike through, kill. 



perdo, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to destroy, 
lose. 

per-ducO, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to 
lead through, extend. 

per-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, to perish. 

per-facilis, -e, very easy. 

per-fringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractum, to 
break through. 

perfuga, -ae, deserter. 

pergo, -ere, perrexi, -rectum, to pro- 
ceed. 

periculosus, -a, -um, dangerous. 

periculum, -i, trial, danger; peri- 
eiilum facere, to make a trial. 

periude (adv.), exactly, precisely. 

peritus, skilled. 

.permagnus, -a, -um, very great. 

per-moveS, -ere, -movi, -motum, to 
move thoroughly, alarm. 

permultus, -a, -iim, very much. 

pernicies, -ei, destruction. 

perpetuo (adv.), continually. 

perpetuus, -a, -um, unending. 

Persa, -93, Persian. 

per-sequor, -i, -secutiis, to follow 
perseveringly, overtake. 

per-suadB, -ere, -suasi, -suasum, to 
piersuade. 

per-terreo, -ere, -terrui, -territum, 
to frighten thoroughly, terrify. 

per-tineo, -ere, -tinul, to reach, ex- 
tend, pertain, belong. 

per-turbo, -are, -avI, -atum, to con- 
found. 

per-veiiio, -Tre, -veni, -ventum, to 
come through, arrive. 

pes, pedis, /oo«. 

pessimus, -a, -um (malus), worst. 

peto, -ere, -ivi, -Itiim, to seek, ask. 

phalanx, -gis, phalanx; ace. sing. 
-em and -a; ace. pi. -es and -as. 

Philippus, -i, Philip. 

philosophiis, -i, philosopher. 



PHOCIOif 



364 



PE^TER-EO 



Phocion, -onis, Pliocioii. 

pietas, -atis, dutifulness. 

piger, -a, -VlVH, sloio, lazy. 

piget, piguit and pigitum est, it dis- 
gusts, irks, troubles ; piget me tui, 
/ am disgusted with you. 

piliim, -1, javelin. 

pirata, -se, pirate. 

piscis, -is, Jish. 

Piso, -onis, Pisa. 

plus, -a, -um, dutiful, pious. 

plaeeB, -ere, -ui, itum, to please. 

PlatB, -onis, a Grecian philosopher. 

plebes, -ei and -is, and plebs, plebis, 
common people. 

plenus, -a, -um., full. 

plerumque (adv.), /or the most part. 

pluma, -as, feather. 
^ plus, pluris (^ 72, 7), more. 

poculiim, -i, drinking-cup. 

poema, -atis, poem. 

Poeni, Carthaginians. 

poenitet, -uit, it repents; p. me 
peccati, / repent of my sin. 

poeta, -se, poet. 

polliceor, -eri, -ittis, to promise. 

pollicitatiB, -onis, promise. 

Pompeiiis, -i, Pompey. 

pomum, -l, fruit. 

pondus, -eris, loeight. 

pon5, -ere, posui, positum, to put, 
place. 

pons, pontis, bridge. 

populor, -ari, -atus, to lay waste. 

populus, -i, people. 

porrigo, -ere, porrexi, porrectum, to 
stretch out. 

porta, -ae, gate of a city. 

porto, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry. 

portus, -us, harbor. 

posco, -ere, poposci, to demand. 

possum, posse, potui, to be able. 

post, after, behind. 



postea, afterwards. 

posterus, posterior, postremus or 
postumus, coming after ; comp., 
of less account, inferior. 

postquam (temp, conj.), after. 

postulo, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand. 

potens, -entis, powerful. 

potentia, -ae, power, ability. 

potestas, -atis, power, right. 

potior, -iri, -ittis, to get possession 
of, acquire. 

pras, before, in comparison with, for ; 
prse maerore, for grief. 

prsebeS, -ere, -ui, itiim, to furnish. 

prae-ceptiim, -i, precept. From 

preecipiO, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to in- 
struct, order, command. 

preecipito, -are, -avi, -atum, to hurry 
forward. 

prgecipue, especially. 

pra3cipuus, -a, -um, especial. 

prgeclarus, -a, -um, very distin- 
guished. 

prEeco, -onis, crier, herald. 

prseda, -£e, booty. 

pr^-dico, -are, -avi, -atum, to boast. 

prse-ditus, -a, -um, endowed. 

prgedor, -ari, -atus, to plunder. 

prae-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum, io ^tti 
over. 

pr£e-mitto, -misi, -missiim, to send 
forward. 

prgemium, -i, reward. 

prae-pono, -posui, -positum, fo^?aee 
before, to prefer. 

praesens, -entis, present. 

preesidium, -i, garrison. 

praestans, -antis, excellent, distin- 
guished. 

prae-sto, -are, -stiti, -stitiim, to excel. 

prge-sum, -esse, -fui, to be over. 

preeter, past, besides, beyond. 

pra3ter-eo, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to pass hy. 



PRJETER-MITTO 



365 



QUALIS 



prajtcr-mitto, -misl, -missum, to let 

slip. 
prreter modum, bei/ond measure, tin- 

duhj. 
prcetor, -oris, prxtor, chief. 
pravus, -a, -um, crooked, depraved. 
premo, -ere, pressi, pressum, to 

2iress. 
pretium, -i, 2^^i<'^} value. 
Priamus, -i, Priam. 
primus, -a, -um., first. 
princeps, -ipis, chief. 
prior, '^xlm.vt.s, former, sooner, 
pristinus, -a, -\iva.,form. 
priusquam, before. 
privatus, -a, -um, private. 
pro, /or, before. 
probitas, -atis, honesty. 
pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to go 

forward. 
procul, at a distance. 
pro-curro, -ere, -cucurri and -curri, 

-cursiim, to run forward, 
proditio, -onis, treachery, 
proditor, -oris, traitor. 
prcelium, -i, battle, 
profectio, -onis, departure. 
pro-ficiscor, -i, -fectus, to set out. 
pro-fligo, -are, -avi, -atum, to dash 

in pieces. 
pro-fugi§, -ere, -fugi, -fugitum, to 

flee, run axoay, escape. 
progenies, -ei, offspring. 
progredior, -i, -gressus, to go forth 

or forward. 
pro-hibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to prevent, 

heep off. 
promissum, -i, promise. 
promptus, -a, -um, ready, quick. 
pronus, -a, -lim, headlong, bending 

over. 
prope, -ius, proxime, near, Clearer, 

next. 

31 



propero, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. 

propinquus, -a, -um, near. 

propior, proximus, nearer, next. 

pro-pono, -ere, -posui, -positiim, to 
set np. 

propositum, -i, purpose. 

propter, on account of. 

propterea, on this account. 

pro-pulsO, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
pel. 

pro-sequor, -i, -secutus, to pursue. 

pro-sum, prodesse, profui, to benefit, 
to do good. 

providentia, -ae, foresight, provi- 
dence, 

provincia, -se, province. 

proxime (adv.), nearest, next. 

proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next. 

prudens, -entis, prudent. 

prudentia, -ge, prudence. 

publicus, -a, -um, ptublic. 

pudet, puduit, it shames. 

pudor, -oris, shame, modesty. 

puella, -86, girl. 

puer, -i, boy. 

pugna, -sd, fight. 

pugno, -are, -avi, -aLtnrii, to fight. 

pulcher, -a, -iim, beautiful. 

pulchritiido, -inis, beauty. 

pulvis, -eris, dust. 

Punicus, -a, -um, Carthaginian. 

punio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to punish. 

purgo, -are, -avi, -atum, to cleanse, 
excuse. 

puto, -are, -avi, -atum, to think. 

Pythagoras, -ae (§ 219), Pythagoras. 

Q. 

quadragesimus, -a, -ufn, fortieth, 

quadraginta (g ^Z), forty. 

quaero, -ere, quaesivi, qugesitum, to 

seek, ask. 
qualis, of what kind, as. 



QUAM 



366 



EENUNCIATIO 



quam, than, as. 

quamquam, although. 

quamvis, however much, although. 

quanttis, -a, -um, hoio great, as; 
tantus — quantus, as great — as. 

quasi (g 203), as if. 

quatriduum, -I, four days. 

quatuor (§ 63), /our. 

queror, -i, questiis, to complain. 

qui, qu£e, quod, xoho, which, 

quia (coDJ.), because. 

quicumque, whoever. 

quidam (^ 89), a certain, a certain 
one, some one, some. 

quidem, indeed. 

quin, hut that, that, hut. 

quindecim (§ %'i), fifteen. 

quingenti, -ae, -a (§ 63), five hun- 
dred. 

quippe, surely, since. 

quis, g 89; quis, g 88. 

quisnam, ^ 88. 

quispiam, ^ 

quis quam, V § 89. 

quisque, j 

quisquis, ^ 87, 4. 

quivis, quilibet, § 89. 

quo, whither. 

quo-ad, to lohat point, as long as, 
until. 

quod, because. 

quo-minus, | 193, Rem. 5. 

quoniam, since, because. 

quoque, also. 

quot, how many, as. 

quotannis, yearly. 

quotidie, daily. 

quum, when, since, althougTi. 

R. 

ramus, -i, branch, hough. 
rapina, -ae, plunder, pillage. 



rapiO, -ere, rapui, raptum, to snatch, 
seize, carry off. 

rapto, -are, -avi, -atum, to seize vio- 
lently. 

ratio, -onis, plan, reasoning, cause^ 

Rauraci, -orum, a tribe of Gauls. 

rebellio, -onis, rebellion. 

recens, -entis, rece7it. 

reeeptus, -iis, retreat. 

reeipio, -cepi, -ceptiim, to take bach, 
regain, recover; se recipere, to 
retreat, to recover oneself. 

rectus, -a, -um, straight, right. 

recuperO, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
cover. 

recuse, -are, -avi, -attim, to object, 
repudiate. 

red-do, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to give 
bach, render, make. 

red-eo, -ire, redii, reditiim, to re- 
turn. 

redigO, -ere, -egi, -actum, to re- 
duce. 

red-integro, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
new. 

reditus, -iis, return. 

re-due8, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to 
lead hack. 

re-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, to with- 
dra w. 

re-fert, retulit, it concerns. 

reficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum, to re- 
pair. 

regina, -se, queen. 

regio, -onis, region, tract. 

regniim, -i, kingdom. , 

reg8, -ere, rexi, rectiim, to rule. 

Reguliis, -i, Regulus. 

religiO, -onis, vow, religion. 

re-linqu8, -ere, -liqui, -lictum, to 
leave. 

reliquus, -a, -iim, the rest. 

renunciatio, -onis, report. 



KENUNCIO 



367 



SEDES 



re-nuncio, -are, -avi, -iitum, to carry 

hack word. 
reor, rcri, ratus, to suppose. 
repens, -entis, sudden. 
repenie, suddenly. 
repentinus, -a, -um, sudden. 
reperio, -ire, reperi, repertum, to 

find out. 
repeto, -ere, -ivi, -itfim, to seek 

hack. 
reprehends, -ere, -di, -sum, to re- 

huke. 
repiidio, -are, -avi, -atum, to refuse. 
res, rel, thimj. 
re-scindo, -ere, -scidi, -scissum, to 

cut down. 
re-sistB, -ere, -stiti, to resist. 
re-spondeo, -ere, -spondi, -sponsum, 

to answer. 
respublica (^ 49, 5), commonwealth. 
rete, -is, net. 
re-vello, -ere, -velli, -vulsum, to tear 

re-vereor, -eri, -itus, to reverence. 

re-v6co, -are, -avi, -atiim, to recall. 

rex, regis, king. 

Rhenus, -i, the Rhine. 

Rhodanus, -i, the Rhone. 

robur, -oris, heart of oak, strength. 

rogo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask. 

Roma, -8e, Rome. 

Romanus, -a, -um, Roman. 

rosa, -se, rose. 

ruber, -a, -um, red. 

rudens, -entis, rope, cahle. 

rudis, -e, rude, uncivilized. 

rumpB, -ere, rupi, ruptiim, to 
break. 

rupes, -is, rock. 

rursus, again. 

rus, ruris, country. 

rusticus, -a, -um, living in the coun- 
try, i^ustic. 



s. 

Sabini, -orum, Sahines. 

sacer, -a, -um, sacred. 

sacerdos, -Otis, p)riest. 

SEepe, often. 

saevus, -a, -um, savage, fierce. 

sagitta, -33, arrow. 

Sagittarius, -i, archer. 

salar, -aris, trout. 

salto, -are, -avi, -atiim, to dance. 

saluber, -bris, -bre, wholesome. 

salus, -litis, safety, health. 

sanctiis, -a, -iim, sacred, pure. 

sanguis, -inis, hlood. 

saniis, sound, healthy. 

sapiens, -entis, wise. 

sapientia, -ae, loisdom. 

satis, enough, svfiicient, sufficiently. 

sauciiis, -a, -um, wounded. 

saxum, -i, rock. 

scapha, -ae, hoat, skiff. 

sceliis, -eris, crime, wickedness. 

scio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to know. 

Scipio, -onis, Scipio. 

scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptiim, to 
lorite. 

scriptor, -oris, writer. 

scutum, -i, shield. 

se-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to se- 
cede. 

se-cerno, -ere, -crevi, -cretum, to 
separate. 

seco, -are, secui, sectum, secaturus, 
to cut. 

seciim, ^ 79, 2. 

secundum, following, according to. 

secundus, -a, -ViVa., following, second, 
favorable. 

seciiris, -is, axe. 

sed, hut. 

sedeO, -ere, sedi, sessiim, to sit. 

sedes, -is, seat, settlement. 



SEDILE 



368 



SUBITO 



sedile, -is, seat. 

seditio, -onis, sedition. 

semper (adv.), always. 

sempiternus, -a, -urn, everlasting. 

senatus, -us and -i, senate. 

senex, senis, old. 

sensus, -us, feeling. 

sententia, -se, opinion; ex senten- 
tia, satisfactorily. 

sentio, -ire, sensi, sensum, to per- 
ceive. 

Sequanus, -a, -fim, Sequan. As a 
Doun, a Seqimn. 

sequor, -i, secutus, to follow. 

sermo, -onis, conversation, talk. 

serpens, -entis, serpent. 

servio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to be a slave, 
serve. 

servitus, -tutis, slavery. 

servo, -are, -avi, -atum, to preserve. 

serviis, -i, slave. 

sex (^ 63), six. 

sibilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to hiss. 

sic, thus. 

sicut or sicuti, as, just as. 

sidus, -eris, star, constellation. 

signum, -i, sign, signal. 

silentium, -i, silence. 

silva, -33, wood, forest. 

silvestris or -ter, -e, woody. 

similis, -e, like. 

simul, at the same time. 

simul ac, as soon as. 

sine, without. 

singuli, -86, -a, single, one at a time. 

sino, -ere, sivi, situm, to put, per- 
mit. 

sinus, -iis, gulf, hay. 

sitio, -ire, -ivi, to he thirsty. 

sitis, -is, thirst. 

situs, -a, -um {part. sino). 

socer, -i, father-in-law. 

socius, -i, companion. 



Socrates, -is, Socrates. 

sol, solis, sun. 

soleO, -ere, solitus, to he used, wont. 

solus, -a, -um, only, alone. 

solvO, -ere, solvi, solutum, to loose. 

somnus, -i, sleep. 

sonus, -i, sound. 

soror, -oris, sister. 

sors, sortis, lot. 

spatium, -i, room, space, time. 

spectatus, -a, -um, looked at, ap- 
proved. 

spectB, -are, -avi, -atum, to look at. 

speculator, -oris, scout. 

specus, -us, den, cave, grotto. 

spelunca, -ae, cave. 

sperO, -are, -avi, -atiim, to hope. 

spes, -ei, hope. 

spoils, -are, -avi, -atum, to spoil, 
rob, plunder. 

stabulum, -I, fold. 

statim, immediately. 

statuo, -ere, statui, statutum, to 
place, put, determine. 

statura, -se, stature, size, height. 

Stella, -se, star. 

stimuls, -are, -avi, -atum, to goad. 

stimulus, -i, goad. 

stipendiarius, -a, -iim, tributary. 

stipendium, -i, tax, tribute. 

sto, stare, steti, statum, to stand. 

strenuus, -a, -um, nimble, active. 

studeS, -ere, -ui, to attend to, be 
eager for. 

studiiim, zeal, desire; pi, studies. 

stultitia, -?e^, folly. 

stultus, -a, -um, foolish. 

suadeO, -ere, suasi, suasum, to ad- 
vise. 

subeo, -ire, -ii, itum, to go under. 

subigO, -ere, -egi, -actum, to sub- 
due. 

subito (adv.), suddenly. 



SUBITUS 



3G9 



TIMOR 



Siibitus, -a, -vim, sudden. 

sub-le\^o, -arc, -avi, -atum, to re- 
lieve, 

subsequor, -i, -secutus, to follow 
cloficlj. 

subsidium, -i, reserve, siqyport, Jielp. 

sub-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to 
come to one's assistance, help. 

succedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to come 
close uj). 

Suessiones, -um, the Suessiones. 

sui, ^ 78. 

sum, esse, fui, futurus, to he. 

summus, -a, -um, the highest, the top, 
I 72, 4, I 128, Bern. 8. 

sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptum, to 
take. 

supellex, -lectilis, furniture. 

stipcrbia, -as, pride. 

superbus, -a, -um, proud. 

supero, -are, -avi, -atum, to over- 
come. 

superstitio, -onis, superstition. 

superus, -a, -um, ^ 72, 4. 

supplicium, -i, punishment. 

surgo, -ere, surrexl, surrectum, to 

su3-cipi5, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to 

undertake. 
suspicor, -ari, -atus, to suspiect, 
sustineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum, to 

sustain. 
suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their, ^ 80, 

Bern. 2. 
Syphax, -acis, Syphax. 
Syracusae, -arum, Syracuse. 

T. 
taceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to he silent. 
teedet, -uit, it ivearies, disgusts. 
talentum, -i, talent. 
talis, -c, such. 
tarn, so. 



tamen, nevertheless. 

tametsi, although, 

tandem, at length. 

tango, -ere, tetlgi, tactum, to touch. 

tanquam or tamquam, as if, 
^203. 

tantiis, -a, -um, so much, so great. 

tantus-dem, -adem, -undem, just as 
much. 

tardo, -are, -avi, -atum, to delay, 
retard. 

tardus, -a, -um, sloio. 

Tarquinii, -oriim, Tarquinii, 

Tarquinitis, -i, Tarquin. 

taurus, -i, bull, 

tectum, -i, roof, 

telliis, -uris, earth. 

telum, -i, dart. 

temere, (adv.), rashly. 

temperantia, -as, self-control, tem- 
perance. 

tempestas, -tatis, ti7ne, weather [good 

or bad), tempest. 
templum, -i, temple. 
tempus, -oris, time. 
tenax, -acis, tenacious. 
teneo, -ere, tenui, tentum, to hold. 
tento, -are, -avi, -atum, to attempt. 
tenuis, -e, slender, 
tergum, -i, back. 
terminus, -i, end, limit. 
terra, -se, earth, ground, land. 
terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to frighten. 
teiTor, -oris, terror, fright. 
tertius, -a, -um (^ 63), third. 
testis, -is, witness. 
Thebae, -arum, Thebes. 
Thrax, -acis, Thracian. 
tbronus, -i, throne. 
Tiberis, -is, the Tiber. 
timeo, -ere, timui, to fear. 
timidus, -a, -um, cowardly, 
timor, -oris, fear, jJanic. 



TITUS 



370 



UTINAM 



Titus, -i, Titus. 

tolero, -are, -avi, -atum, to endure, 

tondeo, -ere, totondi, tonsum, to 
shear, 

tonitriis, -lis, thunder. 

tot, so many. 

totus, -a, -lim, tohole. 

tra-do, -ere, -didi, -dittim, to deliver 
over, hand dozen. 

tra-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -j actum, to shijy 
over. 

trames, -itis, by-path. 

tra-no, -are, -avi, -atiim, to sioim 
across. 

trans, across, hei/ond. 

trans-duc8, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to 
lead over. 

trans-eo, -ire, transii, transitum, to 
go across, pass over, j^ass aicay, to 
spend. 

transjiciS. See trajicio. 

tres, tria (§ 63), three. 

tribunus, -i, tribune. 

tribuo, -ere, -ui, -utum, to give, as- 
sign. 

tribus, -us, tribe. 

triduum, -i, three days' time. 

Iriennium, -i, three years' time. 

triginta (^ 63), thirty. 

tripartito, in three divisions. 

triplex, -icis, trij^le. 

tristis, -e, sad. 

Troja, -ae, Troy. 

trucido, -are, -avi, -atum, to slay, 
butcher. 

tiiba, -se, trumpet, 

tueor, -eri, tuitus and tutus, to pro- 
tect, 

Tullia, -88, Tidlia. 

Tullianum, ri, a prison at Borne, 
built by king Servius Tullius. 

TuUius, -i, Tidly. 

tiim, then. 



tumultiis, -lis, tumult, uproar. 

tumulus, -i, mound. 

tunc, then. 

turba, -^, croicd. 

turbidus, -a, -um, disordered, muddy. 

turbo, -ar6, -avi, -atum, to throw 

into confusion. 
turbo, -inis, whirlwind. 
turpis, -e, base. 
turris, -is, toicer. 

tutor, -ari, -atus, to defend, protect. 
tutus, -a, -um, safe. 
tuus, -a, -um (§ 80), thy, thine, your, 

yours. 
tyrannus, -i, tyrant. 

u. 

ubi, ichere, ichen. 
ubique, everywhere. 
ulciscor, -i, ultus, to avenge. 
ullus, -a, -um (^ 56, 1), any. 
ulterior, -iis (^ 74, 1), farther. 
ultimus, -a, -um (§ 74, 1), farthest, 

last. 
ululo, -are, -avi, -atum, to howl. 
umbra, -as, shadoio, shade. 
umquam or unquam, ever. 
una (parte), in one place, together. 
unda, -£e, reave. 
unde, whence, from which. 
undique, on all sides. 
iiniversus, -a, -um, cdl, universal. 
unquam (adv.), ever. 
unus, -a, -iim, one. 
linusquisque, each (^ 89, 7). 
urbs, urbis, city. 
vlXO, -ere, ussi, ustum, to burn. 
usus, -iis, using, use, p>ractice. 
Kit or iiti, that, in order that. 
liter ? -a ? -iim ? which of the two f 
iiterque, -aque, -umque, both. 
utilis, -e, useful, 
utinam, that ! 



UTEIMQUE 



371 



VOLO 



xltrimque (adv.), on both sides. 
fitor, -i, usus, to use. 
uxor, -oris, ivi'/e. 

V. 

vaco, -are, -avi, -atum, to be unoc- 

ciqnecl. 
vacuus, -a, -um, empty. 
vadum, -l, ford. 

vagor, -ari, -atus, to wander about. 
valeO, -ere, -ui, to be strong, loell. 
vallis, -is, valley. 
vallum, -i, ramjiart. 
varius, -a, -lim, various. 
YarrO, -onis, Varro. 
vastitas, -atis, devastation, 
vasto, -are, -avi, -atum, to lay toaste. 
viltes, -is, projiliet. 
vectigal, -alis, tax. 
vehementer, excessively. 
veho, -ere, vexi,' vectum, to carry. 
vel, ovy even. 
veles, -itis, shirmisTier. 
velox, -ocis, sivi/t. 
velum, -i, sail. 
veluti (§ 203), just as, like. 
venutor, -oris, hunter. 
vendo, -ere, vendidi, venditum, to 

sell. 
venenum, -i, jjoison. 
YSneti, -orum, the Yeneti. 
venio, -ire, veni, ventum, to come. 
venter, -tris, belly. 
ventus, -i, wind. 
ver, veris, spring. 
vcrbum, -i, word. 

vereor, -eri, -itus, to reverence, fear. 
vergo, -ere, versi, to turn, incline. 
Veritas, -atis, truth. 
Verres, -is, Verres (^boar). 
versus, -us, verse. 
verto, -ere, verti, versum, to turn. 
verus, -a, -um, true. 



verutum, -i, javelin. 

vescor, -i, to eat. 

vesper, -i and -is, evening. 

vester, -a, -um, ^ 80. 

vestigium, -i, footprint. 

vestis, -is, clothing. 

vetiis, -eris, old, ancient. 

vexilliim, -i, flag, ensign. 

vexo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to vex, harass, 

annoy. 
via, -86, iDay. 

vicesimiis, -a, -um, twentieth. 
victor, -oris, conqueror. 
victoria, -as, victory. 
vieus, -i, village. 
video, -ere, vidi, visum, to see; 

passive, to seem. 
vigilia, -ae, loatch. 
vigilo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to watch. 
viginti (^ 63), twenty. 
vinciO, -ire, vinxi, vinctiim, to bind. 
vinco, -ere, vici, victiim, to conquer. 
vinculiim, -i, chain. 
viniim, -i, tmne. 
viols, -are, -avi, -atum, to injure, 

maltreat; (of a law,) to break. 
vir, viri, man, husband. 
Virgilius, -i, Virgil. 
virgO, -inis, virgin. 
viridis, -e, green. 
virtus, -tutis, courage, virtue. 
vis, strength, § 45. 
vita, -ae, life. 
vitium, -i, vice. 
vito, -are, -avi, -atum, to shun, 

escape. 
vitreiis, -a, -iim, made of glass. 
vivo, -ere, vixi, victum, to live. 
vivus, -a, -um, alive. 
vix (adv.), scarcely. 
v6c5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to call. 
volo, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly. 
volo, velle, volui, to will. 



VOLUPTAS 



372 



VULTUS 



voluptas, -tatis, pleasure. 

volvO, -ere, volvi, volutum, to roll. 

vorO, -are, -avi, -atum, to devour. 

votum, -i, vow. 

voveo, -ere, vovi, votum, to vow. 

vox, vocis, voice. 



vulgus, -i, common people. 
vulnerB, -are, -avi, -atum, 

icound. 
vulnus, -eris, icound. 
vultur, -uris, vulture. 
vultus, -us, countenance* 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



ABILITY 

A. 

ability, potestas. 

able {to be), possum. 

abound, abundB. 

about, circiter, de. 

above, super, supra. 

absent, absens ; to be absent, abesse. 

abuse, abuti {use amiss) ; maledicere 
{speak amiss). 

abusive {to be), maledico. 

access, aditus. 

accomplish, confieiO ; for the accom- 
plishment of those things, ad eas res 
conficiendas. 

account {on account of), ob. 

accuse, arguo, accuso. 

accustom, consuesco. 

accustomed {to be), soleo. 

acquire, comparo. 

acquit, absolvo. 

across, trans. 

active, agilis. 

add, adds. 

address, appellare, compellare. 

Adherbal, Adherbal, -alis. 

admire, miror. 



ALL 

admonish, moneo. 

adorn, decoro. 

advance, progredior, procedS. 

advantage, commo.dum. 

advice, consilium. 

advise, moneS. 

^duan, ^duus. 

affair, res. 

afford, praebeo. 

afraid {to be), timeB, metuO, vereor. 

after {prep.), post ; {conj.), postquam, 

posteaquam. 
afterwards, postea. 
against, contra, ad, adversiis. 
age, setas. 

agreeable, accepttis, gratiis. 
agreement, pactum, -i; conventiis, 

-iis. 
agriculture, agricultura. 
ah ! heu. 

aid (n.), auxilium. 
aid {v.), subvenio, auxilium ferO. 
air, aer. 

alarm, perturbo, permoveo. 
Alexander, Alexander. 
all, omnis. 



ALLEGE 



373 



BECOME 



allege {as you allege, etc.)j l>y the 

subjunctive, § 190 ; to allege, dico, 

praedico. 
allure, illicio. 
already, jam. 
also, etiam, quoque. 
altar, ara. 
although, licet, quamvis, quanquam, 

etsi, etc. 
alicays, semper. 
ambassador, legatuS. 
amhassy, legatio. 
ambush, insidiae. 
among {of things), inter; {of persons), 

apud. 
ancient, vetus, antiquiis. 
anger, ira. 

angry, iracundus, iratus. 
angry {to be), irascor. 
animal, animal. 
announce, nuncio. 
annoy, vexo. 
another {of two), alter; {of many), 

alius. 
answer, respondeS. 
any, § 89. 
apiece, expressed by distributive 

numerals (^ 63, 1 c). 
Apollo, Apollo, -inis. 
approach {v.), aggredior, accedo; 

(n.), adventus. 
archer, Sagittarius. 
Ariovistus, Ariovistus, -i. 
arise, orior. 
Aristides, AristideS. 
arm {v.), armo. 
arms, arma. 
army, exercitus. 
around, circum. 
arrange, constituB. 
arrival, adventus. 
arroio, sagitta. 
art, ars. 



as {conj.), quam ; as great — as, tan- 
tus — quantiis ; as many — as, tot 
— quot ; just as much — as, tantus- 
dem — quantusdem; such — as, 
talis — qualis. 

ascend, ascendo. 

ascertain, cognoscS. 

ashamed {to be), pudet, ^ 135 c. 

ask, rogo, peto, interrogo. 

asleep {to fall), dormitS. 

assault, oppugno. 

assert, confirmo. 

assistance, auxilium ; to come to one's 
assistance, subveniO. 

atrocious, atrox. 

attack (n.), impetus. 

attack {v.), oppugns, aggredior. 

attempt, tento, conor. 

authority, auctoritas. 

auxiliaries, auxilia, -orum. 

avarice, avaritia. 

avenge, ulciscor. 

avoid, vito. 

await, exspecto. 

aware {all are), constat inter omnes. 

B. 

Babylon, Babylon, -onis. 

back, tergum. 

bad, malus. 

badly, male. 

Balbus, Balbus. 

banish, patria pello. 

barbarian, barbariis. 

base, turpis. 

battle, proelium. 

be, esse. 

bear, ferQ, tolero. 

beat {defeat), pello, vinco. 

beantiful, pulcher. 

beauty, pulchritudo. 

because, quod, quia, quum. 

become, fi8 ; it becomes, decet. 



32 



BEDCHAMBEK 



374 



CANTON 



hedehamher, cubiculum. 

hee, apis. 

hefore (prep.), ante; {conj.), ante- 

quam, priusquam. 
beg, rogo, peto. 
begin, coepi, incipiS. 
behold, conspieio, aspicio. 
behoove, it behooves, oportet, 
Belgian, Belga. 
believe, eredS. 
benefit, beneficium. 
beseech, obsecro. 
besiege, obsideo. 
best, optimus. 

bestoio {labor, pains), operam dare. 
between, inter. 
betcare, caveS. 
Bibrax, Bibras, -actis. 
big, magnus, amplus. 
bind, vinciB. 
bird, avis. 
birth, natiis, -lis; before one's birth, 

ante aliquem natum. 
bite, mordeB. 
biting, naorsus. 
blame, reprebendo, incusO. 
blind, c^cus. 
blood, sanguis. 
boar, aper. 
boast, praedicO. 
boat, scapba, linter. 
Bocchus, Boccbus, -i. 
body, corpus ; nobody, nemo, nullus ; 

anybody, ^ 89. 
bold, audax. 

boldly, audaciter; audacter. 
book, liber. 
booty, praeda. 
born {to be), nascor. 
both, &m.h6 {both together); iiterqiie 

{both separately) ; on both sides, 

utrimque; by both ^jar^ies, ab 

utrisque. 



boundary, finis. 

boundless, infinitus. 

bow, arcus. 

boivl, catinus or -um, 

boy, puer. 

brave, fortis. 

bravely, fortiter. 

bread, panis. 

break (a laic), viols. 

break through, perfringS. 

bribe {n.), largitiO, pecunia. 

bribe {v.), largior. 

bridge, pons. 

bridle {v.), infreno; (n.), frenum. 

bring, fero ; bring word, nuntio J 

bring back icord, renuntiO. 
Britain, Britannia. 
Briton, Britanniis. 
broad, latus. 
brother, frater, 
build, aedificare, condo; build nest, 

nidificB. 
bull, taurus. 
burden, onus. 
burn, incendB, exuro ; burn doion, 

be burnt down, deflagro. 
business, negotium, res {2^1.). 
but, sed, verum, vero. 
buy, emo. 

by, a, or ab, icith abl.j per, with ace. 
by far, longe. 
bypath, trames. 

C. 

Cadmus, Cadmus. 

Csesar, Caesar. 

Cains, Caius. 

calamity, calamitas. 

call, vocare; call together, convo- 

care ; call back, revocare. 
camp, castra. 
can, possum. 
canton, pagus. 



CAPITAL 



375 



CRASSUS 



capital, caput. 

captive, captivus. 

care, cura. 

cares not a straw, flocci non facit. 

carry, porto, fero. 

Carthage, Carthago. 

Carthaginian, Poeniis, Carthagini- 

ensis. 
case {this is the), res ita se habet. 
Catiline, Catilina. 
Cato, Cato. 
cause, causa. 
cavalry, equitatus. 
cave, spelunca. 
cease, desisto. 
centurion, centurio. 
certain, certus ; a certain one, quidam. 
certainly {he will certainly come), ^Qxl 

non potest quin. 
chain, vinculum. 
champ, mordeO. 
chance, casus, fors. 
change, muto. 
characteristic {it is characteristic of a 

poor man), pauperis est. 
chariot, currus. 
chief, princeps. 
children, liberi. 
choose, deligo. 
citizen, civis. 
city, urbs. 
civil, civilis. 

civilization, cultus, humanitas. 
claim {v.), postulo. 
cloud, nubes. 
colleague, collega. 
collect, colligo, compar5. 
combatant, pugnans, -antis. 
come, venio. 

command, jubeo, imperS. 
commander, imperator, praefectus. 
commence {battle), committo. 
commit {to any one), mando. 



common 



, communis; common people, 



plebs. 
commonwealth, rcspublica. 
companion, comes, sociiis. 
compel, cogo. 
comjilain, queror. 
conceal, celO. 
concerning, de. 
concerns, refert, interest. 
concord, concordia. 
condemn, condemno. 
confer, colloquor. 
conference, colloquium. 
confess, confiteor. 
conquer, vincO. 
conscious, conscius. 
conspiracy, conjuratio. 
conspire, conjuro. 
consul, consul. 
consult, consuls. 
contend, contendo, certS. 
contest, certamen. 
continual, perpetuus. 
control {unable to), iiiii[)otens, with gen. 
convenience, commodum. 
conversation, sermo. 
converse, colloquor. 
cook, coquO. 
corn, frumentum. 
corpse, cadaver. 
correct, corrigo, 
corrupt, corrumpo. 
cost, stare aliqua re. 
council, concilium. 
count, numero. 
countenance, vultus. 
country, terra, regio ; fines, p?. 
courage, virtus, fortitude. 
course, cursus. 
covetous, avarus. 
coio, bos, vacca. 
cowardly, coward, timidiis. 
Crassus, Crassiis. 



CREATE 



376 



DEAW UP 



create, creO. 

crime, sceliis. 

cross, transeo. 

crown, corona. 

cruel, crudelis, atrox. 

cruelty, crudelitas. 

cultivate, colo. 

cup, poculum. 

custom, consuetiidO ; according to 

custom, ex consuetudine. 
cut, seco. 

cut down, rescinds. 
cut off, interdict, interdico. 

D. 

dance, saltO. 

danger, periculum. 

dare, audeo. 

dart, telum. 

daughter, filia. 

day, dies; to-day, hodie. 

dead, mortuus. 

dear, carus. 

death, mors. 

debate, disputo.] 

deceive, fallO. 

declare, confirmo, praedico. 

decoy, illiciS. 

dedicate, dico. 

deem, existimo, duco, habeo. 

deei), altus. 

defend, defendB, defense, tueor. 

defer, differO. 

delay, moror. 

delight, delectB, juvo. 

Delphi, Delphi, -orum. 

demand, posco, postiilo, flagitS. 

dense, densiis. 

deny, nego. 

depart, discedo. 

depraved, pravus. 

deprive, privO, spolio. 

depth, altitudO. 



design, consilium, consultum. 
desire (v.), cixpio ; (71.), cupiditas, cii- 

pTdo. 
desirous, avidus, cupidus. 
despair, desperB. 
destitute, expers, inops. 
destroy, deleB. 

destruction (j^art. 0/ deleB, ^ 185, 3 c). 
determine, constituB. 
devoid, vacuus, expers. 
devour, vorB, devorB. 
dictator, dictator. 
die, morior. 

differ [in opinion), dissentio. 
difference {what difference does it 

make?) quid interest? 
difficult, diificilis. 
diligence, diligentia. 
diligent, diligens. 
disagreeable, ingratus. 
disagreement, dissensio, discordia. 
disaster, calamitas. 
discuss, jactB. 
disgrace, dedecus. 
disgusts, piget, taedet. 
dish, catinus, eatiniim. 
dismiss, dimittB. 
displease, displiceo. 
dispute, disputB. 
distant {to be), absiim. 
distinguished, praestans, praeclariis. 
ditch, fossa. 
divide, dividB. 
do, faciB. 
do good, prosum. 
dock-yard, navale. 
dog, canis. 

double, duplex; to double, duplicB, 
doubt, dubitatiO; to doubt, dubitB. 
doubtful, dubius. 
dove, columba. 
down-hill, deorsum. 
draw up, instruo. 



DEEAD 



377 



FIGHT 



dread, formido. 

drink, bibo. 

drive, pello. 

Druids, Druides. 

Dumnorix, Dumnorix, -igis. 

dasf, pulvis. 

dufi/, oificium, miinus; it is the king^s 

duty, mij duty, ^133. 
dwell, babito, incolo. 

E. 

each, quisqiie, unusquisque. 

eager, avidus, eupiens. 

eagle, aquila. 

earth, terra, tellus. 

earthen, fictilis. 

easy, facilis ,• easily, facile; very easy, 

perfacilis. 
eat, edo, vescor. 

edict, edictum; to issue an edict, edicB, 
egg, ovum. 
eight, octo, g 63. 
either — or, aut — aut. 
eloquence, eloquentia. 
eloquent, eloquens. 
embassy, legatio. 
encamp, castra pono, consido. 
encourage, hortor, cobortor. 
end, finis. 
endeavor, conor. 
endure, fero, patior, tolerO. 
enemy, bostis. 
enjoy, fruor. 
enmity, inimicitia. 
enough, satis. 
err, erro. 

esjiccial, praecipuus. 
especially, prsecipue. 
establish, confirmo, constituo. 
esteem, cestimo. 

even, etiam ; not even, ne quidem. 
every, omnis. 
evil {adj.), malus ; (n.), malum. 

32^: 



excellence, prasstantia. 

excellent, prasstans. 

exchange, muto. 

excite, concito, excito, instigo. 

excuse, purgo. 

exercise, exerceo. 

exhort, bortor, cobortor. 

expect, exspectO. 

expel, pello, expello. 

explain, causam aflferre. 

F. 

face, facies. 

fact (in fact), re. 

faith, fides. 

faithful, fidus, fidelis. 

fall, cado. 

fame, fama. 

family, familia. 

famous, clarus. 

fai' (adv.), longe. 

farmer, agricola. 

farthing, as, assis. 

fasten, figo, destino. 

father, pater. 

father-in-law, socer. 

fault, culpa, delictum, peccatum; it 

is my fault, per me stat. 
favor, faveO. 
favorable, secundus. 
fear, timor, metus ; to fear, time5, 

metuo, vereor. 
feather, pluma. 
feeling, sensus. 

fellow {that fellow), iste bomo. 
J'ertile, ferax. 
fever, febris. 
few, pauci. 
field, ager. 
fierce, acer, atrox. 
fiercely, acriter. 

ffty, ? 63. 

fight {v.), pugnO; (n.), pugna. 



FIGURE 



378 



GOVEENMENT 



figure, figura. 

fill, compleo, expleo, impleo. 

find, invenio, reperiB. 

fine {v.), condemno, mulcts. 

finish, conficio. 

fire, ignis; with fire and sword, 

ferro ignique. 
first, primus. 
fish, piscis. 
fit, aptiis, idoneus. 
five, I 63. 
flag, vexillum. 

flank, latus ; on the flank, ab latere. 
flattering, blandus. 
flattery, adulatio. 
flee, fugio, perfugio. 
fleet, classis. 
flesh, caro. 
flight, fuga. 
flock, grex. 
flog, verberQ. 

floio, fluo ; flow into, influo. 
flower, fios. 
fly, volB. 
follow, sequor. 
folly, stultitia. 
fond, amans, cupiduS. 
food, cibus. 
fool, foolish, stultiis. 
foot, pes; at the foot of a mountain, 

siib monte. 
footman, pedes. 
for {co7ij.), nam, enim, etc. 
for grief {preventing cause), pr^ 

maerore. 
for the purpose, causa. 
for these things, 6b has res. 
forbid, prohibeo, interdico. 
force, vis. 
forces, copiae. 
forest, silva. 
forget, obliviscor. 
form, forma, figiira. 



foi'm a design, consilium cap ere. 

fortify, communio, munlB. 

fortitude, gequus animus, fortitude. 

fortune, fortuna. 

four, ^ 63. 

fratricide, fratricida. 

free (adj.), liber; {v.), libero. 

frequently, saepe. 

fresh, integer. 

friend, amicus. 

friendship, amicitia. 

fright, pavor, timor, terror. 

frighten, terreB. 

from, a or ab. 

fruit, fructus. 

full, plenus. 

furnish, praebeB. 

furniture, supellex. 

G. 
Galha, Galba, -ae. 
garden, hortus. 
gate, porta. 

Gaul, Gallia; a Gaul, Gallus. 
general, imperator. 
German, Germ anus. 
Germany, Germania. 
gift, doniim. 
gird, cingB. 
girl, puella. 
give, do. 
glory, gloria. 
glutton, comedB. 
go, eo, proficiscor; go out, exeo. 
goad, stimulus. 
God, deus. 
goddess, dea. 
gold, aurum. 
golden, aureus. 

good, bonus ; to do good, prosiim. 
goose, anser. 
govern, regB, imperB. 
government, imperium. 



GRAMMAR 



379 



INCREASE 



grammar, grammatica. 

grandson, nepos. 

great, magnus. 

greatness, magnitudo. 

Greece, Graecia. 

green, viridis. 

grief, dulor, maeror. 

ground, terra, humus. 

grove, nemus. 

grow, cresco. 

guard, prfesiditim, custos. 

guest, hospes. 

guidance (e.g. of nature), natura 

duce. 
guide, dux. 
gulp down, devoro. 

H. 

Tialf, dimidium. 

hand, manus. 

hajjpilg, beate. 

happy, beatus. 

harbor, portuS. 

hard, durus. 

haste, properatio. 

hasten, propero, festino, mature. 

hastg temper, iracundia. 

hatred, odium. 

have, babeo, esse with dative, 

he, him, is, § 83, 1. 

head, caput. 

hear, audio. 

heart, cor. 

heavy, gravis ; heavily, graviter. 

heel, calx. 

height, altitude, statiira. 

help, auxilium. 

Helvetian, Helvetius. 

hide, abdo, lateo. 

high, alius. 

highly [at a high price), magni, ^ 137. 

hill, coUis. 

himself, se, ipsum. 



hinder, impedio, obstO. 

hindrance, impedimentiim. 

hold, teneo, habeo ; hold in, contine5. 

home, domus. 

honesty, probitas. 

honor, honor. 

honorable, honestus. 

hope, spes ; to hope, sperO. 

horn, cornu. 

horned, corniger. 

horse, equiis; on horseback, ex equo, 

ex equis. 
horseman, equeS. 
hostage, obses. 
hour, hora. 
house, domus. 
howl, ululS. 
huge, ingens. 
human, humanus. 
hunger, fames. 
hungry, esuriens, 
hunter, venator. 
hurl, conjici§. 
hurt, noceO. 
hurtful, noxiiis. 

I. 

/, ego. 

if, si. 

ignorant, ignarus, inscius, imperitiis. 

image, eflFigies. 

imitate, imitor. 

immediately, statim. 

immortal, immortalis. 

immortality, immortalitas. 

impatient, impatiens. 

implore, obsecrS. 

import, imports. 

important {it is), interest. 

impossible {it is), fieri non potest. 

in, into, in. 

incapable of restraining, impotens. 

increase, augeO, cresco. 



INCREDIBLE 



380 



LET 



incredible, ineredibilis. 

indulge, indulgeS. 

infant, in fans. 

infantry, pedites, 

inferior {of less account), inferior. 

infinite, infinitus. 

inflict, inferre. 

inform, certiorem facere. 

inhabit, incolO. 

inhabitant, incola. 

injure, noce5, injuria lacesso. 

injury, injuria. 

innocent, in sons, innocuiis. 

insolence, insolentia. 

instigate, incito, instigo. 

instruct, instituo, prfficipio. 

instructions were given, praeceptum 

est. 
integrity, probitas. 
intellect, ingenium. 
intimacy, conjunctio. 
into, in. 

introduce, introducO. 
intrust, mands. 
invade, invads. 
inventor, inventor. 
invincible, invictus. 
invite, invito. 
Ireland, Hibernia. 
iron, ferrum. 
island, insula. 
issue {an edict), edicS. 

J. 

javelin, pilum. 
journey, iter. 
joyful, Igetiis, jucundiis. 
judge, judex. 
Jugurtha, Jugurtba, -ae. 
Jupiter, § 45. 
Jura, Jura. 

just, Justus, aequus ; just as, tan- 
quam; just as if, perinde quasi. 



K. 

keep, servo ; keep in, contineo; keep 

off, prohibeO. 
key, clavis. 
hid, hEedus. 

kill, occido, trucido, neco. 
kind, benignus. 
kindness, beneficium. 
king, rex. 
kingdom, regnum. 
knife, culter. 
know, noscO, scio; not to know, nQScio. 

L. 

Labienus, Labieniis. 

labor, labor. 

lake, lacus. 

lamh, agnus. 

lame, geger pedibiig. 

land, terra, ager. 

language, lingua. 

last, ultimus. 

law, lex, jus. 

laicful {it is), licet. 

lay ivaste, vastS. 

lazy, piger. 

lead, duco ; to lead on, adduce, in- 
duco ; to lead over, transducB ,• to 
lead against, adducO; to lead 
back, reducO. 

leaf, folium. 

leap {v.)^ salio; leap upon, insilio. 

learn, disco. 

learned, doctus. 

leave, relinquS. 

legion, legio. 

Lejnan, Lemanniis. 

length, longitudo. 

less, minor. 

let {him), third person, imperative. 

let {us), first person plural, subjunc- 
tive, 3 183, Remark, 



LETTER 



381 



NEAR 



letter (of the aljjhabet), litera; 

(epistle), cpistola. 
levi/, conscribo. 
liar, mendas. 
liberty, libertas. 
lie {falsehood), mendacium ; to lie, 

mentior. 
lie {to lie hid), lateo. 
lieutenant, legatus. 
life, vita, anirna. 
li(jht {adj.), levisj (n.), lux. 
like, similis. 
limbs, membra. 
line of battle, acies. 
lion-, leo. 

Liscus, Lisciis, -i. 
little, parvus. 
live, vivo, habito. 
liver, jecur. 

load, onus; to load, onero. 
lock {oficool), floccus. 
long {adj.), longus; {adv.), diu. 
look at, aspicio. 
look to, consulo {loith dative), 
lose, amitto. 

love, amor; to love, amS. 
lover, amans. 
low, humilis. 
lurk, lateo. 
lust, cupido, libido. 
lute, fides, -ium. 
LycurguSy Lycurgus, -i. 

M. 

magnanimous, magnanimtis. 

maid-servant, ancilla. 

make, facio, reddS. 

maltreat, violo. 

man, homo, vir. 

Manlius, Manlius. 

manner, modus. 

many, multi ; how many, quot. 

marble, marmor. 



3tark, Marcus. 

marriage, matrimonium. 

marry, in matrimonium ducere. 

mast, malus. 

master, magister, dominuS. 

means, facultas. 

measure, metior. 

medicine, medicina. 

memory, memoria. 

merchant, mercator. 

Mercury, MerciiriuS. 

messenger, nuntius. 

Micipsa, Micipsa, -86. 

mile, mille passus. 

Miletus, Miletus. 

milk, lac. 

mind, animus, mens. 

mindful, mem or. 

miserable, miser. 

money, pecunia, nummuS. 

month, mensis. 

moon, luna. 

morals, mores. 

more, plus, amplius, magis. 

mother, mater; of a family, mater- 

familias. 
mountain, mens. 
move, moveO. 
much, multus. 
midlet, mugilis. 
multitude, multitudo. 
murder, neco, occido. 
music, miisica. 
must, § 178. 
my, meus. 

N. 
naked, niidus. 
name, nomen. 
nation, natio, gens. 
nature, natura. 
navigation, navigatio. 
near {prep.), prope; (adj.), propin- 

quus. 



NECKLACE 



382 



PEOPLE 



necklace, monile. 

need, opus. 

neglect, negligo. 

neighboring, flnitimus. 

neither (of two), neuter. 

neither — nor, neque — neque, nee 

— neque. 
Neptune, Neptunus. 
nest, nidus ; to build a nest, nidif ico. 
net, rete. 
never, nunquam, ne unquam, § 

194. 
new, novus. 
next, proximus. 
night, nox. 
nine, § 63. 
no, nullus. 

no one, nemo, ne — quisquam, § 194. 
nobility, nobilitas. 
noble, nobilis. 
noise, clamor, strep ittis. 
none, nullus. 
not, non. 
nothing, nihil. 
Numantian, Numantiniis. 
number, numerus. 
Numidia, Numidia. 
Numidian, Numida. 

0. 

0.' 0! oh! 

that! utinam. 

oath, jusjurandum. 

obedient, dieto audiens. 

obey, pares. 

obscure, obscuro. 

obtain, potior, nanciscor. 

occupy, occupO. 

off, — two miles off, a duobus milli- 

bus. 
often, saepe. 
old, senex ; Jive years old, quinque 

annos natus. 



oldest, maximus natu. 

on, in. 

on horseback, ex equo or equis. 

one, unus; one of txoo, alter ^ one of 

many, alius (when folloioed by 

another), 
opinion, sententia. 
opportunity, facultas, potestas. 
opjjress, opprimO. 
or, vel, ve, aut, ^ 123, 2. 
oracle, oraciiliim. 
oration, oratiS. 
orator, orator. 
order, imperO, jiibeo. 
origin, origB. 
ought, oportet, gerundive with esse, 

^78. 
our, noster ; our men, nostn. 
out of, e, ex. 
over, trans. 

overcome, siiperS, vinco. 
overtake, consequor. 
ox, bos. 



pace, passus. 

pain, dolor. 

pains, opera. 

panic, timor. 

paper, charta. 

parent, parens. 

parricide, parricida. 

pa7-t, pars; for the most part, ple- 

rumque. 
parties (by both), ab utrisque. 
partly, partim. 
pass away, transeQ. 
pass by, prsetereS. 
patiently, gequo animo. 
pay, pendB. 
peace, pax. 
people, populus; common people, 

plebs, plebes. 



PERCEIVE 



383 



REDRESS 



perceive, intclligo, animadverto. 

perish, pereo. 

persuade, persuadeo. 

philosopher, pbilosoplius. 

pirate, piriita. 

pitch camp, castra ponere. 

pity, misereor, miseret, ^ 135. 

place, locus. 

plan, consilium. 

play {v.), ludo. 

pleasant, gratus. 

please, placeo. 

pleasure, voluptas. 

plough, aro. 

plunder {v.), praedor, diripio; (/?.), 

prgeda. 
poet, poeta. 
point, acies. 
poison, venerium. 
Pompey, PompeiuS. 
poor, pauper. 
post, locus. 

poverty, paupertas, egestas. 
joower, potestas, vis. 
powerful, potens. 
praise {v.), laudO; («.), laus. 
pray {ivho, pray ?), quisnam? 
precejJt, prseceptum. 
prefer, pra^pono. 
prepare, paro. 
j)resence {in the presence of many), 

multis prsesentibus. 
present, prsesens. 
preserve, servo, conservo. 
prevent, impedio, obsto, deterreo. 
prey, praeda. 
Priam, PriamuS. 
price, pretiiim. 
23ride, superbia. 
jviest, sacerdos. 
prison, career. 
prisoner, captivuS. 
private, privatus. 



productive, ferax. 

promise [v.), polliceor; (n.), promis- 

sum,- fides. 
property {wealth), res f amiliaris. 
protect, tutari. 
proud, superbus. 
providence, providentia. 
province, provincia. 
provoke, lacessO. 
prudence, prudentia. 
prudent, prudens. 
public, publicus. 
punish, punio. 
punishment, supplicium-. 
purpose, propositum; on purpose, 

consults. 
pursue, persequor. 
put, pono ; put into winter quarters, 

in biberna collocare. 
put over, praef icio. 
Pythacjoras, Pythagoras. 



queen, regma. 
quickly, celeriter. 

R. 

race, curstis. 

rain, imber. 

ram, aries. 

rampart, vallum. 

rank, ordo. 

reach, ad locum pervenire. 

read, lego. 

ready, promptus, paratus. 

reason {mental faculty), ratio. 

rebellion, rebellio. 

rebuke, reprebendo. 

recall, revoco. 

receive, accipio. 

recent, recens. 

recollect, memini. 

redress {to ask), res repetere. 



EEFII^EMENT 



384 



SET 



refinement, humanitas. 

refrain, sibi temper are quin. 

reign {in the reiyn of), aliquo reg- 

nante. 
reject, repudio. 
rejoice, gaudeo. 
relieve, lev5. 
religion, religio. 
remain, maneo. 

remember, memini, memoria teneO. 
remind, moneO, admoneo, 
render, reddo. 
renew, redintegrS. 
repair, reficiS. 
repent, pcenitet, § 135. 
reply, respondeo. 
report, renuntiatio. 
reprove, reprehendo. 
republic, respublica. 
resolve, statuB. 
respect, revereor. 
rest, reliquus, § 128, Rem. 8. 
retard, tardQ. 
retire, excedo, se recipere. 
retreat, recipiO. 
return, redeo, reddb. 
reverence, revereor. 
reward, prsemium. 
Rhine, Rhenus. 
Rhone, Rhodanus. 
rich, dives. 
riches, divitiae. 
ride, equitB. 
river, flumen, amnis. 
road, via, iter, 
robber, praedB, latro. 
rock, rupes, saxiim. 
Roman, Romanus. 
Rome, Roma. 
rope, rudens. 
rose, rosa. 
rough, asper. 
rout, fugO, profligo. 



rule, rego. 
run, curro. 
run forward, procurrB. 

S. 
sacred, sacer, sanctus. 
sacrifice, macto. 
safe, tutus. 
safety, salus. 
sagacious, argutus. 
sail, velum ; to sail, navigo. 
sailor, nauta. 
sail-yard, antenna. 
sahe, causa. 
same, idem. 

satisfactorily, ex sententia. 
satisfy, expleo, satisfacio. 
savage, atrox, ferus. 
save, servB. 
say, dicB, inquam. 
scoui, explorator. 
sea, mare. 

search out, explorB, investigB. 
seat, sedile. 
secede, secedo. 
second, secundus. 
see, video. 
seek, petB, quaerB. 
seem, videor. 

seize, oeeupo, rapiB, arripio. 
select, deligO. 
self, ipse. 
sell, vendB. 
senate, senatus. 

send, mittB ; send forward, prsemittB 
sense, sensus. 
separate, dividB, secernB. 
Sequan, Sequaniis. 
serpient, serpens. 
servant, servus. 
serve, serviB. 
service, officium. 
set, ponO ; set up, eolloco, propono. 



SEVEN 



385 



SUPPRESS 



seven, ^63. 
severe, gravis, 
severely, graviter. 
shade, umbra. 
shame, pudor. 
sharp, acer, acutus. 
sheaf, merges. 
shear, tondeO. 
sheep, ovis. 
shepherd, pastor. 
shield, scutum. 
ship, navis. 
shore, litus. 
short, brevis. 
shortness, brevitas. 
shout, clamor; to shout, clamO. 
show, monstro. 
side, latus, pars. 
signal, signum. 
silver, argentum. 
sin, peccatum, 
since, quum, quoniam. 
sing, canto. 
singing, cantus. 
sister, soror. 
sit, sedeo. 
six, ^ 63. 
size, magnitiidB. 
skirmisher, veles. 
slave, servus. 
slavery, servitus. 
slay, triicldo, occidB. 
sleep, dormio. 
slight, levis. 
slinger, funditor. 
sloio, tardus, piger. 
small, parvus, exiguus. 
'snares, insidia3. 
snatch up, arripio. 
soldier, miles. 

some, aliquis, quidam, etc., § 8 
son, filius. 
son-in-law, gener. 



soon, mature. 

soul, animus. 

space, spatium. 

spare, parco. 

speak, loquor. 

speech, oratio. 

spend, consume ; to spend time, agB. 

spoil [booty), praeda. 

spur, calcar. 

stag, cervus. 

stand, sto ; to stand out, exsist5. 

state, civitas. 

stature, statura. 

stay, maneo. 

still (as yet), adhuc. 

stir up, excitO, concito. 

stone, lapis. 

storm, tempestas; to storm, expugnB. 

strength, robur, vis. 

stretch (out), porrigO. 

strike, percutiB. 

strip, nudB. 

strong, firmus, validus. 

strongly, vehementer. 

study, studia, pi. 

subdue, pacB, domB. 

subjugate, subigB. 

such, talis. 

sudden, subitus, repentinus. 

suddenly, repente, subitB. 

sue for, petB. 

suffer, patior. 

sufficiently, satis. 

suitable, aptiis, idoneus. 

summer, aestas. 

sun, sol. 

sunset, solis occasus. 

sup, coenB. 

superior, prcestantior. 

superstition, superstitiB. 

support, sustineo. 

suppose, arbitror, opinor, existiraB. 

suppress, opprimo. 



33 



SrEEEXDER 



386 



TUEN 



surrender, deditio ; to surrender, 

trado, dedo. 
surround, circumdo, circumfundo. 
suspect, suspicor. 
Sustain, sustineo. 
sweet, dulcis. 
swell, augeO. 
sicift, celer, velox. 
swiftly, celeriter. 
swiftness, celeritas. 
swim across, trano. 
sword, gladius ; the sicord, ferrum. 

T. 

tahle, mensa. 

take, sumO, capio ; take possession 

of, occupo. 
talent, talentum. 
talk, loquor, colloquor. 
fame, domO. 
teach, doceS. 

teacher, doctor, magister. 
teaching, doctrina. 
tear, lacrima. 
tear to pieces, lanio. 
temper {hasty), iracundia. 
tempest, tempestas. 
temple, templum. 
ten, § 63. 
tenacious, tenax. 
tenth, decimiis, § 63. 
terrible, atrox, terribilis. 
terrify, perterreo. 
than, quam. 

their, suus, eorum, § 83, 2. 
then, turn. 
thick, densus. 
thief, fur. 
thing, res. 

think, reor, cogito, existimo, puto. 
third, tertius, § 63. 
thirst, sitis; to thirst, sitio. 
thirty, § 63. 



this, Mc. 
though, § 200. 
I thousand, mille. " 

Thracian, Thrax. 
threaten, minor. 
three, tres, ^ 63. 
through, per. 
throw, jaciS, jacto ; throio across, 

traBSJicio. 
thrust through, transfigo. 
thunder, tonitru. 
till, dum, donee, quoad. 
time, tempiis. 
to, ad, in. 

together, una, eon-. 
too, § 68, Hem. 3. 
too much, nimium. 
tooth, dens. 

top, summus (mens, etc.). 
torture, cruciatus. 
towards, ad, adversus. 
tower, turris. 
town, oppidum. 
townsman, oppidanus. 
traitor, proditor. 
transport, transporto. 
treachery, proditiO. 
treaty, foedus. 
tree, arbor. 
tribune, tribunus. 
tribute, stipendium. 
triple, triplex. 
trouble, opera, labor. 
true, verus. 
trumpet, tuba. 
trust, confido. 
trusting, fretus. 
truth, Veritas. 
Tullia, Tullia. 
Tully, Tullius. 
tumult, tumultus. 
turf, CEespes. 
turn, vertS. 



TWELVE 



387 



WILD BOAR 



twelve, ttoelfth, § 63. 
twenty, two, etc., ^ 63. 

U. 

unable, impotens ; to he unahle, non 

posse. 
unaccustomed, insuetus. 
unarmed, inermis. 
uncertain, incertus. 
under, sub. 
understand, intelligo. 
undertake, suscipio. 
unduly, pra3ter modum. 
unduti/ulness, impietas. 
uneasy, anxius, sollicitus. 
unfortunate, infelix. 
ungrateful, ingratus. 
unhurt, integer. 
unjust, iniquiis. 
unknown, ignotus. 
unless, nisi. 
unlike, dissimilis. 
unmindful, immemor. 
until, dum, donee, quoad. 
unwilling, invitus ; to he unwilling, 

nolo. 
uproAr, tumultus. 
urge on, concito, incito. 
use, usus. 
useful, iitilis. 
useless, inutilis. 

V. 

vacant {to be), vac5. 

valor, virtus, fortitude. 

value, pretium. 

vast, ingens, immanis. 

very, valde, maxime {superlative). 

vex, vexO. 

vice, vitium. 

victory, victoria. 

village, vicus, 

violate, violo. 



violence, vis. 

virgin, virgB. 

virtue, virtus, probitas. 

voice, vox. 

vow, votum. 

vulture, vultiir. 

W. 

tcage, gero; rcage upon, infero. 

loaitfor, exspectO. 

walk, ambulo. 

loall, muriis. 

wander, erro, vagor, 

loant {to he in want of), egeo. 

war, bellum. 

loarlike, ferox, acer. 

warn, moneB, admoneO. 

watch, vigilia; to watch, vigilo. 

toater, aqua. 

loave, fluctus. 

icay, via, iter. 

iceak, infirmus. 

weary, fessus, defessiis. 

weep, lacrimo, fleo. 

weight, pondus. 

well, bene; to be well, valeo. 

lohat? quid? qui? what, quod. 

lohen, quum. 

tvhence, unde. 

where, ubi. 

where in the world, libi gentiiim. 

whether, num, utrum, an. 

lohich ? quis ? titer {of two). 

lohirlwind, turbo. 

white, albiis. 

whither, quo. 

who ? qui ? quis ? 

whole, totus. 

why? cur? quare? 

wicked, improbtis. 

toide, latus. 

wife, uxor, conjux. 

wild boar, aper. 



WILLING 



388 



YOUTH 



willing (to be), volO. 

tcind, ventus. 

xoine, vinum. 

wing, ala. 

winter, hiems; to winter (spend the 
winter-), hi em 8. 

winter quarters, hiberna. 

wisdo7n, sapientia. 

tcise, sapiens. 

wish, volo. 

with, clim. 

tcithout, sine. 

toitness, testis. 

ioolf, liipus, 

tcoman, mulier. 

wonder, miror. 

wonderfid, miriis. 

wood, silva. 

word, verbum; Iring word, nuntio. 

work, opiis. 

work-horse, jiimentiim. 

world, mundiis, orbis terrarum. 



worse, worst, pejor^ pessimus. 

worship, cols. 

icorthy, digniis. 

wound, vulnus; to loound, vulnerO. 

wrath, ira. 

wretched, miser. 

ivrite, scribo. 

writer, scriptor. 

icrong (to do), pecco, male faciS. 

Y. 

yard, antenna. 

year, annHs. 

yearly, quotannis. 

yesterday, heri. 

yet, tarn en. 

yield, cedo, concedo. 

yoke, jiigiim. 

you, tu, vos. 

young, jiivenis, adolescens. 

yo^lr, tuus, Tester. 

youth, juyentiis. 



THE END. 



ELECTEOTYPED BY h. JOHJTSOJf & CO. 
PHILADELPHIA. 



E E Pv A T A. 

Page 128. ISTom. plural neuter of qnis^ for quse read qua. 
" 157. Imperative Future, 2d plural, for [re-ghn'-i-ni) read 

[vQ-gem'-x-nl). 
" 165. Imperative Future, 3d Conj., 2d plural, for {im'-\nl) 
read {hn'-ivA). 



APPROVED SCHOOL-BOOKS. 





E. H. Butler 8f Co., 

137 S. FOURTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA^ 

Invite the attention of Teachers and others interested in edu- 
cation to the following list of highly approved school- 
books. They can be had of the publishers, 
or may be ordered of any book- 
seller. 

MITCHELL'S NEW SERIES OF GEOGRAPHIES. 

MITCHELL'S FIRST LESSONS IN GEOGRAPHY FOR BEGIN- 
NERS, with Maps and Engravings. 

MITCHELL'S NEW PRIMARY GEOGRAPHY, illustrated by twenty 
colored Maps and a hundred Engravings, designed as an Introduftion 
to the author's New Intermediate. 

MITCHELL'S NEW INTERMEDIATE. A system of Geography de- 
signed for the use of Schools and Academies; illustrated by twenty- 
three copper-plate Maps from the latest authorities, and embellished 
with numerous Engravings. 

I 



BUTLER'S PUBLICATIONS. 



MITCHELL'S NEW SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY AND ATLAS. 

MITCHELL'S NEW SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. A system of Gto- 
graphy, Physical, Political, and Descriptive, i vol., small izmo, 456 
pages. Illustrated by two hundred Engravings, with Tables of the 
Principal Cities of the world, and their population, and a list of nearly 
one thousand Geographical Words, with their explanation and meaning. 

MITCHELL'S NEW SCHOOL ATLAS. A series of forty-four copper- 
plate Maps, compiled from the great Atlases of Keith Johnston, Kiepert, 
the Geographical Institute of Weimar, from the United States Coast 
Survey, the Surveys of the War Department and of the several States, 
and from other reliable authorities, drawn and engraved expressly to 
illustrate Mitchell's New School Geography ; with important Geo- 
graphical Tables, and a Pronouncing Vocabulary of ten thousand Geo- 
graphical Names found in these works. 

MITCHELL'S NEW ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY, Classical and Sacred. 
An entirely new edition, drawn from the best authorities, Ancient and 
Modern; illustrated by numerous Engravings. 



MITCHELL'S OLD SERIES OF GEOGRAPHIES. 

Revised and Brought down to the Present Time. 

MITCHELL'S (Old) PRIMARY GEOGRAPHY. An easy introduftion 
to the study of Geography, designed for the instruftion of children, 
with one hundred Engravings and sixteen colored Maps. 

MITCHELL'S (Old) SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY AND ATLAS. Revised 
edition. A system of Modern Geography, comprising a description of 
the present state of the world and its Grand Divisions : North America, 
South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and Oceanica, -with their several 
Empires, Kingdoms, States, Territories, &c. ; embellished with nume- 
rous Engravings, and accompanied by an Atlas of thirty-four copper- 
plate Maps. 

MITCHELL'S (Old) ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY AND ATLAS. A 
system of Classical and Sacred Geography ; embellished with numerous 
Engravings, and accompanied by an Ancient Atlas of twelve copper- 
plate Maps. 

MITCHELL'S GEOGRAPHICAL QUESTION-BOOK. 

MITCHELL'S BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
2 



BUTLER'S PUBLICATIONS. 



GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL HISTORIES. 

These Histories are written in a lively and pleasing style, abounding in 
illustrative anecdotes, incidents, and descriptions, the histories, in all cases, 
being based on Geography, illustrated by Maps. The works are freely 
supplied with Engravings, giving correct ideas of manners and customs, 
views of cities, monuments, battles, &c. It is believed that there is no 
series of familiar histories, in America or Europe, that can compare with 
these, either in interest, accuracy, or beauty of mechanical execution. 

GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 

A Piftorial History of the United States, with Notices of other Portions 
of America. For the use of Schools, A new edition, re-written, en- 
larged, and newly illustrated. By Samuel G. Goodrich, i vol. izmo. 

GOODRICH'S AMERICAN CHILD'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF 
THE UNITED STATES. An Introdudion to the author's Piaorial 
History of the United States. 

GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND. A Piftorial 
History of England, Scotland, and Ireland. For the use of Schools. By 
Samuel G. Goodrich. I vol. izmo. 



GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF ROME. A Piftorial His- 
tory of Ancient Rome, with a Sketch of the History of Modern Italy. 
For the use of Schools. By Samuel G. Goodrich, i vol. izmo. 

GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF GREECE. A Piaorial 
History of Greece, Ancient and Modern. For the use of Schools. By 
Samuel G. Goodrich, i vol. izmo. 

GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF FRANCE. A Piftorial 
History of France. For the use of Schools. By Samuel G. Goodrich, 
I vol. izmo. 

GOODRICH'S PARLEY'S COMMON SCHOOL HISTORY OF THE 
WORLD. A Brief Compend of Universal History. For the use of 
Schools. A new edition, revised, enlarged, and newly illustrated. By 
Samuel G. Goodrich. I vol. izmo. 

GOODRICH'S PICTORIAL NATURAL HISTORY; Embracing a 
View of the Mineral, Vegetable, and Animal Kingdoms. For the use 
of Schools. By Samuel G. Goodrich. Three hundred Engravings. I 
vol. izmo. 



BUTLER'S PUBLICATIONS. 



ORMSBY'S GUIDE TO GEOGRAPHY. Embracing Primary Reading 
Lessons, Written and Oral Methods combined. Map Exercises, system- 
atically arranged, a Chart of Latitude and Longitude, and Calculations 
in Mathematical Geography. Designed to accompany the Maps of 
Mitchell's New Intermediate Geography. By George S. Ormsby, Supt. 
Public Schools, Xenia, Ohio. With numerous Engravings. 

SCHOOL HISTORY OF MARYLAND. To which are added brief 
Biographies of distinguished Statesmen, Philanthropists, Theologians, 
&o. With numerous Engravings. Prepared for the Schools of Mary- 
land. 

BINGHAM'S LATIN GRAMMAR. A Grammar of the Latin Language, 
for the use of Schools and Academies, with Exercises and Vocabularies. 
By William Bingham, A. M., Superintendent of the Bingham School, 
Mebaneville, North Carolina. 




OTHER APPROVED SCHOOL-BOOKS, 

PUBLISHED AND FOR SALE 
BY E. H. BUTLEK & CO., 

OR MAY BE ORDERED OF ANY BOOKSELLER. 



PROF. HOWS' SERIES OF LADIES' READERS. 

HOWS' JUVENILE LADIES' READER. 

HOWS' JUNIOR LADIES' READER. 

HOWS' LADIES' READER. 

HOWS' LADIES' BOOK OF READING AND RECITATIONS. 

PROF, COPPEE'S SERIES. 

COPPEE'S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC. 
COPPEE'S ELEMENTS OF LOGIC. 
COPPEE'S ACADEMIC SPEAKER. 

PROF. HART'S SERIES. 

HART'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 

HART'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. Part I. 

HART'S CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 

HART'S CLASS BOOK OF POETRY. 

HART'S CLASS BOOK OF PROSE. 



FLEMING & TIBBINS' FRENCH AND ENGLISH AND ENGLISH 
AND FRENCH DICTIONARY. 

FLEMING & TIBBINS' FRENCH AND ENGLISH AND ENGLISH 
AND FRENCH DICTIONARY, ABRIDGED. 

NUGENT'S FRENCH AND ENGLISH AND ENGLISH AND FRENCH 
DICTIONARY. 

5 



BUTLER'S PUBLICATIONS. 



FORNEY'S FRENCH SPELLER, I2mo. ' 

DONNEGAN'S GREEK LEXICON, 8vo. 

HALDEMAN'S ENGLISH AFFIXES. 

GOULD'S ADAMS' LATIN GRAMMAR, 

RAMSHORN'S LATIN SYNONYMS, l2mo. 

COMSTOCK'S ELOCUTION, i2mo. 

BECKER'S BOOK-KEEPING, 8vo. 

BECKER'S SYSTEM OF BOOK-KEEPING, 8vo. 

REID'S INTELLECTUAL POWERS, By Walker. 

STEWART'S PHILOSOPHY, By Walker, 

SMITH'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR, i2mo, half bound, 

SCHOLAR'S COMPANION, Revised by Bailey, izmo. 

STOCKHARDT'S CHEMISTRY, Edited by Dr. Pierce, 

STOCKHARDT'S CHEMISTRY, bound with Cooke's Problems. 

RODGERS' MENSURATION, i2mo, half bound, 

RODGERS' KEY TO MENSURATION, l2mo, half bound. 

TENNEY'S GEOLOGY, l2mo. 

VIRI ROM^, 8vo, 

HISTORIA SACRA, l8mo. 

HASKINS' SELECTIONS FROM THE SCRIPTURES. 

ANGELL'S READER, No, I, i8mo. 

ANGELL'S READER, No. 2, l8mo, 

ANGELL'S READER, No. 3. i8mo. 

ANGELL'S READER, No. 4. l2mo, 

ANGELL'S READER, No, 5, i2mo. 

ANGELL'S READER (Select Reader), No. 6, l2mo. 



72 4 














%-.■'{ 






o 



;d using the Bookkeeper process, 
ng agent: Magnesium Oxide 



Deacidified using the Bookkeep 

I * \i' </>■ " ^■--'^~1^ ' ^ ii > Neutralizing agent: Magnesium OxiOv, 

* "'V '"^j^ '-^ W^^^^^& -J" ^'^ ^' Treatment Date: July 2006 

.\\' ^ N c ^ ^7> '' ' V . ^ ' ' ^^ ^ , , 8 , ^ PreservatioiiTechnologies 

V^ *^c-C^^ ^ ^ G^ N.^ /r?7^ ' A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

'^ "^^^^mI^^ ^■^ v '^"^ J^V'/^^^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Thomson Park Drive 

° ^'^^^^^^^2, * "^0 '^ M^^^^a^ ' Cranberry Township, PA 1606f) 



■;>*' 



^^ 



■^> ,^^^ 






^ '^-^' 



.^- 



V 
o^ 









' -^ -C^^ 



-<^.,,xv 



aV 





"' ^'f-' 








■•.^ --t. 






^° 


^^. 


' .9 NI " .<0" 




^c 




o.^^ 


I ^ 


* » A 




.x^' - 






^ 


^s- ■'- 






'^ 


*t< « 






^'' 










<p 








<l, '' 




^ ^ 


^' 


c '^- 


' :.- 






-P o. 




" ' cP 


."."" 


v^ . ^ •-> 









-O' 






^'i^< 



>.^ 



^% 



,0 c. 



,Ae..^>^ . 












.x^' 



■\: 



w^\" .V^ 



cP' 



a\^^ 






